Skip to main content

Full text of "New Mexico historical review"

See other formats


reference 
collection 
book 


Kansas  city 
public  library 
Kansas  city, 
missouri 


From  the  collection  of  the 

d 
2   n  m 

o  Prefinger 

i     a 

JLJibrary 


v 


San  Francisco,  California 
2007 


NEW  MEXICO 
HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Editors 
FRANK  D.  REEVE  PAUL  A.  F.  WALTER 

Associates 

PERCY  M.  BALDWIN  GEORGE  P.  HAMMOND 

FRANCE  V.  SCHOLES  ELEANOR  B.  ADAMS 

BRUCE  T.  ELLIS 


VOLUME  XXXVII 
1962 


PUBLISHED  QUARTERLY  BY  THE 

HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  MEXICO 

AND 

THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  NEW  MEXICO 


CONTENTS 

. 

NUMBER  1,  JANUARY,  1962 

Page 
John  Baptist  Salpointe,  1825-1894 

Sister  Edward  Mary  Zerwekh,  C.S.  J.  (continued)         1 

Apache  Plunder  Trails  Southward,  1831-1840 

Ralph  A.  Smith      20 

Frank  Bond :  Gentleman  Sheepherder  of  Northern 
New  Mexico,  1883-1915  (concluded) 

Frank  H.  Grubbs      43 

Book  Reviews 72 

Notes  and  Documents  77 


NUMBER  2,  APRIL,  1962 

Pueblo  Indian  Auxiliaries  in  New  Mexico,  1763-1821 

Oakah  L.  Jones,  Jr.       81 

Reminiscences  of  Emanuel  Rosenwald 

Floyd  S.  Fierman,  Editor    110 

John  Baptist  Salpointe,  1825-1894 

Sister  Edward  Mary  Zerwekh,  C.S.J.  (continued)     132 

Book  Reviews 155 

Errata  160 


KANSAS  CITY  (MO.)  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


NUMBER  3,  JULY,  1962 

Statehood  for  New  Mexico,  1888-1912 

Robert  W.  Larson    161 

Sheep  Husbandry  in  New  Mexico,  1902-1903 

Edited  by  William  J.  Parish    201 

John  Baptist  Salpointe,  1825-1894 

Sister  Edward  Mary  Zerwekh,  C.S.J.  (concluded)     214 

'v 

Book  Reviews  230 


NUMBER  4,  OCTOBER,  1962 

Page 
The  Great  New  Mexico  Cattle  Raid,  1872 

Charles  L.  Kenner    242 

Sheep  Husbandry  in  New  Mexico,  1902-1903 

Edited  by  William  J.  Parish  (continued)     259 

The  Triangle  and  the  Tetragrammaton 

Floyd  F.  Fierman    309 

Notes  and  Documents  321 


ERRATA 

June  18, 1962 


Dear  Mr.  Reeve : 


In  the  meantime,  let  me  say  that  Mrs.  Jennie  Rosenwald,  who  was 
the  wife  of  Gilbert  Rosenwald,  Emanuel  Rosenwald's  son,  tells  me  that 
the  purported  picture  of  my  grandfather  in  the  New  Mexico  Histori- 
cal Review  [April,  1962]  is  not  in  fact  his  picture.  My  sister  was  of 
the  same  opinion.  I  had  no  opinion  at  all  but  could  not  identify  the 
photograph  in  any  way.  I  did  recall  the  appearance  of  my  grandfather 
quite  well  and  assure  you  that  the  photograph  in  TwitchelPs  History 
of  New  Mexico — a  much  later  picture — is  a  good  resemblance. 

Sincerely  yours, 
Robert  E.  Rosenwald 


V 


Historical  l^gvi 


CITY,  MO. 
PUBUC  LIBRARY 

Palace  of  the  Governors,  Santa  Fe 

FEB  12  1962 


Editors 
FRANK  D.  REEVE  PAUL  A.  F.  WALTER 

Associates 

PERCY  M.  BALDWIN  GEORGE  P.  HAMMOND 

FRANCE  V.  SCHOLES  ELEANOR  B.  ADAMS 

BRUCE  T.  ELLIS 

VOL.  XXXVII  JANUARY,  1962  No.  I 


CONTENTS 

Page 

John  Baptist  Salpointe,  1825-1894 

Sister  Edward  Mary  Zerwekh,  C.S.J 1 

Apache  Plunder  Trails  Southward,  1831-1840 

Ralph  A.  Smith 20 

Frank  Bond :  Gentleman  Sheepherder  of  Northern  New  Mexico, 
1883-1915  (completed) 

Frank  H.  Grubbs 43 

Book  Reviews 72 

Notes  and  Documents  .       .  77 


THE  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW  is  published  jointly  by  the 
Historical  Society  of  New  Mexico  and  The  University  of  New  Mexico. 
Subscription  to  the  REVIEW  is  by  membership  in  the  Society — open  to  all. 
Dues,  including  subscription,  $5.00  annually,  in  advance.  Single  num- 
bers, except  a  few  which  have  become  scarce,  are  $1.00  each.  For  further 
information  regarding  back  files  and  other  publications  available,  see 
back  cover. 

Membership  dues  and  other  business  communications  should  be  ad- 
dressed to  the  Historical  Society  of  New  Mexico,  Box  1727,  Santa  Fe, 
N.  M.  Manuscripts  and  editorial  correspondence  should  be  addressed 
to  Prof.  Frank  D.  Reeve,  The  University  of  New  Mexico,  Albuquerque, 
N.M. 

Entered  as  second-class  matter  at  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico 
PRINTED  AT  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  NEW  MEXICO,  ALBUQUERQUE 


JOHN  BAPTIST  SALPOINTE 

film  WCAR.A»OVFOUC  O*  AWZONA   IM* 
CO-ACJVTOR    **C«»;SHOI>   »f    SANTA   H    MM* 

SECOND  ARCHBISHOP  OF  SANTA  FE 


or  TOMI  it»*.i»»i 


NEW   MEXICO    HISTORICAL 
REVIEW 

VOL.  XXXVII  JANUARY,  1962  No.  1 

JOHN  BAPTIST  SALPOINTE,  1825-1894 

By  SISTER  EDWARD  MARY  ZERWEKH,  C.S.  J.* 

Introduction 

THE  LAST  Bishop  of  Durango  to  exercise  jurisdiction  over 
New  Mexico  was  Bishop  Zubiria.1  He  saw  the  great  mis- 
take of  his  predecessors  in  opposing  the  Franciscans  and  at- 
tempted to  revive  their  Custody,  but  the  declining  Franciscan 
Province  was  able  to  send  only  one  friar.  To  help  solve  his 
problem  the  Bishop  encouraged  a  native  clergy  and  not  with- 
out some  success.  However,  by  1840,  there  were  not  enough 
Franciscans  left  nor  enough  secular  priests  to  replace  the 
Franciscans.  The  Indians,  never  fully  converted,  fell  back 
deeper  into  their  former  paganism.  The  descendants  of  the 
Spanish  colonists  kept  the  Faith  but  gradually  they  were  be- 
coming indifferent  from  neglect.2 

This  was  the  condition  of  the  Church  when  General 
Stephen  Watts  Kearny  on  August  18,  1846,  raised  the  Amer- 
ican flag  in  Santa  Fe,  taking  formal  possession  in  the  name 
of  the  United  States.3  Some  of  the  secular  clergy  would  not 
submit  to  American  rule  and  returned  to  Mexico.  Others  gave 

*  Salpointe  High  School,  Tucson,  Arizona.  [This  article  is  the  bulk  of  a  M.A.  Thesis, 
University  of  San  Francisco,  1956.  Ed.] 

1.  Don   Jose  Antonio   Laureano   de   Zubiria,   Bishop   of  Durango,    1831-50.    Cf.    Lamy 
Memorial,  Centenary  of  the  Archdiocese  of  Santa  Fe.  No  author  given    (Santa  Fe,  New 
Mexico:  Schifani  Bros.,  1950),  p.  22. 

2.  Father  Angelico  Chavez,  O.F.M.,  The  Cathedral  of  the  Royal  City  of  the  Holy  Faith 
of  Saint  Francis  (Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico:  Santa  Fe  Press,  1947),  p.  5. 

3.  The  Old  Faith  and  Old  Glory,  The  Story  of  the  Church  in  New  Mexico  Since  the 
American  Occupation,  No  author  given,  (Santa  Fe:  Santa  Fe  Press,  1946),  p.  3. 


2  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

open  support  to  opposition  movements  and  attempts  to  over- 
throw American  superiority,  and  in  one  uprising  at  Taos, 
Governor  Bent  was  killed.  Father  Vicario  Don  Juan  Felipe 
Ortiz;  Vicar  of  Bishop  Zubiria,  was  considered  an  enemy  of 
American  institutions  and  the  military  authorities  tried  to 
"suspend"  him  from  performing  his  ecclesiastical  functions.4 
Being  so  far  away  and  of  another  country,  Bishop  Zu- 
biria could  do  little  to  rectify  the  situation.  Knowledge  of 
this  deplorable  condition  reached  the  Bishops  of  the  United 
States  and,  in  1849,  the  Seventh  Provincial  Council  of  Balti- 
more requested  Pope  Pius  IX  to  assign  an  American  Bishop 
to  the  Southwest.  In  answer  to  their  petition  Pope  Pius  IX, 
by  a  decree  of  July  19,  1850,  created  the  Vicariate  of  New 
Mexico  with  John  Baptist  Lamy  of  the  Diocese  of  Cincinnati 
the  first  Bishop.5 

I.  Bishop  Lamy  and  Father  Salpointe,  1 825-59 

After  receiving  episcopal  consecration  in  Saint  Peter's 
Church,  the  Cathedral  of  Cincinnati,  on  November  24,  1850, 
Bishop  Lamy1  was  most  anxious  to  start  for  his  Vicariate. 
Two  routes  lay  open  to  him.  The  more  direct  one  was  over  the 
Santa  Fe  Trail.  It  started  at  St.  Louis  from  which  city  a 
steamboat  was  taken  to  Independence.  From  there  the  jour- 
ney was  made  by  wagon  to  Santa  Fe,  a  distance  of  about  nine 
hundred  miles  over  prairies  made  dangerous  by  Indians.  The 
longer  route,  but  by  no  means  the  easier,  was  via  New  Or- 
leans and  Galveston.  The  New  Orleans'  route  was  the  one 
chosen  by  Bishop  Lamy.2 

At  New  Orleans,  as  had  been  planned,  Bishop  Lamy  met 


4.  Ibid.,  p.  6. 

5.  John  Baptist  Salpointe,  D.D.,  Soldiers  of  the  Cross,  Notes  on  the  Ecclesiastical  His- 
tory of  New  Mexico,  Arizona  and  Colorado  (Banning,  California:  St.  Boniface's  Industrial 
School,  1898),  p.  194. 

1.  The  Most  Reverend  John  Baptist  Lamy,  D.D.,  was  born  on  October  11,   1814,  at 
Lempdes,  in  the  Diocese  of  Clermont  Ferrand,  Department  of  Puy-de-Dome,  France.  He 
studied  at  the  preparatory  seminary  of  Clermont  and  the  grand  seminary  of  Mont  Fer- 
rand, being  ordained  in  December,  1838.  In  1839,  he  was  given  permission  to  enlist  as 
one  of  the  missionaries  of  Bishop  Purcell  of  Cincinnati.  Previous  to  1850,  he  had  labored 
in  the  missions  of  Ohio  and  Kentucky,  cf.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  p.  194-195. 

2.  Ibid.,  p.  195. 


SALPOINTE  3 

Father  Joseph  P.  Machebeuf 3  whom  he  had  asked  to  accom- 
pany him  and  labor  with  him  in  the  new  Vicariate.  Together 
they  arrived  in  Santa  Fe  in  the  summer  of  1851  after  a  tiring 
and  strenuous  journey. 

However,  they  were  not  readily  accepted  by  the  Catholics, 
clergy  and  laity,  in  Santa  Fe.  No  notice  of  a  change  in  juris- 
diction had  reached  the  Bishop  of  Durango,  the  Most  Rever- 
end Don  Jose  Antonio  Zubiria,  and,  therefore,  his  clergy  in 
Santa  Fe  were  not  aware  of  the  establishment  of  the 
Vicariate. 

Primed  by  years  of  battling  with  the  local  government, 
and  used  to  many  more  of  independence  from  their  Bishop  in 
distant  Durango,  the  few  priests  of  New  Mexico  were  in  no 
smiling  mood  to  accept  these  strangers.  Not  only  were  they 
Americans  by  adoption,  but  Frenchmen  by  birth — and  both 
Frenchmen  and  Spaniards  had  lost  face  in  America  from  all 
the  political  intrigues  in  Mexico  since  her  independence.4 

In  order  to  verify  his  authority,  Bishop  Lamy  decided  to 
make  the  trip  to  Durango  and  present  his  credentials  to 
Bishop  Zubiria.  Reverend  J.  P.  Machebeuf  remained  in  Santa 
Fe  with  the  Reverend  Juan  Felipe  Ortiz,  the  Vicar  General. 
The  Bishop  of  Durango  received  Bishop  Lamy  kindly  and 
after  examining  the  papers  from  the  Holy  See,  accepted  the 
division  of  his  diocese.  Possessing  the  papers  that  were  neces- 
sary to  show  that  the  Bishop  of  Durango  no  longer  claimed 
jurisdiction  over  the  territory  assigned  to  the  new  Vicariate, 
Bishop  Lamy  returned  to  Santa  Fe.  He  had  traveled  about 
nineteen  hundred  miles  on  horseback,  having  only  a  servant 
as  a  companion,  when  he  arrived  back  in  Santa  Fe.5 

Even  though  Bishop  Lamy  proved  that  he  had  the  juris- 
diction of  New  Mexico,  some  of  the  clergy  would  not  accept 

8.  Joseph  Projectus  Machebeuf  was  born  in  the  city  of  Riom  in  the  Department  of 
Puy-de-Dome,  France,  on  August  11,  1812.  His  mother  died  when  he  was  young.  He  was 
educated  by  the  Christian  Brothers,  and  after  attending  the  college  in  Riom,  decided  to 
become  a  priest.  He  completed  his  seminary  studies  at  Mont  Ferrand  in  1836  and  was 
ordained  in  the  Christmas  Ember  week.  He  was  an  assistant  in  the  parish  of  LeCendre 
when  Bishop  Purcell  came  to  ask  for  missionaries  for  his  Ohio  diocese.  Father  Machebeuf, 
along  with  Reverend  J.  B.  Lamy  and  several  other  priests,  offered  himself  for  the  foreign 
missions.  Cf.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  pp.  197-198. 

4.  The  Old  Faith  and  Old  Glory,  op.  cit.,  p.  7. 

5.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  p.  198. 


4  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

his  authority  and  a  few  returned  to  Durango.  Others  re- 
mained but  acted  independently  of  the  Bishop.  With  the  Rev- 
erend J.  P.  Machebeuf,  whom  he  made  his  Vicar  General, 
Bishop  Lamy  tried  to  meet  the  spiritual  needs  of  the  scat- 
tered population  living  in  the  Territory.  It  was  an  arduous 
task  and  became  even  more  difficult  when  Congress,  in  1853, 
added  Arizona  and  that  part  of  Colorado  east  of  the  Rockies 
to  the  Territory  of  New  Mexico.6  As  the  Territory  expanded, 
so  likewise  did  the  Vicariate. 

On  July  28,  1853,  Pope  Pius  IX  raised  the  Vicariate  of 
New  Mexico  to  the  rank  of  an  Episcopal  See,  attached  to  the 
city  of  Santa  Fe.6a  Soon  afterwards  Bishop  Lamy  went  to 
Europe  to  obtain  priests  for  his  diocese.  He  returned  to  Cler- 
mont,  France,  the  capital  of  his  native  department,  and  was 
able  to  bring  back  a  few  priests  and  clerics.  These  did  not 
meet  the  demands  of  his  rapidly  expanding  parishes,  so  there- 
fore, in  1856,  Bishop  Lamy  sent  Father  Machebeuf  to  France 
for  more  missionaries.  The  trip  was  not  in  vain  for  six  new 
subjects  were  procured  for  the  diocese.7 

When  Bishop  Lamy  went  East  in  1852  to  attend  the  First 
Plenary  Council  of  Baltimore,  he  stopped  in  Kentucky  and 
obtained  some  Sisters  of  Loretto  at  the  Foot  of  the  Cross8 
to  open  a  school  in  Santa  Fe. 

.  .  .  The  dearth  of  education  had  appalled  Lamy  on  his  arrival. 
He  realized  that  the  people  were  not  so  much  to  blame,  for  the 
country  itself  was  poor,  isolated  in  every  direction,  and  torn 
by  strife.  The  early  Franciscans  had  conducted  prosperous 
schools  for  the  short  period  in  which  grants  from  the  Spanish 
Crown  were  forthcoming;  but  when  this  support  was  with- 
drawn and  the  friars  expelled,  all  means  of  education  vanished. 
Nor  were  the  Bishops  of  Durango  remiss  in  this  matter. 
No  matter  how  often  the  Mexican  hierarchy  tried  to  re-estab- 
lish centers  of  education  in  each  diocese,  a  revolution  was 
bound  to  come  like  a  wave  and  sweep  the  beach  clean  again. 
They  renewed  their  efforts,  especially  after  the  Mexican  Con- 

6.  The  Old  Faith  and  Old  Glory,  op.  eit.,  p.  7. 

6a.  Lamy  Memorial,  op.  cit.,  p.  27 ;  the  date  is  July  29,  1853,  in  Salpointe,  op.  eit.,  p.  206. 

7.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  pp.  206-208. 

8.  This   community   had   been    founded    in    Kentucky    in    1812    by    Reverend    Charles 
Nerinckx,  a  Belgian  priest  exiled  from  his  native  land  because  of  religious  persecution. 
It  was  the  beginning  of  the  first  American  foundation   of  religious   women   having   no 
affiliations  with  Europe.  Cf.  Sister  Richard  Marie  Barbour,  S.L.,  Light  in  Yucca  Land 
(Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico:  Schifani  Bros.,  1952),  p.  29. 


SALPOINTE  5 

stitution  of  1824,  to  counteract  the  efforts  of  the  lodges  of  Eng- 
land and  Scotland  which  were  infecting  the  youth  of  Mexico 
with  anti-clerical  ideas.  One  such  college  was  founded  in  Santa 
Fe  in  1826,  but  local  conditions  did  not  let  it  continue  for  long — 
the  priests  in  Santa  Fe  and  other  places  did  their  best  regard- 
ing schools  during  those  twenty  years,  but  the  poverty  of 
the  country  and  the  chaotic  times  were  against  them.9 

The  school,  the  Academy  of  Our  Lady  of  Light,  estab- 
lished by  these  Sisters  provided  for  the  education  of  young 
girls  in  Santa  Fe,  but  Bishop  Lamy  was  also  anxious  to  have 
an  institution  in  the  capital  of  the  Territory  for  the  educa- 
tion of  young  men.  The  demand  for  more  priests  was  also 
urgent  as  testified  in  his  letter  to  Archbishop  Purcell10  of 
Cincinnati. 

...  I  am  very  much  in  need  of  priests.  That  new  territory  of 
Arizona  belongs  to  us  now.  .  .  .  Next  month  I  send  one  of  my 
priests  to  France  to  try  to  obtain  priests  and  some  brothers 
of  the  Christian  Doctrine  to  established  a  good  school  in  Sta. 
Fe." 

Thus  it  was  that  the  Reverend  Peter  Eguillon,12  Bishop 
Lamy's  Vicar  General,  arrived  in  France  in  1859.13  He  went 
to  Bishop  Lamy's  and  also  his  own  native  diocese,  Clermont 
Ferrand,  in  southeastern  France,  about  midway  between 
Paris  and  Marseilles.  Here  he  was  going  to  ask  for  mission- 
aries before  going  to  seek  elsewhere,  if  it  were  necessary. 


9.  The  Old  Faith  and  Old  Glory,  op.  tit.,  p.  9. 

10.  The  See  of  Cincinnati  was  elevated  to  an  archdiocese  by  Pope  Piux  IX  on  July  19, 
1850,  the  same  day  as  the  erection  of  the  Vicariate  of  New  Mexico. 

11.  Bishop  Lamy,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico,  to  Archbishop  Purcell,  January  16,   1859, 
(Archdiocesan  Archives,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico.  Hereafter  referred  to  as  A.A.S.F. ) 

12.  Reverend  Peter  Eguillon  had  come  to  the  diocese  of  Santa  Fe  from  France  with 
Bishop  Lamy  in   1854.  He  remained  in   Santa  Fe  for  about  one  year  to  teach  theology 
to  some  seminarians  and  to  prepare  them  for  ordination.  In  October,  1855,  he  was  made 
the  pastor  of  Socorro,  New  Mexico.  He  was  appointed  Rector  of  the  Cathedral  and  Vicar 
General  of  the  diocese  on  November  4,  1858.  He  held  the  office  of  Vicar  General  until  his 
death,  July  21,  1892.  He  was  Rector  of  the  Cathedral  until  his  death,  except  for  the  years 
1869-1878.  Cf.  Lamy  Memorial,  op.  cit.,  p.  40,  and  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  p.  207. 

13.  The  exact  date  on  which  the  Reverend  P.  Eguillon  began  his  trip  to  France  or 
on  which  he  arrived  there  is  not  certain.  However,  he  did  leave  Santa  Fe  before  June  20, 
1859,  as  determined  from  the  following  letter  of  Bishop  Lamy,   Santa  Fe,   New  Mexico, 
to  Archbishop  Purcell,  June  20,  1859,   (A.A.S.F.)  : 

"...  I  have  also  sent  to  France  to  obtain  missionaries,  and  a  colony  of  Des  Freres  de  la 
Doctrine  Chretienne.  But  I  have  no  news  yet  if  I  will  obtain  them  or  not.  .  .  ." 


6  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

For  indeed,  the  seminary  of  this  diocese  has  become  known 
by  the  appellation,  "Nursery  of  the  Missionaries  of  the  New 
World."14 

Father  Eguillon  stopped  first  at  the  preparatory  seminary 
and  it  was  here  that  he  met  Father  John  Baptist  Salpointe. 
This  young1  priest  who  was  the  Procurator  and  the  Professor 
of  Natural  Sciences  at  the  Seminary  was  a  native  of  the 
Clermont  Ferrand  Diocese.  He  was  born  in  the  parish  of  St. 
Maurice  de  Poinsat,  Department  of  Puy-de-Dome,  France, 
on  February  25, 1825. 15  His  parents  came  from  the  best  fami- 
lies of  the  place  and,  coming  from  a  thoroughly  Christian  and 
virtuous  home,  his  early  aspirations  toward  the  priesthood 
were  fostered  and  encouraged.16 

Father  Salpointe,  having  studied  the  classics  at  the  Petit 
Seminaire  of  Agen,  had  completed  his  preparatory  studies 
at  the  College  of  Riom,  where  he  passed  a  most  creditable 
examination.  He  then  entered  the  Seminary  of  Mont  Ferrand 
where  he  completed  his  courses  in  theology,  canon  law  and 
other  subjects  preliminary  to  Sacred  Orders  under  the  Sul- 
pician  priests  who  composed  the  teaching  staff  of  the  semi- 
nary. On  December  21,  1851, 17  John  Baptist  Salpointe  was 
ordained  by  the  Right  Reverend  Louis  Charles  Feron,  Bishop 
of  Clermont  Ferrand.18 

Soon  after  ordination,  Abbe  Salpointe  was  sent  as  assist- 
ant priest  successively  at  Solledes,  Menat  and  Clermont,  and 
rising  constantly,  according  as  his  merit  was  better  known, 
he  soon  after  was  appointed  Professor  of  Natural  Sciences  in 
the  Diocesan  Seminary  of  Clermont,  acting  at  the  same  time 
as  the  Procurator  of  the  Seminary.  Thus  in  a  few  years  he  had 


14.  Louis  H.  Warner,  Archbishop  Lamy,  An  Epoch  Maker,  ( Santa  Fe :  Santa  Fe  New 
Mexican  Publishers,  1936 ) ,  pp.  26-27. 

16.  Reverend  James  H.  Defouri,  Historical  Sketch  of  the  Catholic  Church  in  New 
Mexico,  (San  Francisco:  McCormick  Bros.,  1887),  p.  154;  John  Baptist  Salpointe's  birthday 
is  given  as  February  21,  1825,  cf.  "John  Baptist  Salpointe,"  National  Cyclopaedia  of 
American  Biography,  XII  (1904),  50;  and,  as  February  22,  1825,  in  Hoffman's  Catholic 
Directory,  (1899),  Necrology. 

16.  Defouri,  op.  cit.,  p.  154. 

17.  The  Memorial  Volume,  A  History  of  the  Third  Plenary  Council  of  Baltimore,  No- 
vember 9 -December,  1884,   (Baltimore:  The  Baltimore  Publishers,  1885),  p.  87;  according 
to  the  National  Cyclopaedia  of  American  Biography,  op.  cit.,  p.  50,  the  ordination  date 
was  December  20,  1851. 

18.  Defouri,  op.  cit.,  p.  154. 


SALPOINTE 

risen,  filling  one  of  the  most  important  offices  of  the  Diocese, 
with  the  well-founded  hope  of  rising  still  higher  in  a  very  few 
years 


1!) 


However,  Providence  had  decreed  it  otherwise,  and  the 
talents  and  qualities  of  young-  Father  Salpointe  were  going 
to  be  developed  in  a  far  away  country  that  needed  them  more. 
The  desires  he  had  to  further  the  Kingdom  of  God  on  earth 
were  enthusiastically  encouraged  by  Father  Eguillon's  de- 
scription of  the  Southwest  missions.  While  he  was  at  the 
preparatory  seminary  Father  Eguillon  explained  the  object 
of  his  presence  in  his  native  country  by  way  of  conversation 
and  in  answering  the  many  questions  of  the  professors. 

...  He  spoke  of  the  impossibility  of  the  priests  of  the  diocese 
of  Santa  Fe  of  visiting  their  congregations  even  once  a  month ; 
of  the  long  distances  they  had  to  travel  on  horseback,  almost 
daily,  in  all  kinds  of  weather  and,  in  many  instances  on  roads 
infested  by  hostile  Indians.  These  priests,  he  said,  worked  very 
hard,  and  still  failed  to  give  a  regular  administration  to  the 
whole  of  the  faithful  entrusted  to  their  care.20 

Impressed  by  Father  Eguillon,  Father  John  Baptist  Sal- 
pointe and  Father  Francis  Jouvenceau  offered  to  go  to  New 
Mexico,  provided  they  could  get  the  consent  of  their  Bishop. 
Along  with  them  went  three  seminarians,  four  students  and 
four  Christian  Brothers.21  The  travelers  left  from  Le  Havre 
on  August  17,  1859,  on  board  the  American  steamer,  Ariel, 
arriving  safely  in  New  York  on  August  31,  1859.  In  New 
York  the  fifth  Christian  Brother  joined  their  party,  Brother 
Agustin.22 

From  New  York  the  missionary  band  went  to  St.  Louis 
by  train.  Taking  a  boat  here  they  went  up  the  river  to  Kan- 
sas City,  at  that  time  only  a  small  village.  From  Kansas  City 
to  Santa  Fe  stretched  the  wide  plains  inhabited  by  dangerous 
nomadic  Indian  tribes.  Across  these  plains  was  the  now  fa- 

19.  Loc.  cit. 

20.  Salpointe,  Soldiers  of  the  Cross,  op.  cit.,  pp.  210-211. 

21.  From  Mont  Ferrand:  Benedict  Bernard,  a  subdeacon,  Peter  Martin,  minor  orders. 
From  Reims :  John  B.  Theobald  Raverdy,  a  subdeacon.  The  Christian  Brothers :  Brothers 
Hilarian,  Gondulph,  Geramius  and  Galmier.   Of  the  students  only  one  persevered,   Peter 
Bernal.  Cf.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  p.  211. 

22.  Loc.  cit. 


8  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

mous  Santa  Fe  Trail.  Under  the  direction  of  Father  Eguillon, 
a  caravan  was  fitted  out  consisting  of  three  spring  wagons 
and  two  wagons  which  Bishop  Lamy  had  provided  for  the 
luggage.  When  they  were  in  readiness  to  start  the  trek,  news 
came  that  the  Comanches  were  on  the  war-path  and  that  only 
large  caravans  could  attempt  to  go  through  the  desert  with 
any  safety.  Therefore,  the  missionaries  waited  and  decided 
to  travel  with  freighters  going  to  New  Mexico.23 

In  the  meantime  they  pitched  their  tents  and  camped  out- 
side of  Kansas  City.  In  getting  organized  they  had  some  inter- 
esting experiences.  One  of  the  important  problems  was  who 
was  to  be  cook.  The  following  lines  written  by  Archbishop 
Salpointe  thirty-five  years  later,  explain  how  this  was  solved. 

.  .  .  We  were  notified  also  that  custom  required  we  should 
cook  for  ourselves.  Little  by  little  our  situation  was  made 
known  to  us  in  definite  terms  and  the  present  question  was  of 
practical  importance.  Who  amongst  us  would  be  daring  enough 
to  offer  himself  for  the  culinary  administration?  Every  one, 
it  is  true,  was  willing  to  contribute  his  share  to  the  necessary 
menial  labor,  but  none  could  state  what  were  his  peculiar  abili- 
ties. The  situation  looked  rather  perplexed  for  a  while,  but  it 
was  soon  made  clear  and  satisfactory  to  all  by  a  few  words 
of  the  Vicar  General,  who  assigned  to  each  one  what  he  should 
have  to  do  every  day  during  the  journey.  Two  cooks,  bad  or 
good,  were  designated,  two  purveyors  of  fuel,  two  of  water, 
and  the  other  men  of  the  caravan,  two  by  two,  were  to  watch 
two  hours  by  turns  every  night  over  the  safety  of  the  camp  and 
of  the  animals.  Such  were  the  orders,  and  they  were  accepted 
without  objection.24 

When  the  caravan  was  numerous  enough  to  start  for 
Santa  Fe,  it  was  decided  to  leave  from  a  place  called  White 
House,  which  was  about  six  miles  from  the  missionaries' 
camp.  All  was  packed  and  made  ready  to  join  the  large  cara- 
van when  trouble  began.  The  mules  had  enjoyed  their  rest 
and  did  not  care  to  pull  the  wagons !  Except  for  the  two  Mexi- 
cans that  Bishop  Lamy  had  sent  from  Santa  Fe,  the  others 
in  the  party  did  not  know  how  to  cope  with  these  animals. 
Nevertheless,  even  with  the  frequent  interruptions  and  stale- 


23.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  p.  212. 

24.  Ibid.,  pp.  213-214. 


SALPOINTE  9 

mates  they  managed  to  reach  White  House.  Not  daring  to 
trust  themselves  to  such  animals,  Father  Eguillon  returned 
to  Kansas  City  and  purchased  what  he  thought  were  four 
good  mules.  The  next  day  the  group  started  out  ahead  of  the 
main  caravan,  which  was  waiting  for  a  few  more  wagons,  be- 
cause there  was  not  any  danger  in  the  immediate  vicinity  and 
they  wanted  to  accustom  their  animals  to  work.23 

Another  amusing  experience  was  had  when  the  Vicar 
General  unpacked  the  heavy  clothing  that  he  had  prudently 
bought  for  the  trip.  It  turned  cold  quickly,  but  the  priest  was 
prepared.  Pulling  out  two  cases,  he  opened  one  of  them.  It 
contained  "heavy  common  overcoats  for  all  the  men  of  the 
party.26  The  other  case  was  filled  "with  rough  monumental 
boots."27 

.  .  .  Neither  coats  nor  boots  had  been  made  to  order  nor  se- 
lected to  suit  any  particular  size,  but  all  these  articles  had 
the  advantage  of  not  being  too  small  for  anyone.28 

The  next  surprise  for  the  missionaries  came  on  the  third 
morning  of  their  journey.  The  new  mules  were  missing  with 
no  indication  of  which  direction  they  had  gone.  They  hoped 
that  if  the  mules  had  returned  to  Kansas  City,  the  caravan 
following  them  would  bring  the  mules  along.  This  is  exactly 
what  happened  only  the  mules  were  not  returned  until  after 
they  had  reached  Santa  Fe.  Hitching  up  some  saddle  horses 
to  the  wagons,  they  proceeded  towards  Santa  Fe.  A  few  days 
later,  the  caravan  of  Mr.  Moore,  a  wealthy  merchant  of  New 
Mexico,  overtook  them  and  so  they  completed  their  journey 
under  this  protection  reaching  the  first  settlements  of  New 
Mexico  on  October  23, 1859.29 

Four  days  later,  on  October  27, 1859,  Father  Eguillon  and 
his  valiant  group  of  missioners,  having  had  a  realistic  taste 
of  life  on  the  plains,  entered  the  old  capital  of  New  Mexico.30 

26.  Ibid.,  pp.  214-215. 

26.  Ibid.,  p.  215. 

27.  Loc.  cit. 

28.  Loc.  cit. 

29.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  pp.  216-218. 

30.  Ibid.,  p.  219  ;  their  arrival  is  also  mentioned   in   the  letter  of  Mother  Magdalen 
Hayden,  S.L.,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico,  to  a  Friend,  December  10,  1859,   (No.  7/64,  Loretto 
Motherhouse  Archives:  Loretto,  Kentucky). 


10  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

II.  New  Mexico,  1859-1866 

Bishop  Lamy  received  the  tired  missionaries  and  made 
them  as  comfortable  as  his  frugality  could  permit.  At  the  sup- 
per served  to  them,  the  conversation  was,  at  first,  exclusively 
in  French.  Interrupting,  Bishop  Lamy  said  sternly. 

Gentlemen,  you  do  not  know,  it  seems,  that  two  languages 
only  are  of  necessity  here,  the  Spanish,  which  is  spoken  gen- 
erally by  the  people  of  this  Territory,  and  the  English,  which 
is  the  language  of  the  Government.  Make  your  choice  between 
the  two,  for  the  present,  but  leave  your  French  parley  for  the 
country  you  have  come  from.1 

Among  the  Brothers  in  the  party  there  was  one  who  spoke 
only  English  and  another  who  had  mastered  some  Spanish. 
But,  since  neither  tried  to  keep  up  the  conversation,  silence 
prevailed.  Father  Salpointe  relates,  "We  then  proceeded  eat- 
ing with  as  little  noise  as  possible,  and  with  a  kind  of  lost 
appetite."2  This  did  not  last  long  because  the  Bishop  himself 
burst  into  laughter  and  began  speaking  in  French.  Neverthe- 
less, the  lesson  of  Bishop  Lamy,  that  of  applying  oneself  to 
the  study  of  the  languages,  was  impressed  on  all  the 
newcomers. 

Father  Salpointe  in  particular  must  have  had  a  facility 
in  grasping  languages  because  a  few  months  later,  on  Febru- 
ary 27,  1860,  he  applied  for  membership  in  the  New  Mexico 
Historical  Society.3  In  the  Minutes  of  the  Society  we  find 
wonderment  at  this  talent. 

He  spoke  no  English  when  they  arrived  in  Santa  Fe,  Octo- 
ber 27,  1869 ;  yet  here,  exactly  four  months  later,  he  is  asking 
membership  in  the  new  Historical  Society!  He  was  elected  at 
the  March  meeting — and  had  already  donated  some  beautiful 
fossils  from  "El  Rancho  de  la  Luz."4 


1.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  p.  219. 

2.  Loc.  cit. 

3.  Lansing  B.  Bloom,  ed.,  "Society  Minutes,  1859-1863,"  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  RE- 
VIEW, XVIII  (1943),  286. 

4.  Ibid.,  p.  287. 


SALPOINTE  11 

After  becoming  acquainted  with  the  characteristics  of 
Villa  Santa  Fe,5  the  missioners  settled  down  to  their  assigned 
tasks  or  missions.  The  Christian  Brothers  were  given  a  house 
and  proceeded  to  prepare  to  open  classes  as  soon  as  circum- 
stances allowed.  To  Father  Salpointe  was  assigned  the  task 
of  taking  charge  of  the  young  seminarians  who  had  come 
from  France  before  completing  their  classical  studies,  and 
to  visit  once  a  week  the  chapels  of  the  Pecos,  Galisteo,  and 
Tesuque  pueblos.6 

One  year  later,  Father  Salpointe  was  appointed  pastor  of 
Mora  to  succeed  the  Reverend  Damazo  Taladrid.  This  was 
"one  of  the  most  important  positions  in  the  diocese."7  Father 
Salpointe  left  Santa  Fe  on  October  28,  1860,  and  the  follow- 
ing notation  of  his  formally  taking  over  the  jurisdiction  of 
Mora  on  November  23,  1860,  is  chronologically  inserted  in 
the  burial  record  of  1860. 

El  mismo  Dia  23  de  Nbre  recibe  el  Padre  Taladrid  juridic- 
cion  de  la  Mora. 

J.  B.  Salpointe8 

The  parish  of  Mora  comprised  the  towns  and  settlements 
of  Cebolla,  Cueva,  Agua  Negra,  Guadalupita,  Coyote,  Rayado 
and  Cimarron,  all  with  chapels,  except  the  last  three.  In  1863, 
the  parish  was  enlarged  to  extend  to  the  rivers  Las  Animas, 
Huerf  ano  and  San  Carlos,  thus  making  it  about  two  hundred 
miles  in  length  from  north  to  south.9 

The  Church  at  Mora  was  in  a  ruinous  condition  and  so 
the  young  priest  with  the  help  of  his  people  and  most  of  his 
savings  practically  rebuilt  it.  Looking  to  the  future,  even  be- 
fore he  had  a  promise  of  Sisters  to  teach,  Father  Salpointe 
turned  his  attention  to  the  erection  of  a  school. 

In  the  summer  of  1863,  Bishop  Lamy  received  news  from 


5.  Santa  Fe,  along  with  Albuquerque  and  Santa  Cruz  enjoyed  the  distinction  of  being 
called  "la  villa,"  the  city.  The  title  of  city  was  given  by  the  Government  to  the  first  and 
most  important  Spanish  settlements  in  New  Mexico  to  put  them  above  the  level  of  the 
Indian  pueblos. 

6.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  pp.  221-222. 

7.  Defouri,  op.  cit.,  p.  155. 

8.  Burial  Record— Book  B-14,  (St.  Gertrudis,  Mora,  New  Mexico),  A.A.S.F. 

9.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  p.  234. 


12  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Denver  that  Father  Machebeuf 10  had  met  with  an  accident, 
leaving  him  with  a  broken  leg  and  little  hope  for  recovery. 
He  immediately  set  out  from  Santa  Fe  for  Denver.11  When  he 
passed  through  Mora,  he  asked  Father  Salpointe  to  go  with 
him  to  Denver.  The  journey  lasted  ten  days  and  when  they 
arrived  they  found  Father  Machebeuf  on  the  way  to  conva- 
lescence and  most  cheerful,  although  he  knew  he  would  be 
lame  for  life.12 

In  March,  1864,  Father  Salpointe,  having  previously  peti- 
tioned Mother  Magdalen,  Superior  of  the  Sisters  of  Loretto 
at  the  Foot  of  the  Cross  in  Santa  Fe,  for  teaching  Sisters, 
made  a  trip  to  Santa  Fe  to  obtain  the  Sisters. 

.  .  .  during  his  [Bishop  Lamy's]  absence  Father  Salpointe 
from  Mora  came  asking  for  Sisters  for  that  place.  .  .  .  Be- 
cause of  the  feast  on  which  they  left  the  Vicar,  Fr.  Salpointe 
and  I  thought  that  the  house  should  be  named  "Convent  of  the 
Annunciation." 13 

Father  Salpointe  and  the  Sisters  Mary  Borja,  Cecilia  and 
Ynes  arrived  in  Mora  on  April  4,  1864.14  The  school  opened 
by  the  Sisters  was  only  for  girls.  Therefore,  in  1865,  Father 
Salpointe  asked  for  Christian  Brothers  to  establish  a  boys' 
school.  Three  Brothers  under  the  direction  of  Brother  Domi- 
tian  opened  St.  Mary's  College  which  had  an  existence  of  nine- 
teen years.  The  school  was  successful  from  the  beginning.13 

Great  sacrifices  were  made  by  all  concerned  in  these  early 
missions. 


10.  As  Bishop  Lamy's  Vicar  General,  Father  Machebeuf  traveled  up  and  down  New 
Mexico  and  Arizona.   In   October,   1860,  he  and  Reverend  J.   B.   Raverdy,   whom   Bishop 
Lamy  had  appointed  to  assist  him,  were  sent  to  minister  in  Colorado.  The  remainder  of 
their  lives  was  spent  in  laboring  in  this  area. 

On  February  5,  1868,  the  modern  states  of  Colorado  and  Utah  were  erected  into  a 
Vicariate  Apostolic  by  the  Holy  See,  and  Father  Machebeuf  was  appointed  as  first  Vicar 
Apostolic.  He  was  consecrated  bishop  in  St.  Peter's  Cathedral,  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  by  Arch- 
bishop Purcell,  on  August  16,  1868.  On  August  16,  1887,  the  Vicariate  was  raised  to  the 
status  of  a  diocese.  Bishop  Machebeuf  died  on  July  10,  1889. 

11.  William  J.  Hewlett,  Life  of  Right  Reverend  Joseph  P.  Machebeuf,  D.D.,  Pioneer 
Priest  of  Colorado,  Vicar  Apostolic  of  Colorado  and  Utah  and  First  Bishop  of  Denver, 
(Pueblo,  Colorado:  The  Franklin  Press,  1908),  p.  310. 

12.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  p.  237. 

13.  Mother  Magdalen  Hayden,  S.L.,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico,  to  her  sister,    (Original 
in  Spanish),  September  12,  1864,  Loretto  Motherhouse  Archives,  Loretto,  Kentucky. 

14.  Salpointe,  loc.  cit. 

15.  75  [sic}  Years  of  Service,  1859-19S4,  An  Historical  Sketch  of  Saint  Mir.hael's  Col- 
lege,  (Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico:  Saint  Michael's  College,  1934),  p.  94. 


SALPOINTE  13 

The  Fathers  as  well  as  the  Sisters  were  deprived  of  all 
luxuries,  and  many  times  even  the  necessities  of  life.  They 
had  no  bedsteads  .  .  .  the  food  corresponded  with  the  lodging. 
It  consisted  for  a  whole  year  of  bread  and  beans.  Several  times 
they  did  not  even  have  salt.16 

An  amusing  incident  is  told  by  the  Loretto  Sisters  at 
Mora.  During  a  rainy  season  the  water  ran  freely  through  the 
roof  and  walls  of  their  adobe  building,  leaving  them  without 
a  dry  spot  on  which  to  stand  or  sit.  In  their  distress  they 
sought  the  advice  and  aid  of  Father  Salpointe.  Hastening  to 
his  house  nearby,  great  was  their  astonishment  to  find  him 
perched  on  the  window-sill  with  an  umbrella  over  him,  read- 
ing his  breviary.17  They  concluded  that  his  predicament  was 
as  bad  as  their  own. 

Conditions  at  Mora  gradually  became  better.  The  natives 
were  taking  a  more  active  part  in  parish  life.  More  children 
and,  therefore,  more  families,  were  being  reached  through 
the  schools.  The  parish  was  firmly  on  its  feet  when,  in  1865, 
Bishop  Lamy  asked  for  volunteers  for  the  shepherdless  mis- 
sions of  Arizona. 


III.  Arizona  Days,  1866-84 

When  Arizona  was  purchased  from  Mexico  on  December 
30,  1853, *  it  was  added  to  the  American  Territory  of  New 
Mexico.  By  decree  of  the  Holy  See  it  was  annexed  to  the  Dio- 
cese of  Santa  Fe  in  1859.2  In  1863,  it  was  separated  politi- 
cally, becoming  an  American  territory  in  its  own  right.  The 
ecclesiastical  jurisdiction  of  Arizona,  however,  still  belonged 
to  the  See  of  Santa  Fe.  The  year  1863  found  Arizona  without 
priests  to  minister  to  the  people  and  yet  this  territory  had 

16.  Annuals  of  Mora,  New  Mexico,  Loretto  Convent,   (Loretto  Mother-house  Archives, 
Loretto,  Kentucky). 

17.  Anna  C.  Minogue,  Lorreto:  Annals  of  the  Century,    (New  York:  The  America 
Press,  1912),  pp.  148-149. 

1.  James  Gadsden    (1788-1858),  United  States  minister  to  Mexico  and  a  prominent 
Southern  railroad  man,  signed  the  treaty  by  which  Mexico  agreed  to  sell  the  large  area 
now  comprising  the  southern  portions  of  Arizona  and  New  Mexico.  The  purchase  price 
was  $10,000,000.  On  the  Gadsden  Purchase  cf.  Thomas  A.  Bailey,  A  Diplomatic  History  of 
the  American  People,   (4th  ed. :  New  York:  Appleton-Century-Crofts,  Inc.,  1950),  p.  279, 
and  "Gadsden  Purchase,"  Encyclopedia  Americana,  12(1950),  217. 

2.  Cf.  Supra,  p.  4. 


14  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

been  one  of  the  first  in  the  New  World  to  have  the  cross 
erected  in  its  soil. 

The  Franciscan  Fathers  were  the  first  missionaries  who 
traversed  the  area  now  called  Arizona.  Two  of  them3  left 
Mexico  in  January,  1538,  commissioned  by  the  Viceroy,  and 
went  as  far  as  a  large  river  which  they  could  not  cross.  The 
following  year,  Fray  Marcos  de  Niza  and  three  other  reli- 
gious joined  the  military  expedition  and  arrived  at  the  same 
river.4  No  missions  were  established  at  this  time  and,  there- 
fore, it  would  seem  that  these  expeditions  had  for  their  pur- 
pose to  ascertain  whether  the  time  had  come  to  begin  work 
among  the  Indians  found  there.5 

It  was  between  the  years  1687  and  1690  that  Arizona's 
first  mission,  Guevavi,  was  founded  by  the  Jesuit  Fathers. 
The  missions  of  Tumacacuri,  San  Xavier,  Tubac,  Tucson  and 
others  were  established  successively  as  circumstances  per- 
mitted. In  1681,  Father  Eusebio  Kino,6  S.J.,  was  commis- 
sioned by  his  superiors  to  work  for  the  conversion  of  the 
tribes  living  in  the  northern  portion  of  the  province  of  So- 
nora,  called  Pimeria  Alta. 

The  above  named  missions  were  all  founded  by  Father 
Kino.  In  1694,  Father  Kino  visited  the  Pima  Indians,  who 
lived  on  the  Gila  River  in  the  vicinity  of  the  "Casas  Grandes," 
establishing  there  two  missions.  The  missionaries  pushed 
their  explorations  farther,  toward  the  Gulf  of  California, 
preaching  to  every  tribe  on  the  way.  However,  the  Pimas 
unexpectedly  rebelled  in  1695,  and  this  began  a  series  of 
reverses.  The  death  of  Father  Kino  from  natural  causes  oc- 
curred in  1711.7 

On  November  21,  1751,  all  the  Indian  tribes  in  Pimeria 
Alta,  or  the  northwest  part  of  the  province  of  Sonora,  re- 
belled against  their  missionaries.  The  revolt,  lasting  over 
two  years,  resulted  in  the  death  of  three  of  the  Jesuit  mis- 

3.  Fray  Juan  de  la  Asuncion  and  Fray  Pedro  Nadal.  Cf.  Salpointe,  Soldiers  of  the  Cross, 
op.  cit.,  p.  129. 

4.  From  the  latitude  given  by  the  Fathers  for  this  river,  it  was  the  one  now  known 
as  the  Colorado. 

6.  Salpoint,  op.  cit.,  pp.  129-130. 

6.  On  Kino,  S.  J.,  cf.  Herbert  E.  Bolton,  Rim  of  Christendom,  A  Biography  of  Eusebio 
Francisco  Kino,  (New  York:  Macmillan,  1936). 

7.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  pp.  131-132. 


SALPOINTE  15 

sionaries8  and  the  abandonment  of  all  the  mission  stations 
until  1754. 

The  missionaries  again  resumed  their  work  in  1754,  and 
by  the  year  1762  the  Jesuits  could  number  twenty-nine  mis- 
sions in  Pimeria  Alta.  At  this  period  they  had  no  trouble  from 
the  Indians  of  their  missions  but  they  were  constantly  on  the 
defense  against  the  attacks  of  the  Apaches,  who  lived  along 
almost  the  entire  length  of  the  northern  frontier  of  the  prov- 
ince. Another  hindrance  was  the  deprivation  of  the  compen- 
sation the  Jesuit  Fathers  should  have  received  from  the 
government.  Nevertheless,  their  work  continued  until  their 
expulsion  from  all  Spanish  possessions  on  April  2, 1767.9 

After  the  suppression  of  the  Jesuits,  fourteen  Franciscans 
from  the  College  of  Queretaro  were  sent  to  carry  on  the  mis- 
sionary work.  The  best  known  of  these  was  Father  Francisco 
Garces. 

He  planned  the  extension  of  the  missions  to  the  north  and 
also  made  contact  with  the  California  friars.  When  his  plan 
seemed  to  be  maturing  in  a  most  satisfactory  manner,  harsh 
treatment  by  the  Spanish  soldiers  caused  a  rebellion  among  the 
Indians  in  1780  that  ended  only  after  several  missioners  had 
been  put  to  death,  among  them  Father  Garces.  Although  this 
tragedy  prevented  the  extension  of  the  missions,  it  brought 
about  a  resurgence  of  faith  for  some  time  in  the  older 
missions.10 

The  missions  prospered  under  the  Franciscan  administra- 
tion and  a  proof  of  their  success  can  be  seen  in  the  church 
they  constructed  at  San  Xavier  del  Bac  to  replace  the  old 
church  built  by  the  Jesuit  Fathers. 

About  the  year  1810,  the  desire  for  independence  from 
Spain  began  to  spread  throughout  the  territory  of  New  Spain, 
and  on  September  28,  1821,  Mexico  gained  her  independence 
from  the  mother  country.  The  greatest  blow  to  the  missions 
came  when  the  Franciscans  were  expelled  from  the  country 
by  the  decree  of  December  20, 1827.  This  decree  and  the  one 

8.  Fathers  Francisco  Xavier  Saeta,  Enriques  Ruen,  and  Tomas  Tello.  Cf.  Ibid.,  p.  133. 

9.  Ibid.,  pp.  132-139. 

10.  Roemer,  The  Catholic  Church  in  the  United  States,  op.  cit.,  p.  24.   [Footnote  11 
omitted.  F.D.R.] 


16  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

following  it  on  May  10, 1829,  confiscating  the  property  of  the 
Church,  spelled  doom  for  the  continuance  of  the  missions. 
Most  of  the  Indians,  unprotected  and  without  the  moral  and 
material  support  received  from  the  missions,  scattered  and 
returned  gradually  to  their  former  Indian  life.  The  only  ex- 
ception was  the  Indian  pueblo  at  San  Xavier.12 

The  Arizona  missions  were  not  totally  abandoned  by  the 
Church.  After  the  expulsion  of  the  Franciscans,  priests  were 
too  scarce  for  the  Bishop  of  Sonora,  Mexico,  to  assign  one 
for  the  Arizona  missions.  He  did,  however,  put  the  missions 
in  charge  of  the  parish  priests  of  Magdalena  in  his  diocese  of 
Sonora.  It  was  a  hazardous  journey  for  these  priests  to  visit 
Arizona  and,  therefore,  it  was  the  rare  occasion  that  brought 
them.  When  a  priest  came  the  people  of  Tucson  had  to  send 
"eighteen  to  twenty  mounted  and  well  armed  men"13  to  escort 
and  protect  the  priest  from  Apache  attacks.14 

These  were  the  conditions  that  prevailed  in  1859  when 
Bishop  Lamy  sent  his  Vicar  General,  Father  Machebeuf,  to 
Arizona  to  determine  the  needs  of  the  Catholic  population 
and  the  advisability  of  establishing  a  mission  there.  Father 
Machebeuf  endured  the  six  hundred  miles  from  Santa  Fe  to 
Tucson,  one-half  of  the  route  being  heavily  infested  with 
Apaches.  The  missionary  found  that  practically  all  the  in- 
habitants were  Catholics  and  that  the  majority  of  the  popu- 
lation were  in  the  towns  of  Tucson,  San  Xavier  del  Bac, 
Tubac,  and  Gila  City,  now  Yuma.  Since  Tucson  was  the  most 
important  town  of  the  Territory,  he  chose  it  for  the  center 
of  his  labors.15 

The  first  thing  Father  Machebeuf  accomplished  was  a  trip 
to  Sonora,  Mexico,  to  see  the  Bishop  of  that  See.  This  prelate 
transferred  to  the  Vicar  General,  as  representative  of  the 
Bishop  of  Santa  Fe,  the  entire  jurisdiction  over  the  whole  of 
Arizona.16 


12.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  pp.  180-181. 

13.  Ibid.,  p.  185. 

14.  Loc.  cit. 

15.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  pp.  224-226.  [The  site  of  Yuma  was  called  Colorado  City,  not  Gila 
City  which  lay  about  twenty  miles  upstream  from  Yuma.  Gold  was  found  in  1858  and  grave 
rise  to  Gila  City  which  was  a  ghost  town  by  1864.  Cf.  R.  K.  Wyllys,  Arizona.  Hobson  & 
Herr,  Phoenix,  Arizona,  1950.  F.  D.  R.] 

16.  Ibid.,  pp.  227-228. 


SALPOINTE  17 

When  Father  Machebeuf  returned  to  Arizona,  he  was  kept 
busy  performing  marriages,  baptizing  and  hearing  confes- 
sions at  Tucson,  Tubac  and  San  Xavier.  A  prominent  citizen17 
of  Tucson  gave  him  a  two  room  house  to  use  for  a  church 
because  the  old  Presidio  church  was  in  such  a  state  of  ruin 
that  it  was  beyond  repair.  At  the  San  Xavier  mission  he 
found  that  the  Church  could  still  be  used  for  the  celebration 
of  Mass  and  that  the  Indians  remembered  the  prayers  which 
had  been  taught  to  them  by  the  Franciscans.  The  Indian 
chief,  Jose,  gave  to  Father  Machebeuf  the  sacred  vessels18 
he  had  protected  in  his  house  since  the  expulsion  of  the 
Franciscans.19 

Bishop  Lamy  requested  Father  Machebeuf's  return  and 
he  arrived  in  Santa  Fe  in  November,  1859.  Although  the 
Bishop  was  sending  Father  Machebeuf  to  Colorado,  he  prom- 
ised that  he  would  send  another  priest  to  Arizona  as  soon  as 
possible. 

After  Father  Machebeuf,  the  Arizona  missions  were 
served  for  about  three  years  by  Father  Donate  Reghieri,  who 
was  killed  by  the  Apaches.20  The  people  of  Tucson,  being  left 
without  a  priest,  sent  a  petition  to  Bishop  Thaddeus  Amat21 
of  the  Monterey-Los  Angeles  diocese  asking  him  to  send 
priests  to  their  area.  Bishop  Amat  sent  the  appeal  for  priests 
to  Bishop  Lamy22  because  it  was  the  latter's  responsibility. 
To  solve  the  problem,  Bishop  Lamy  procured  two  Jesuits, 
Fathers  Messea  and  Bosco,  from  California  for  San  Xavier 
and  Tucson,  respectively.  The  stay  of  the  Jesuits  was  brief, 


17.  Don  Francisco  Solano  Leon. 

18.  The  objects  were:  four  silver  chalices,  a  gold  plated  monstrance,  two  gold  cruets 
with  a  silver  tray,  two  small  silver  candlesticks,  two  silver  censers  and  a  sanctuary  carpet. 

19.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  pp.  226-227. 

20.  Sister  M.  Lucida  Savage,  C.S.J.,  The  Congregation  of  St.  Joseph  of  Carondelet,  A 
Brief  Account  of  Its  Origin  And  Its  Work  in  the  United  States,   (2d  ed. ;  St.  Louis:  B. 
Herder,  1927),  p.  249.  Further  information  on  Reghieri  is  lacking. 

21.  Thaddeus  Amat,  C.M.,  was  born  on  December  81,  1811,  in  Catalonia,  Spain.  He 
joined  the  Lazarists  in  Barcelona,  January  4,  1832,  and  was  ordained  on  June  9,  1838  at 
Paris  by  Archbishop  Hyacinth  Louis  Quelen  of  Paris.  Elected  to  the  See  of  Monterey  on 
July  29,  1853,  he  was  consecrated,  March  12,  1854  at  Rome.  The  title  of  the  See  was  changed 
to  Monterey-Los  Angeles  in  1859.  He  was  interested  in  particular  in  the  welfare  of  the 
Indians.  He  died  May  12,  1878  in  Los  Angeles.  Cf.  Joseph  Bernard  Code,  Dictionary  of 
American  Hierarchy,   (New  York:  Longmans,  Green,  1940),  pp.  6-7. 

22.  Bishop  Amat,  Los  Angeles,  California,  to  Bishop  Lamy,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico, 
1863,  (A.A.S.F.). 


18  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

however,  and,  in  August,  1864,  Bishop  Lamy  was  informed 
that  they  had  been  recalled.23 

Thus  it  was  that  Bishop  Lamy  asked  for  volunteers  for 
the  Arizona  missions.  Because  of  the  dangers  of  the  mission 
he  did  not  want  to  order  any  priest  into  the  territory.  Three 
priests  volunteered,  however,  and  two  were  accepted.  These 
were  Father  Peter  Lassaigne  and  Father  Peter  Bernal  and 
the  remaining  one  who  was  rejected  was  Father  Salpointe. 
He  was  refused  because  of  the  parish  projects  he  was  engaged 
in  at  the  time  which  included  the  building  of  two  schools.  The 
two  volunteers  set  out  for  their  mission  field,  completing  the 
first  half  of  the  journey  to  Arizona  by  stage  without  any 
difficulty.  However,  when  they  reached  Las  Cruces,  the  end 
of  the  stage  line,  they  found  it  impossible,  for  any  amount 
of  money,  to  obtain  a  guide  to  Tucson.  The  Apaches  were 
roaming  this  area  and  no  one  cared  to  risk  his  life.  After 
waiting  a  number  of  weeks,  the  two  priests  returned  to 
Santa  Fe.24 

One  year  passed  and  Bishop  Lamy  was  becoming  more 
anxious  about  the  portion  of  his  flock  that  remained  without 
priests.  Although  the  danger  from  the  Apaches  was  not  les- 
sening, he  decided  to  send  Father  Salpointe,  appointing  him 
Vicar  General  for  the  Arizona  Missions.  Accompanied  by 
Fathers  Francis  Boucard  and  P.  Birmingham,  and  a  school 
teacher,  Mr.  Vincent,  he  set  out  for  his  distant  and  dangerous 
mission  on  January  6,  1866.  Each  of  the  four  was  supplied 
with  a  saddle  horse  and  they  were  given  a  four  horse  wagon, 
driven  by  a  Mexican,  to  carry  their  baggage  and  provisions. 
At  the  request  of  Bishop  Lamy,  General  Carleton,  com- 
mander of  Fort  Marcy  at  Santa  Fe,  furnished  an  escort  as 
far  as  Bowie.  The  journey  to  Bowie  was  made  in  good  time 
and  they  arrived  on  January  24,  1866.  The  only  Indians  that 
the  travelers  saw  were  a  few  coming  towards  them  on  the 
seventh  day  of  their  journey.  Instinctively,  the  priests,  who 
were  riding  a  couple  of  hours  ahead  of  their  wagon,  galloped 


23.  Salpointe,  op.  eit.,  pp.  240-241. 

24.  Ibid.,  p.  241. 


SALPOINTE  19 

away  for  their  lives,  keeping  to  the  trail.  The  Indians  turned 
back  to  the  missionaries'  great  satisfaction.25 

When  the  missionaries  arrived  at  Fort  Bowie,  the  Major 
in  charge  showed  them  every  courtesy.  He  suggested  that 
they  wait  three  days  until  a  freighter  would  be  leaving  for 
Tucson.  It  would  give  the  priests  added  protection  to  travel 
in  a  large  caravan,  and  the  Major  also  offered  to  send  an 
escort  of  soldiers  along  with  them.  This  plan  was  agreed  upon 
and  the  delay  providentially  enabled  a  dying  man,  Captain 
Tapia  from  Santa  Fe,  to  receive  the  Last  Sacraments  of  the 
Church  from  Father  Salpointe.26 

On  January  27,  1866,  the  party  pulled  out  crossing  bar- 
ren plains  and  twining  through  narrow  canyons  where  some 
weeks  before  travelers  had  been  massacred  by  the  Apaches. 
The  danger  was  so  great  that  they  did  not  even  light  fires 
at  night.  Camps  were  usually  made  from  one  water-hole  to 
the  next  unless  the  distance  between  them  was  too  great.  In 
this  way,  without  any  mishap,  the  caravan  entered  Tucson 
about  ten  o'clock  on  the  morning  of  February  7, 1866.27 

Tucson  at  this  date  was  a  small  Mexican  town  having  a 
population  of  about  six  hundred.  There  was  no  church  or 
priests'  residence  and  so  the  group  of  missionaries  relied  on 
the  hospitality  of  the  Catholics.  One  of  these,  Don  Juan  Elias, 
invited  the  group  to  his  house  and  within  a  few  weeks  had 
purchased  with  the  help  of  friends  a  little  house  and  lot  near 
the  place  where  Father  Donate  Reghieri,  and  the  Jesuits 
after  him,  had  begun  to  build  a  church. 

(continued) 


25.  Salpointe,  op.  eft.,  pp.  242-247. 

26.  Ibid.,  p.  247 

27.  Ibid.,  pp.  247-248. 


APACHE  PLUNDER  TRAILS  SOUTHWARD,  1831-1840 
By  RALPH  A.  SMITH 


FOR  generations  war  captives,  plunder,  and  livestock  entered 
New  Mexico  from  the  south,  Apache  Indians  brought  them 
from  "their  ranches,"  as  they  called  the  civilized  country  be- 
low which  seemed  to  exist  only  to  sustain  them.  How  they 
gathered  and  shifted  these  staples  of  their  commerce  north- 
ward is  a  horrendous  story  of  pillage  and  human  suffering.  It 
is  unfamiliar  to  American  readers  because  no  one  has  dug  it 
out  of  masses  of  Spanish  and  Mexican  records.  Using  these 
sources  it  is  easy  to  observe  the  marauders  and  their  opera- 
tions on  the  supply  end  of  an  atrocious  traffic.  One  can  follow 
the  flow  of  their  booty  on  through  mountain  rendezvous  and 
in  and  out  of  Santa  Fe,  Taos,  and  Bent's  Fort  into  the  broader 
channels  of  the  white  man's  trade.  From  these  marts  horses 
and  "Spanish"  mules  frequently  reached  Missouri,  or  Arkan- 
sas, and  even  pulled  plows  beyond  the  Mississippi. 

When  Apache  raiders  crossed  the  present  international 
boundary  over  half  a  dozen  major  trails  laid  open  to  them. 
Mexican  literature  shows  that  these  were  the  same  routes  in 
the  1830's  that  their  ancestors  had  used  over  a  century  before, 
except  for  the  easternmost  system.1  Comanches  had  recently 
usurped  it.  In  the  west  Coyotero  Apaches  employed  two  roads. 
Both  of  these  entered  Sonora  and  bore  along  the  Pacific  slopes 
of  the  Sierra  Madre  Occidental.  White  men  called  one  of  them 
the  "great  stealing  road."  It  came  out  of  a  sierra  in  eastern 
Arizona,  passed  over  the  Gila  River  upstream  from  San  Car- 
los Lake,  ran  down  Aravaipa  Creek,  and  turned  southward 
across  the  plains  of  San  Pedro  Valley.  Cutting  by  present 
Bisbee  it  hit  Sonora  northwest  of  Fronteras.  This  military 
post  guarded  a  region  dotted  with  great  droves  of  livestock, 

1.  For  these  routes  in  the  early  Eighteenth  Century  see  Vita  Alessio  Robles  (ed.). 
Nicolas  de  la  Fora's  Relacion  del  viaje  que  hizo  a  los  presidios  internes  situados  en  la 
frontera  de  la  America  septentrional  perteneciente  al  rey  de  Espana,  con  un  liminar 
bibliografico  y  acotacidnea  (1939),  Mexico,  D.  F. :  Editorial,  Pedro  Robredo.  71-76,  80-82. 
107-110. 

20 


APACHE  PLUNDER  21 

but  its  presence  did  not  interfere  with  Coyotero  business 
objectives.  The  trail  sprangled  out  so  that  warriors  going  to 
the  southwest  could  reach  the  mines  and  ranches  around 
Magdalena  on  the  Alisos  River.  A  fork  to  the  southeast 
brought  those  along  the  Narcozari  within  their  reach. 
Straight  ahead  their  trail  led  them  to  the  environs  of 
Hermosillo  and  Arizpe.  Both  of  these  towns  had  served  as 
the  capital  of  Sonora ;  however,  Apaches  seldom  visited  them 
except  for  war  booty.  Over  a  broad  territory  they  killed  men, 
grabbed  women  and  children,  and  rounded  up  livestock  before 
hurrying  northward.  Thousands  of  hoofs  racing  along  the  dry 
bed  of  the  Aravaipa  chiseled  out  a  road  "many  yards  wide." 
Turning  at  sharp  angles  it  made  defense  against  Mexican  pur- 
suit easy.  Crippled  horses,  mules,  and  cattle  and  carcasses  of 
dead  ones  pointed  the  direction  of  their  long  drives  up  trail 
to  the  Gila  and  on  to  their  mountain  homes. 

The  eastern  Coyotero  road  bisected  the  Gila  River  farther 
up  stream.  From  that  river  into  Sonora  it  took  the  same 
course  that  Mexican  miltary  expeditions  came  up  from  Fron- 
teras ;  but  of  course  the  rights  of  the  whites  to  its  use  were 
secondary  to  those  of  the  proprietary  mountain  lords.  This 
trail  lay  along  San  Simon  Creek  and  dropped  through  an  old 
Spanish  ranch  that  had  thrived  in  the  Sierra  de  San  Ber- 
nardino of  southeastern  Arizona  until  Apaches  decreed  its 
demise.  In  the  Thirties  raiders  might  stop  here  to  chase  cattle 
that  now  roamed  the  plains  as  "wild  and  more  dangerous  than 
buffalo."  Deeper  south  the  warriors  reached  a  position  from 
whence  they  could  strike  along  the  western  slopes  of  the 
Sierra  Madre,  taking  either  side  of  the  Chihuahua-Sonoran 
boundary. 

The  remaining  south-bound  arteries  of  Apache  traffic  led 
to  mining  towns,  domestic  Indian  villages,  ranches,  and  mus- 
tang herds  east  of  the  Continental  Divide.  When  lords  of  the 
Sierra  Mogollon  left  their  homes  on  the  western  margin  of 
New  Mexico  they  customarily  patronized  the  Copper  Road. 
It  ran  southwestward  from  Santa  Rita  Copper  Mine  by  Lake 
Playas  and  Animas  Peak  in  present  Hidalgo  County,  New 
Mexico.  By  veering  right  from  the  Copper  Road,  Mogollon 
Apaches  reached  Sonora;  but  following  it  they  would  ap- 


22  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

proach  Fort  Janos  about  130  miles  from  Santa  Rita  in  north- 
west Chihuahua.  This  historic  road  continued  through  Co- 
rralitos  and  Casas  Grandes  before  bearing  southeastward  and 
intersecting  the  El  Paso  del  Norte-Chihuahua  City  road  north 
of  Encinillas  and  finally  reaching  the  mint  in  the  capital  city. 
But  instead  of  turning  as  it  did,  the  Mogollons  usually  drove 
straight  on  southward,  circuited  Janos,  and  paralleled  the 
Continental  Divide  to  the  Papigochic  and  Tomochic  rivers. 
This  put  them  several  hundred  miles  due  west  of  the  capital  of 
Chihuahua.  From  temporary  camps  in  the  Sierra  Madre  they 
launched  raids  westward  into  Sonora,  or  dropped  down  upon 
thriving  Mexican  and  Tarahumara2  villages  along  the  tribu- 
taries of  the  Yaqui  River.  The  valleys  of  these  streams  were 
called  the  "bread  basket,"  the  "Garden  of  Eden,"  and  the 
"Paradise"  of  Chihuahua  for  very  appropriate  reasons. 
Around  them  Mogollons  also  found  the  best  silver  mines  in 
the  state  at  their  feet.  The  Silver  Road  ran  from  rich  pits 
clustering  about  Jesus  Maria  (present  Ocampo)  to  Chihua- 
hua City,3  and  presented  opportunities  for  New  Mexican  red 
skins  to  quench  their  lust  for  blood,  captives,  livestock,  and 
plunder.  Over  it  trudged  trains  of  little  burros  loaded  with 
bars  of  filthy  lucre.  Caravans  of  pack  mules  wended  through 
the  mountains  bearing  merchandise  from  Pacific  ports,4  and 
journeymen  travelled  in  armed  parties.  A  little  perusal  of 
statistics  and  travelers'  journals  makes  it  easy  to  understand 
why  the  Mogollons  established  operational  quarters  in  the 
Sierra  Madre  and  why  don  Santiago  Kirker  would  take  a  posi- 
tion in  the  mountains  near  Jesus  Maria  to  assess  tribute  on 
this  part  of  the  biggest  Mexican  department.  Known  as  the 
Lord  of  the  Scalp  Hunters,  Kirker  was  a  friend  of  the  savages 
and  "the  chief  of  the  Apache  nation"  at  this  time,  the  early 
Forties.  Small  bands  of  Mogollons  striking  along  the  Silver 


2.  El  Lie.  Moises  T.  de  la  Pena,  "Esayo  exonomico  y  social  sobre  el  pueblo  tarahu- 
mar,"  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuensc  de  estudios  historicos,  V,  num.  1   (abril  20  de 
1946),  426-436 ;  Julius  Frobel,  Alia  Ameriko,  II  (1858),  Leipzig:  J.  J.  Weber,  259-261. 

8.  Silvestre  Terrazas,  "Mineral.  .  .que  produce  mas  de  80  milliones.  .  .en  oro," 
Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense.  .  .,  II,  num.  6  (noviembre  15  de  1939),  200-201; 
Frobel,  Aus  Amerika,  II,  257-258. 

4.  Francisco  R.  Almada,  "Los  Apaches,"  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  .  .  .,  II, 
num.  1  (junio  de  1939),  10;  Francisco  R.  Almada,  La  rebellion  de  tomoehic  (1938), 
Ciudad  Chihuahua :  Sociedad  Chihuahuense  de  Estudios  Historicos,  7. 


APACHE  PLUNDER  23 

Road  made  life  cheap  right  into  the  suburbs  of  the  capital  city, 
while  fellow  tribesmen  fanned  out  southward  and  southeast- 
ward over  the  middle  and  upper  Rio  Conchos  and  its  tribu- 
taries. At  Santa  Isabel  thirty  miles  southwest  of  Chihuahua 
City  people  could  hear  Apache  war  drums  booming  nightly 
in  the  mountains  and  named  them  Sierra  del  Rombar,  or 
Mountains  of  the  Drum.  When  one  governor  passed  over  the 
Silver  Road  to  the  Glen  of  Fresno  he  ordered  that  crosses 
marking  the  spots  where  New  Mexican  Indians  had  massa- 
cred travelers  be  burned.  According  to  him,  these  reminders 
of  Apache  ferocity  every  few  hundred  feet  made  his  people 
timid.5  Scores  of  dispatches  relating  Mogollon  atrocities 
poured  into  the  Governor's  office  yearly.  They  reached  him 
from  Janos,  Corralitos,  Casas  Grandes,  and  Galeana  in  the 
northwest,  from  Papigochic  and  Tomochic  villages  in  the 
west,  from  Satevo  and  Hidalgo  del  Parral  in  the  south,  from 
points  along  the  Silver  Road,  and  from  many  places  between 
these.  In  them  one  sees  why  Chihuahua  would  resort  to  buying 
Apache  scalps,  and  why  these  areas  would  become  the  hair 
hunter's  paradise.  Western  Chihuahua  developed  Mexico's 
most  enthusiastic  galaxy  of  fleecers,  and  sent  more  human 
pelts  to  market  than  any  other  region  on  the  continent.  The 
best  known  artisans  of  the  hair  dresser's  craft  in  America 
were  either  native  or  adopted  sons  of  this  region  and  special- 
ized in  Mogollon  crowns.  Don  Joaquin  Terrazas,  Jesus  Jose 
Casavantes,  Heremengildo  Quintana,  Captain  Mauricio  Co- 
rredor,  Juan  Mata  de  Ortiz,  and  Luiz  Zuloaga  belonged  to  the 
Sierra  Madre  by  birth.  Kirker,  John  Joel  Glanton,  and  Marcus 
L.  "Long"  Webster  came  from  beyond  the  Great  Plains  to  seek 
their  fortunes  here.  At  peeling  Apache  heads  they  gained 
fame  and  wealth  in  the  Mogollon  "ranch"  country.  Nothing 
less  than  a  volume  could  do  justice  to  any  one  of  this  strenuous 
clan  of  barbers.  However,  Tarahumaras,  or  domestic  Indians, 
of  western  Chihuahua  also  would  make  some  of  the  best  hair 
hunters  ever  to  chase  New  Mexican  game  because  of  their 
prodigious  feats  as  footmen.  Accustomed  to  eighty-mile  foot 

5.  Jose  Carlos  Chavez,  "Clamor  de  los  Papigochic  del  siglo  XVIII  por  los  constantes 
ataques  de  los  Apaches,"  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  ....  I,  num.  12  (mayo  15  de 
1939),  399-405  ;  Frobel,  Aus  Amerika,  II,  248-256. 


24  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

races  up,  down,  and  around  sierra  slopes,  disdaining  the 
effeminacy  of  riding,  they  operated  both  under  their  own 
chiefs  and  with  such  scalp  captains  as  Col.  don  Joaquin  Te- 
rrazas.  At  ferreting  Apaches  from  their  mountain  dens  they 
fell  in  a  class  with  Kirker's  Old  Apache  Company  of  Dela- 
wares  and  Shawnees.  Wearing  white  pajamas,  raw  hide  san- 
dals, a  straw  hat,  and  coarse  black  bangs,  one  was  complete 
when  following  Terrazas  in  the  Sixties,  Seventies,  or 
Eighties  with  a  cartridge  belt  whipped  over  each  shoulder 
and  crossing  in  front  and  behind,  a  high  powered  carbine,  and 
a  machete.  His  Tarahumaras  made  tough,  productive  com- 
panies, jumping  swift,  elusive  game  in  the  mountains  during 
summer  months  and  in  the  valleys  during  winter. 

Thanks  to  New  Mexico's  supply  of  Indians  and  to  such 
master  hair  dressers  as  Ortiz,  Zuloaga,  and  Kirker,  both  the 
Copper  and  Silver  roads  should  have  been  re-christened  the 
Scalp  Hunter's  Trail.  After  the  Mountain  Indians  broke  up 
mining  operations  at  Santa  Rita  and  around  Jesus  Maria  in 
the  late  Thirties  and  Forties,  and  Chihuahua  started  buying 
their  crowns,  the  volume  of  pelts  headed  for  market  consti- 
tuted one  of  the  most  valuable  cargos  to  pass  over  these  roads. 
Because  of  the  heavy  drafts  for  payment  to  scalp  hunters,  it 
must  be  conceded  that  Mogollon  hair  contributed  as  much  to 
keeping  Chihuahua  bankrupt  as  that  of  any  tribe.  But  other 
Apaches  left  wool  down  country  too,  especially  Mimbrenos. 

When  they  set  out  to  their  "ranches"  they  descended  the 
Copper  Road  into  present  Chihuahua  before  breaking  off  to 
their  left.  Pouring  through  the  Glen  of  San  Joaquin  they  hit 
the  Casas  Grandes  River  down  stream,  or  north  of  Janos. 
Breaking  through  San  Miguel  Pass  in  the  neighborhood  of 
present  San  Pedro,  they  skirted  the  rough,  tall  Sierra  de  la 
Escondida  on  their  right.  After  entering  the  Pass  of  Las 
Minas  and  crossing  the  Santa  Maria  River  north  of  its  big 
loop,  they  traversed  San  Buenaventura  Valley  northeast  of 
Galeana.  Leaving  the  Laguna  de  la  Vieja  on  their  left  they 
rejoined  the  Copper  Road  and  descended  Ruiz  Valley  through 
the  Pass  of  Tina j a  to  the  Hill  of  El  Chile.  These  place  names 
may  confuse  American  readers  today,  but  for  many  decades 
they  were  commonplace  in  the  jargon  of  scalp  hunters  and 


APACHE  PLUNDER  25 

others  who  had  experiences  with  New  Mexican  Indians  in 
Chihuahua.  To  the  hair  dressers  especially  they  signified  a 
land  abounding  in  human  fur.  Five  leagues  east  of  El  Chile 
was  El  Carmen,  the  seat  of  a  big  ranch  on  the  Carmen  River. 
It  bears  the  name  of  Richard  Flores  Magon  today.  Apaches 
connected  this  estate  with  the  history  of  New  Mexico  re- 
peatedly. Belief  prevails  south  of  the  border  that  a  peon 
child  kidnapped  here  grew  up  to  become  New  Mexico's  famous 
Apache  Napoleon,  Victorio.6  Mexican  tradition  places  the  cap- 
ture of  another  white  boy  in  this  vicinity.  He  became  the 
notorious  Apache  chief,  Costelles  (Sacks),  also  infamous  in 
the  history  of  the  same  state.  Just  west  of  El  Carmen  among 
lagoons  and  springs  John  Glanton  and  his  outlaw  band  of 
professional  hair  raisers  found  good  fleecing  among  New 
Mexican  savages  in  mid-century.  Here  Mimbrenos  mapped 
their  campaigns  and  sometimes  before  pushing  deeper  into 
Chihuahua  met  still  other  New  Mexican  natives  who  had 
loped  their  ponies  down  still  different  trails.  These  invaders 
were  Warm  Springs  and  Natage  Apaches. 

When  Warm  Springs  Apaches  set  out  southward  to  steal, 
they  came  down  the  Mimbres  Valley  to  the  lake  region  of 
northern  Chihuahua.  The  main  lagoons  here  were  de  Guzman, 
de  Santa  Maria,  and  de  Patos.  They  figured  much  in  the  story 
of  New  Mexico's  Indians  also,  especially  for  holding  rendez- 
vous and  because  of  their  droves  of  wild  mustangs  and  sur- 
rounding ranches  with  domestic  stock.  Of  course,  like  the  area 
west  of  El  Carmen,  this  meant  opportunities  for  professional 
hair  dressers  also.  The  Warm  Springs  Apaches  drove  on  to 
El  Ojo  del  Apache,  or  Apache  Spring,  in  a  marshy  region 
about  fifteen  miles  west  of  Fort  Carrizal.  They  might  rendez- 
vous here  with  Natages  and  push  on  southward  with  them  to 
join  the  Mimbrenos  west  of  El  Carmen. 

The  Natages  lived  along  the  Rio  Grande  and  crossed  that 
River  below  El  Paso  del  Norte  at  San  Elezario.  Passing  over 
the  Llano  de  los  Castillos,  they  raided  ranches  along  the  way, 


6.  Manuel  Romero,  "Victor"  el  Apache  que  creo  mi  madre  era  hijo  gran  jefe  de 
los  Apaches  'Victorio'  ",  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  ehihuahuense  .  .  .,  VI,  num.  8  (enero  y 
febrero  de  1951),  509-513;  Jose  Carlos  Chavez,  "Extencion  de  los  Apaches,"  Boletin  de 
la,  sociedad  ehihuahuense  .  .  .,  I,  num.  10  (marzo  15  de  1939),  340n  ;  Jose  Fuentes  Mares, 
.  .  .  Y  Mexico  se  refugio  en  el  desierto  (1954),  Mexico,  D.  F. :  Editorial  Jus,  S.  A.,  148. 


26  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

joined  other  tribes  in  a  common  rendezvous,  and  split  into 
small  parties  for  working  the  land  southward  in  detail.  In 
all  of  the  great  space  north  of  Chihuahua  City,  they  found  a 
country  much  less  arid  than  it  is  today.  It  abounded  in  live- 
stock until  Apaches  cleaned  it  out.  If  they  went  straight  south- 
ward from  the  vicinity  of  El  Carmen,  they  took  the  Rio  Santa 
Clara  Valley,  or  followed  the  107th  parallel,  to  such  river 
ranches  as  San  Lorenzo,  Santa  Clara,  and  La  Quemada.  Still 
farther  south  they  found  more  ranches,  livestock,  and  people 
around  the  two  big  lagoons  known  as  don  Antonio  del  Castillo 
and  as  Bustillo  west  of  Chihuahua  City. 

Eastward  from  their  big  rendezvous  grounds  the  invaders 
frequently  crossed  the  Carmen  River,  passed  under  the 
friendly  Sierra  de  los  Arados  on  their  left,  and  took  the  valley 
between  Las  Varas  and  El  Plan  de  Alamos,  two  more  sierra 
allies,  to  the  El  Paso-Chihuahua  City  Road.  This  put  them  im- 
mediately below  Gallegos  and  west  of  Tres  Castillos,  where 
Col.  Terrazas  and  his  scalp  hunters  trapped  Victorio  in  1880, 
and  Captain  Mauricio  Corredor  raised  his  $2,000  crown.  Mov- 
ing southward  Apaches  would  make  one,  or  more,  seasonal 
calls  by  Encinillas.  This  feudal  barony  constituted  the  largest 
and  best  known  ranch  system  in  all  Chihuahua  and  therefore 
one  of  the  most  visited.  From  the  peaks  of  the  long  sierra  on 
each  side  of  it,  native  scouts  looked  down  upon  its  twenty  mile 
long  lagoon  and  the  villa  at  its  southern  tip.  They  kept  every 
thing  that  moved  over  the  valley  under  observation.  Multiple 
times  they  ran  off  horses  and  mules,  left  the  valley  dotted  with 
dead  cattle,  speared  hundreds  of  sheep  for  sport,  and  swept 
away  captives.  Moving  on  they  would  plague  dozens  of  ranch 
settlements  and  run  off  livestock  herds  north,  east,  and  west 
of  the  capital.  Sometimes  New  Mexican  Apaches  would  work 
with  kinsmen  from  Texas. 

These  were  Mescalero  Apaches.  They  lived  in  mountains 
east  of  the  Rio  Grande  from  the  Sierra  Blanca  toward  the 
Big  Bend.  They  crossed  the  river  into  eastern  Chihuahua  by 
the  Pass  of  El  Morrion  at  Dolores,  or  elsewhere,  and  often 
made  for  a  sierra  between  Gallegos  and  Agua  Nueva.  Both  of 
these  places  were  on  the  El  Paso-Chihuahua  City  Road  about 


APACHE  PLUNDER  27 

fifty  miles  north  of  the  capital.  Agua  Nueva  was  the  head- 
quarters of  the  estate  of  don  Estanislao  Porras.  He  was  one  of 
the  wealthiest  ranchers  and  merchants  of  Chihuahua  and  ran 
as  many  as  36,000  head  of  cattle  on  his  ranch  when  Apaches 
permitted.  Because  they  stole  and  killed  his  livestock,  kid- 
napped his  servants,  robbed  his  merchant  trains,  and  used 
his  sierra  to  plan  their  raids,  he  had  become  one  of  the  main 
patrons  of  a  "well  known  American"  called  the  "King  of  New 
Mexico."  This  was  don  Santiago  Kirker  who  led  the  best  hair 
dressing  outfit  ever  assembled  on  this  continent.  North  of 
Agua  Nueva,  Mescaleros  made  Gallegos  and  the  El  Paso-Chi- 
huahua  City  Road  crossing  at  Chavito  Creek  very  dangerous 
for  travelers.  In  the  Forties,  Gomez  was  a  Mescalero  chief 
who  made  his  name  one  of  the  most  terrifying  words  that 
Mexican  ears  ever  heard  in  this  area.  He  too  had  been  a  cap- 
tured Mexican  child.  When  Chihuahua  posted  a  thousand  dol- 
lar prize  for  his  scalp  and  American  hair  hunters  chased  him 
over  the  land  like  blood  hounds,  he  promptly  offered  the  same 
amount  for  each  Mexican  and  American  pelt  brought  to  him. 
Mescaleros  moving  down  the  broad  valley  from  Agua 
Nueva,  visited  the  herds  of  Encinillas  and  passed  through  El 
Venado  and  then  the  Pass  of  Hormigas  at  the  town  of  Hor- 
migas.  This  put  them  at  the  Chaco  Grande,  a  large  swampy 
depression  in  a  spacious  valley  northeast  of  the  capital.  Here 
they  expected  to  find  herds  of  cattle,  horses,  and  mules.  In 
their  path  along  the  perimeter  northeast  to  southeast  of  Chi- 
huahua City  were  El  Torreon  ranch,  the  mining  town  of 
Aldama,  San  Diego  on  the  Chuviscar  River,  and  Santa  Clara, 
Julimes,  and  other  places  on  the  Rio  Conchos.  Near  the  south 
end  of  this  arc  they  frequently  waylaid  people  and  struck 
them  down  on  the  road  from  the  capital  to  Santa  Eulalia. 
This  was  a  rich  mine  that  disgorged  silver  to  pay  hair 
hunters  for  bringing  in  green  pelts  and  to  build  the  splen- 
did cathedral  in  the  capital6  where  New  Mexican  Indian 
scalps  went  on  display  as  somber  reminders  to  enemies  of 
church  and  state.  Withdrawing  northward,  booty-laden 
raiders  would  rendezvous  with  captives  and  stolen  animals 


6a.  "Construcci6n  de  la  iglesia  de  esta  ciudad  y  la  de  Santa  Eulalia,"  Boletin  de  la 
sociedad  chihuahucnse  .  .  .,  VII,  num.  6  (noviembre  de  1950),  472. 


28  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

again,  then  push  homeward  over  their  respective  routes,  in 
every  case  sheltered  by  the  sierras. 

In  the  Thirties  certain  Mescalero  sub-tribes  drifted  into 
the  Big  Bend  mountains  where  Lipan  Apaches  lived.  When 
General  Nicolas  de  la  Fora  inspected  the  northern  frontier  of 
New  Spain  about  the  mid-Eighteenth  Century  and  described 
Apache  invasion  routes,  he  gave  most  space  to  the  Lipan  plun- 
der trails.  They  came  out  of  the  Big  Bend  and  spread  over 
eastern  Chihuahua  to  the  Conchos  River  and  into  northern 
Durango  and  western  Coahuila.  During  the  Thirties  the  name 
of  the  Mescaleros  replaced  that  of  the  Lipans  in  records  as 
Apache  representatives  in  this  area.  By  the  Forties  it  too  was 
disappearing  from  reports  out  of  the  old  Lipan  raiding  zone. 
Amity  and  trade  treaties  that  American  commissioners  made 
with  South  Plains  Indians  in  the  middle  Thirties  partly  ex- 
plain this.  The  Plains  nomads  stepped  up  their  raids  in  the 
Lipan  preserve;  shortly  they  had  excluded  their  Apache 
enemies  from  it.  However,  when  Apaches  left  the  Big  Bend 
and  the  mountains  east  of  the  Rio  Grande,  they  might  cross 
the  River  at  Lajitas  if  they  intended  to  strike  the  villages 
along  the  Conchos,  or  near  Chihuahua  City.  At  other  times 
they  used  El  Vado  de  Chisos,  or  "The  Grand  Chisos  Crossing," 
at  the  point  where  the  Chihuahua-Coahuilan  boundary 
touches  the  Rio  Grande.  This  took  them  to  Mexican  settle- 
ments around  the  Bolson  de  Mapimi,  a  wild  plateau  land  in 
eastern  Chihuahua,  northern  Durango,  and  western  Coa- 
huila; but  the  Lajitas  and  Chisos  fords  became  almost 
Comanche  monopolies.  By  1840  the  Rio  Conchos  had  very 
definitely  become  the  dividing  line  between  Apache  and 
Comanche  plunder  lands  in  Mexico,  with  of  course  some  over- 
lapping. While  Apaches  operated  from  the  Conchos  westward 
to  the  Pacific,  Comanches  and  Kiowas  gleaned  the  country 
eastward  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  southward  across  the 
Tropic  of  Cancer.  Besides  giving  the  direction  of  Apache  in- 
cursions, Mexican  records  also  reveal  the  art  of  their  welfare. 

First,  the  Apaches  were  mountain  people.  Like  Scotch 
Highlanders  they  preyed  upon  people  and  herds  below.  Re- 
gardless of  the  way  they  went  they  made  full  use  of  the 
sierras,  which  were  their  best  allies.  Whether  advancing,  or 


APACHE  PLUNDER  29 

retreating,  they  operated  from  one  mountain  chain  to  another. 
As  individuals  they  were  among  history's  best  soldiers.  A 
warrior  at  fourteen  fought  as  well  as  one  forty.  This  explains 
why  Mexican  states  paid  the  same  price  for  the  scalp  of  each. 
At  camouflaging  himself  beside  a  road,  using  boulders  for  con- 
cealment, and  striking  unsuspecting  Mexicans  the  Apaches 
had  few  equals.7  Rattle  snake  venom  on  the  tip  of  his  arrow 
made  one  more  dangerous.  To  get  this  deadly  poison  Indians 
ensnared  reptiles  with  poles  and  fishing  nets.  Placing  a  piece 
of  animal  liver  on  a  stick,  they  let  a  serpent  strike  it.  Then 
they  buried  the  meat  in  humid  earth  for  a  few  days  "to  ripen." 
After  taking  it  up,  warriors  rubbed  their  points  on  it  for  the 
toxin.  When  one  of  the  arrows  pierced  a  victim  he  usually 
died  within  half  an  hour  suffering  all  of  the  agonies  that  ac- 
companied a  rattle  snake  bite.8  To  defend  themselves  against 
poison  arrows  of  New  Mexican  savages,  and  from  American 
rifles  in  the  hands  of  South  Plains  nomads,  the  Mexican  people 
were  very  poorly  equipped. 

Their  literature  bulges  in  heart  breaking  stories  of  wood 
cutters  slain  in  the  forests,  shepherds  shot  down  in  pastures, 
workmen  cut  up  in  fields,  travelers  left  along  the  roads  bris- 
tling with  arrows,  and  settlers  slumped  in  doorways  of  their 
mud,  straw,  and  stick  huts.  Still  more  pathetic  were  the  tales 
of  women  and  children  dragged  off  into  captivity.9  These 
female  prisoners  were  often  bought  by  the  gentry  of  Rio 
Grande  settlements,  or  at  Santa  Fe,  Bent's,  and  Taos,  in  com- 
mon with  Navajo,  Ute,  and  other  captive  Indian  maidens.  The 
disinterest  of  some  Mexicans  in  the  misfortune  of  fellow  citi- 
zens did  not  stop  here.  These  joined  Apaches  and  Comanches 
in  raids  and  brought  captives  from  Sonora,  Chihuahua,  Nuevo 
Leon,  Durango,  San  Luis  Potosi,  Zacatecas,  and  Tamaulipas, 
or  they  might  go  slaving  to  the  Navajo  lands,  or  to  the  Indian 

7.  Francisco  R.  Almada,  "Sucesos  y  recuerdos  de  la  independencia  en  Chihuahua," 
Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  .  .  .,  V,  num.  5    (junio  y  Julio  de  1944),  185-186; 
Alberto  Terrazas  Valdez,  "El  salvajismo  Apache  en  Chihuahua,"  Boletin  de  la  sociedad 
chihuahuense  .  .  .,  VII,  num.  1  (enero  y  febrero  de  1950),  372-374. 

8.  Ignacio  Emilio  Elias,   "El  terrible  veneo  tactica  guerrera  de  los  indios  apaches," 
Boletin  de  la,  sociedad  chihuahuenae  .  .  .,  VII,  num.  2   (marzo  y  abril  de  1950),  392-393. 

9.  Jesus  J.  Lozano   (ed. ),  Emilio  Lamberg's  "Vida  y  costumbres  de  los  indios  sal- 
vajes  que  habitan  el  estado  de  Chihuahua  mediados  del  siglo  XIX,"   septiembre  27  de 
1851,  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  .  .  .,  VI,  num.  9  (agosto  de  1949),  275. 


30  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

tribes  as  far  northward  as  around  the  Great  Salt  Lake.  Both 
national  and  state  governments  failed  to  protect  the  people 
and  even  censured  them  for  undertaking  unauthorized  expe- 
ditions. They  called  it  meddling  in  affairs  that  properly  be- 
longed to  the  military.10  When  civilian  governors  hired 
professional  scalp  hunters  to  go  after  Indian  hair  jealousy 
appeared  among  the  military  also.  After  South  Plains  Indians 
began  trading  with  Americans  and  Reservation  Indians,  these 
nomads  came  down  upon  the  descendants  of  Cortes  with 
weapons  more  effective  than  those  of  the  Apaches.  Since  Mex- 
ican dictators  forbade  the  people  to  keep  arms,  their  civilized 
subjects  had  to  improvise  bows,  arrows,  lances,  knives,  slings, 
and  lariats  to  fend  against  poisoned  arrows  and  high  powered 
carbines.  Occasionally  they  possessed  a  few  old  rusty  guns 
like  their  ancestors  had  used  more  than  a  century  before.11 
These  Indians  rode  the  best  horses  that  the  Mexican  cavaliers 
raised ;  if  the  soldiers  rode  it  was  on  burros,  or  poor  ponies. 
Finally  moved  to  action  on  May  5,  1831,  against  these 
stubborn  red  skins,  the  Mexican  President  appointed  Col. 
Jose  Joaquin  Calvo  as  Commandant  General  and  Inspector 
of  the  State  of  Chihuahua  and  the  Territory  of  New  Mexico. 
Don  Jose  was  a  Cuban  born  Creole  of  exceptional  military, 
administrative,  and  educational  attainments,  but  he  had  never 
met  problems  like  the  New  Mexican  Indians  posed.  On  Octo- 
ber 16  he  declared  war  on  Apaches  and  promised  special  pay 
for  volunteers  to  fight  them.12  Twenty-nine  chieftains  entered 
a  treaty  with  him  at  Santa  Rita.  They  accepted  a  division  of 
their  country  into  zones.  Recognizing  three  chiefs  as  "gen- 
erals" he  placed  each  over  a  "reservation"  with  promises  of 
rations  for  their  people.  General  Juan  Jose  Compa  became 
head  of  the  first  with  headquarters  at  the  village  of  Janos, 
and  General  Fuerte  of  the  second.  General  Aquien  headed 
the  Gila  River  area.  However,  the  treaty  failed  to  define  their 
administrative  powers  adequately ;  but  even  if  it  had  the  gov- 
ernments of  neighboring  states  would  have  ignored  them. 


10.  Frobel,  Aua  Amerika,  II,  214. 

11.  Robles  (ed.) ,  La  Fora's  Relaeion  del  viaje  que  hizo  a  los  presidios  .  .  .,  102. 

12.  Francisco  R.  Almada,  "La  comandancia  general  de  provincias  internas,"  I,  num. 
2    (junio  de  1938),  40,  y  "Gobernados  del  estado:  X. — Gral.  Jose  Joaquin  Calvo,"  II, 
nums.  8  y  9   (enero  y  febrero  de  1940),  299,  en  Boletin  de  la.  sociedad  chihuahuense.  .  .  . 


APACHE  PLUNDER  31 

Likewise  Governor  Isidro  Madero's  orders  to  political  chiefs 
of  the  cantons  to  see  that  the  people  arm  themselves  for  de- 
fense achieved  nothing1.  Neither  did  the  efforts  of  his  succes- 
sor, Col.  Simon  Elfas  Gonzalez.  The  failure  of  the  Mexicans 
to  provide  allowances  and  rations  led  to  frequent  Apache 
raids  from  1833  through  1835.13 

Early  in  January,  1833,  Juan  J6se  sent  his  warriors 
storming  out  of  their  "reservation."  Soon  raiders  of  other 
chiefs  swarmed  over  Sonora  and  Chihuahua  also.14  The  Mexi- 
cans scored  a  slight  victory  over  them  on  July  23,  1834,  and 
Captain  don  Jose  Mar  fa  Ronquillo  and  don  Alejandro  Rami- 
rez, the  political  chief  of  El  Paso  del  Norte,  made  a  treaty 
with  seven  Comanche  chiefs.  The  Mexicans  followed  the 
familiar  strategy  here  of  trying  to  play  Comanches  against 
Apaches.  As  an  expediency  to  strengthen  the  Mexican  defense 
position,  the  legislative  body  of  Chihuahua  turned  over  the 
governor's  powers  to  Calvo  on  September  18.15  He  instituted 
the  death  penalty  for  soldiers  who  turned  their  backs  upon 
the  Indians  in  war  on  December  19.16  But  Apaches  and  Co- 
manches made  the  people  of  northern  Mexico  pay  dearly. 
Bands  of  three  or  four  hit  almost  within  the  suburbs  of  the 
capital  city.  Mogollons  were  over  400  miles  from  their  homes 
when  they  raided  the  ranch  of  Animas  and  took  many  captives 
in  the  district  of  Hidalgo  del  Parral  on  the  border  of  Duran- 
go.17  Areas  as  far  apart  as  El  Paso  del  Norte,  Galeana, 
Aldama,  and  El  Carmen,  north  of  the  capital,  and  Resales  on 
the  middle  Conchos  south  of  it  took  on  the  appearance  of 
famine-stricken  deserts.  Coyoteros  and  Mimbrenos  joined 
rebellious  Yaqui,  Opatas,  and  Seris.  They  razed  Sonora  as  far 

13.  Almada,  "Los  Apaches,"  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  .  .  .,  II,  num.   1 
( junio  de  1939),  9. 

14.  Francisco  R.  Almada,  Diccionario  de  historia,  geografia  y  biografia  sonorense, 
(1952),  Ciudad  Chihuahua,  Chi.,   73;  Almada,   "Gobernadores  de  estado:   X. — Gral.   Jose 
Joaquin  Calvo,"  Boletin  de  la.  sociedad  chihuahuense  .  .  .,  II,  nums.   8  y  9    (enero  y 
febrerode  1940),  299. 

15.  Enrique  Gonzalez  Flores,  Chihuahua  de  la  independencia  a  la  revolution  (1949), 
Mexico,  D.  F. :  Ediciones  Botas,  56-57;  Almada,  "Los  Apaches,"  II,  num.  1    (junio  de 
1939),  9,  y  "Gobernadores  del  estado:  X. — Gral.  Jos£  Joaquin  Calvo,"  II,  nums.  8  y  9 
(enero  y  febrero  de  1940),  299,  325,  y  Chavez,  "Extincion  de  los  Apaches,"  I,  num.  10 
(marzo  15  de  1939),  336,  todos  en  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  .... 

16.  Mares,  .  .  .  Y  Mexico  se  refugio  en  el  desierto,  187. 

17.  Almada,  "Los  Apaches,"  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  .  .  .,  II,  num.  1 
( Junio  de  1939),  9. 


32  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

as  Hermosillo  and  Arizpe  and  left  scores  of  ranches  and  towns 
deserted. 

Encouraged  by  Apache  impunity,  American  treaties,  and 
new  markets  Comanches  stepped  up  their  raids.  Mexicans 
complained  about  Americans  along  the  Arkansas,  at  Taos, 
Bent's  Fort,  and  Torrey's  trading  post  on  the  Brazos  who  paid 
them  with  rifles,  knives,  and  hoop-iron  to  make  into  arrows 
and  lance  points  for  captives,  plunder,  mules,  and  horses  that 
they  had  stolen  below  the  Rio  Grande.  Reports  said  that  six 
to  seven  hundred  Comanches  entered  Chihuahua  in  May, 
1835,  and  put  the  total  for  the  year  at  800.18  Officials  of  Chi- 
huahua, which  included  New  Mexico,  had  cause  for  alarm  at 
rumors  that  Apaches  and  Comanches  would  combine  and  give 
the  land  a  thorough  cleaning.  Calvo  set  out  for  Presidio  del 
Norte,  present  Ojinaga,  on  the  Rio  Grande  in  June  with  an 
army  of  regulars  and  volunteers.19  But  his  abortive  campaign 
did  no  more  than  to  provoke  furious,  sporadic  Apache  and 
Comanche  raids.  At  Yepomera,  near  the  Papigochic,  Mogo- 
llons  killed  forty-two  persons.20 

In  despair  Sonora  returned  to  the  old  Spanish  policy  of 
buying  Indian  scalps  and  ears  on  September  7, 1835.  Its  Gov- 
ernor would  pay  one  hundred  pesos  for  the  locks  of  a  warrior 
fourteen,  or  older.  A  silver  peso  had  the  same  purchasing 
power  as  a  dollar  in  the  American  West.  The  new  plan  allowed 
scalp  hunters  to  keep  plunder  and  livestock  that  they  took 
from  the  natives.21  Some  time  elapsed  before  it  produced 
noticeable  results.  Meanwhile,  politicans  seemed  to  conspire 
with  the  savages  against  their  own  people.  President  Santa 
Anna  set  aside  the  Constitution  in  October  and  initiated  one 
of  the  sickest,  most  chaotic  decades  in  Mexican  history. 
Among  the  few  to  gain  from  the  weaknesses  of  the  country 


18.  Reviata  Oficial,  periodico  del  gobierno  del  departamento  de  Chihuahua   (Ciudad 
Chihuahua,  Chi.),  II,  num.  42,  octubre  15  de  1844. 

19.  Francisco  R.  Almada,  "Gobernadores  del  estado:  Xi. — Lie.  JosS  Ma.  de  Echa- 
varra,"  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  .  .  .,  II,  num.  12   (Julio  de  1940),  364. 

20.  Almada,  "Los  Apaches,"  II,  num.  1    (junio  de  1939),  10,  y  "Gobernadores  del 
estado:   XVI. — D.    Pedro   Olivares,"   III,   nums.   1-3    (octubre-diciembre  de   1940),    394, 
Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuc.nsc  .... 

21.  Georg  Friedrici,  Skalpieren  und  iihnliche  Kriegesgebrduche  in  Amerika    (1906), 
Braunschweig :  Druck  und  Verlag  von  Friedrich  Vieweg  und  Sohn,   66  ;  Alonso  Toro, 
Historia  de  Mexico  (1961),  Mexico,  D.  F. :  Editorial  Patria,  421-424;  Almada,  Diccion- 
ario  de  historia,  geografia  y  biografia  sonorcnses,  74. 


APACHE  PLUNDER  33 

were  those  who  met  Apaches  and  Comanches  after  raids  and 
bought  their  bargains.  Calvo  gave  1836  over  to  proclaiming 
Santa  Anna's  new  organic  laws  that  shackled  the  people 
in  a  pitiless  thraldom,  and  to  playing  at  defending  his 
department  from  too  many  New  Mexican,  Arizona,  and  Texas 
barbarians.22 

One  step  that  his  government  took  was  to  organize  a  civil 
militia  of  two  and  a  half  companies  under  the  name  of  De- 
fenders of  the  State.  The  Governor  sent  one  company  to  re- 
enforce  Fort  Carrizal  south  of  El  Paso  del  Norte  against  the 
Warm  Springs  and  Natage  plunder  roads.  The  second  went 
to  Fort  Janos  and  the  half  company  to  Casas  Grandes  to 
watch  the  Mogollons  and  Mimbrenos.  Calvo's  government 
also  had  its  people  organize  a  Rural  Police  to  help  restrain 
the  red  peril.  On  March  19,  1836,  it  created  a  Council  of 
Auxiliaries  to  aid  Calvo  in  the  "anguishing  circumstances" 
of  confronting  Indians  and  Yankees  who  were  about  to  take 
the  Republic  apart  from  the  Sabine  River  in  Texas  to  the 
Pacific.  Don  Estevan  Curcier  was  its  secretary  and  also  a  man 
known  to  New  Mexican  history.  He  and  Robert  McKnight 
operated  the  Santa  Rita  copper  mine  and  had  become  the  cop- 
per kings  of  Chihuahua  and  New  Mexico.  The  Council  should 
keep  100  men  ranging  the  country  around  the  capital.  Hidalgo 
del  Parral  applied  this  plan  in  southern  Chihuahua  against 
the  Mogollons,  and  other  districts  followed  its  example.23  But 
the  Defenders,  Rural  Police,  Auxiliaries,  and  presidial 
soldiers  could  not  stop  the  plague  of  human  scorpions  that 
came  out  of  the  rocky  sierras  of  New  Mexico  and  infested 
their  country.  In  1837  Chihuahua  received  a  suggestion  on 
Indian  relations  from  Sonora. 

On  April  22,  James  Johnson  of  Kentucky  spread  gifts  for 
the  band  of  Chief  Juan  Jose  Compa  and  enticed  women,  chil- 
dren, and  warriors  before  a  concealed  cannon  loaded  with 
scrap  iron.  When  he  touched  the  fuse  with  his  cigar,  the  metal 


22.  Gonzalez  Flores,  Chihuahua  de  la  independencia  a  la  revolution,  57-61 ;  Almada, 
"Gobernadores  del  estado:   X. — Oral.  D.  Jose  Joaquin   Calvo,"   nums.   8  y  9    (enero  y 
febrero  de  1940),  325,  y  "Gobernadores  del  estado:  XI. — Lie.  Jose  Ma.  Echavarra,"  num. 
12   (julio  de  1940),  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  .  .  .,  II. 

23.  Almada,  "Los  Apaches,"  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  .  .  .,  II,  num.  1  ( junio 
de  1939),  10. 


34  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

cut  down  scores.  His  men  fell  upon  others  with  knives,  while 
he  shot  the  Chief  dead  with  a  pistol.  American  records  vary 
on  the  total  number  killed  and  scalped,  ranging  upward  to 
over  four  hundred,  and  give  different  times  and  places  for 
this  significant  piece  of  treachery.  It  is  necessary  to  go  to  an 
account  in  Spanish  to  establish  the  date  and  to  confirm  that 
it  occurred  near  the  Silver  Road  in  the  Sierra  de  Animas  and 
not  at  Santa  Rita.  Though  Governor  don  Escalante  y  Arvizu 
of  Sonora  had  promised  Johnson  a  big  prize  for  Juan's  scalp 
and  the  regular  price  for  the  pelts  of  his  tribesmen,  it  is 
doubtful  that  he  collected  anything  for  his  scheme.24  His 
greatest  success  came  in  blasting  away  a  decade  of  friendly 
American- Apache  relations  and  blowing  in  half  a  century  of 
warfare  between  the  two  nations.  This  costly  conflict  dragged 
on  until  Col.  Terrazas  gathered  $17,250  worth  of  hair  from 
sixty-two  Warm  Springs  warriors  and  $10,200  worth  of  cap- 
tives at  Tres  Castillos  in  October,  1880,23  and  Mexicans  took 
the  head  of  the  young  Apache  chieftain,  Talline,  in  1885,26 
and  Geronimo  paced  the  floor  at  Fort  Sill. 

Apaches  stopped  the  traffic  on  the  Silver  Road  and  broke 
up  the  mining  operations  of  McKnight  and  Curcier,  already 
hit  by  a  measure  of  the  government  in  February  that  reduced 
the  value  of  copper  money  in  circulation.27  Chihuahua  joined 
Sonora  with  a  sliding  scale  for  Apache  hair,  beginning  with 
one  hundred  dollars  for  the  forelocks  of  a  warrior  fourteen, 
or  above.  The  pelt  of  a  squaw  would  bring  half  as  much. 
Under  the  old  border  theory  that  "nits  breed  lice"  the  Gov- 
ernor would  pay  twenty-five  dollars  for  the  scalp  of  a  child  of 
either  sex  under  fourteen.  Contrasting  these  wages  and  the 
abundance  of  black  hair  on  the  heads  of  Apaches,  Comanches, 
Navajos,  and  Utes  with  opportunities  in  panic  stricken 
United  States  in  1837,  teamsters  and  wagon  guards  saw  new 


24.  Almada,  Diccionario  de  hiatoria,  geografia  y  biografia  sonorenses,  74,  248,  500, 
581. 

25.  Jos6  Carlos  Chavez,  "Extincion  de  los  Apaches,"  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihua- 
huense de  estudios  historicos,  I,  niim.  11    (abril  15  de  1939),  365;  "El  Indio  'Victorio'," 
Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  ....  V,  num.  6  (agosto  20  de  1944),  219. 

26.  Jos6  Carlos  Chavez,  "Indio  Ju,"  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  .  .  .,  I,  num. 
11  (abril  15  de  1939),  377. 

27.  Almada,    "Gobernadorea    del   estado:    X. — Oral.    Jose1    Joaquin    Calvo,"    Boletin 
de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  .  .  .,  II,  nums.  8  y  9  (enero  y  febrero  15  de  1940),  325. 


APACHE  PLUNDER  35 

reasons  for  seeking  their  fortunes  below  the  Rio  Grande. 
Striking  an  Indian  village  before  dawn  was  like  finding  a  pot 
of  gold.  Overnight  scalp  "mining"  became  a  quicker  way  to 
wealth  than  digging  in  hard  ground  and  much  more  honorific. 
Not  overlooked  by  the  scalp  hunters  were  many  domestic 
Tarahumaras,  Seris,  Opatas,  and  Pimas  and  peons.  Trophies 
were  counted  as  hunters  flung  them  down  for  tallying  at 
municipal  halls,  where  the  governing  councils  inspected,  veri- 
fied, and  displayed  them  according  to  law  and  issued  warrants 
redeemable  at  the  state  treasury.  Chihuahua's  law  also 
allowed  hunters  to  keep  plunder  and  animals  taken  from 
Indians.  None  did  better  in  the  "industry"  as  Mexican  writers 
have  called  the  hair  hunting  business  than  don  Santiago 
Kirker. 

He  was  a  former  employee  of  McKnight  and  felt  honor 
bound  to  go  to  the  relief  of  his  friend.  The  Scalp  Captain  hit 
an  Apache  village  west  of  Socorro  with  his  "little  army"  of 
twenty-three  Delawares,  Shawnees,  and  border  adventurers. 
They  returned  with  fifty-five  scalps,  nine  prisoners,  and  four 
hundred  head  of  livestock.  He  became  a  hero  overnight.  His 
fame  reached  Calvo  who  was  still  in  "anguishing  circum- 
stances." The  Governor  invited  him  to  the  capital.  They 
entered  a  deal  for  him  to  raise  his  "volunteer  corps"  to  fifty 
men  and  to  go  after  Indian  hair  in  earnest.28 

Little  more  than  Kirker  and  his  Old  Apache  Company 
stood  between  the  citizens  and  savages  after  troops  were 
transferred  from  northern  Mexico  to  meet  French  and  Span- 
ish threats  of  invasion  in  the  late  Thirties.  Apaches  from  Ari- 
zona, New  Mexico,  and  mountains  east  of  the  Rio  Grande  kept 
up  their  sneak  attacks  in  and  out  of  season,  and  South  Plains 
warriors  made  each  year  progressively  worse  on  through  the 
Forties ;  but  they  paid  the  Lord  of  the  Scalp  Hunters  in  hair 
for  their  mischief.  Kirker  could  have  accomplished  more 
against  them  with  better  co-operation  from  the  government 
and  less  jealousy  from  the  military.  Calvo's  government  ended 
on  the  last  day  of  February,  1838.  Don  Santiago's  agreement 

28.  Almada,  "Gobernadores  del  estado:  X. — Gral.  Jos6  Joaquin  Calvo,"  II,  ntims. 
8  y  9  (enero  y  febrero  de  1940),  299,  325,  y  "Gobernadores  del  estado:  XV. — Lie.  D.  Jos6 
Ma.  Irigoyen  de  la  O,"  III,  nums.  1-3  (octubre-diciembre  de  1940),  892,  Boletin  de  la 
sociedad  chihuahuense  . .  .;  Frobel,  Aus  Amerika,  II,  219-220. 


36  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

expired  also,  but  Indian  visits  continued.  On  November  15, 
Lt.  Col.  Jose  Ignacio  Ronquillo  confirmed  peace  in  El  Paso  del 
Norte  with  Mimbreno  chieftains :  Mancisco,  Yescas,  Cristo- 
bal, and  Cigarrito  ;29  but  the  general  picture  became  worse. 

By  the  summer  of  1839  don  Jose  Maria  de  Irigoyen  was 
the  civilian  governor  of  Chihuahua.30  He  saw  little  hope  of 
relief  from  the  New  Mexican  savages  save  turning  to  the 
Scalp  Lord  again.  For  $100,000,  five  thousand  to  start  on, 
Kirker  would  increase  his  company  to  150  American  riflemen 
and  fifty  Mexicans,  whip  the  Apaches,  bring  them  to  a  perma- 
nent treaty,  and  teach  the  Comanches  a  lesson.  He  paid  each 
man  one  dollar  per  day  and  allowed  him  one-half  of  the  booty 
that  he  took.  His  new  recruits  were  mostly  daring  Missouri 
and  Kentucky  teamsters  and  speculators  whom  Dona  Ger- 
trudes Barcelo  had  ruined  at  monte  bank  in  Sante  Fe.  Kirker's 
fierce  attacks  with  his  Old  Apache  Company  literally  para- 
lyzed Indian  bands  much  larger  than  his  own  "army."  He 
hemmed  up  a  band  of  Apache  raiders  on  September  5 
at  Ranchos  de  Taos,  and  while  they  tried  to  burst  into  the 
church  sanctuary  his  hair  raisers  butchered  forty  around 
the  building. 

On  the  eighteenth  don  Jose  Maria  Irigoyen  de  la  O31  took 
over  as  governor.  His  action  of  employing  Kirker  and  his  com- 
pany without  the  permission  of  Lt.  Col.  Cayetano  Justiniani 
riled  the  Colonel.  He  was  the  Commandant  General  of  the 
Department.  Justiniani  started  an  exchange  of  hot  notes  with 
Irigoyen  de  la  0.  The  Commander  demanded  information 
from  the  Governor  about  an  Apache  attack  upon  a  caravan 
between  El  Paso  del  Norte  and  Chihuahua  City,  and  ordered 
de  la  0  to  turn  over  to  him  Kirker  and  his  company  and  also 
the  Defenders  of  the  State. 

When  New  Mexican  Apaches  raided  the  Labor  de  Dolores 
about  fifty  miles  west  of  Chihuahua  City,  de  la  0  urged  an 


29.  Almada,  "Los  Apaches,"  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  de  estudios  histor- 
icos,  II,  num.  1  (junio  de  1939),  11. 

80.  Almada,   "Gobernadores  del  estado:   XIV. — D.   Jose  Ma.  de  Irigoyen,"   Boletin 
de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  .  .  .,  Ill,  niims.  1-3    (octubre-diciembre  de  1940),  390-391. 

81.  Almada,  "Gobernadores  del  estado:  XV. — Lie.  D.  Jos6  Ma,  Irigoyen  de  la  O," 
Boletin  de  la  aociedad  chihuahuense  .  .  .,  Ill,  nums.  1-3   (octubre-diciembre  de  1940),  392. 


APACHE  PLUNDER  37 

official  castigation  of  Justiniani.  The  savages  came  within  a 
league  of  the  capital.  De  la  0  mobilized  the  Defenders.  This 
situation  embarrassed  Justiniani  because  he  had  no  dispos- 
able troops ;  however,  he  did  deliver  an  insulting  duel  chal- 
lenge to  the  Governor  in  person.  But  this  was  not  the  only 
occasion  that  New  Mexican  Indians  contributed  to  the  heat  of 
domestic  politics  in  the  departments  to  the  south.  Finally,  on 
December  13,  Justiniana  relinquished  his  command  to  Lt.  Col. 
Jose  Maria  Ronquillo.  Soon  thereafter  the  Governor  renewed 
Kirker's  contract  for  four  months.32  Early  in  February  don 
Santiago  was  on  the  prowl  for  hair  south  of  the  capital  with 
six  or  seven  of  his  Delawares  and  Shawnees.  He  encountered 
a  band  of  Apaches  and  took  fifteen  scalps  and  twenty 
prisoners. 

Even  with  such  spectacular  success  against  the  New 
Mexican  savages  barracks  lords  charged  that  he  profiteered 
on  the  miseries  of  the  people.33  On  May  12,  General  don  Fran- 
cisco Garcia  Conde  arrived  in  Chihuahua  City  from  Durango. 
He  brought  600  horses  for  mounting  departmental  troops  and 
assumed  command  of  all  military  activities.  The  death  of  de 
la  0  two  days  later  ended  civilian  control  of  the  governorship. 
Conde  took  over  civilian  authority  on  July  6.  Born  at  Arizpe, 
Sonora,  in  1804,  don  Francisco  was  the  son  of  General  Alejo 
Garcia  Conde,  former  commander  of  the  Interior  Provinces 
of  the  West.  He  had  known  frontier  problems  from  childhood. 
At  times  he  had  served  as  a  deputy  to  the  Mexican  Congress, 
headed  the  Mexican  Military  College,  and  had  been  Secretary 
of  War  and  Navy,  but  he  misjudged  the  Apache  menace.  His 
first  act  forbade  an  extension  of  Kirker's  contract  "through 
grave  consideration  for  the  exchequer."  He  called  the  agree- 
ment a  dishonorable,  unpatriotic  deal  for  the  government  to 
put  military  campaigns  and  plannings  in  the  hands  of  an 
alien.  Don  Santiago  retired  from  the  scene,  while  Conde  vis- 

32.  Almada,  "Los  Apaches,"  II,  num.  1  (junio  de  1939),  10,  "Gobernadores  del 
estado:  XV. — Lie.  D.  Jose  Ma.  Irigroyen  de  la  O,"  III,  niims.  1-3  (octubre-diciembre  de 
1940),  392-393,  y  "Gobernadores  del  estado:  XXIV.— Coronel  Cayetano  Justiniani," 
IV,  num.  5  (octubre  20  de  1942),  171,  todos  en  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuenae  .  .  .; 
Gonzalez  Flores,  Chihuahua,  de  la,  independencia  a  la  revolution,  89. 

83.  Almada,  "Los  Apaches,"  Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  .  .  .,  II,  num.  1 
( junio  de  1939),  10. 


38  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

ited,  reorganized,  and  strengthened  the  frontier  defenses.34 
But  the  Governor's  action  had  little  effect  on  the  Mountain  and 
Plains  Indians  frolicking  over  the  land,  ridiculing  Mexican 
soldiers,  and  kicking  up  havoc  across  thousands  of  square 
miles.  When  Apaches  returned  to  New  Mexico  they  carried 
much  plunder  and  drove  many  head  of  bargain-price  live- 
stock.35 Comanches  too  hit  the  departments  hard  in  1840.  As 
Conde  dropped  the  Scalp  Lord,  Durango  seized  upon  the 
bounty  system.  On  July  27,  the  departmental  council  author- 
ized Governor  Miguel  Zubirle  to  pay  upon  tangible  evidence 
ten  dollars  for  each  Indian  apprehended,  killed,  beheaded,  or 
scalped.36 

The  Mexicans  collected  scalps  here  and  there  ;37  but  nobody 
hit  the  New  Mexican  Indians  during  the  rest  of  1840  like  don 
Santiago  Kirker  had  blasted  them  and  would  many  times 
more  after  Governor  Conde  had  learned  what  he  should  have 
already  known.  This  simple  fact  was  that  the  Lord  of  the 
Scalp  Hunters  gathered  hair  where  ragged  Mexican  soldiers 
lost  their  own,  or  stirred  the  dust  with  their  heels. 

El  Sonorense,  the  official  periodical  of  the  government  of 
Sonora,  October  1,  pictured  this  province  at  the  hands  of 
Apaches  as  a  house  without  doors,  walls,  or  even  a  stick  fence 
around  it.  Its  northern  frontier  had  vanished.  Those  settlers 
still  living  there  had  despaired  of  receiving  protection  and 
were  abandoning  their  hearths,  Captain  don  Antonio  Nar- 
bona  Jr.  was  planning  to  direct  the  exodus.  Part  of  it  had 

34.  Gonzalez  Flores,  Chihuahua  de  la  independencia  a  la  revolution,  64 ;  Almada, 
"La  comandancia  general  de  provincias  internas,"  I,  num.  2  (junto  de  1938),  41,  "Los 
Apaches,"  II,  num.  1  (junio  de  1939),  10,  y  num.  6  (noviembre  15  de  1939),  226,  "Gober- 
nadores  del  estado:  XV. — Lie.  D.  Jos6  Ma.  Irigoyen  de  la  O,"  III,  nums.  1-3  (octubre- 
diciembre  de  1940),  393,  "Gobernadores  del  estado:  XVII. — GraL  D.  Francisco  Garcia 
Conde,"  III,  nums.  1-3  (octubre-diciembre  de  1940),  394-396,  y  "Gobernadores  del  estado: 
XXIV. — Coronel  Cayetano  Justiniani,"  IV,  num.  (5  octubre  20  de  1942),  171,  todos  en 
Boletin  de  la  sociedad  chihuahuense  .... 

85.  Students  of  Southwestern  history  are  familiar  with  the  oft-quoted  report  of  Dr. 
Josiah  Gregg  that  he  saw  carts  of  goods  leaving  Santa  Fe  to  be  traded  to  Indians  who 
had  returned  from  the  south,  and  that  even  the  Governor  had  an  interest  in  them. 

86.  El  Registro  O  final,  periodico  del  gobierno  del  estado  de  Durango    (Victoria  de 
Durango,  Durango),  IX,  num.  781,  octubre  18  de  1849. 

87.  Gregg   reported   seeing   a   detachment  of   Mexican   horsemen   approaching   the 
Governor's  palace  in  Chihuahua  City  about  this  time.  The  commander  bore  a  fresh  scalp 
on  the  top  of  his  lance.  He  waved  it  high  in  "exultation  of  his  exploit."  While  pursuing 
a  band  of  Apaches,  the  soldiers  had  discovered  a  squaw  lagging  far  behind  in  an  effort 
to  bear  away  her  infant.  The  cavalryman  had  killed  her  and  taken  her  scalp.  Her  baby 
"died"  soon  after  its  capture. 


APACHE  PLUNDER  39 

headed  southward  and  part  toward  California.  Life  at  night 
on  the  streets  of  such  border  towns  as  Bacoachi,  or  at  the  post 
of  Fronteras,  counted  for  little.  Indian  arrows  and  knives 
brought  death  to  the  people.  The  gazette  described  how  New 
Mexican  and  Arizona  savages  descended  the  Cordilleras, 
camping  fearlessly  and  contemptuously  along  their  heights. 
From  sierra  camps,  they  fell  upon  defenseless  pueblos,  robbed 
people,  killed  men,  and  snatched  away  women  and  children. 
They  slaughtered  people  within  the  very  suburbs  of  Arizpe 
and  Chihuahua  City,  the  capitals  of  two  departments.  Taking 
the  lives  of  don  Jose  Villasola  and  six  cattle  herders  near 
Arizpe  in  the  maize  field  of  Cauverachi  was  a  mere  incident 
in  their  big  raid.  The  Sonoran  country  as  far  as  the  valleys  of 
the  Sonora  and  San  Ignacio  rivers  over  a  hundred  leagues 
from  the  frontier  and  of  the  Rio  Matape,  still  farther,  suf- 
fered from  them  this  fall. 

Added  to  the  distress  that  the  Apaches  brought,  the  Papa- 
gos  living  along  the  Gila  and  on  the  rich  lands  of  the  Quitevac 
and  Sonoita  revolted  against  the  Mexicans.  They  killed  many 
people  and  despoiled  rich  gold  mines,  discovered  in  1836, 
which  had  produced  200  onzas  daily.38 

La  Luna,  the  gazette  of  Chihuahua,  threw  light  on  the 
operations  of  freebooters  and  buccaneers  in  that  department 
on  November  10.  It  asserted  that  "the  barbarians  are  not  the 
sole  authors  of  the  misfortunes  which  afflict  Chihuahua." 
While  it  attributed  most  of  the  disorder  to  them,  it  condemned 
also  a  fringe  of  Mexican  society  that  dressed  like  Indians  and 
preyed  upon  the  settlements.  The  paper  said  that  many  "civ- 
ilized" men  terrorized,  robbed,  and  murdered  peaceful  in- 
habitants with  "absolute  impunity."  To  escape  detection,  they 
gave  credit  to  the  Indians  for  their  own  mischief.  Seeing  the 
fruits  that  they  could  harvest  by  imitating  and  posing  in 
dress,  speech,  and  manners  as  Apaches,  they  functioned  in 
such  ways  as  to  enjoy  the  protection  of  the  law  while  carrying 
on  their  deviltry.39  Some  parties  organized  ostensibly  to  pur- 

88.  La  Luna,  periodico  oficial  del  gobierno  del  departamento  de  Chihuahua   (Ciudad 
Chihuahua,    Chi.),   I,   num.    1,   octubre   27   de   1840;   Almada,    Diedonario  de  historic* 
geografia  y  biografia  sonorenses,  500. 

89.  Lt.  George  Frederick  Ruxton  was  a  representative  of  the  British  Government 
who  reported  this  same  sort  of  thing  in  1846  among  the  Mexicans  at  El  Paso  del  Norte. 


40  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

sue  Indians.  After  marching  out  of  the  settlements  they  would 
turn  to  buccaneering  against  their  own  people.  La  Luna  spoke 
of  criminals  using  the  ranches  and  villages  as  havens  from 
which  they  looked  daily  for  chances  to  cash  in  on  the  chaos 
that  Indians  created.  They  would  counterfeit  the  brands  of 
stolen  livestock  and  drive  them  to  other  districts  for  sale.  If 
it  meant  gain,  they  would  discourage,  or  delay,  the  prepara- 
tions of  campaigns  against  the  savages.40 

In  November,  400  Mogollon  Apaches  surged  down  the 
Sierra  Madre.  Some  raiding  parties  went  westward  into 
Sonora.  Others  struck  along  the  Silver  Road  between  Jesus 
Maria  and  Chihuahua  City.  On  the  twenty-ninth,  one  band 
carried  off  the  son  of  Miguel  Gabon  in  the  district  of  San 
Francisco  de  Borja  about  fifty  miles  southwest  of  the  capital. 
Forty  warriors  ambushed  seventeen  persons  who  went  on  a 
futile  pursuit.  Northwest  of  the  Laguna  de  los  Mexicanos, 
Apaches  attacked  cartmen  transporting  maize  from  Cerro 
Prieto  to  San  Juan  de  los  Llanos  on  December  5.  Five  days 
later  three  Apaches  assailed  Hilario  Torres  from  front  and 
rear  with  lances  and  arrows  as  he  travelled  from  San  Juan 
de  los  Llanos  eastward  toward  Cusichuiriachic  with  two 
mules  bearing  maize.  They  gave  him  six  lance  wounds  and 
injured  his  horse.  However,  he  escaped  to  the  Labor  de  Gon- 
zalez with  a  lance  that  the  savages  thrust  at  him.  The  Gov- 
ernor rewarded  him  with  a  carbine  and  ten  pesos  in  money  in 
appreciation  of  his  valor. 

Chief  Santo  and  his  Apaches  attacked  travelers  in  another 
place  on  the  same  day.  They  left  four  persons  and  five  oxen 
dead  and  got  off  with  Perf  ecto  Castillo,  Bartolo  Meraz,  Patri- 
cio  Maldonado,  two  other  persons,  and  six  horses  and  mules. 
Santo  asked  Maldonado  if  he  could  read  and  write  and  offered 
to  release  him  if  he  would  compose  a  letter  to  the  Governor. 
In  the  message,  he  proposed  that  Conde  send  commissioners 
to  Carrizal,  or  Janos,  to  make  peace  and  that  the  Governor 
return  Tube  and  Mariquita,  Indian  prisoners,  held  in  Chi- 
huahua City.  If  the  Governor  failed,  Santo  would  make  war, 
and  he  assured  Conde  that  he  had  the  resources  for  the  job. 


40.  La,  Luna,  I,  num.  3,  noviembre  10  de  1840. 


APACHE  PLUNDER  41 

Apaches  robbed  the  columns  of  don  Simon  Elias  of  thirty- 
five  animals  near  Corral  Piedra  about  twenty-five  miles  south 
of  the  capital  on  the  night  of  December  14.  This,  or  another, 
band  got  about  200  animals  around  Saucillo  on  the  Conchos, 
and  made  northwestward  for  their  Sierra  Madre  camps.  The 
Apaches  plus  two  to  four  hundred  Comanches  that  entered 
the  Department  in  October  made  something  like  800  savage 
raiders  in  Chihuahua.  On  the  day  after  Christmas  a  consider- 
able number  of  Indians  attacked  eight  men  traveling  home- 
ward from  Resales  to  Julimes,  about  seventy-five  miles  south- 
east of  Chihuahua  City.  They  could  have  been  either  Apaches, 
or  Comanches.  Near  Anaya  in  the  Canon  del  Ojito,  they  killed 
a  man  named  Carneros  and  took  horses  belonging  to  him  and 
his  fellow  travelers.  When  news  reached  Julimes,  Resales, 
San  Pablo,  and  others  towns  along  the  Conchos  River,  the 
military  marched  out  companies  which  duly  returned  with 
no  more  than  the  customary  negative  results.  So  it  went  day 
and  night  for  those  parts  of  the  country  in  the  paths  of  New 
Mexican  and  Plains  Indians. 

After  Conde  fired  the  Scalp  Captain,  he  placed  Lt.  Col. 
Francisco  Javier  Urgana  in  direction  of  military  operations. 
Urgana  depended  upon  Mexican  companies.  They  brushed 
with  Indians  along  the  Conchos  Valley  but  none  of  these 
skirmishes  had  the  effect  of  a  good  "kirkeresque"  blow.  As 
1840  closed  the  Comanche  scourge  passed  from  Chihuahua 
into  Durango  ;41  but  there  seemed  to  be  a  reptile  Apache  be- 
hind every  boulder  along  the  trails  that  the  Mexicans  had  to 
tread.  Reports  continued  pouring  into  the  Governor's  office 
telling  of  this  or  that  person  killed  or  carried  off.42 

Despite  his  show  of  preparations,  Conde  could  not  fail  to 
contrast  the  results  that  Kirker's  barbers  had  produced  with 
the  failures  of  Urgana's  soldiers.  A  regular  Tuesday  column 
in  his  gazette,  headed  "EXTRACT  of  the  reports  received  on 
the  hostilities  of  the  barbarians,"  told  pitiful  tales  of  the 
sufferings  of  his  people.  Apaches  flashed  over  his  Depart- 
ment, striking  everywhere  that  Comanches  did  not.  In  despair 

41.  La,  Luna,  I,  num.  11,  enero  5,  y  num.  16,  febrero  9  de  1841. 

42.  Francisco  R.  Almada,  Diccionario  de  historia,  geografia  y  biografia  ehihuahuense 
(1927),  Ciudad  Chihuahua:  Talleres  Graficos  del  Gobierno  del  Estado,  47,  56;  La.  Luna, 
I,  num.  12,  enero  12  de  1841. 


42  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Conde  had  to  swallow  his  pride  and  call  upon  "a  bold  and 
intrepid  Irishman,  named  Kirker"  to  save  him  from  the 
dilemma. 

Don  Santiago  would  recover  animals  that  Indians  had 
stolen  at  two  and  a  half  dollars  each,  share  in  whatever  else 
he  could  take  from  them,  and  fleece  the  red  skins  at  a  fixed 
sum  per  pelt.  Prospects  looked  good  for  him  and  for  those 
operating  under  Durango's  law  at  the  end  of  1840.  The  Gov- 
ernor's disbursements  soon  showed  that  Kirker  had  used  his 
opportunities  well,  for  by  spring  he  had  delivered  15,000 
Apache  mules  that  might  have  reached  Taos,  Santa  Fe, 
or  Bent's,  and  possibly  Missouri,  Arkansas,  or  Illinois, 
into  Conde's  corrals.  When  the  Governor  reduced  don  San- 
tiago's pay  for  hair,  the  Captain  of  the  Scalp  Hunters  retired 
to  western  Chihuahua  and  changed  sides.  There  he  was  "the 
chief  of  the  Apache  nation"  until  he  emerged  again  in  the 
middle  Forties  and  resumed  bringing  in  mule  loads  of  New 
Mexican  Indian  pelts  again  for  the  governors. 


FRANK  BOND:  GENTLEMAN  SHEEPHERDER 
OF  NORTHERN  NEW  MEXICO,  1883-1915 

By  FRANK  H.  GRUBBS 

11.     Espanola  Milling  and  Elevator  Company 

>-pHE  earliest  record  of  the  Espanola  Milling  and  Elevator 
JL  Company  is  a  $64,102.91  investment  on  the  books  of  the 
Bond  &  Nohl  Company  as  of  January  30,  1910.1  Since  this  is 
an  ending  balance,  it  is  likely  that  the  mill  was  acquired  some- 
time earlier,  probably  late  in  1909.  The  mill  was  an  old  one 
which  had  been  running  in  Espanola  for  a  number  of  years, 
and  it  was  considered  to  be  a  desirable  and  logical  adjunct 
to  the  general  merchandise  business  of  Bond  &  Nohl.  A  great 
deal  of  wheat  growing  was  beginning  to  develop  in  the 
country  around  Espanola,  and  in  1910  Frank  Bond  opined 
that  there  would  be  twice  as  much  sown  in  that  year  as 
previously.2 

The  purchase  price,  paid  to  unknown  owners,  was  $82,- 
784  for  the  mill  and  wheat  inventory.  However,  the  mill 
engine  was  worn  out  and  had  to  be  replaced ;  this  was  done 
with  Allis-Chalmers  equipment.3  Some  difficulty  was  experi- 
enced with  the  original  installation,  and  Bond  estimated  that 
the  investment  would  run  to  $85,000  before  the  new  engine 
was  in  place  and  the  mill  operating.4  That  the  trouble  was 
cleared  up  satisfactorily  is  attested  by  the  fact  that  the  engine 
is  still  running  today  in  Espanola,  operating  a  sawmill.5 

The  Espanola  M.  &  E.  Company,  as  it  was  called,  was 
capitalized  for  $20,000  but  the  holders  of  the  stock  are  un- 
known. For  two  reasons  it  is  strongly  suspected  that  all  of 
the  mill  stock  was  held  by  Bond  &  Nohl.  First,  the  mill  is  not 
listed  among  Frank  Bond's  assets  along  with  his  interest  in 


1.  Records,  loc.  cit. 

2.  Letter  Book  No.  6,  March  16,  1910. 

3.  Ibid. 

4.  Ibid. 

5.  Interview  with  David  C.  Hake,  Albuquerque,  February  1,  1957. 

43 


44  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

the  other  stores  nor  are  any  profits  or  losses  on  the  mill  re- 
flected in  any  identifiable  manner  in  the  profits  and  losses 
that  accrued  to  him  individually.  Second,  a  receivable,  identi- 
fied only  as  "Espanola  Milling  &  Elevator  Company,"  is 
carried  on  the  books  of  Bond  &  Nohl  from  January  30, 1910, 
through  the  end  of  1915.6 

This  receivable  on  the  Bond  &  Nohl  books  is  identical  to 
a  corresponding  liability  carried  by  the  Espanola  Milling  & 
Elevator  Company  and  appears  to  have  been  in  fact  a  trans- 
fer account  through  which  Bond  &  Nohl  operated  the  mill  as 
a  branch.  Its  operation  in  this  manner  is  in  some  degree  con- 
firmed by  the  notable  absence  of  a  cash  account  in  the  records 
of  the  Espanola  Milling  &  Elevator  Company.  It  is  concluded, 
therefore,  that  Bond  &  Nohl  paid  all  expenses  of  the  mill  and 
received  all  payments,  charging  and  crediting  them  to  a 
separate  set  of  books  through  this  transfer  account. 

Through  the  end  of  1915  the  Espanola  Milling  &  Elevator 
Company  carried  an  unexplained  asset  variously  entitled, 
"Stock  Certificates,"  and  "Bond  &  Nohl  Co.  stock."7  This 
item  amounted  to  $15,000  at  the  end  of  1910.  At  the  end  of 
1911  it  is  shown  as  $14,997  but  at  the  same  time  three  items 
of  one  dollar  each  appear,  entitled,  "Frank  Bond,  Stock,"  "G. 
W.  Bond,  Stock,"  and  "L.  F.  Nohl,  Stock."8  At  the  end  of  1912 
and  all  subsequent  years  the  balance  of  this  stock  certificate 
account  is  $18,000.9  The  corporate  records  of  the  Bond  &  Nohl 
Company  reveal  no  ownership  of  Bond  &  Nohl  stock  by  the 
Espanola  Milling  &  Elevator  Company  at  any  time,  but  un- 
fortunately the  corporate  records  of  the  mill,  which  might 
possibly  contain  the  solution  to  this  puzzling  account,  have 
not  as  yet  been  located.  No  solution  has  been  found,  and  no 
supportable  theory  can  be  advanced,10  so  the  matter  remains 
a  mystery. 

6.  Records,  loe.  cit. 

7.  Ibid. 
S.  Ibid. 

9.  Ibid. 

10.  One  hypothesis  is  that  Frank  Bond,  George  Bond,  and  Louis  Nohl  each  put  up 
$5,000  of  their  Bond  &  Nohl  stock,  a  note  for  $3,000,  and  various  supplies  and  materials 
from  the  store  amounting  to  $2,000  in  payment  for  the  $20,000  mill  stock.  This  would 
account  for  the  presence  of  the  Bond  &  Nohl  stock  in  the  mill  accounts  even  though  no 
formal  transfer  was  made,  but  it  would  not  explain  how  the  former  owners  of  the  mill 
were  paid. 


FRANK  BOND  45 

Louis  T.  Hardy,  an  old  English  miller  and  a  friend  of  the 
Bonds  was  brought  into  Espanola  to  operate  the  mill,  which 
he  did  for  a  number  of  years,11  producing  a  fine  flour  under 
the  trade  name  of  Rosalinda.12  In  the  off  season,  when  there 
was  no  wheat  to  be  ground,  Bond  demonstrated  an  awareness 
of  cyclical  production  by  grinding  local  chili  into  powder.13 
As  a  result,  Bond  &  Nohl  frequently  quoted  prices  to  out-of- 
town  customers  on  "genuine  Mexican  ground  chili."14  In  so 
doing,  they  always  enclosed  a  sample  of  the  product,  and  in 
mid-1915  chili  gave  rise  to  one  of  the  rare  bits  of  state  busi- 
ness enjoyed  by  the  Bonds  when  they  successfully  bid  to  sell 
the  State  Penitentiary  one  hundred  pounds  of  ground  chili.15 

The  first  years  of  operation  were  singularly  unimpressive. 
The  cumulative  loss  at  the  end  of  the  first  year,  1910, 
amounted  to  $20,012.06,  and  the  only  profitable  transaction 
was  the  sale  of  four  hogs  at  a  profit  of  $180.03.  Mill  expenses 
during  that  first  year  were  heavy,  and  large  sums  were  ex- 
pended for  interest,  insurance,  oil  and  packing,  coal,  sacks, 
and  twine.  All  expenses  were  drastically  reduced  in  1911,  and 
the  profit  on  wheat  and  flour  operations  amounted  to  $2,- 
842.24.16  This  profit,  however,  was  insufficient  to  cover  the 
accumulated  losses,  and  so  Bond  &  Nohl  charged  $15,000  off 
to  their  own  expense,  crediting  the  mill  through  the  transfer 
account,  and  reducing  the  deficit  to  just  over  $2,000.17 

Income  and  expenses  for  1912  do  not  accurately  reflect 
the  operation  for  that  year.  Gross  income  from  wheat  and 
flour  amounted  to  slightly  more  than  $5,000,  but  large  write- 
offs were  made  to  expense  that  resulted  in  an  apparent  net 
loss  of  almost  $18,000.  These  write-offs  included  a  $5,000 
reduction  in  real  estate,  a  $1,500  reduction  in  the  value  of  the 
power  house,  and  a  write-down  of  machinery  of  more  than 
$11,000.  Again  it  became  necessary  for  Bond  &  Nohl  to 
charge  part  of  the  mill  costs  against  their  own  expense,  and 
$20,000  was  written  off.  This  $20,000  contributed  by  Bond  & 

11.  Interview  with  J.  E.  Davenport. 

12.  Interview  with  D.  C.  Hake. 

13.  Ibid. 

14.  Letter  Book  No.  58,  passim. 

15.  Ibid.,  June  7,  1915,  p.  425  ;  ibid.,  June  14,  1915,  p.  490. 

16.  Records,  loc.  cit. 

17.  Ibid. 


46  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Nohl  plus  the  income  from  wheat  and  flour  were  just  suffi- 
cient to  cover  the  charges  to  expense  in  that  year  and  to 
liquidate  the  remaining  deficit  from  previous  years.18 

The  following  years  through  1915  were  also  disappoint- 
ing, and  by  the  end  of  1915  the  cumulative  profits  only 
amounted  to  slightly  more  than  $100.19  Frank  Bond  had 
written  $35,000  off  to  expense  through  Bond  &  Nohl  and  was 
discouraged  enough  with  the  mill  that  he  offered  the  entire 
plant,  excluding  the  engine,  boiler,  and  buildings,  to  William 
A.  Stafford  in  Pocatello,  Idaho,  for  $15,000.2°  He  wrote 
Stafford : 

We  are  sorry  to  have  to  give  up  this  mill  here  but  on  ac- 
count of  so  little  wheat  being  raised  in  this  vicinity  it  does  not 
justify  the  investment.  We  are  obliged  to  ship  in  wheat  and  do 
not  find  it  profitable  to  do  this  on  account  of  the  high  freight 
rates.21 

In  1915  Frank  Bond  discussed  the  possibility  of  organiz- 
ing a  stock  company  with  Andy  Wiest.22  The  plan  was  to  in- 
clude all  the  merchants  in  the  area  in  the  new  company  and 
move  the  mill  to  Roy,  New  Mexico.  However,  at  the  end  of 
1915  the  mill  was  still  operating  under  Bond  auspices  in 
Espanola. 

12.    Rosa  Mercantile  Company 

>T"iHE  Rosa  Mercantile  Company  was  organized  on  March 
JL  13,  1912,  by  Frank  Bond,  Edward  Sargent,  A.  H.  Long, 
and  B.  A.  Candelaria.  It  was  located  at  Rosa,  New  Mexico, 
in  Rio  Arriba  County,  twenty-nine  miles  west  of  Lumberton, 
New  Mexico,  and  just  l!/2  miles  from  the  Colorado  state  line.1 

18.  Ibid. 

19.  Ibid. 

20.  Letter  Book  No.  58,  February  1,  1915,  p.  654 ;  ibid.,  February  6,  1915,  p.  654. 

21.  Letter  Book  No.  57,  February  17,  1916,  p.  155. 

22.  Letter  Book  No.  58,  May  7,  1915,  p.  76. 

1.  U.S.  Department  of  the  Interior,  G.L.O.,  Map  of  Territory  of  New  Mexico,  1903. 

An  1882  business  directory  of  New  Mexico  mentions  Espanola  and  reports  its 
population  at  the  time  as  150  persons,  but  it  does  not  list  Rosa  among:  the  towns  in  New 
Mexico.  However,  by  1904  Rosa  was  large  enough  to  boast  a  post  office.  A  Complete 
Business  Directory  and  Gazetteer  of  the  Territory  for  188i  (Santa  Fe:  New  Mexican 
Printing  and  Publishing:  Co.,  1882)  ;  Max.  Frost  and  Paul  A.  F.  Walter  (eds.),  The 
Land  of  Sunshine  (Santa  Fe:  New  Mexican  Printing  Co.,  1904),  p.  219. 


FRANK  BOND  47 

The  company  was  capitalized  at  $16,000,  each  of  the  four 
stockholders  holding  an  equal  interest  of  4,000  shares.  Alfred 
H.  Long  was  appointed  general  manager,  and  his  salary  was 
fixed  at  $100  a  month.2  The  principal  purpose  of  the  new 
business  was  to  sell  general  merchandise,  but  like  the  other 
stores,  trading  in  hides,  pelts,  sheep,  and  wool  was  common 
to  the  operation  which  lasted  for  twelve  years  until  it  was 
discontinued  on  December  31,  1923,  and  subsequently 
liquidated.3 

Long's  interest  in  the  new  store  was  financed  by  Frank 
Bond  on  the  strength  of  a  $4,000  unsecured  personal  note 
signed  by  Long  and  dated  March  12,  1912,  payable  in  two 
years.  In  addition,  500  more  shares  were  actually  owned  by 
Long,  but  they  were  issued  to  Frank  Bond  so  that  a  personal 
note  for  them  was  unnecessary.  However,  Long  paid  interest 
on  the  $500  to  Bond  regularly,4  and  finally  in  1916  the  share- 
holdings of  Bond  and  Sargent  were  reduced  to  3,500  shares 
each  and  the  remaining  1,000  were  transferred  to  Long.6 

Although  Edward  Sargent  had  long  been  a  friend  and 
associate  of  Frank  Bond,  and  A.  H.  Long  had  managed  the 
G.  W.  Bond  &  Bro.  store  at  Cabra  just  before  the  turn  of  the 
century,6  the  fourth  stockholder,  B.  A.  Candelaria,  is  not 
mentioned  at  any  other  point.  It  is  probable  that  he  was  in 
the  nature  of  an  outside  man,  or  general  foreman  of  sheep 
and  wool  operations  at  the  Rosa  location.  Indeed,  liaison  with 
his  counterpart  at  Espanola,  Leandro  Martinez,  is  indicated 
by  the  fact  that  Candelaria  endorsed  his  Rosa  Mercantile 
Company  stock  certificates  for  4,000  shares  over  to  Martinez 
in  1913  as  collateral  to  protect  a  note  of  $2,115.50  which  he 
signed  at  10  per  cent  interest  in  favor  of  Martinez.  This  met 
with  something  less  than  hearty  approval  from  the  other 


2.  Records  of  Minutes  (in  the  flies  of  Frank  Bond  &  Son,  Inc.,  Albuquerque). 

3.  Ibid. 

4.  Letter  Book  No.  51,  March  20,  1914,  p.  487 ;  Letter  Book  No.  S3,  August  3,  1914, 
p.  620  ;  ibid.,  August  10,  1914,  p.  579. 

6.  Stock  Certificate  Book  (in  the  files  of  Frank  Bond  &  Son,  Inc.,  Albuquerque) . 

6.  Supra,  chap.  v.  Alfred  H.  Long  was  the  son  of  Judge  Elisha  Van  Buren  Long,  a 
prominent  district  judge  in  Las  Vegas  for  many  years  and  senior  member  of  the  Las 
Vegas  law  firm  of  Long  &  Fort.  An  Illustrated  History  of  New  Mexico  (Chicago:  The 
Lewis  Publishing  Co.,  1895),  pp.  255-257;  History  of  New  Mexico,  Its  Resources  and 
People  (Los  Angeles:  Pacific  States  Publishing  Company,  1907),  II,  314. 


48  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

three  stockholders  who  promptly  took  action  as  corporation 
directors  to  provide  that  should  Candelaria  die  before  the 
note  was  paid,  the  other  stockholders  would  buy  the  stock  and 
pay  the  note.  They  further  agreed,  on  the  record,  that  should 
any  of  them  wish  to  sell  his  stock  he  would  sell  it  to  the  other 
stockholders.7 

At  the  end  of  1912,  the  first  year,  Long  turned  in  a  net 
profit  of  $8,421.15,  about  two-thirds  of  which  had  been  made 
on  the  sale  of  merchandise  and  somewhat  less  than  a  third  on 
sheep.8  Since  profits  were  not  to  be  distributed  for  some  time, 
interest  on  the  investment  was  included  as  an  expense.  At 
the  end  of  1912,  the  building  was  valued  at  about  $1,500  with 
over  $1,700  in  furniture  and  fixtures.  There  was  more  than 
$15,000  in  merchandise  inventory,  and  Long  had  almost  $9,- 
500  in  accounts  receivable  with  about  one-third  of  that 
amount  in  bills  receivable.9 

At  the  end  of  the  second  year  of  operation  Long  had  a 
somewhat  lesser  showing,  turning  in  a  profit  for  the  year  of 
just  under  $4,000.  His  sales  for  1913  totaled  $44,373.01,  a 
gain  of  more  than  $10,000  over  the  previous  year,  but  credit 
sales  amounted  to  over  $38,000  of  the  $44,000,  and  so  Frank 
Bond  was  constrained  to  give  him  some  firm  advice  on  credit 
policy.10 

Bond's  efforts  to  convince  Long  to  be  more  careful  of  his 
credit  line  produced  little  effect  however.  At  the  end  of  the 

7.  Record  of  Minutes,  l&c.  cit. 

8.  Records,  loc.  cit. 

9.  Ibid. 

10.  Bond  advised : 

"There  is  no  question  in  my  mind  but  you  will  have  to  be  more  conservative  in  your 
credit,  or  your  business  there  will  be  a  failure.  You  will  be  unable  to  meet  your  obliga- 
tions when  they  become  due  and  there  will  be  trouble  ahead  for  all  of  us.  Neither  Mr. 
Sargent  or  I  have  any  intention  of  putting  any  more  money  into  that  business.  It  will 
have  to  stand  or  fall  on  its  own  merits,  and  it  is  up  to  you  to  make  a  success  of  it.  If 
your  accounts  had  been  good,  you  should  have  collected  in  enough  so  that  you  would 
not  have  had  to  go  into  debt  before  you  were  really  out  of  debt,  the  only  way  you  got  out 
of  debt  was  by  using  the  Bond  &  Sargent  lambs,  and  then  had  to  borrow  to  pay  us  back. 

"Mr.  Sargent  writes  me  that  you  have  had  to  borrow  money  from  him,  perhaps  it 
sounds  better  to  call  it  an  advance  on  the  wool,  but  it  means  the  same  thing. 

"I  wrote  you  the  other  day  about  your  employees  being  more  than  we  considered 
necessary.  I  haven't  changed  my  mind  a  particle  in  this  matter,  although  you  have  not 
seen  fit  to  answer  my  letter.  I  don't  wish  to  criticize,  but  surely  if  you  wish  to  make  a 
success  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  keep  down  your  expenses,  and  you  must  be  extremely 
careful  when  you  credit  and  at  the  same  time  keep  down  your  stock.  I  know  you  can  run 
that  business  and  make  a  success  of  it."  Letter  Book  No.  51,  February  20,  1914,  p.  245. 


FRANK  BOND  49 

following  year,  1914,  the  Rosa  Mercantile  Company  reported 
total  sales  of  $41,201.07,  of  which  89  per  cent  were  on  credit. 
Profits  in  this  third  year  were  up,  and  almost  $5,500  was 
credited  to  the  surplus  account  so  that  there  was  almost  $18,- 
000  in  surplus  at  the  end  of  the  third  year. 

In  mid-1915  the  bills  receivable  on  the  books  of  the  Rosa 
Mercantile  Company  amounted  to  close  to  $35,000  which 
Frank  Bond  felt  was  altogether  out  of  proportion  to  the  vol- 
ume of  business  involved.11  They  were  promptly  reduced,  and 
at  the  end  of  the  year  only  $10,668.99  remained. 

The  sheep  account  had  been  growing  during  all  this  time, 
beginning  at  the  end  of  1912  with  a  modest  $1,800.  By  the 
end  of  1915  the  investment  amounted  to  $6,767.65,  represent- 
ing 2,935  head  of  ewes,  all  of  them  leased  out. 

Among  Long's  renters  was  a  partidario  named  Porfirio 
Gallegos.  Since  Gallegos  had  been  trading  with  a  competitor, 
Long  had  threatened  to  take  his  sheep  away  from  him.  The 
information  came  back  to  Frank  Bond  through  Edward  Sar- 
gent and  resulted  in  the  following  advice  from  Frank  Bond 
that  exemplifies  his  philosophy: 

[Ed  Sargent]  says  you  are  going  to  take  away  .  .  .  Gallegos' 
sheep  and  give  them  to  another  fellow.  I  don't  believe  much  in 
trying  to  get  even.  I  understand  this  man  is  a  good  man,  quite 
responsible.  I  feel  satisfied  that  in  time  you  will  get  his  busi- 
ness. I  would  strongly  advise  letting  him  keep  those  sheep,  and 
continuing  to  try  and  get  him  to  trade  with  you.12 
I  don't  believe  it  pays  to  remind  customers  continually  of  the 
many  favors  we  do  them,  neither  does  it  pay  to  threaten  them 
that  these  favors  will  be  withdrawn  unless  they  do  so  and  so. 

We  have  to  live  up  to  our  promises,  but  don't  expect  that 
from  all  your  customers  as  that  is  too  much  to  expect  of  human 
beings.  Some  of  them  just  can't  do  it. 

When  you  come  to  talk  with  Porfirio  think  of  the  syrup 
and  vinegar  and  fly  story,  and  I  will  guarantee  you  better 
success  with  him  than  by  telling  him  that  you  will  take  away 
the  sheep  unless  he  does  so  and  so.13 

The  Rosa  Mercantile  Company  was  in  the  usual  short-of- 


11.  Letter  Book  No.  58,  May  5,  1915,  p.  50. 

12.  Ibid.,  June  24,  1915,  p.  590. 
18.  Ibid.,  June  29,  1915,  p.  652. 


50  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

cash  position  about  this  time  and  found  it  necessary  to  call 
on  the  Santa  Fe  bank  for  short  term  loans.  Frank  Bond 
acquiesced  and  authorized  R.  J.  Palen  to  advance  Long  the 
$4,500,  indicating  a  willingness  to  go  as  high  as  $10,500  if 
necessary.  Such  notes  would  be  protected  by  the  personal 
notes  of  Bond  and  Edward  Sargent.  At  this  time  Bond  indi- 
cated that  he  felt  that  the  main  trouble  with  the  Rosa  com- 
pany was  that  it  was  not  capitalized  for  enough  at  the  start, 
but  that  it  would  eventually  get  on  its  feet.14  At  the  same  time, 
however,  he  wrote  Long  at  Rosa  expressing  alarm  that  busi- 
ness was  falling  25  per  cent  below  that  of  the  previous  year.15 
The  year  1915  ended  with  a  net  profit  of  $6,400.76,  bring- 
ing the  undivided  profits  to  almost  $25,000.  This  was  earned 
on  sales  of  only  $33,146.54.  It  was  now  possible  for  Long  to 
pay  for  his  share  of  the  business  out  of  the  earnings  on  his 
stock,  and  the  following  year  his  holdings  were  increased  to 
5,000  shares  which  he  held  until  the  firm  was  moved  to  Albu- 
querque in  1920  and  dissolved  three  years  later. 

13.    Bond-Connell  Sheep  and  Wool  Company 

IN  July  of  1914  Frank  Bond  made  a  trip  to  Albuquerque  and 
met  with  Andy  Wiest  and  R.  C.  Dillon.  While  there,  the 
three  associates  decided  to  organize  a  new  company  and  ex- 
pand the  sheep  and  wool  coverage  of  the  Bond  organization, 
penetrating  the  central  part  of  New  Mexico.1  Sheep  and  wool 
activity  had,  of  course,  been  under  way  for  some  time  in 
Cuervo  with  Andy  Wiest  and  in  Encino  with  Dick  Dillon,  but 
this  was  the  first  move  into  the  middle  Rio  Grande  valley. 
The  new  company  was  to  differ  with  other  elements  of  the 
Bond  system  in  that  there  was  to  be  no  general  merchandise 
operation  at  all.  Rather,  the  activity  was  to  concern  itself 
mainly  with  sheep  and  wool  trading. 

The  problem  of  whom  to  bring  into  the  company  to  man- 
age the  new  business  was  solved  in  short  order  by  the  First 


14.  Letter  Book  No.  59,  August  13.  1915,  p.  395. 

15.  Ibid.,  August  23,  1915,  p.  468. 

1.  Letter  Book  No.  S3,  July  17,  1914,  p.  871. 


FRANK  BOND  51 

National  Bank  in  Albuquerque  which  recommended  Mr. 
Walter  M.  Connell  for  the  position.2 

Walter  Connell,  who  had  been  educated  at  Fordham  Uni- 
versity and  had  been  employed  for  two  years  by  the  National 
City  Bank  of  New  York,  came  to  Albuquerque  from  his  New 
York  birthplace  in  1900.  In  1904  he  went  to  Los  Lunas  where 
he  was  associated  with  Fred  D.  Huning  in  the  firm  of  Huning 
and  Connell,  Incorporated,  dealers  in  general  merchandise, 
hay,  grain,  alfalfa,  wool,  hides,  and  pelts.  Although  he  re- 
tained his  interest  in  Huning  and  Connell  until  1920,  he  re- 
turned to  Albuquerque  in  1912  where  he,  with  Charles  Wade 
and  J.  M.  Raynolds,  was  elected  a  member  of  the  first  Albu- 
querque City  Commission  on  which  he  served  until  1922.3 
Since  he  had  also  been  a  wool  buyer  throughout  New  Mexico 
and  Colorado  for  Hallowell,  Jones,  and  Donald,  his  qualifica- 
tions for  the  position  were  not  lacking. 

The  stock  of  the  new  firm,  to  be  capitalized  at  $25,000, 
was  held  equally  by  Bond  &  Nohl  Company,  Espanola ;  Bond, 
McCarthy  Company,  Taos;  G.  W.  Bond  &  Bro.  Mercantile 
Company,  Encino ;  A.  MacArthur  Company,  Wagon  Mound ; 
and  Walter  M.  Connell.4  Connell's  5,000-share  interest  was 
paid  for  in  cash  by  Frank  Bond  in  return  for  Connell's  per- 
sonal note  for  $5,000  which  was  in  turn  secured  to  Bond  by 
the  deposit  of  Connell's  stock.5 

It  is  a  significant  indication  of  Bond's  consideration  that 
while  Justin  McCarthy  was  not  present  at  the  Albuquerque 
meeting  and  had  not  previously  been  consulted  at  all  on  the 
matter,  it  was  taken  for  granted  that  he  would  want  to  be 
in  on  the  new  company,  and  it  was  thus  arranged.6  So  once 
more  Frank  Bond  remembered  those  with  whom  he  was 
associated  and  gave  them  no  cause  to  grumble  about  being 
left  out  of  a  new  venture. 

It  was  not  customary  for  stock  companies  to  appear  on 

2.  Ibid. 

8.  Davis,  op.  cit.,  p.  1000;  Gladys  Neel,  "History  of  Albuquerque"  (unpublished 
Master's  thesis,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1928),  p.  68,  citing  Albuquerque  Board  of 
Councilmen,  Records  XVIII,  p.  326. 

4.  Letter  Book  No.  53,  July  17,  1914,  p.  371. 

6.  Ibid.,  p.  374. 

6.  Ibid.,  P.  371. 


52  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

original  incorporation  papers,7  and  so  on  August  6,  1914, 
stock  certificates  were  issued  to  Frank  Bond,  R.  C.  Dillon, 
A.  W.  Wiest,  J.  H.  McCarthy,  and  Walter  Connell.8  Two  days 
later,  on  August  8, 1914,  these  5,000-share  blocks  were  trans- 
ferred to  Bond  &  Nohl,  G.  W.  Bond  &  Bro.  Mercantile  Com- 
pany, A.  MacArthur  Company,  and  Bond,  McCarthy 
Company,  respectively.  Connell  retained  his  as  such  and, 
except  that  Frank  Bond  sold  one-half  of  his  interest  to 
George  W.  Bond  four  years  later,  the  organization's  owner- 
ship remained  constant  until  the  company  was  finally  dis- 
solved in  1926,9  becoming  the  present-day  firm  of  Frank  Bond 
&  Son,  Incorporated. 

Frank  Bond  was  elected  president  with  R.  C.  Dillon  serv- 
ing in  the  capacity  of  vice-president,  and  Walter  Connell  was 
posted  to  the  general  managership10  at  a  salary  of  $75.00 
per  month.11  Offices  for  the  new  company  were  established 
in  Room  3  of  the  old  Cromwell  Building  at  the  corner  of 
Second  Street  and  Gold  Avenue  in  Albuquerque,12  and  to  get 
the  offices  started  they  estimated  that  the  office  expenses 
would  amount  to  about  $12.50  per  month  plus  a  stenographer 
at  $25.00  per  month.13 

Sheep  trading  started  promptly,  in  fact  it  began  even  be- 
fore the  corporate  organization  formalities  were  completed, 
for  in  late  July  Connell  bought  6,800  sheep14  on  which  they 
expected  to  make  twenty  cents  a  head  by  selling  them  to  sheep 
feeders.15  By  the  end  of  September,  Bond  estimated  that  they 
had  already  made  a  profit  of  $5,000  on  their  sheep  pur- 

7.  Ibid. 

8.  Stock  Certificate  Book  (in  the  files  of  Frank  Bond  &  Son,  Inc..  Albuquerque). 

9.  Record  of  Minutes  (in  the  files  of  Frank  Bond  &  Son,  Inc.,  Albuquerque). 

10.  Record  of  Minutes,  loc.  cit. 

11.  Letter  Book  No.  5S,  July  17,  1914,  p.  382.  Upon  dissolution  of  the  corporation  in 
1926,  Frank  Bond  suggested  a  retroactive  adjustment  of  Council's  salary  to  $300  per 
month  from   1914  to  1923,  and  he  was  paid  $5,883.06,  representing  back  salary,  with 
interest,   adjusted  for  a  profit  distribution  made  to  him  in   1919.   Record  of  Minutes, 
loc.  cit. 

12.  Record  of  Minutes,  loc.  cit.;  Letter  Book  No.  55,  September  7,  1914,  p.  128. 

13.  Letter  Book  No.  S3,  July  17, 1914,  p.  382. 

14.  Bond  wrote : 

"Our  new  company  at  Albuquerque  has  just  closed  a  deal  with  Mr.  Bnrsum  for  6000 
lambs  at  $5.25  and  700  old  ewes  at  2%  I,  501  advance  per  head.  This  is  the  highest  price 
that  has  been  paid  in  that  country  that  we  know  of,  in  fact  it  is  about  the  first  price 
that  has  been  made."  Ibid, 

16.  Ibid..  July  23. 1914.  p.  489. 


FRANK  BOND  53 

chases,16  and  indeed  the  profits  for  the  six  months  ended 
December  31, 1914,  amounted  to  $5,229.32.17  The  income  was 
all  from  sheep. 

At  this  time  the  major  assets  were  represented  by  $18,- 
000  in  cash  and  3,414  ewes  valued  at  $12,000.  Liabilities 
amounted  to  only  $132  owing  to  F.  A.  Hubbell,  and  so  the 
company  was  in  a  highly  favorable  current  position  after 
such  a  short  period  of  operation.18  In  fact,  the  cash  position 
was  such  that  Frank  Bond  took  time  out  on  New  Year's  Day 
of  1915  to  write  Walter  Connell  suggesting  that  Bond  &  Nohl 
borrow  the  excess  cash  reserves  of  Bond-Connell  at  6  per 
cent  interest  until  Bond  &  Nohl  turned  their  sheep  the  follow- 
ing March.  At  the  same  time  he  suggested  that  Bond-Connell 
declare  a  dividend,  leaving  enough  profit  to  cover  expenses  to 
the  beginning  of  the  next  year  so  as  not  to  use  any  of  the 
capital.19 

Walter  Connell  replied  and  suggested  a  10  per  cent  divi- 
dend,20 but  Bond  felt  satisfied  that  the  stockholders  wanted 
15  per  cent  instead  of  10  per  cent,  and  so  he  promptly  ordered 
Connell  to  remit  the  15  per  cent  dividend  without  waiting  for 
further  authority.21  Since  no  stockholders'  or  directors'  meet- 
ings were  held  between  August  8,  1914,  and  February  12, 
1916,  no  confirmation  of  such  a  dividend  distribution  was 
made  in  1915,  and  by  the  following  year  the  matter  was  ap- 
parently overlooked.22  However,  there  was  a  meeting  of  all 
the  store  managers  at  Espanola  on  January  28, 1915,  and  the 
matter  was  undoubtedly  discussed,  with  Bond's  action  being 
accepted  without  question  even  though  it  was  never  officially 
recorded. 

The  prime  topic  of  conversation  at  this  managers'  meet- 
ing was  the  proposition  that  they  get  together  and  start  a 
new  bank  in  Albuquerque.23  The  suggestion  met  with  a  favor- 
able reception  from  all  the  managers,  and  Frank  Bond  him- 

16.  Letter  Book  No.  55,  September  22,  1914,  p.  296. 

17.  Records,  loe.  eft. 

18.  Ibid. 

19.  Letter  Book  No.  56,  January  1,  1915,  p.  412. 

20.  Ibid.,  January  6,  1915,  p.  455. 

21.  Ibid.,  January  18,  1915,  p.  524. 

22.  Record  of  Minutes,  loc.  eft. 

23.  Letter  Book  No.  58,  January  30,  1915,  p.  642. 


54  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

self  was  all  in  favor  of  branching  out  of  the  traditional  sheep, 
wool,  and  merchandise  fields  into  this  new  and  enticing  area 
of  activity  in  Albuquerque.  His  view  may  have  been  influ- 
enced to  some  degree  by  the  fact  that  he  was  at  the  time 
seriously  considering  buying  more  of  the  Bond-Connell  stock 
and  moving  his  residence  to  Albuquerque,24  and  this  thought 
may  have  made  the  idea  of  opening  a  new  bank  sound  rather 
attractive.  However,  they  decided  to  put  the  matter  up  to  G. 
W.  Bond  for  his  advice  and  final  decision. 

George  Bond  returned  a  careful  and  considered  evalua- 
tion of  the  banking  proposition  in  Albuquerque,  pointing  out 
that  no  one  in  the  Bond  organization  had  banking  experience 
or  training  and  that  he  would  not  wish  to  invest  in  the  stock 
of  a  bank  that  was  not  well  established,  particularly  where 
strong  institutions  already  existed.  He  felt  that  it  might  be 
a  good  investment  to  acquire  some  stock  in  such  an  institu- 
tion as  the  First  National  Bank  in  Albuquerque  if  it  were 
possible  to  do  so  and  still  be  able  to  benefit  themselves  by 
conducting  their  financial  transactions  through  it,  but  he 
noted  that  bank  examiners  would  probably  view  such  loans 
to  stockholders  with  suspicion.  He  asserted  that  it  took  a 
good  strong  bank  to  be  able  to  take  care  of  even  one  of  their 
stores  and  that  all  the  stores  were  well  lined  up  for  credit  at 
very  reasonable  rates.  He  also  mentioned  that  in  the  light  of 
current  experience  the  stores  were  paying  better  return  on 
invested  money  than  were  the  banks,  remarking  at  the  same 
time  that  since  the  stores  didn't  have  cash  available  to  pay 
out  dividends  it  didn't  look  as  though  they  would  have  the 
money  to  put  into  bank  stock.25 

The  banking  project  was  dropped. 

The  second  result  of  the  January  28  managers'  meeting 
was  a  decision  that  Bond-Connell  should  go  into  the  hide  and 
pelt  business.  Actually,  this  had  been  included  in  the  original 
organization  plans,  but  Connell  had  not  thought  there  would 
be  enough  profit  in  it  to  justify  the  operation.  Since  that  time, 
however,  Connell  and  Dillon  had  studied  the  matter  further 
and  now  recommended  a  trial,  so  it  was  determined  that  an 

24.  Ibid.,  January  19,  1915,  p.  530. 

25.  Letter  Book  No.  57,  February  9,  1915,  p.  44. 


FRANK  BOND  55 

attempt  would  be  made  for  perhaps  a  year  since  it  wouldn't 
require  any  extra  capital.26 

Justin  McCarthy  was  somewhat  hesitant  about  going  into 
hides  and  pelts  in  the  Taos  area  until  the  wool  season  was 
over  due  to  his  feeling  that  if  they  did,  Charles  Friend  and 
Company  might  interfere  with  their  wool  activities  through 
George  Anton  who  was  their  representative  in  the  territory.27 
Friend  and  Company  was  at  that  time  competitively  engaged 
in  buying  wool  in  New  Mexico  and  consigning  it  to  the  Boston 
markets  in  the  same  manner  as  Bond.28  However,  Frank 
Bond  told  Connell  to  go  ahead  because  if  they  should  "allow 
anything  like  Geo.  Anton  to  scare  us  out  of  doing  anything, 
we  should  be  out  of  business  entirely."29 

Upon  his  return  to  Albuquerque,  Connell  promptly  began 
looking  for  a  hide  and  pelt  warehouse  and  employed  a  Mr. 
Thomas  to  handle  this  end  of  the  business,  paying  him  $125 
per  month  and  10  per  cent  of  the  net  profits.30  By  April  he 
had  bought  his  first  carload  of  pelts  and  had  completed  ar- 
rangements for  their  disposal  through  the  Norton  Tanning 
Company.31  Bond  meanwhile  overcame  some  reluctance  on 
the  part  of  some  of  the  other  stores  to  deal  through  Bond- 
Connell  by  pointing  out  to  one  of  the  managers  that  Bond- 
Connell  had  a  right  to  expect  business  from  all  the  stores  even 
if  they  should  not  always  get  the  very  top  prices.32  Thus  by 
the  end  of  1915  the  Bond-Connell  Sheep  and  Wool  Company 
had  handled  almost  305,000  pounds  of  hides  and  pelts,  repre- 
senting a  dollar  volume  of  more  than  $48,000,  and  returning 
a  profit  to  the  company  of  $2,889.74.33  However,  for  some 
reason  not  now  apparent  the  directors  decided  at  their  meet- 
ing of  February  12,  1916,  that  the  company  should  immedi- 
ately discontinue  all  hide  and  pelt  business.34 


26.  Letter  Book  No.  56,  January  30,  1915,  p.  642. 

27.  Ibid.,  February  2,  1915,  p.  664. 

28.  Letter  Book  No.  58,  June  30,  1915,  p.  667. 

29.  Letter  Book  No.  57,  February  8,  1915,  p.  11. 

30.  Ibid.,  February  20,  1915,  p.  164.  Presumably  this  applied  to  profits  realized  from 
the  sale  of  hides  and  pelts  only. 

31.  Ibid.,  April  26,  1915,  p.  653. 

32.  Letter  Book  No.  58,  May  5,  1915,  p.  52. 

33.  Records,  loc.  cit. 

34.  Record  of  Minutes,  loc.  cit. 


56  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

In  April,  1915,  Frank  Bond  was  optimistically  expecting 
that  the  Albuquerque  business  would  be  about  double,  and  in 
August  he  predicted  that  the  company  would  make  a  profit 
of  not  less  than  $20,000  that  year.35  He  underestimated  by 
just  $136.64. 

At  the  time  of  this  prediction  around  23,000  head  of  ewes 
had  been  purchased  at  Albuquerque  at  prices  ranging  from 
$4.50  to  $5.00  per  head  which  were  being  turned  at  from 
$.50  to  $1.00  per  head  profit.  Bond  felt  that  their  past  policy 
of  keeping  scarce  ewes  in  the  country  should  be  continued  by 
not  buying  any  from  their  customers  except  when  they  in- 
sisted on  selling.36  The  following  month,  September,  Bond- 
Connell  bought  25,000  more  lambs  from  Ilfeld  and  Garcia  at 
$6.75.  On  this  purchase  of  $168,750  they  anticipated  a  profit 
of  about  $3,500,  and  the  Albuquerque  business  now  owned 
50,000  head  of  sheep.37 

In  1915  Bond-Connell  handled  sheep,  wool,  hides,  and 
pelts  in  the  quantities  listed  in  Table  55  which  represented  a 
total  dollar  volume  of  more  than  $734,000.38 


TABLE  55 
BOND-CONNELL  SALES  FOR  1915 

Item  Quantity 

Sheep 150,572  head 

Wool   454,753  pounds 

Hides  &  Pelts 304,730  pounds 

The  net  profit  for  the  year  was  $20,136.64,  not  including 
unrealized  profit  on  $92,000  worth  of  wool39  which  was  in 
the  Boston  warehouses,  sold  but  not  yet  collected.  There  were 
more  than  $36,000  worth  of  sheep  on  hand  at  the  end  of  the 
year  along  with  $7,500  in  hides,  pelts,  and  wool  in  the  Albu- 
querque warehouse.  Accounts  payable  were  less  than  $100, 
and  although  there  was  $84,000  owing  to  Hallowell,  Jones, 


35.  Letter  Book  No.  59,  August  27,  1916,  p.  628. 

86.  Ibid..  August  21,  1916,  p.  463. 

87.  Ibid.,  September  14,  1915,  p.  686. 
38.  Records,  loe.  eit. 

89.  Valued  at  cost. 


FRANK  BOND  57 

and  Donald  from  wool  advances,  this  was  more  than  amply 
covered  by  the  wool  in  Boston.40 

After  just  eighteen  months  of  operation  the  new  Albu- 
querque venture,  started  with  just  $25,000  in  cash,  had  re- 
turned $25,366  in  profit  of  which  $21,600  still  remained  in 
surplus.41 

14.     Bond-Sargent  Company 

LESS  than  two  weeks  after  George  Bond  advised  so  strongly 
against  the  suggestion  that  the  Bond  stores  join  in  a  bank- 
ing venture  in  Albuquerque,  Frank  Bond  began  thinking 
about  the  possibility  of  broadening  the  coverage  of  their 
system  to  include  the  west  central  part  of  the  state,  and  he 
first  mentioned  this  possibility  to  his  brother  on  April  17, 
1915.1 

At  this  time  George  Bond,  who  was  living  in  Boise,  Idaho, 
planned  to  move  back  to  New  Mexico,  and  the  original 
thought  was  that  he  and  his  brother  would  join  with  a  new 
manager  to  open  a  new  store  and  sheep  business  in  Grants, 
New  Mexico,  about  sixty  miles  west  of  Albuquerque,  on  the 
railroad,  and  proximate  to  the  vast  Navaho  Indian  Reserva- 
tion lying  to  the  north.  Frank  Bond  wrote : 

We  will  all  be  glad  to  have  you  back  in  New  Mexico  again,  as  it 
will  add  very  materially  to  our  weight  in  the  business  of  the 
state  among  business  men.  .  .  .  You  know  that  you  and  I  don't 
know  any  other  pleasure  except  our  business.  I  think  it  is  a 
great  misfortune  that  we  should  be  so,  and  especially  so  when 
we  pretend  to  cut  adrift  from  business,  but  it  can't  be  helped, 
so  the  only  thing  for  us  to  do  is  to  stay  with  the  business  as 
long  as  our  health  is  good;  and  I  believe  if  we  can  bring  in 
and  associate  young  men  with  us,  we  will  continue  to  be  suc- 
cessful. I  think  we  are  remarkably  good  men  physically  for  our 
age.2 


40.  Records,  loc.  cit. 

41.  Ibid. 

1.  Letter  Book  No.  57,  April  17,  1915,  p.  612. 

2.  Ibid.,  April  26,  1915,  p.  650.  Although  troubled  somewhat  with  rheumatism  after 
he  passed  fifty,  Frank  Bond  remained  in  remarkably  good  health  and  continued  to  be 
very  active,  enjoying  fishing  trips  to  his  favorite  spot  in   Santa  Clara  Canyon  as  fre- 
quently as  he  could  manage  it,  taking  his  young  son,  Franklin,  with  him  when  possible. 
Letter  Book  No.  57,  April  28,  1915,  p.  688 ;  Letter  Book  No.  S8,    June  29,  1915,  p.  658 ; 
Letter  Book  No.  59,  July  9,  1916,  p.  83. 


58  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Both  Frank  Bond  and  Ed  Sargent  must  have  been  bask- 
ing in  the  pleasant  reflection  of  the  success  they  were  having 
in  Albuquerque  for  just  a  few  days  later  they  met,  quite  by 
accident,  on  the  train  going  to  Denver.  While  discussing 
business,  Ed  Sargent  through  pure  coincidence  suggested 
that  in  his  opinion  Grants  appeared  to  be  a  good  place  to 
open  a  new  store,  and  after  further  discussion  he  offered  to 
go  in  on  such  a  venture  if  George  Bond  did  not  care  to.  Frank 
Bond  thought  very  highly  of  Sargent  and  suggested  to  George 
that  Sargent  be  brought  into  the  new  business  anyway,3  ex- 
pressing a  willingness  to  share  some  of  his  own  stock  with 
Sargent. 

Several  people  were  being  considered  as  possible  candi- 
dates for  store  manager  at  Grants.  Among  them  were  Wil- 
liam McDougall  from  Carthage,  New  Mexico,  and  one  of 
Justin  McCarthy's  employees  named  Beery.4  Accordingly,  an 
interview  was  arranged  in  Albuquerque  for  McDougall  and, 
having  made  a  favorable  impression,  he  was  offered  the  job.5 
However,  he  turned  it  down,  and  Beery,  whom  George 
favored,  became  the  major  candidate.6  This  too  came  to 
naught  when  Justin  McCarthy  refused  to  make  him  avail- 
able.7 

Meanwhile,  other  negotiations  were  under  way  to  acquire 
a  site  in  Grants  for  the  new  business.  One  possibility  of  a 
location  there  was  a  store  operated  at  the  time  by  Emil  Bibo. 
The  Bernalillo  Mercantile  Company,  Bernalillo,  New  Mexico, 
made  a  proposition  to  Frank  Bond  in  May,  1915,  under  the 
terms  of  which  they  would  agree  to  stay  out  of  Grants  pro- 
vided that  the  Bonds  buy  out  Bibo's  stock  and  also  buy  the 


8.  Frank  Bond  wrote:  "I  think  Ed  Sargent  is  as  good  a  sheep  man  as  there  is  in 
New  Mexico,  and  is  going  to  be  wealthy  if  he  lives."  Ibid.,  April  26,  1915,  p.  652. 
4.  Ibid.,  p.  650. 
6.  Letter  Book  No.  58,  May  18,  1915,  p.  176. 

6.  Ibid.,  May  24,  1915,  p.  252. 

7.  Bond  grumbled  to  Sargent : 

"We  could  do  nothing  with  Beery.  I  never  mentioned  it  to  him,  for  the  reason  that  Mac 
wants  to  keep  him  on.  I  think  Mac  is  selfish  about  this,  but  it  is  not  a  matter  that  we 
can  very  well  interfere  in.  Mac  will  keep  him  just  as  long  as  he  possibly  can,  and  will 
pay  him  just  as  little  as  he  has  to.  This  is  business,  but  if  we  had  done  that  with  Mc- 
Carthy, he  would  be  very  poor  today.  He  should  be  willing  to  allow  the  other  fellow  the 
opportunity  he  had."  Ibid.,  June  1,  1915,  p.  345. 


FRANK  BOND  59 

buildings.8  Bond  was  willing  to  buy  Bibo's  stock  and  thus 
keep  the  Bernalillo  Mercantile  Company  out  of  Grants,  but 
he  would  not  go  so  far  as  to  buy  the  buildings.9  He  informed 
the  Bernalillo  Mercantile  Company  that  unless  the  buildings 
could  be  leased,  they  would  build  a  store  of  their  own.10  In 
reply  to  that,  the  Bernalillo  Mercantile  Company  bought  the 
Bibo  facilities  themselves,  and  so  Bond's  attention  was 
turned  to  the  possibility  of  buying  some  property  and  build- 
ing his  own  store.11  However,  Emil  Bibo  and  several  members 
of  his  family  controlled  leases  on  much  of  the  desirable  prop- 
erty in  Grants,  especially  one  particularly  good  site  owned 
by  the  Atchison,  Topeka,  and  Santa  Fe  Railroad.12  Through 
the  good  offices  of  F.  B.  Houghton,  Freight  and  Traffic  Agent 
for  the  Santa  Fe  in  Chicago,  the  efforts  of  the  Bibos  to  keep 
the  new  store  out  of  Grants  were  thwarted,  and  arrange- 
ments were  made  to  acquire  Simon  Bibo's  lease  from  the 
Santa  Fe  when  it  expired.13 

During  these  negotiations,  which  extended  through  Sep- 
tember, other  expansion  irons  were  being  put  in  the  fire.  Some 
serious  consideration  was  being  given  to  the  possibility  of 
opening  a  store  in  Ft.  Sumner,14  the  possibility  was  discussed 
of  moving  the  flour  mill  from  Espanola  to  Roy,15  and  a  propo- 
sition to  buy  the  Cubero  Trading  Company  for  $25,000  was 
turned  down.16  In  addition,  rumors  were  spreading  that  the 
Bonds  were  planning  to  open  a  new  store,  and  one  individual 
even  offered  them  free  land  if  they  would  locate  in  Blue- 
water.17  Just  in  case  the  plan  to  locate  in  Grants  did  not  work 
out,  alternate  locations  in  Gallup  and  in  Magdalena  were 


8.  Ibid.,  May  18,  1915,  p.  166. 

The  Bernalillo  Mercantile  Company  was  apparently  controlled  by  the  Bibo  family. 
The  six  members  of  the  Bibo  family,  Simon,  Joe,  Nathan,  Solomon,  Emil,  and  Leopold, 
operated  stores  at  Bernalillo,  Grants,  Laguna,  Cubero,  and  Seboyeta.  History  of  New 
Mexico,  Its  Resources  and  People  (Los  Angeles:  Pacific  States  Publishing  Company, 
1907),  II,  610. 

9.  Letter  Book  No.  58,  May  19,  1915,  p.  190. 

10.  Ibid.,  June  1,  1915,  p.  335. 

11.  Ibid.,  June  7,  1915,  p.  423. 

12.  Letter  Book  No.  59,  August  25,  1915,  p.  526. 

13.  Ibid.,  September  13,  1915,  p.  650  ;  ibid.,  September  14,  1915,  p.  683. 

14.  Letter  Book  No.  58,  April  30,  1915,  p.  5  ;  ibid.,  May  18,  1915,  p.  162. 

15.  Ibid.,  May  7,  1915,  p.  76. 

16.  Ibid.,  May  18,  1915,  p.  166. 

17.  Letter  Book  No.  59,  August  25,  1915,  p.  487. 


60  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

considered.18  In  general,  however,  they  felt  that  while  the 
merchandise  business  would  be  far  better  in  Magdalena  the 
sheep  and  wool  business,  especially  sheep  renting,  would  be 
much  better  in  Grants  where  the  Navaho  sheep  were  to  be 
found,19  and  after  all  they  were  principally  sheep  men. 

During  these  active  days  the  search  continued  for  a  man- 
ager at  Grants  as  well  as  for  an  outside  man  and  a  clerk,  the 
three  employees  that  were  to  staff  the  Grants  business.  The 
manager  and  outside  man  were  to  be  selected,  but  the  man- 
ager would  hire  his  own  clerk.  Louden  Mullen  was  seriously 
considered  for  outside  man,  and  a  detailed  inquiry  was  made 
into  his  character.  They  wanted  a  man  who  was  honest,  did 
not  drink,  and  who  did  not  run  after  women.20  An  exhaustive 
inquiry  was  made,  and  it  was  emphasized  that  George  Bond 
was  "very  much  opposed  to  any  man  who  drinks."21 

Since  both  McDougall  and  Beery  were  no  longer  candi- 
dates for  the  Grants  managership  the  name  of  Leonard  A. 
Bond  was  proposed  by  Frank.22  Leonard  Bond  was  a  cousin 
of  George  and  Frank  who  was  living  in  Long  Beach,  Cali- 
fornia, at  the  time.23  Some  difficulty  arose  over  this  sugges- 
tion due  to  Leonard  Bond's  excessively  liberal  attitude  toward 
liquor.  Leonard  was,  however,  directly  confronted  with  the 
reason  for  their  hesitation  to  bring  him  in,24  and  he  stoutly 
maintained  that  he  had  completely  discontinued  his  intemper- 
ance. Because  of  his  strong  feelings  about  alcohol,  the  decision 
was  left  to  George  Bond  who  agreed  to  try  Leonard  on  the 
job,  probably  with  some  misgivings. 

By  this  time,  Leonard  Bond  had  accepted  a  position  in 
Jerome,  Arizona,  but  upon  receipt  of  Frank's  notice  on  July 
24,  1915,  that  he  was  acceptable  and  that  his  cousins  were 


18.  Ibid. 

19.  Ibid.,  August  28,  1915,  p.  525. 

20.  Letter  Book  No.  58,  May  25,  1915,  p.  286. 

21.  Ibid.,  p.  287.  Frank  Bond  was  not  the  teetotaler  that  George  Bond  was,  and  in 
fact  he  used  to  order  a  barrel  of  beer  and  keep  it  on  ice  in  the  summer,  enjoying  a  pint 
at  noon  and  again  at  night.  However,  it  soured  on  his  stomach,  and  so  he  quit  and 
thereafter  drank  very  little.  (Letter  Book  No.  6,  February  23,  1914).  He  did  enjoy  smok- 
ing good  cigars  though,  and  he  ordered  them  from  Denver  for  his  personal  use.  Letter 
Book  No.  50,  October  29,  1913,  p.  161. 

22.  Letter  Book  No.  58,  June  2,  1916,  p.  360. 
28.  Ibid.,  June  23,  1915,  p.  574. 

24.  Letter  Book  No.  59,  July  7,  1915,  p.  56. 


FRANK  BOND  61 

ready  to  begin  operations  in  Grants  at  once,25  Leonard  agreed 
to  leave  Jerome  for  Grants.  It  was  arranged  that  George 
Bond,  Frank  Bond,  and  Ed  Sargent  would  meet  Leonard 
Bond  at  the  Sturges  Hotel  in  Albuquerque  on  August  2, 1915, 
and  they  would  all  go  to  Grants  and  get  the  business  started.26 
E.  A.  Johnston  in  Santa  Fe  was  commissioned  to  draw  up  the 
Articles  of  Incorporation,27  and  through  Ed  Sargent,  Louden 
Mullens  was  engaged  to  go  down  to  Grants  about  September 
1  as  outside  man.28  He  was  to  receive  a  salary  of  $1,000  per 
year  and  also  the  net  profit  on  $2,000  worth  of  stock.29 

Along  toward  the  end  of  August,  1915,  George  Bond  de- 
cided not  to  go  in  with  Sargent  and  Frank  Bond  on  the  Grants 
business  after  all.  Although  this  meant  that  Frank  Bond  and 
Ed  Sargent  had  to  put  up  more  money,  they  felt  that  this  was 
probably  a  better  arrangement  because  they  would  have  to 
do  most  of  the  on-the-spot  hustling  as  George  Bond  was  living 
in  Idaho  and  was  back  in  the  sheep  business  there.30 

Therefore,  the  Bond-Sargent  Company,  Grants,  New 
Mexico,  was  organized  on  November  20,  1915,  with  share- 
holdings as  shown  in  Table  56. 

TABLE  56 

BOND-SARGENT  COMPANY,  ORIGINAL  ORGANIZATION 

Frank  Bond  11,250  shares 

Edward  Sargent  11,250  shares 

Leonard  A.  Bond 7,500  shares 

Total  30,000  shares 

No  financial  data  are  available  for  the  few  short  months 
which  the  Bond-Sargent  Company  operated  before  the  close 
of  1915,  but  that  it  did  develop  into  one  of  their  successful 
stores  is  evident  from  its  continuance  to  the  present  time  as 
the  Bond-Gunderson  Company. 


25.  Ibid.,  July  24,  1915,  p.  196. 

26.  Ibid.,  July  27,  1915,  p.  233  ;  ibid.,  August  7,  1915,  p.  385. 

27.  Ibid.,  August  2,  1915,  p.  294. 

28.  Ibid.,  August  14,  1915,  p.  447. 

29.  Ibid.,  August  27,  1915,  p.  518. 

80.  Ibid.,  August  81,  1916,  p.  689 ;  ibid.,  p.  640. 


62  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

15.     The  Bond  System — Conclusion 

>T"IHE  individual  business  entities  and  major  investment 
JL  transactions  of  George  W.  Bond  and  Frank  Bond  have 
been  discussed  separately  in  some  detail.  However,  in  order 
to  see  the  Bond  system  in  its  entirety,  all  but  the  barest  essen- 
tials must  be  stripped  away,  and  the  general  growth  pattern 
may  then  be  observed  as  the  facts  are  restated  in  chrono- 
logical order. 

Espanola  was  from  the  beginning  the  headquarters  of  the 
Bond  interests.  The  original  store,  established  in  1883  as  a 
mercantile  business,  soon  developed  profitable  trading  activ- 
ity in  sheep  and  wool.  The  first  move  toward  expansion  was 
made  nine  years  later  at  which  time  a  second  G.  W.  Bond  & 
Bro.  store  was  opened  at  Wagon  Mound,  New  Mexico.  The 
new  business  was  essentially  a  twin  of  the  old  one,  dealing 
similarly  in  sheep,  wool,  and  merchandise.  Although  George 
and  Frank  Bond  subsequently  developed  a  large  system  of 
partnerships,  they  retained  sole  ownership  of  their  businesses 
for  the  first  twenty  years,  and  so  the  firm  name  of  G.  W. 
Bond  &  Bro.  was  carried  to  each  different  location  as  the 
system  expanded. 

Until  just  before  the  turn  of  the  century  they  were  con- 
tent to  operate  the  two  stores — Frank  in  Espanola  and 
George  in  Wagon  Mound.  They  prospered  during  this  time, 
and  in  the  nine  years  from  1892  through  1900  they  earned 
total  net  profits  of  more  than  $246,000  which  they  divided 
between  themselves  as  equal  partners.1  From  the  "very  small 
investment  in  merchandise"  they  had  acquired  from  Scott 
and  Whitehead,  their  combined  merchandise  inventory  had 
grown  to  about  $60,000,2  and  they  had  48,225  sheep  out  on 
rent  with  partidarios.3  Frank  Bond,  the  young  man  who 
stepped  off  the  stage  before  he  was  old  enough  to  vote,  was 
personally  worth  more  than  $132,000  at  the  end  of  1900.4 

By  this  time  they  had  also  expanded  again — this  time 
into  the  east  central  portion  of  the  territory  in  Leonard  Wood 


1.  Appendix  H. 

2.  Appendix  A. 

3.  Appendix  C. 

4.  Appendix  I. 


FRANK  BOND  63 

County.  This  movement  developed  simultaneously  with  the 
Bonds'  first  venture  into  land  speculation  when  they  bought 
the  63,000-acre  Preston  Beck  Grant  and  opened  their  third 
store  on  it  at  Cabra  Springs.  Shortly  thereafter  the  fourth 
G.  W.  Bond  &  Bro.  business  was  begun  at  Roy,  New  Mexico, 
and  the  twentieth  century  was  off  to  a  vigorous  start. 

The  first  few  years  of  the  new  century  were  probably  the 
most  violently  active  ones  in  the  entire  Bond  history.  The  first 
event  was  the  coming  of  the  railroad  into  the  Tucumcari- 
Santa  Rosa  area.  Already  a  prosperous  sheep  and  wool  area, 
the  railroad  provided  the  impetus  to  boost  Leonard  Wood 
County  into  an  even  more  important  wool-growing  territory 
than  ever  before.  With  the  area  booming,  the  Bonds  hastened 
to  close  their  store  at  Cabra  and  move  it  to  a  location  on  the 
railroad  at  Cuervo. 

The  system  with  business  locations  in  Espanola,  Wagon 
Mound,  Roy,  and  Cuervo  was  beginning  to  become  awkward 
to  manage  on  a  personal  basis  because  of  its  geographical 
dispersion,  and  some  delegation  of  stewardship  was  inevi- 
table. The  Bonds,  however,  had  wisely  foreseen  this  require- 
ment. Archie  MacArthur  had  been  working  under  George 
at  Wagon  Mound  for  about  ten  years,  and  he  was  ready  to 
move  into  a  more  responsible  position  when  the  opportunity 
came ;  Louis  F.  Nohl  had  been  brought  into  the  parent  store 
at  Espanola  under  the  watchful  eye  of  Frank  Bond;  and 
Andy  Wiest  had  joined  the  business  at  Cabra  just  before  it 
was  moved  to  Cuervo.  MacArthur,  Nohl,  and  Wiest  were  all 
participating  to  various  degrees  in  the  profits  of  their  respec- 
tive stores ;  the  Bonds  were  already  planning  their  partner- 
manager  system ;  and  the  stage  was  now  set  for  the  opening 
of  1903. 

Early  in  that  year  Frank  and  George  Bond  joined  with 
Fred  Warshauer  in  the  Forbes  Wool  Company,  a  scouring 
mill  in  Trinidad,  Colorado,  where  George  was  thinking  about 
moving.  The  Forbes  mill  was  already  an  operating  business 
and  was  scouring  wool  at  the  rate  of  about  4,000,000  pounds 
of  wool  a  year.  The  Bonds  do  not  seem  to  have  had  a  control- 
ling interest  in  this  mill,  but  aside  from  their  esoteric  rela- 
tionship with  Warshauer  very  little  is  known  about  the 


64  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

ownership  of  the  mill.  About  the  middle  of  1903  the  Bonds 
became  associated  with  C.  L.  Pollard  in  the  Espanola  mer- 
chandise and  lumber  firm  of  C.  L.  Pollard  &  Company.  Here 
again  the  Bonds'  interest  and  their  entire  relationship  with 
Pollard  were  maintained  in  the  highest  degree  of  secrecy.  By 
virtue  of  their  investment  in  this  firm,  the  Bonds  also  became 
part  owners  of  the  Truchas  Lumber  Company  later  in  that 
same  year.  Continuing  that  busy  season,  the  Bonds  purchased 
the  27,481-acre  Trampas  Grant  east  of  Espanola  as  an  invest- 
ment ;  in  that  year  too  the  Bond  and  Jones  Lumber  Company 
rose,  faltered,  and  fell. 

But  1903  was  not  yet  over.  Shortly  after  moving  the 
Wagon  Mound  business  into  another  building  the  store 
burned  to  the  ground.  This  fire  seems  to  have  been  a  turning 
point  in  the  Bond  organization,  for  Frank  and  George  took 
the  opportunity  to  make  a  number  of  sweeping  changes. 

When  the  Wagon  Mound  store  was  reopened  the  partner- 
ship form  of  organization  was  abandoned  and  the  firm  was 
incorporated.  Archie  MacArthur  was  brought  into  the  busi- 
ness as  the  principal  stockholder  and  was  made  general  man- 
ager, and  Manuel  Paltenghe  took  a  third  of  the  stock. 
Meanwhile,  the  Cuervo  store  was  also  reorganized  as  a  cor- 
poration with  Andy  Wiest  in  charge  and  holding  one-half 
the  stock.  MacArthur  and  Wiest  were  now  full-fledged 
owners  of  large  interests  in  the  business  as  well  as  being 
managers. 

George  Bond,  free  to  leave  Wagon  Mound  in  capable 
hands,  moved  to  Trinidad,  Colorado.  This  affected  the  G.  W. 
Bond  &  Bro.  partnership  in  Espanola  only  to  the  extent  that 
there  were  now  two  parts — one  in  Espanola  and  the  other  in 
Trinidad.  Frank  continued  to  operate  the  Espanola  business, 
including  the  store,  and  George  began  making  investments 
in  land  and  sheep  in  Trinidad.  Before  1904  closed  the  Bonds 
had  joined  J.  H.  McCarthy  and  Gerson  Gusdorf  in  Taos  and 
opened  another  mercantile  establishment  there  under  the 
name  of  Bond,  Gusdorf,  McCarthy  Company.  A  corporation 
also,  the  policy  at  Taos  followed  the  newly  adopted  practice 
of  dropping  the  name  of  G.  W.  Bond  &  Bro.  in  favor  of  more 


FRANK  BOND  65 

descriptive  titles  as  had  been  done  at  Wagon  Mound  and  at 
Cuervo. 

In  1905  George  Bond  returned  to  New  Mexico,  at  least 
on  a  temporary  basis,  and  established  the  G.  W.  Bond  &  Bro. 
Mercantile  Company  in  Encino  with  Charles  Scheurich  to 
handle  the  mercantile  department.  This  business  was  a  corpo- 
ration also  even  though  Frank  and  George  were  the  only 
owners.  However,  Louis  Nohl  was  issued  one  share  in  order 
to  satisfy  legal  requirements. 

The  next  year,  1906,  Louis  Nohl  became  a  32  per  cent 
stockholder  in  the  newly  organized  Bond  &  Nohl  Company  at 
Espanola.  Essentially,  Bond  &  Nohl  was  the  mercantile  and 
sheep  trading  departments  of  G.  W.  Bond  &  Bro.  at  Espanola 
and  was  in  most  respects  simply  a  continuation  of  the  old 
business.  This  relieved  Frank  Bond  from  direct  management 
of  the  Espanola  store,  freeing  him  to  supervise  on  an  execu- 
tive level  much  in  the  same  manner  as  George  had  been  freed 
by  the  reorganization  at  Wagon  Mound.  This  completed  the 
major  expansion  phase  of  the  Bond  system  that  had  begun 
with  the  acquisition  of  the  Forbes  Wool  Company  early  in 
1903,  and  at  the  end  of  1906  the  Bond  enterprises  had  gross 
assets  of  more  than  $1,250,000.B 

The  following  year  Gerson  Gusdorf  left  the  Taos  store, 
and  the  company  was  reorganized  so  that  George,  Frank, 
and  J.  H.  McCarthy  became  equal  partners  in  the  Bond,  Mc- 
Carthy Company.  In  1907  also,  the  Bonds  finally  sold  the 
Trampas  Grant  to  the  Las  Trampas  Lumber  Company. 

In  1908  R.  C.  Dillon  joined  the  G.  W.  Bond  &  Bro.  Mer- 
cantile Company  in  Encino,  and  George  Bond  was  once  again 
at  liberty  to  devote  his  time  to  the  G.  W.  Bond  &  Bro.  invest- 
ments in  Trinidad.  The  next  year,  1909,  marked  the  end  of 
the  secret  but  stormy  Bond-Pollard  association  in  the  C.  L. 
Pollard  Company.  After  Pollard's  departure  the  business  was 
called  the  Espanola  Mercantile  Company,  and  the  Bond 
interest  in  it  remained  hidden  from  the  public  view. 

Another  period  of  expansion  activity  began  in  1910  when 
the  Bond  &  Nohl  Company  acquired  control  of  the  Espanola 

5.  Appendix  D. 


66  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Milling  &  Elevator  Company  and  began  to  operate  it  as  a 
branch. 

A  major  change  developed  in  1911  when  Frank  and 
George  Bond  decided  to  terminate  their  twenty-eight-year 
partnership  and  George  moved  to  Idaho.  This  partnership 
dissolution  was  academic  in  a  sense  for  the  partnership  assets 
were  equally  divided  and  George  Bond's  personal  sharehold- 
ings in  the  various  stores  remained  unchanged. 

In  1912  Frank  Bond  joined  Edward  Sargent  and  A.  H. 
Long  to  organize  the  Rosa  Mercantile  Company  in  Rosa,  New 
Mexico,  a  typical  Bond  store  dealing  in  sheep  and  wool  as 
well  as  in  merchandise.  Archie  MacArthur  died  that  year, 
and  the  resulting  vacancy  was  filled  by  Andy  Wiest  who 
moved  to  Wagon  Mound,  acquired  an  interest  in  the  business, 
and  became  general  manager  there.  Wiest's  move,  in  turn, 
created  a  vacancy  in  Cuervo.  Joe  Holbrook,  Jr.,  who  had  been 
there  with  Wiest  since  1906  and  had  informally  shared  in 
part  of  Wiest's  stock,  was  named  general  manager  of  the 
Bond  &  Wiest  store,  the  name  of  which  was  not  changed. 

The  Bond  Sheep  Commission  Company  was  organized  the 
following  year  for  a  specific  sheep  venture  involving  a  large 
herd  of  about  30,000  sheep.  After  a  brief  but  profitable  exist- 
ence it  passed  into  history  after  having  served  its  particular 
purpose.  In  that  same  year  the  Trampas  Grant  was  returned 
to  Bond  control  due  to  legal  complications  in  the  land  titles, 
and  Frank  Bond  became  president  of  the  Las  Trampas  Lum- 
ber Company,  the  same  holding  company  to  which  he  had 
sold  the  grant  six  years  previously. 

Two  more  major  expansion  moves  remained  to  be  made 
before  the  close  of  1915.  In  1914  Frank  Bond,  R.  C.  Dillon, 
Andy  Wiest,  and  J.  H.  McCarthy  joined  together  with  Walter 
Connell  to  organize  the  Bond-Connell  Sheep  and  Wool  Com- 
pany in  Albuquerque.  This  new  organization  was  set  up  for 
the  specific  purpose  of  trading  in  sheep  and  wool,  but  it 
differed  from  most  of  the  other  enterprises  in  that  there  was 
no  mercantile  store  in  connection  with  it.  However,  the  next 
expansion  move  did  include  a  store,  for  shortly  before  the 
close  of  1915  Frank  Bond  and  Ed  Sargent  organized  the 
Bond-Sargent  Company  in  Grants,  marking  a  significant 


FRANK  BOND  67 

move  into  the  heretofore  almost  untouched  Navaho  lands  on 
the  west  side  of  the  state. 

This,  then,  fits  the  major  segments  of  the  complex  Bond 
system  into  their  respective  places.  It  was  not  a  simple 
system.  The  Bonds'  ability  and,  more  importantly,  their  will- 
ingness to  shift  emphasis,  change  organization,  and  try  new 
methods  of  operation  not  only  contributed  to  this  complexity 
but  also  stamped  the  Bonds  indelibly  as  being  thoroughly 
progressive.  As  they  grew  and  flexed  with  the  changing  times 
they  lost  little  time  bemoaning  mistakes  of  the  past ;  rather, 
they  oriented  themselves  to  the  future. 

When  Frank  and  George  Bond  arrived  originally  in  the 
Territory  of  New  Mexico,  they  had  found  an  expanding 
economy  of  sheep  and  cattle  husbandry  that  offered  oppor- 
tunities limited  only  by  their  own  ability  and  industry,  and 
in  neither  of  these  qualities  were  they  lacking.  The  basic  con- 
sideration that  influenced  their  choice  of  an  obscure  frontier 
town  can  only  be  conjectured,  for  Espanola  was  just  a  year 
old  and  could  claim  a  population  of  only  150  persons.  What- 
ever may  have  been  their  primary  motivation  for  settling 
there,  the  system  of  mercantile  partnerships  and  sheep  trad- 
ing combinations  which  they  developed  had  a  profound  effect 
on  the  economic  development  of  a  large  part  of  northern  New 
Mexico. 

The  last  year  included  in  this  appraisal  of  Frank  Bond 
and  his  associates  is  1915,  and  at  the  end  of  this  thirty-two 
year  span  he  had  important  interests  in  no  less  than  a  dozen 
major  firms,  including  his  own  sheep  business,  with  total 
assets  of  almost  a  million  and  a  half  dollars.  It  is  possible 
that  he  did  in  fact  have  interests  in  other  enterprises  which 
have  not  been  detected,  and  other  business  ventures  had  in 
that  time  most  certainly  come  and  gone,  but  the  outside  or- 
ganizations in  which  Frank  Bond  was  primarily  interested 
at  the  close  of  1915  were  as  follows : 

A.  MacArthur  Company 
Bond  &  Wiest  Company 
Espanola  Mercantile  Company 
Forbes  Wool  Company 


68  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Bond  McCarthy  Company 

G.  W.  Bond  &  Bro.  Mercantile  Company 

Bond  &  Nohl  Company 

Espanola  Milling  &  Elevator  Company 

Rosa  Mercantile  Company 

Bond-Connell  Sheep  &  Wool  Company 

Bond-Sargent  Company 

The  merchandise  inventory  on  the  shelves  of  those  firms 
that  handled  merchandise  totalled  almost  $200,000,6  and  they 
had  collectively  earned  profits  in  the  years  thus  far  of  more 
than  $1,377,000.7  Frank  Bond's  personal  worth  at  this  time 
is  estimated  at  more  than  $541,000  with  the  stock  in  the  vari- 
ous stores  very  conservatively  valued  at  par.8 

The  Bond  mercantile  system  was  an  important  source  of 
supply  not  only  to  the  partidarios  but  also  to  the  general 
public,  and  the  stores  were  of  course  important  and  steady 
income  producers  for  the  Bonds.  However,  the  Bonds'  first 
love  was  sheep  and  wool,  and  the  paucity  of  data  on  the 
numbers  of  sheep  traded,  rented,  and  fed  is  indeed  unfortu- 
nate. At  the  end  of  1915  the  total  investment  in  sheep  was 
more  than  $417,000,9  but  the  sheep  investment  accounts  do 
not  provide  an  accurate  indication  of  the  number  of  sheep 
represented.  Indeed,  it  is  known  that  upon  occasion  the  ac- 
count reflected  a  zero  balance  when  in  fact  several  thousands 
of  sheep  actually  were  on  hand.  There  appear  to  have  been 
more  than  150,000  sheep  under  control  of  the  Bond  system 
at  the  end  of  191 5,10  but  it  is  likely  that  the  actual  count  more 
nearly  approximated  twice  this  number.  Certainly  to  the 
extent  that  the  early  southwestern  merchant  made  his  con- 
tribution and  to  the  extent  that  sheep  and  wool  husbandry 
can  be  said  to  have  contributed  to  the  economic  development 
of  New  Mexico,  the  activities  of  Frank  Bond,  his  brother, 
and  his  associates  can  properly  be  credited  with  having1  in- 
fluenced that  development. 

Of  importance  was  the  profit-sharing  technique  adopted 


6.  Appendix  A. 

7.  Appendix  H. 

8.  Appendix  I. 

9.  Appendix  B. 

10.  Appendix  C. 


FRANK  BOND  69 

by  the  Bonds,  a  policy  that  contributed  significantly  to  the 
success  they  enjoyed.  They  literally  gave  their  stores  away. 
Forming  business  partnerships  for  the  purpose  of  undertak- 
ing some  specific  or  special  activity  was  not  an  uncommon 
practice  among  New  Mexico  merchants,11  and  likewise  the 
practice  of  sharing  profits  with  managers  and  others  in  posi- 
tions of  trust  was  commonly  practiced  by  others.  The  Bonds 
began  their  association  with  MacArthur,  Wiest,  Nohl,  and 
Dillon  in  this  way.  However,  simple  sharing  of  profits  as  a 
form  of  payment  for  services  did  not  necessarily  imply 
ownership.  The  Bonds  were  probably  unique  in  that  they  not 
only  brought  their  managers  into  actual  ownership  but  also 
loaned  them  the  money  with  which  to  buy  their  interest  in 
the  business.  In  one  case  they  even  arranged  to  pay  6  per  cent 
dividends  every  year  so  that  the  manager  might  have  the 
money  to  pay  the  6  per  cent  interest  they  charged  him  on 
the  loan. 

No  record  exists  of  the  exact  terms  under  which  these 
manager-owners  were  brought  into  the  business  nor  of  the 
precise  agreements  that  were  made.  These  were  undoubtedly 
private  transactions  made  with  the  Bonds  personally  and  do 
not  appear  to  have  been  made  part  of  the  company  records 
in  any  respect.  The  best  glimpse  we  have  is  the  arrangement 
with  R.  C.  Dillon  that  has  been  described.12  It  seems  to  have 
been  fairly  typical,  but  there  were  certainly  other  variations. 

The  scheme  they  adopted  of  giving  stock  in  return  for  a 
note  and  then  accepting  the  stock  as  security  for  that  note 
was  merely  a  mechanism.  More  important  is  the  notion  that 
a  manager  could  begin  with  almost  no  capital  funds  of  his 
own  and  logically  aspire  to  achieve  ownership  in  a  very  real 
sense.  Spurred  by  the  knowledge  that  he  would  emerge  as  an 
important  owner  of  the  business,  the  manager  was  thus  con- 
strained to  operate  the  business  in  the  most  economical,  effi- 
cient, and  profitable  manner  possible. 

An  observation  of  note  in  connection  with  this  philosophy 
is  that  their  manager-owners  were  not  members  of  the  Bond 


11.  William  J.  Parish,  "Charles  Ilfeld,  Sedentary  Merchant  in  the  Arid  Southwest, 
1865-1884"   (unpublished  D.  C.  S.  dissertation  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administra- 
tion, Harvard  University),  p.  124. 

12.  Supra,  chap.  x. 


70  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

family.  Only  one  such  instance  has  been  noted  and  even  this 
was  a  last  resort  after  all  other  efforts  to  find  the  right  man 
had  failed. 

The  success  of  their  philosophy  had  its  foundation  in  the 
strong  ties  of  friendship  that  existed  between  the  Bonds  and 
their  managers.  Frank  Bond's  concern  for  the  store  man- 
agers was  illustrated  during  Archie  MacArthur's  last  illness. 
After  having  made  arrangements  for  Andy  Wiest  to  go  to 
Wagon  Mound,  he  wrote  to  MacArthur : 

Take  the  best  possible  care  of  yourself  until  Andy  arrives,  and 
after  he  arrives,  don't  do  a  thing  except  post  him  for  a  few 
days,  then  by  all  means  get  up  and  leave,  and  don't  come  back 
and  take  hold  of  that  business  until  you  know  that  your  health 
is  all  right.  I  know  that  Andy  can  swing  that  business  .  .  .  and 
your  health  is  everything  to  all  of  us. 

I  am  not  much  of  a  hand  to  brag,  but  I  have  repeatedly 
said  that  we  have  the  best  men  in  New  Mexico  as  managers 
of  our  stores,  and  I  don't  believe  they  can  be  beaten  anywhere, 
and  we  have  naturally  a  very  high  regard  for  them.  They  have 
made  money  for  us,  and  have  been  very  loyal  to  us,  and  we 
most  certainly  appreciate  it,  and  consider  their  health  above 
any  business  consideration  of  any  kind.13 

This  arrangement  for  Wiest  to  take  charge  of  the  Wagon 
Mound  store  worried  MacArthur  because  he  didn't  think  he 
should  be  entitled  to  any  profits  while  he  was  away  from  the 
business,  yet  at  the  same  time  he  did  want  to  keep  an  interest 
in  the  store.  Frank  Bond's  generosity  and  affection  for  his 
managers  again  came  to  the  fore  on  this  occasion  as  expressed 
by  Frank  to  his  brother : 

Dr.  Northwood  told  me  and  Andy  that  Archie  would  want 
to  keep  an  interest  in  the  business  even  if  he  shouldn't  be  able 
to  take  charge,  and  I  told  them  both  that  in  that  event  if  neces- 
sary Archie  could  have  my  interest,  and  I  would  withdraw 
from  the  company.  I  just  thought  .  .  .  that  should  Archie  not 
be  able  to  take  charge  .  .  .  that  when  a  reorganization  of  the 
company  takes  place,  there  will  scarcely  be  enough  stock  to  go 
round,  and  make  things  satisfactory  to  Andy,  Archie  and 
Manuel,  and  in  order  to  give  Archie  a  satisfactory  deal,  it 


13.  Letter  Book  No.  6,  July  9,  1911,  p.  IBS. 


FRANK  BOND  71 

might  be  ...  [better]  .  .  .  for  me  to  give  up  my  stock.  I  didn't 
say  a  word  to  Archie  about  this  nor  shall  I  until  it  becomes 
necessary  to  reorganize,  which  I  hope  will  not  be  necessary. . . . 
Andy  expressed  himself  that  as  long  as  he  remained  in  business 
he  wanted  both  of  us  to  be  woth  [sic]  him,  and  repeated  the 
conversation  he  had  with  you  one  time  at  Cuervo,  when  you 
mentioned  that  he  didn't  need  us.14 

Numerous  other  instances  can  be  cited  that  similarly  express 
Frank  Bond's  partnership  philosophy.  Their  summation  is  a 
business  founded  on  a  bedrock  of  loyalty  and  mutual  trust. 

Recitation  of  the  exploits  of  many  men  of  far  less  stature 
now  burden  our  library  shelves  with  literally  tons  of  paper, 
but  it  is  not  surprising  that  the  Bond  name,  remembered  with 
respect  by  their  contemporaries,  has  been  thoroughly  over- 
looked in  the  writing  of  New  Mexico  history.  They  simply 
were  not  good  "copy."  Frank  Bond  abhorred  the  limelight 
and  was  content  to  know  that  while  others  made  noise  he 
made  some  money.  The  Bonds  unquestionably  provided  the 
substantial  and  solid  sort  of  contribution  to  the  commerce 
of  the  prairies  that  is  the  very  essence  of  American  tradition. 
Frank  wrote  on  one  occasion : 

I  know  you  will  do  the  very  best  you  can  for  us,  that  is  play  the 

game  fair  so  that  we  will  always  be  able  to  buy  the  customers 

wool  another  year.15 


14.  Ibid.,  July  8,  1911,  p.  149. 

15.  Letter  Book  No.  S3,  June  17,  1914,  p.  43. 


Book  Reviews 

Confederate  Victories  in  the  Southwest:  Prelude  to  Defeat. 
Edited  by  the  Publishers.  Albuquerque :  Horn  &  Wallace, 
Publishers,  1961.  Maps.  Pp.  201.  $7.50. 

This  book  is  the  first  venture  for  the  publishers  and  was 
issued  in  a  limited  edition  of  1,000  copies.  It  is  a  collection  of 
transcripts  from  The  War  of  the  Rebellion,  the  official  com- 
pilation of  Civil  War  documents,  and  covers  events  in  New 
Mexico  up  to  the  capture  of  Santa  Fe.  A  subsequent  volume 
will  complete  the  story. 

Horn  and  Wallace  have  prepared  a  useful  work  for  read- 
ers of  Southwestern  history.  The  reviewer  is  quoted  on  the 
jacket  blurb:  "He  who  would  appreciate  history  ought  to 
read  a  few  documents  as  he  who  would  understand  the  forest 
should  see  the  trees." 

Booklovers  especially  will  appreciate  the  publishers'  ef- 
forts to  present  a  well-manufactured  book  as  designed  and 
printed  by  Jack  D.  Rittenhouse  of  the  Stagecoach  press. 

Since  there  is  more  than  one  series  in  the  Civil  War  publi- 
cations, the  Series  number  should  be  added  to  the  footnote 
reference  in  this  publication. 

New  Mexico  Civil  War  Bibliography :  An  Annotated  Check- 
list of  Books  &  Pamphlets.  Jack  D.  Rittenhouse.  Houston : 
Stagecoach  Press,  1961.  Pp.  36.  $4.00. 

This  small  publication  contains  32  items.  The  compiler 
dealt  only  with  printed  materials,  so  the  book  was  not  planned 
as  a  complete  bibliography  for  the  years  covered.  The  Santa 
Fe  Gazette  vs.  The  Citizens  of  Dona  Ana  County,  Item  #7, 
is  published  in  full  in  the  appendix.  The  reviewer  notices 
only  one  additional  item  that  could  have  been  included :  Brig.- 
Gen.  Richard  H.  Orton,  Records  of  California  Men  in  the 
War  of  the  Rebellion  1861  to  1867.  Sacramento,  1890. 

72 


BOOK  REVIEWS  73 

A  Classified  Bibliography  of  the  Periodical  Literature  of  the 
Trans-Mississippi  West  (1811-1957).  By  Oscar  Osburn 
Winther.  Bloomington :  Indiana  University  Press,  1961. 
Pp.  xxvi,  626.  $6.00. 

The  table  of  contents  quickly  reveals  that  the  articles  are 
listed  under  topical  and  sub-topical  headings  that  include  the 
States,  for  instance,  New  Mexico;  regions,  as  the  Great 
Plains ;  and  others  such  as  Indians,  Fur  Trade  and  the  Cali- 
fornia Gold  Rush.  Cross  references  expedite  finding  a  par- 
ticular article.  Each  item  is  given  a  reference  number  (for  a 
total  of  9,244)  which  is  associated  with  the  author's  name 
listed  in  alphabetical  order. 

The  cross-the-border  areas  of  British  Columbia  and  His- 
panic America  are  included,  although  the  emphasis  is  on  ma- 
terial related  to  the  history  of  the  United  States. 

It  is  incorrect  to  list  #5731  under  Negro  because  it  deals 
with  the  Indian  slave  trade.  Item  #5890  is  credited  to  the 
wrong  author.  Otherwise,  I  suspect  that  there  is  a  very  high 
degree  of  accuracy  in  this  very  useful  and  comprehensive 
work  on  the  West. 

The  Whipple  Report.  By  A.  W.  Whipple.  Edited  by  E.  I.  Ed- 
wards. Los  Angeles :  Westernlore  Press,  1961.  Pp.  v,  100. 
Bibliog.,  Illusts.,  Index.  $5.50. 

This  is  Whipple's  report  of  his  survey  of  the  international 
boundary  line  from  San  Diego  to  the  Colorado  River  in  keep- 
ing with  the  Treaty  of  Guadalupe  Hidalgo  that  closed  the  war 
with  Mexico.  In  a  ten  page  introduction,  Mr.  Edwards  pre- 
sents a  pen  picture  of  Whipple's  personality  in  contrast  to 
that  of  Lieut.  Cave  Gouts  who  commanded  the  military  de- 
tachment for  defense  of  the  surveyors. 

Whipple's  writing  attains  the  heights  of  literary  style 
occasionally,  but  he  is  much  more  interested  in  describing 
the  Indians,  with  sympathy,  than  commenting  on  his  official 
duties.  Because  of  this  interest,  the  report  is  of  greater  value 
to  ethnologists ;  it  is  not  a  significant  contribution  to  the  his- 
tory of  the  times. 


74  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Arizona  Territory  Post  Offices  and  Postmasters.  By  John  and 
Lillian  Theobald.  Arizona  Historical  Foundation.  Phoe- 
nix, Arizona,  1961.  Pp.  xiii,  178.  Illus.  and  Bibliog.  Paper 
$3.00,  Cloth  $5.00,  Leather  $17.50. 

This  useful  publication  contains  a  brief  history  of  Ari- 
zona, a  discussion  of  mail  transportation,  the  postal  routes, 
service  companies,  the  postmasters,  the  public  attitude  to- 
ward the  mail  service,  and  an  alphabetical  list  of  post  offices 
and  masters. 

There  are  several  pictures  of  post  offices  and  a  greater 
number  of  cancelled  mail  envelopes.  Historical  sketches  are 
supplied  for  some  of  the  post  offices. 

Through  personal  contacts  and  search  in  archival  sources, 
the  authors  have  not  only  prepared  what  is  obviously  a  labor 
of  love,  but  also  a  worthwhile  addition  to  reference  literature 
on  Arizona. 

F.  D.  R. 

The  Charles  Ilfeld  Company.  By  William  J.  Parish.  Cam- 
bridge: Harvard  University  Press,  1961.  Pp.  xxi,  431. 
Ills.,  maps,  index.  $10.00. 

On  a  broad  yet  revealingly  detailed  canvas,  Professor 
Parish  has  presented  a  superb  picture  of  a  business  enter- 
prise which  was  born  in  territorial  New  Mexico  and  perished 
on  virtually  the  day  before  yesterday.  Published  as  one  of  the 
Harvard  Studies  in  Business  History,  this  book  sits  amidst 
distinguished  company ;  but  it  is  not  overshadowed.  It  is  one 
of  the  best  business  histories  this  reviewer  has  read.  Profes- 
sor Parish  has  demonstrated  that  he  is  a  most  competent  and 
talented  historian.  His  work  rests  upon  solid  research-foun- 
dations :  the  company's  own  archives,  interviews  with  con- 
temporaries of  the  firm  and  its  managers,  and  newspapers 
of  the  day.  Moreover,  the  author  has  placed  the  company's 
history  in  a  setting  made  rich  by  his  own  knowledge  of  the 
business  affairs  and  by  a  careful  investigation  of  secondary 
source  materials. 

To  the  reviewer,  the  book  seems  naturally  to  divide  itself 
into  three  parts.  The  first  covers  the  formative  period  from 


BOOK  REVIEWS  75 

1865  till  about  the  turn  of  the  century.  It  tells  the  remark- 
able story  of  Charles  Ilfeld,  the  German-Jewish  immigrant 
lad  of  eighteen  who  became  a  most  successful  "multi-risk 
merchant,"  importing  various  articles  from  the  East  and  sell- 
ing them,  usually  on  a  retail  basis,  in  the  vicinity  of  Las 
Vegas.  As  the  author  himself  indicates,  Ilfeld's  business 
operation  closely  resembled  that  of  Thomas  Hancock,  per- 
haps the  most  famous  merchant  of  eighteenth-century  Bos- 
ton. (It  also  resembles  that  of  many  Midwestern  merchants 
in  the  mid-nineteenth  century.)  Like  Hancock,  Ilfeld  needed 
men  in  the  East — or  England,  in  the  case  of  the  former  mer- 
chant— to  supply  him  with  trade  goods  and  generous  credit 
terms.  There  were  much  the  same  problems  involved  in  trans- 
porting these  goods  and  in  making  remittances  for  them.  As 
Hancock  scrambled  about  for  bills  of  exchange  to  meet  his 
English  obligations,  so  too  did  Ilfeld  search  for  drafts  to 
cover  his  debts  in  New  York  City.  More  fortunate  than  his 
colonial  counterpart,  Ilfeld  could  sell  the  "country  pay" 
(wool,  grain,  and  livestock)  tendered  by  his  customers  di- 
rectly to  his  Eastern  suppliers.  To  be  successful  at  this  sort 
of  business,  a  man  had  to  be  intelligent,  resourceful,  daring 
and  trusting.  That  Ilfeld  possessed  all  these  traits  is  amply 
shown  by  the  author. 

The  second  part  of  the  company's  career  began  around 
1900,  when  the  railroads  had  completed  their  dissection  of 
the  Southwest,  and  ended  with  the  coming  of  World  War  II. 
This  is  also  the  period  in  the  company's  history  that  is  domi- 
nated by  Ilfeld's  brother-in-law,  Max  Nordhaus.  While  Ilfeld 
poured  his  merchandising  dreams  into  the  creation  of  a  de- 
partment store  at  Las  Vegas;  the  younger,  more  vigorous 
man  turned  his  energies  into  more  diversified  and  more 
specialized  fields :  the  woolen  economy  and  the  sheep  indus- 
try ;  a  chain  of  country  stores  and  directly  owned  retail  out- 
lets; and  finally,  wholesaling,  with  the  establishment  of 
branch  warehouses  throughout  New  Mexico.  The  last  ven- 
ture was  the  most  profitable ;  and  by  the  end  of  the  era,  the 
Charles  Ilfeld  Company  was  essentially  a  wholesaling 
concern. 


76  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

It  is  rather  difficult  to  state  precisely  when  the  company 
entered  its  third  and  ultimately  fatal  period.  Certainly  it  oc- 
curred after  the  deaths  of  Ilfeld  (1929)  and  Nordhaus 
(1935)  ;  but  it  does  not  seem  to  have  been  determined  by  the 
Great  Depression.  Quite  probably  the  forces  that  set  the  com- 
pany's final  form  were  the  revolution  in  motor  transporta- 
tion and  the  rapid  growth  and  urbanization  of  New  Mexico — 
two  phenomena  whose  full  effects  were  seen  most  dramatic- 
ally in  the  immediate  post-war  years.  Till  almost  the  elev- 
enth hour,  the  Ilfeld  Company  failed  to  accommodate  itself 
to  the  changed  and  changing  circumstances.  But  here  the 
fault  lay  not  so  much  with  management  as  with  the  nature 
of  the  firm.  It  was  a  family  corporation ;  and  like  so  many 
family  corporations,  it  had  grown  old.  It  had  become  "a 
monistic  form  of  administration  both  in  action  and  ideas. 
.  .  .  ."Its  dividend  policy  was  too  liberal ;  its  directors  were 
too  inbred — and  one  can  easily  guess  at  countless  other  de- 
fects commonly  seen  in  family  corporations.  The  reviewer's 
sympathies  lay  with  the  firm's  last  manager,  Frank  Mapel. 
Hardly  had  he  examined  the  company,  diagnosed  its  ills  (in 
physical  layout,  personnel,  sales  procedure,  etc.),  and  began 
its  cure,  than  the  company's  stockholders  decided  to  sell  out. 
In  conclusion,  let  the  reviewer  reiterate  and  underscore 
his  praise  of  Professor  Parish's  work.  Indeed  the  only  criti- 
cism offered — and  I  should  guess  the  author  is  (pp.  91-92) 
aware  of  it — is  that  he  may  have  tried  too  hard  to  place  the 
Charles  Ilfeld  Company  into  the  N.S.B.  Gras  frame  of  what 
does  and  does  not  constitute  a  sedentary  merchant,  a  mer- 
chant capitalist,  and  so  on.  (I  often  suspect  that  such  labels 
are  more  convenient  than  accurate.)  But  this  criticism  is 
scarcely  significant,  for  this  is  a  very  good  book — well  and 
often  humorously  written,  fully  substantiated  by  evidence, 
and  adequately  illustrated  by  maps  and  charts.  Professor 
Parish  should  be  proud  of  his  work  and  take  honest  satisfac- 
tion in  looking  back  "over  the  14  years  of  its  doing." 
Michigan  State  University  ALVIN  C.  GLUECK,  JR. 


Notes  and  Documents 

THE  NEW  MEXICO  TERRITORIAL  ASSEMBLY,  1858-1859 

The  New  Mexico  territorial  assembly  of  1858-1859  played  an  im- 
portant, if  futile,  role  in  the  attempted  expansion  of  slavery  into  the 
western  territories  prior  to  the  Civil  War.  It  was  this  assembly  that 
in  February  1859  adopted  "an  act  for  the  protection  of  slave  property 
in  the  territory,"  thus  setting  the  stage  for  possible  slave  expansion 
into  New  Mexico  territory.1  This  aspect  of  New  Mexico's  role  in  the 
sectional  conflict  has  been  described  elsewhere2  and  will  not  be  re- 
counted here.  Information  pertaining  to  the  membership  of  this  assem- 
bly is  not  so  easily  accessible,  however,  and  these  notes  will  attempt 
to  provide  some  insight  into  the  characteristics  of  the  members  them- 
selves. In  this  manner  it  is  hoped  that  it  will  be  shown  that  New  Mex- 
ico's pro-slavery  stand  was  taken  by  an  assembly  comprised  not  of 
southern  planters  but  by  a  group  of  predominately  native-born  New 
Mexican  farmers. 

The  accompanying  table  shows  a  list  of  members  of  the  Eighth 
New  Mexico  assembly  which  passed  the  act  for  protection  of  slave 
property  together  with  personal  characteristics  taken  from  the  manu- 
script returns  of  the  Federal  Census  for  I860.3  In  all,  twelve  members 
served  in  the  legislative  council  during  the  session  of  1858-1859,  and 
twenty-four  members  served  in  the  house  of  representatives.4  As  might 
be  expected,  members  of  the  legislative  council,  or  upper  house,  were 
somewhat  older  than  members  of  the  house  of  representatives ;  median 
age  for  council  members  being  fifty-seven  years  and  that  of  house  mem- 
bers only  thirty-four  years,  a  considerable  difference  in  age  span.  The 
ages  ranged  from  twenty-four  years  for  Antonio  G.  Cordera  of  Rio 
Arriba  to  seventy-eight  for  Rafael  Vigil  of  Taos. 

The  great  majority  of  assembly  members  were  born  in  New  Mex- 
ico; only  four  of  the  29  members  for  whom  place  of  birth  could  be  de- 
termined were  born  outside  the  territory.  One  member  was  born  in 
Vermont,  one  in  Kentucky,  one  in  Missouri,  and  one  in  Mexico.  Twenty- 
five  members  were  born  in  New  Mexico. 

1.  Journal  of  the  Legislative  Council  for  the  Territory  of  New  Mexico,  Session  1858-59 
(Santa  Fe,  1859),  63,  67 ;  Journal  of  the  House  of  Representatives  of  the  Territory  of  New 
Mexico,  Session  1858-59  (Santa  Fe,  1859),  67,  70,  79. 

2.  Loomis  Morton  Ganaway,  New  Mexico  and  the  Sectional  Controversy,  1848-1861 
(Albuquerque,  1944),  70-71;  and  Herbert  Howe  Bancroft,  Arizona  and  New  Mexico,  15SO- 
1888  (San  Francisco,  1889),  682-683. 

8.  Based  upon  the  manuscript  returns  of  Schedule  No.  1,  Free  Inhabitants,  of  the 
United  States  Eighth  Census,  1860.  The  writer  used  microfilm  copies  of  the  original  re- 
turns located  in  the  National  Archives,  Washington,  25,  D.  C. 

4.  These  figures  do  not  include  C.  Duran  of  Dona  Ana,  who  was  elected  but  did  not 
actually  serve  in  this  session  of  the  council. 

77 


78 


NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 


fc 
O 


fe 


W  55 

H   W 


fe   W 
O   EH 

W     HH 


f<  LH 

<J  g 

J  § 

S  w 

o  w 

EH  LH 


W   o 
EH    W 

81 

t-H     <J 


w 

EH   55 


PQ 

§ 
W 

9 


c  Ti 

0  0) 

2  §• 

01  t. 

PH  PL, 


13 


o       c-  o  o  o 

O          rj<   O   O  <M 
O  t-   O   (N    t- 


O  O  O  O  IO 
O  O  O  O  T}< 
O  O  O  O  IO 


o  o  o  o 

00   O   O   O 
t-   O  IO  O 


§0000 
0000 

ooooo 


o 
o 
o 


5  K.«^«.«.  >rt         f-|         f  I         frl         Vrt 

•S     sssg    -S  1  s  af 


a 
fa 


i     s 


f  s 


VI 


*   M 


rt    e« 

' 


o 

0)  .S 
MPn 


a 


cc 

e«    «J    o    oJ 
WCQWH 


•3  j  w 

?  «u      • 

M  •  M 


O  03 

1  1 

fe  § 

PQ  Q 


NOTES  AND  DOCUMENTS 


79 


CON 
OiH 
U5  «0 


laoooooooooo 

(NOOr-IOOOCOOOOO 


g 

J2 


VO     ^ 

bo    . 
«j  TJ 

FH     OS 

<J  ,2 


^iiil^ii 

£  5  1  £  5  5  1  5  ^  d  g  «  (2  a  S  £  «  ^  £ 


C8 
& 


O 
S 


S 


C 

OS 

w 


§ 

00 


4*     X     P4 

.9™  •< 


•^Jj 


80  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Nineteen  members  of  the  assembly  listed  their  occupation  as  farm- 
ing in  1860.  Four  were  merchants,  one  listed  himself  as  a  merchant- 
farmer,  one  as  a  laborer,  three  as  farm  laborers,  and  one  as  a  commis- 
sion agent.  Surprisingly,  there  were  no  lawyers  in  the  Eighth  Terri- 
torial Assembly. 

Property  holding  for  assembly  members  was  quite  modest;  the 
median  holding  for  those  located  in  the  census  returns  being  $1,000 
in  real  and  $1,500  in  personal  property.  The  members  of  the  council 
were  considerably  wealthier  than  those  of  the  house;  the  median  for 
the  council  being  $3,500  in  real  and  $4,500  in  personal  property,  com- 
pared to  $430  in  real  $503  in  personal  property  for  house  members. 
Henry  Connelly  of  Bernalillo  with  $142,000,  and  O.  P.  Hovey  of  Santa 
Fe  with  $53,000  in  property  were  by  far  the  wealthiest  individuals  in 
the  assembly.  On  the  other  hand,  however,  eleven  members  held  less 
than  $500  in  real  property  and  seven  held  less  than  $500  in  personal 
property. 

These  personal  characteristics  of  membership  illustrate  that  the 
assembly  was  thus  comprised  of  men  of  modest  means  who  were  natives 
of  New  Mexico.  Their  vote  for  protecting  slave  property  was  thus  not 
based  upon  southern  or  plantation  background. 


' 


U55/YV 


^Mexico 


Historical  l^ 


Palace  of  the  Governors,  Santa  Fe 


KANSAS  CITY,  MO. 
PUBLIC  LIBRARY 

APR  2  5  1962 


April,  1962 


Editors 
FRANK  D.  REEVE  PAUL  A.  F.  WALTER 

Associates 

PERCY  M.  BALDWIN  GEORGE  P.  HAMMOND 

FRANCE  V.  SCHOLES  ELEANOR  B.  ADAMS 

BRUCE  T.ELLIS 

VOL.  XXXVII  APRIL,  1962  No.  2 


CONTENTS 

Page 

Pueblo  Indian  Auxiliaries  in  New  Mexico  1763-1821 

Oakah  L.  Jones,  Jr 81 

Reminiscences  of  Emanuel  Rosenwald 

Floyd  S.  Fierman,  Editor 110 

John  Baptist  Salpointe,  1825-1894 

Sister  Edward  Mary  Zerwekh,  C.J.S.  (continued)       .      .      .132 

Book  Reviews 165 

Errata  160 


THE  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW  is  published  jointly  by  the 
Historical  Society  of  New  Mexico  and  The  University  of  New  Mexico. 
Subscription  to  the  REVIEW  is  by  membership  in  the  Society — open  to  all. 
Dues,  including  subscription,  $5.00  annually,  in  advance.  Single  num- 
bers, except  a  few  which  have  become  scarce,  are  $1.00  each.  For  further 
information  regarding  back  files  and  other  publications  available,  see 
back  cover. 

Membership  dues  and  other  business  communications  should  be  ad- 
dressed to  the  Historical  Society  of  New  Mexico,  Box  1727,  Santa  Fe, 
N.  M.  Manuscripts  and  editorial  correspondence  should  be  addressed 
to  Prof.  Frank  D.  Reeve,  The  University  of  New  Mexico,  Albuquerque, 
N.M. 

Entered  as  second-class  matter  at  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico 
PRINTED  AT  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  NEW  MEXICO,  ALBUQUERQUE 


NEW  MEXICO    HISTORICAL 
REVIEW 

VOL.  XXXVII  APRIL,  1962  No.  2 

PUEBLO  INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  IN  NEW  MEXICO 

1763-1821 
By  Oakah  L.  Jones,  Jr.* 

SPAIN,  throughout  the  colonial  period  of  Latin  American 
history,  experienced  difficulties  in  her  relations  with  nu- 
merous, widely-divergent  groups  of  American  Indians.  The 
Spanish  Crown  and  the  Council  of  the  Indies  legislated  to 
protect  these  aborigines,  but  distance,  local  conditions  and 
time  often  interfered  to  the  detriment  of  the  Indians  as  the 
colonists  frequently  ignored,  violated  or  circumvented  the 
laws  emanating  from  the  mother  country. 

The  authorities  in  Spain  established  the  theoretical  basis 
for  Indian  policy.  Protection  of  the  Indians  remained  the 
primary  aspect  of  that  doctrine,  although  a  period  of  vacilla- 
tion and  uncertainty  existed  until  the  passage  of  the  New 
Laws  in  1542.  Legislation  on  behalf  of  the  Indians  embraced 
many  minute  but  important  policies,  such  as  prohibiting  the 
sale  or  giving  to  them  of  arms1  and  opposition  to  their  travel- 

*  Captain,  Department  of  History,  United  States  Air  Force  Academy,  Colorado. 
AGN — Archive  General  y  Publico  da  la  Nacion,  Mexico,  D.F.  (in  all  cases  the  photo- 
stats available  in  the  Coronado  Library  at  the  University  of  New  Mexico,  Albuquerque, 
were  consulted)  ;  AGI — Archivo  General  de  las  Indias,  Sevilla,  Spain  (photostats  and 
microfilm  in  the  Coronado  Library  consulted)  ;  NMA — New  Mexico  Archives  (originals 
available  in  New  Mexico  Records  Center,  Santa  Fe,  and  photostats  consulted  in  Coronado 
Library;  document  numbers  according  to  Ralph  E.  Twitchell,  The  Spanish  Archives  of 
New  Mexico,  2  vols.,  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa:  The  Torch  Press,  1914). 

1.  Recopilacion  de  leyes  de  los  reynos  de  las  Indias  (3  vols.;  Madrid:  Impresora  de 
dicha  real  y  supreme,  1943),  Tomo  II,  Libro  vi,  Titulo  i,  Ley  xxiv.  Hereinafter  cited  as 
Recopilacion. 

81 


82  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

ling  by  or  even  mounting  horses.2  Although  these  laws  were 
clearly  worded,  they  were  often  difficult  to  enforce.  Other- 
wise, it  would  not  have  been  necessary  to  re-publish  six 
times,  for  example,  the  law  denying  arms  to  the  Indians.3 

After  the  early  conquests  of  the  highly-developed  seden- 
tary peoples,  such  as  the  Aztecs,  Quechuas,  Mayas  and  Chi- 
bchas,  the  Spaniards  were  confronted  by  the  most  difficult 
problem  they  were  to  face  in  colonial  administration — how  to 
reduce  and  control  the  innumerable  warlike  tribes?  Since 
these  groups  were  essentially  decentralized,  nomadic  and 
dependent  upon  mobility  and  plunder  for  their  existence,  it 
was  very  difficult  for  an  outside  force  to  govern  them. 

Spain  tried  many  techniques  to  resolve  this  central  prob- 
lem, but  she  was  never  completely  successful.  Perhaps  the 
two  most  common  characteristics  of  her  policy  for  three 
centuries  were  the  attempts  to  reduce  the  Indians  to  settled 
communities  (poblaciones)4  and  her  use  of  vast  numbers  of 
friendly  Indians  as  auxiliary  forces  to  augment  her  inade- 
quate army. 

In  New  Spain  both  of  these  policies  appeared  during  the 
conquest  of  Mexico  by  Hernan  Cortes  from  1519  to  1522. 
Large  numbers  of  Tlascalans  served  faithfully  in  the  con- 
quistador's army,  and  thereafter  were  employed  in  the  Span- 
ish northward  expansion,  particularly  in  Texas  and  Coahuila, 
as  exemplary  citizens  or  auxiliaries.  They  were  rewarded  for 
their  services  with  honors,  favors  and  privileges  such  as  ex- 
emptions from  taxation,  grants  of  land  and  outright  gifts  of 
equipment,  seed  and  building  materials.5 

The  practice  of  using  Indian  auxiliaries  was  expanded 
throughout  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries.  Usu- 
ally only  a  few  tribes  could  be  counted  upon  as  loyal  allies 


2.  Ibid.,  Tomo  II,  Libro  vi,  Titulo  i,  Ley  xxxiii. 
8.  Ibid.,  Tomo  II,  Libro  vi,  Tituto  i,  Ley  xxxi. 

4.  Poblaciones  were  usually  small  unchartered  communities  with  an  alcalde  in  charge. 
They  should  not  be  confused  with  three  other  terms :  Pueblos  de  Indios  were  Indian  towns 
in  existence  before  the  conquest;  congregaciones  were  Indian  towns  established  after  the 
conquest;  and  reducciones  were  generally  mission  towns.  Thus,  in  New  Mexico,   Acoma 
would  be  a  Pueblo  de  Indios,  Laguna  a  congregation,  and  the  missions  near  Jemez  would  be 
reducciones,  but  all  three  could  be  considered  as  poblaciones. 

5.  Recopilacion.  Tomo  II,  Libro  vi,  Titulo  i,  Leyes  xxxix  through  xlv. 


PUEBLO  INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  83 

in  a  given  area  during  the  early  days  of  Spanish  occupation, 
but  gradually  the  number  would  be  increased  to  incorporate 
as  many  as  possible  against  a  common  foe. 

Thus,  in  New  Mexico  the  Pueblo  Indians  were  the  allies 
of  the  Spaniards,  although  they  had  to  be  reconquered  and 
subjugated  by  the  Spanish  military  forces  after  the  Pueblo 
Revolt  of  1680.  Mexican  Indian  auxiliaries,  who  had  ac- 
companied the  expedition  of  Juan  de  Onate  when  he  occupied 
New  Mexico  in  1598,  did  not  return  to  the  region  after  the 
reconquest  by  Diego  de  Vargas  from  1693  to  1696.6  To  replace 
them  the  Spaniards  gradually  began  using  Pueblo  Indians 
to  augment  their  small  military  forces  in  campaigns  against 
the  indios  bdrbaros.  Contingents  from  all  of  the  Rio  Grande 
and  the  western  pueblos  contributed  to  the  success  of  Span- 
ish armies  under  Vargas  and  the  governors  during  the  last 
century  of  Spanish  occupation. 

All  of  the  existing  pueblos  shared  in  the  common  obliga- 
tion to  serve  with  the  military  forces  in  campaigns  for  the 
defense  of  the  province  of  New  Mexico.  Encomenderos  fre- 
quently commanded  the  militia  and  auxiliary  forces  during 
early  military  actions,7  but  were  replaced  later  by  experi- 
enced officers,  usually  assigned  from  the  Presidio  of  Santa  Fe. 

By  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century  Pueblo  Indians 
were  organized  into  their  own  units  commanded  by  a  cap- 
itdn  mayor  de  la  guerra,8  who  was  subordinate  to  the  ap- 
pointed Spanish  commander  (usually  a  lieutenant  from  Santa 
Fe).  Father  Manuel  de  San  Juan  Nepomuceno  Trigo  indi- 

6.  Fray  Francisco  Atanasio  Dominguez,  The  Missions  of  New  Mexico,  1776,  Eleanor 
B.  Adams  and  Fray  Angelico  Chavez,  translators  (Albuquerque:  University  of  New  Mexico 
Press,  1956),  304. 

7.  The  military  obligation  of  the  encomenderos  has  been  touched  upon  in  France  V. 
Scholes,  "Troublous  Times  in  New  Mexico,  1659-1670,"  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW, 
XII,  No.  4   (October,  1937),  389.  In  addition.  Dr.  Scholes  has  adequately  covered  the  deep 
imprint  of  Christianity  which  the  Spaniards  transmitted  to  the  Pueblos  during  the  seven- 
teenth century.  See  his  Church  and  State  in  New  Mexico,  1610-1650  (Albuquerque:  Univer- 
sity of  New  Mexico  Press,  1937).  This  is  Volume  III  in  the  Historical  Society  of  New 
Mexico's  Publications  in  History.  The  conversion  served  as  a  good  foundation  upon  which 
to  build  the  Spanish-Pueblo  alliance  of  the  next  century. 

8.  Charles  W.  Hackett   (ed.).  Historical  Documents  Relating  to  New  Mexico,  Nueva 
Vizcaya  and  Approaches  Thereto,  to  1773  (3  vols. ;  Washington:  The  Carnegie  Institution, 
1923-1937),  III,  366.  Hereinafter  cited  as  Hackett,  Historical  Documents. 


84  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

cated  in  his  letter  of  23  July  1754  that  the  "mission  Indians" 
were  brave  and  warlike,  particularly  those  of  Pecos  whom  he 
admired  for  their  continued  resistance  to  the  barbaric  tribes, 
and  he  stated  that  these  Indians  went  out  "voluntarily"  on 
campaigns  against  their  nomadic  enemies.9  By  this  time  the 
entire  province  was  having  difficulty  defending  itself  from 
the  raids  and  encroachments  of  warlike  tribes  who  had  been 
receiving  firearms  from  French  traders.  An  inventory  of 
Spanish  defensive  forces  in  New  Mexico  revealed  this  prob- 
lem as  early  as  1752.  The  entire  province  contained  just  6,453 
persons,  with  only  2,174  capable  of  bearing  arms.  To  meet 
the  increasing  threat  to  the  region  they  were  equipped  with 
4,060  horses,  60,045  arrows,  414  lances,  only  57  swords  and 
151  leather  jackets.10 

By  1763  New  Mexico,  which  included  present  day  Ari- 
zona and  had  eastern  and  western  boundaries  at  the  Rio 
Grande  and  Rio  Colorado,  had  become  an  isolated  frontier 
community.  During  the  next  thirteen  years  the  entire  north- 
ern frontier  of  New  Spain  became  a  violent,  unsettled  theater 
of  war,  and  Spain's  hold  upon  New  Mexico  became  uncertain. 
Gradually  the  province  was  encircled  with  warlike  tribes  so 
that  by  1776  the  few  Spanish  settlers  and  their  loyal  Pueblo 
Indian  allies  were  confronted  with  the  Navahos  to  the  north- 
west, Utes  in  the  mountains  of  the  north  and  northwest, 
Comanches  to  the  north  and  east,  and  various  bands  of 
Apaches  to  the  south,  east  and  west.11 

Spanish  military  forces  and  defenses  were  inadequate  to 
combat  these  threats.  Against  the  raids  of  the  indios  bdrbaros 
who  sought  cattle,  horses  and  provisions  principally,  the  set- 
tlers and  Christian  Indians  could  defend  themselves  with 
only  a  few  antiquated  and  ineffective  weapons.  Pueblos  em- 
ployed the  bow  and  arrow,  or  occasionally  the  lance,  but  by 


9.  Letter  in  Hackett,  Historical  Documents.  Ill,  465. 

10.  General  and  Particular  State  of  the  Number  of  Families  and  Persons  Which  the 
Twenty-two  Reduced  Pueblos  of  Indians  of  the  Kingdom  of  New  Mexico  Possess,  AGN, 
Provincias  Internas  102,  Expedients  3,  fl,  Ano  de  1752. 

11.  Alfred  B.  Thomas,  Teodoro  de  Croix  and  the  Northern  Frontier  of  New  Spain, 
1776-1783  (Norman:  University  of  Oklahoma  Press,  1941),  7.  Hereinafter  cited  as  Thomas. 
Teodoro  de  Croix. 


PUEBLO  INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  85 

1772  only  250  persons,  in  addition  to  the  presidial  troops, 
possessed  firearms  in  the  province,  and  these  were  outdated 
shotguns.12  The  Presidio  of  Santa  Fe  could  not  contribute 
much  assistance  for  it  had  been  considered  incapable  of  de- 
fense as  early  as  1766  when  it  was  composed  of  only  eighty 
soldiers  at  an  annual  cost  of  34,070  pesos.13 

Spain  made  numerous  efforts  to  resolve  her  problems  on 
the  northern  frontier.  Unfortunately,  her  increasingly  pre- 
carious global  position  at  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century 
and  her  increased  size  after  reacquiring  Louisiana  from 
France  in  1762-1763  prevented  her  from  deploying  large 
numbers  of  well-disciplined,  experienced  military  forces  to 
northern  New  Spain  and  particularly  to  New  Mexico.  The 
mobility  of  the  indios  bdrbaros  with  their  acquisition  of  large 
numbers  of  horses  and  their  possession  of  more  modern  fire- 
arms jeopardized  Spain's  hold  on  that  remote  province.  New 
presidios  were  established,  others  were  relocated,  inspections 
such  as  that  of  the  Marques  de  Rubi  were  conducted,  lengthy 
reports  were  submitted,  continuous  Spanish  and  Indian  cam- 
paigns resulting  in  the  loss  of  many  horses  and  supplies  were 
carried  out  without  individual  compensation,14  and  various 
recommendations  were  entertained  from  all  sources. 

Yet,  the  results  were  always  the  same.  Hugo  O'Conor  re- 
ported that  the  total  losses  in  the  regions  beyond  Chihuahua 
had  been  four  thousand  persons  and  over  twelve  million 
pesos  between  1748  and  1772.15  Even  the  great  visitador-gen- 
eral  Jose  de  Gdlvez  was  frustrated  during  his  visit  of  1765- 
1771  in  his  efforts  to  subdue  the  Indian  disturbances  in  the 
North  and  pacify  the  frontier.16 

12.  Frank  D.  Reeve,  "Navaho-Spanish  Diplomacy,  1770-1790,"  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORI- 
CAL REVIEW,  XXXV,  No.  3  (July,  I960),  211. 

18.  Lawrence  Kinnaird,  The  Frontiers  of  New  Spain:  Nicolas  de  La  Fora's  Description, 
1766-1768  (Berkeley:  The  Quivira  Society,  1968),  91. 

14.  An  Account  of  the  Lamentable  Happenings  in  New  Mexico  and  of  Losses  Experi- 
enced Daily  in  Affairs  Spiritual  and  Temporal  Written  by  Father  Fray  Sanz  de  Lezaiin  in 
the  Year  1760,  in  Hackett,  Historical  Documents,  III,  472. 

15.  Alfred  B.  Thomas,  Forgotten  Frontiers:  A  Study  of  the  Spanish  Indian  Policy 
of  Don  Juan  Bautista  de  Anza,  Governor  of  New  Mexico,  1777-1787  (Norman :  University 
of  Oklahoma  Press,  1932),  5.  Hereinafter  cited  as  Thomas,  Forgotten  Frontiers. 

16.  Herbert  I.  Priestley,  Jose  de  Gdlvez:  Visitor  General  of  New  Spain  (1765-1771) 
(Berkeley :  University  of  California  Press,  1916),  268. 


86  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

In  New  Mexico,  Governor  Pedro  Fermin  de  Mendinueta 
made  a  conscientious  effort  to  overcome  the  critical  state  of 
affairs  during  his  term  from  1767  to  1778.  In  the  first  year  of 
his  governorship  he  established  a  special  post  of  fifty  pre- 
sidials  and  Indian  auxiliaries  on  a  hill  near  Ojo  Caliente  to 
watch  closely  the  ford  on  the  Rio  Grande  which  the  Co- 
manches  were  using  to  invade  the  frontier.  In  the  same  year 
he  led  a  combined  force  of  546  presidials,  militia  and  Indian 
allies  on  an  extensive  campaign.  Each  year  thereafter  he 
conducted  sizeable  expeditions  which  employed  numerous 
Indian  auxiliaries,  largely  from  the  pueblos,  to  combat  Utes, 
Navahos,  Apaches  and  Comanches,  depending  upon  which 
presented  the  greatest  threat.17 

The  Viceroy  of  New  Spain  reported  that  140  inhabitants 
had  been  killed,  seven  thousand  horses  and  mules  had  been 
stolen  and  whole  herds  of  cattle  and  sheep  had  been  destroyed 
in  the  northern  provinces  during  1771.18  By  November,  1772, 
Governor  Mendinueta  faced  a  critical  situation.  Apache  raids 
had  become  widespread,  reaching  Zuni,  Tubac  and  Sonora.19 

Recommendations  for  resolving  the  Indian  problem  were 
received  from  all  sources.  Bishop  Tamaron,  who  had  been 
alarmed  by  the  ineffective  defense  against  hostile  Indians 
during  his  visitation  of  New  Mexico  in  1760,  had  recom- 
mended the  greater  use  of  infantry.  Horses  attracted  the 
enemy  and  furthermore  the  cost  of  infantry  was  much  less 
than  that  of  cavalry.  He  also  proposed  annual  campaigns  to 
combat  the  warring  tribes  and  suggested  that  they  be  car- 
ried out  annually  for  a  period  of  two  or  three  years.20 

Hugo  O'Conor,  who  inspected  the  region  for  the  King  in 
1775-1776,  found  the  colonists  to  have  a  fine  military  spirit 
and  creditable  valor  in  the  defense  of  the  area.  He  recom- 

17.  Alfred  B.  Thomas,  The  Plains  Indiana  and  New  Mexico,  1751-1778  (Albuquerque: 
University  of  New  Mexico  Press,  1940),  Volume  XI  of  the  Coronado  Cuarto  Centennial 
Publications,  1540-1940,  George  P.  Hammond  (ed.),  39-45. 

18.  Bucareli  to  Ariaga,  No.  193,  Mexico,  27  January  1772,  AGI,  Guadalajara  512,  in 
Thomas,  Forgotten  Frontiers,  6. 

19.  Thomas,  Forgotten  Frontiers,  8. 

20.  Eleanor  B.  Adams  (ed.),  Bishop  Tamaron's  Visitation  of  New  Mexico,  1760  (Albu- 
querque: Historical  Society  of  New  Mexico,  1954),  Volume  XV  of  Publications  in  History, 
88-91. 


PUEBLO   INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  87 

mended  the  formation  of  ten  frontier  detachments,  two  of 
which  were  to  be  in  New  Mexico.  These  two  groups  would 
be  composed  of  vecinos  (settlers)  andlndiosamigos  (friendly 
Indians)  to  defend  the  frontier,  primarily  against  the  Co- 
manche  menace,  but  against  other  tribes  as  well.  O'Conor 
reported  that  the  friendly  Indians  were  those  of  the  Pueblos, 
particularly  from  Jemez,  Zia,  Santa  Ana,  Sandia,  Isleta,  La- 
guna,  Acoma,  and  others  "I  don't  know."  He  emphasized  that 
they  were  peaceful  people,  dedicated  to  agriculture  and  the 
growth  of  livestock.21 

The  detachments  proposed  by  O'Conor  for  New  Mexico 
would  total  565  men.22  He  suggested  that  a  body  of  one  hun- 
dred troops  be  added  to  the  following  levies,  establishing  a 
grand  force  of  2,228  men  for  the  general  campaign  in  the 
North.  The  levies  for  New  Mexico  were  :23 

Pueblos                                                                      Spaniards  Indians 

Jemez  0  40 

Zia   0  50 

Santa  Ana 0  80 

Vicinity  of  Bernalillo 15  0 

Sandia  0  25 

Town  of  Albuquerque 80  0 

Atrisco  and  Pajarito 25  0 

Isleta  0  40 

Vicinity  of  Valencia  and  Tome 30  0 

Vicinity  of  Belen  and  Pueblo  of  genizaros 40  40 

Laguna  and  Acoma 0  100 


TOTALS  190  375 


21.  Enrique  Gonzalez  Flores  and  Francisco  R.  Almada,  Informe  de  Hugo  O'Condr  sobre 
el  cstado  de  las  Provincial  Intemas  del  Norte,  1771-1776  (Mexico:  Editorial  Cultura,  1952), 
106-107. 

22.  Plan  of  Operations,  Hugo  O'Con6r,  Carrizal,  24  March  1775,  AGN  Provincias  In- 
ternas  87,  Document  5.  Thomas,  in  his  Forgotten  Frontiers  on  page  10,  states  that  the 
number  was  595,  but  no  basis  for  this  total  can  be  ascertained. 

23.  Ibid.  For  purposes  of  clarity,  simplicity  and  easy  comprehension  I  have  always 
rendered  the  names  of  the  pueblos  and  other  places  as  they  are  currently  spelled.  O'Con6r's 
spelling  of  Zia  is  Silla,  Jemez  is  spelled  with  an  "s"  at  the  end  and  his  Albuquerque  con- 
tains the  old  "r"  before  the  first  "q."  Spanish  proper  names  were  variously  used  by  different 
authors.  Thus,  we  find  Santa  Fee,  Nabajoo,  Betem,  Santa  Anna,  etc. 


88  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Governor  Mendinueta  closely  observed  the  problems  of 
defense  in  his  province.  Unique  among  his  proposals  was  the 
suggestion  that  the  Spaniards,  who  were  widely-dispersed 
along  the  Rio  Grande,  be  collected  into  centrally-located, 
easily-defended,  fortified  towns,  resembling  those  of  the 
Pueblo  Indians.  He  cited  their  lack  of  unity  and  desired  that 
the  Spaniards  emulate  the  "Pueblos  de  Indios"  for  defense 
against  the  Comanches,  Apaches,  Utes  and  Navahos.24  Here 
was  a  reversal  of  the  normal  policy  for  Spain,  since  it  was 
usually  her  intention  to  reduce  the  Indians  to  easily-control- 
led towns25  which  resembled  those  of  the  Spaniards. 

Mendinueta  desired  to  augment  his  small  presidial  force 
of  eighty  troops  with  settlers  and  "indios  cristianos"  (Christ- 
ian Indians,  undoubtedly  Pueblos)  .2e  He  admonished  the  set- 
tlers for  their  reluctance  to  respond  to  his  orders  and  pointed 
out  that  all  should  do  so  no  matter  what  time  or  under  what 
conditions  the  orders  for  campaigns  arrived.  Each  should 
take  his  horse,  lance,  pike,  or  whatever  type  of  arms  he  pos- 
sessed to  answer  the  call  since  every  settler  had  an  obliga- 
tion to  perform  a  minimum  of  eighteen  days  of  public  work 
annually.27 

The  cacique  of  each  pueblo  was  instructed  to  maintain 
constantly  in  readiness  a  force  of  fifteen  or  twenty  Indians. 
He  was  to  supply  them  with  the  necessary  provisions  for 
campaigns  so  that  they  could  depart  immediately  when  di- 
rected by  the  governor.  Once  the  summons  had  been  received, 
the  cacique  would  collect  his  force  and  personally  conduct  it 
in  pursuit  of  the  enemy,  while  other  Indians  of  the  pueblo 
rounded  up  the  horses  and  brought  them  to  the  campaign 
element.  By  this  technique  the  enemy  could  be  prevented 

24.  Mendinueta  to  Viceroy  Antonio  Bucareli,  Santa  Fe,  26  March  1772.  Facsimile  from 
Biblioteca  Nacional  de  Mexico,  Legajo  10,  Part  1.  Another  copy  has  been  published  in 
Alfred  B.  Thomas,  "Governor  Mendinueta's  Proposals  for  the  Defense  of  New  Mexico, 
1772-1778,"  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW,  VI,  No.  1  (January.  1931),  27-80. 

25.  Recopilaeidn,  Tomo  II,  Libro  vi,  Titulo  iii,  Ley  i. 

26.  Mendinueta  to  Bucareli,  Santa  Fe,  26  March  1772,  Biblioteca  Nacional  de  Mexico, 
Legajo  10,  Part  1. 

27.  Bando  of  Pedro  Fermin  de  Mendinueta,  Santa  Fe,  16  November  1771,  NMA,  Docu- 
ment 668. 


PUEBLO  INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  89 

from  escaping  unpunished  from  his  raids  upon  settled 
communities.28 

General  campaigns  proposed  by  Governor  Mendinueta  in- 
volved the  problem  of  maintaining  sufficient  numbers  of 
horses.  Since  the  indios  bdrbaros  had  no  fixed  location  and 
could  ride  wherever  they  pleased,  the  pursuing  force  had  to 
do  likewise.  To  do  so  adequately  each  man  involved  in  the 
campaign  required  at  least  three  or  four  horses.29  Other  prob- 
lems of  the  expeditions  were  lack  of  compensation  for  the 
settlers  and  Indians,  inadequate  offensive  arms  since  the 
friendly  Indians  possessed  only  bows  and  arrows  (although 
the  governor  noted  that  a  few  had  firearms) ,  and  the  prob- 
lem of  distance  which  rendered  it  almost  impossible  to  use 
Indians  from  Zuni,  Acoma  and  Laguna  in  campaigns  against 
the  Comanches  as  these  three  pueblos  were  occupied  in  de- 
fending themselves  against  the  Apaches.30 

Annual  campaigns  were  attempted  during  Mendinueta's 
term  of  office,  but  they  seldom  yielded  notable  results,  al- 
though the  pursuing  force  sometimes  marched  hundreds  of 
miles.  Expeditions  in  1774,  for  example,  were  made  from 
Albuquerque,  Keres  and  Laguna  against  the  newly-aroused 
Navahos.  These  consisted  largely  of  Pueblo  auxiliaries,  sup- 
plemented by  militiamen  and  some  presidials  from  Santa 
Fe.31 

Occasionally,  control  of  the  Indian  auxiliaries  was  ap- 
parently relaxed  for  Fray  Dominguez  noted  that  the  Chris- 
tian Indians  removed  the  scalps  of  the  heathen  ones  "before 
they  are  quite  dead"  and  danced  with  them  as  a  token  of 
victory  and  to  avenge  the  grievances  they  had  suffered.32  Be- 

28.  The  Form  of  Government  Used  at  the  Missions  of  San  Diego  de  los  Jemez  and 
San  Apustin  de  la  Isleta  by  Father  Fray  Joaquin  de  Jesus  Ruiz,  Their  Former  Minister. 
[Undated,  but  presumably  in  1773],  in  Hackett,  Historical  Documents,  III,  506.  Note  that 
by  this  time  the  Pueblos  were  apparently  being;  permitted  to  utilize  horses  for  both  peace- 
ful and  warlike  purposes. 

29.  Mendinueta  to  Bucareli,  Santa  Fe,  26  March  1772,  Biblioteca  Nacional  de  Mexico, 
Legajo  10,  Part  1. 

30.  Ibid. 

81.  Reeve,  "Navaho-Spanish  Diplomacy,  1770-1790,"  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW, 
XXXV,  No.  8  (July.  1960),  207.  Although  the  Spaniards  usually  rendered  the  linguistic 
term  Keres  as  Queres,  the  more  well-known  version  will  be  utilized  in  this  study. 

32.  Dominguez,  Missions  of  New  Mexico,  267. 


90  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

fore  the  departure  of  these  expeditions  Mass  was  said  for  all 
the  participants  and  a  brief  sermon  was  delivered  on  the 
constitution  of  and  the  means  for  conducting  a  "just  war."33 

By  1776  defense  reached  a  critical  point.  The  hostile  In- 
dian invasions  of  New  Mexico  were  among  the  most  serious 
on  the  entire  northern  frontier.34  To  meet  these  threats  Span- 
ish Indian  policy  by  this  date  basically  included  two  prin- 
ciples :  the  first  was  preventive,  consisting  of  peace  treaties 
with  the  Indians  which  met  with  little  success  because  of  the 
independence  of  one  band  of  Indians  from  another ;  the  second 
was  punitive,  comprising  the  campaigns  into  Indian  country 
to  recapture  animals,  rescue  prisoners,  or  retaliate  upon  In- 
dian rancherias  to  discourage  future  raids.35  The  success  of 
both  methods  was  extremely  limited  as  a  result  of  inadequate 
presidial  and  regular  forces,  the  necessity  of  using  untrained 
and  undisciplined  Indian  allies  and  militia,  the  employment 
of  poor  leaders  recruited  from  the  local  populace,  extreme  dis- 
tances, supply  problems,  insufficient  and  outdated  weapons, 
and  the  wide  dispersal  of  the  population. 

Spain  reorganized  the  entire  system  for  defense  of  her 
northern  frontier  in  1776  when  she  created  the  Provincias 
Internas  del  Norte  under  the  leadership  of  a  commandante 
general.  The  Californias,  Sinaloa,  Sonora,  Nueva  Vizcaya, 
Coahuila,  Texas,  and  New  Mexico  comprised  the  original 
Provincias  Internas,  but  Nuevo  Leon  and  Nuevo  Santander 
were  subsequently  added.36  Teodoro  de  Croix,  the  first  com- 
mandante general,  and  his  military  authorities  immediately 
turned  their  attention  to  resolving  the  crisis  in  the  North. 
Within  the  next  decade  New  Mexico  would  pass  through  her 
most  critical  period  of  occupation  and  defense  against  the 
indios  bdrbaros.  By  1786  the  province  would  no  longer  be 
faced  with  possible  annihilation  or  abandonment. 

In  view  of  the  revolutionary  activity  and  continued  ex- 
pansion of  the  North  Americans,  Croix  considered  the  de- 

33.  Ibid.,  271. 

34.  Thomas,  Teodoro  de  Croix,  24. 

35.  Ibid.,  10-11. 

36.  Priestley,  «/o.s»;  de  Gdlvez,  293. 


PUEBLO  INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  91 

fense  of  New  Mexico  to  be  of  particular  importance  to  the 
security  of  New  Spain's  northern  provinces.  He  also  ques- 
tioned the  use  of  militia  for  he  believed  that  such  forces  re- 
duced the  number  of  those  paying  tribute  and  increased  the 
taxes  upon  the  natives,  causing  occasional  riots.37 

Military  authorities,  such  as  Lt.  Colonel  Antonio  Bonilla, 
noted  the  presence  of  an  abundant  supply  of  manpower  (both 
Spaniards  and  Indians)  to  defend  the  province  of  New  Mex- 
ico, but  simultaneously  emphasized  that  the  lack  of  arms  and 
horses  rendered  the  citizenry  useless.38  He  again  cited  for 
Spanish  authorities  the  inability  of  obtaining  assistance  from 
Zuni,  Acoma,  and  Laguna,  and  concluded  that  hardly  250 
Spaniards  and  an  equal  number  of  Indians  were  equipped 
with  horses  and  arms  for  the  defense  of  the  province.39 

Bonilla  pointed  out  that  all  the  inhabitants  had  an  obli- 
gation to  assist  in  the  general  defense,  but  that  at  present 
they  were  a  "congregation  of  dissident,  discordant,  scattered 
people  without  subordination,  without  horses,  arms,  know- 
ledge of  their  handling,  and  were  governed  by  their  ca- 
price."40 He  proposed  that  formal  militias  be  created  with 
experienced  individuals  in  command  and  that  remuneration 
be  provided,  since  the  cost  of  each  man  on  campaign  could 
exceed  150  pesos.41  This  revenue  could  be  obtained,  he  sug- 
gested, from  a  levy  upon  local  trade.42 

In  spite  of  the  extensive  plans  formulated  in  the  first  year 
of  the  commandancy  general,  the  indios  bdrbaros,  particu- 
larly the  war-like  Apache  bands  and  Comanches,  continued  to 

37.  Ibid.,  44. 

38.  Historic  Points  about  New  Mexico  Written  by  Lieutenant  Colonel  Don  Antonio 
Bonilla  the  Year  of  1776,  AGN,  Historia  25,  Document  7,  paragraph  16.  Bonilla's  observa- 
tions and  recommendations  may  also  be  found  in  Alfred  B.  Thomas,  "Antonio  de  Bonilla 
and  Spanish  Plans  for  the  Defense  of  New  Mexico,"  New  Spain  and  the  Anglo-American 
West,  George  P.   Hammond    (ed.)     (2  vols. ;  Lancaster,   Pennsylvania:   Lancaster   Press, 
1932),!,  184-209. 

39.  Ibid.,  para.  17. 

40.  From  Thomas'  translation  in  his  article  cited  above  in  note  38.  The  original  may 
be  found  in  paragraph  44  of  Bonilla's  Historic  Points.  Bonilla  also  gave  the  population 
figures  for  1776  as  5,781  Spaniards,  12,999  Indians  for  a  total  of  18,780. 

41.  Bonilla,  Historic  Points,  AGN,  Historia  25,  Document  7,  para.  47. 

42.  Thomas  "Antonio  de  Bonilla  and  Spanish  Plans  for  the  Defense  of  New  Mexico," 
New  Spain  and  the  Anglo-American  West,  I,  186. 


92  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

plunder  the  Spanish  and  Indian  settlements.  From  June 
through  August,  1777,  these  two  tribes  killed  sixty-one  per- 
sons, captured  eighteen  and  killed  more  than  1200  head  of 
stock.43  When  in  1778  the  Comanches  swept  over  the  province 
and  127  persons  were  either  killed  or  captured,44  Croix  called 
for  a  general  military  council  to  meet  at  Chihuahua.  This 
body  adopted  fifteen  articles  to  establish  a  consistent,  long- 
term  Indian  policy.  These  points  included  :45 

1.  An  alliance  of  Spaniards  with  the  Indians  of  the  North  against 
the  Apaches. 

2.  The  conclusion  that  Apaches  were  unreliable  and  would  not  keep 
either  promises  or  peace  treaties. 

3.  The  belief  that   Comanches  were   in  every   way  superior   to 
Apaches,  and,  therefore,  their  assistance  must  be  obtained  in 
subduing  the  Apaches. 

4.  An  observation  that  the  average  frontier  presidio,  consisting  of 
only  fifty-six  men,  could  not  attend  to  all  of  its  duties,  such  as 
guarding  horse  herds,  escorting  supplies,  carrying  mail,  and 
other  minor  duties  in  addition  to  defending  the  area. 

5.  A  conclusion  that  settlers  had  to  be  recruited  to  supplement  the 
presidials,  but  the  simultaneous  recognition  that  they  had  to  pay 
the  costs  themselves  and  that  their  absence  on  campaigns  de- 
prived their  families  of  support  while  exposing  their  possessions 
to  raids  by  other  Indians. 

That  same  year  a  military  officer,  Lt.  Colonel  Juan  Bau- 
tista  de  Anza,  was  appointed  Governor  of  New  Mexico. 
Charged  with  the  execution  of  the  policy  determined  at  Chi- 
huahua, Anza  reviewed  presidials,  militia  and  auxiliaries  in 
the  El  Paso  area  before  reaching  Santa  Fe  in  the  latter  part 
of  1778.  Soon  after  his  arrival  in  the  capital  the  new  governor 
established  two  definite  lines  of  policy  to  meet  the  problem 
of  provincial  defense.  First,  he  campaigned  against  and  ne- 
gotiated with  the  frontier  tribes  to  ward  off  their  attacks  and 
secure  their  friendship.  Second,  he  attempted  to  reorganize 
Spanish  settlements  by  collecting  the  scattered  unprotected 

48.  Hendinueta  to  Croix,  Santa  Fe,  9  September  1777,  quoted  in  Thomas,  ibid.,  184. 
44.  General  Report  of  1781  by  Teodoro  de  Croix,  reproduced  in  Thomas,  Teodoro  de 
Croix,  111. 

46.  Thomas,  The  Plaint  Indian*  and  New  Mexico,  53-65. 


PUEBLO  INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  93 

families  into  towns  similar  to  Indian  pueblos  which  were 
capable  of  defense  against  Apache,  Comanche  and  Ute  raids.46 

The  governor's  military  campaigns  were  extensive  and 
gradually  reduced  the  number  of  enemy  tribes.  Comanches 
received  the  major  portion  of  his  attention  and  during  his 
term  their  raids  became  increasingly  less  frequent  because  of 
tribal  losses.  By  the  end  of  1778  they  conducted  only  a  few 
minor  raids  in  the  vicinity  of  Abiquiu,  Ojo  Caliente  and  the 
Chama  River  Valley.47 

Anza  even  decided  to  carry  the  war  into  the  home  country 
of  the  hostile  tribes.  For  these  campaigns  he  adopted  the 
policy  of  his  predecessors— employment  of  large  numbers 
of  Pueblo  Indian  auxiliaries,  later  augmenting  them  with 
other  tribes  which  he  had  conquered  or  conciliated.  In  Au- 
gust and  September,  1779,  he  led  a  military  force  of  six  hun- 
dred men48  from  San  Juan  de  los  Caballeros  to  locate  and  de- 
feat the  Comanche  bands  led  by  their  principal  chief  Cuerno 
Verde.  The  expedition  included  an  auxiliary  force  of  259 
Indians  who  served  as  scouts  or  spies  (espias)  for  the  army 
as  it  moved  northward.49  The  new  governor  outfitted  settlers 
and  Indians  alike,  alloting  each  a  good  horse  (although  the 
"best"  were  said  to  have  two  mounts) ,  but  their  equipment 
was  limited  and  their  munitions  were  in  short  supply,  as  re- 
flected by  the  fact  that  each  gun  had  only  three  charges  of 
powder.50 

Nevertheless,  the  expedition  achieved  two  resounding  vic- 
tories over  the  Comanches,  culminating  in  the  death  of 
Cuerno  Verde  between  present  Pueblo  and  Walsenberg, 

46.  Thomas,  Forgotten  Frontiers,  374.  This  work  remains  the  outstanding  authority  on 
the  administration  and  policies  of  Anza. 

47.  Croix  to  Anza,  8  January  1779,  NMA,  Document  714. 

48.  This  figure  has  been  established  by  close  analysis  of  the  document  entitled  Expedi- 
tion of  Anza  and  Death  of  Cuerno  Verde,  August  and  September,   1779,   Letter  of  the 
Governor  to  the  Commandant  General,  Santa  Fe,  1  November  1779,  AGN,  Historia  25.  f267- 
288.  The  table  included  by  Anza  shows  a  total  force  of  645  men  but  there  are  two  errors 
in  his  addition.  Thomas,  Forgotten  Frontiers.  67,  says  that  the  number  was  573,  but  no 
basis  for  such  a  total  can  be  located. 

49.  Expedition  of  Anza  and  Death  of  Cuerno  Verde,  August  and  September,   1779, 
Letter  of  the  Governor  to  the  Commandant  General,  Santa  Fe,  1  November  1779,  AGN, 
Historia  25,  £270. 

60.  Thomas,  Forgotten  Frontiers,  67. 


94  NEW    MEXICO   HISTORICAL   REVIEW 

Colorado.  Having  broken  the  Comanche  resistance,  Anza 
turned  his  attention  to  other  trouble  spots.  He  always  took 
Pueblo  auxiliaries  with  him  on  visits  as  well  as  campaigns. 
Thus,  on  10  September  1780  he  led  126  men,  including  eighty- 
eight  Pueblo  Indians  (forty  Tewas,  forty  Keres  and  eight 
converted  Moquis)  to  the  Moqui  (Hopi)  villages  of  present 
northeastern  Arizona.51  In  his  Apache  campaign  of  Novem- 
ber, 1780,  in  the  South  he  took  151  men,  of  which  thirty-four 
were  Indians,52  and  his  later  Apache  campaigns  of  1785  in- 
volved forces  of  first,  120  horsemen,  thirty  foot  soldiers,  and 
ninety-two  Pueblos,  and  second,  a  combined  operation  of 
Pueblos,  Spaniards  and  Navahos  against  the  Gila  Apaches.53 

In  these  expeditions  Anza  assured  his  faithful  Indian 
allies  of  all  spoils  taken  in  battle  except  the  horse  herds. 
There  was,  however,  to  be  no  pillaging  until  the  action  was 
completed  so  that  none  of  the  enemy  could  escape.  Looting 
would  be  permitted  by  all  after  the  conclusion  of  the  en- 
gagement.54 In  addition,  a  reward  was  offered  for  each  hos- 
tile head  which  auxiliaries  could  acquire  and  one  hundred 
pesos  was  paid  for  each  captive  taken  by  the  allied  force.65 

Not  only  did  the  governor  utilize  his  Pueblo  Indian  aux- 
iliaries extensively  on  campaigns,  but  he  tried  to  establish 
Spanish  towns  along  lines  similiar  to  those  of  the  pueblos 
themselves.  Each  Spanish  town  had  to  have  a  minimum  of 
twenty  families  and  the  plazas  therein  would  follow  pueblo 
construction,  complete  with  bastions  and  gunports.  His  re- 
location of  some  groups  and  concentration  of  settlers  met 
with  violent  opposition  and  appeals  to  the  commandante  gen- 
eral,™ but  Anza  succeeded  in  improving  the  general  defensive 
position  of  the  province. 

By  1786  conditions  had  changed  in  New  Mexico.  Spain's 
participation  in  the  North  American  Revolutionary  War  as 

51.  Ibid.,  228.  Note  that  Thomas  errs  on  page  27  when  he  concludes  that  there  were 
only  forty-eight  Indians. 

62.  Ibid.,  193.  Again  there  is  a  discrepancy  between  this  figure  and  the  one  of  thirty-six 
used  on  page  37. 

58.  Ibid.,  47. 

54.  Ibid.,  253. 

55.  Croix  to  Anza,  Arizpe,  23  October  1780,  NMA,  Document  809. 

56.  Thomas,  Forgotten  Frontiers,  379. 


PUEBLO   INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  95 

an  ally  of  France  had  ended,  new  weapons  had  reached  the 
northern  frontier,  peace  had  finally  been  established  with  the 
Comanches,  the  size  of  the  presidial  force  at  Santa  Fe  had 
grown  from  eighty  to  119  and  the  population  of  the  province 
reached  20,810.57  It  was  now  possible  to  concentrate  the  de- 
fensive effort  against  the  Apaches  for  Anza  had  succeeded 
in  adding  new  allies — Comanches,  Utes,  Navahos  and  Jica- 
rilla  Apaches — to  his  already  closely-established  alliance  with 
the  Pueblos.  Now  there  were  six  nations  against  one  highly- 
disunified  enemy. 

The  new  viceroy,  Bernardo  de  Galvez,  promulgated  exten- 
sive instructions  regarding  future  Indian  policy.  He  desired 
"swift  and  vigorous  war  with  the  Indians  who  declared  it, 
peace  with  those  who  solicited  it,  and  an  attempt  to  win  allies 
among  the  warlike  nations  by  spreading  the  use  of  Spanish 
foods,  drinks,  weapons,  and  customs  among  them."58  He 
urged  extensive  use  of  the  Indian  auxiliary  in  Sonora,  Nueva 
Vizcaya  and  New  Mexico,59  and  concluded  that  troops  must 
operate  in  those  areas  with  the  aid  of  Spanish  settlers  and 
Indians  of  the  pueblos.60 

Pueblo  Indians  were  utilized  in  conjunction  with  other  In- 
dian allies  for  a  unified  campaign  against  the  Gila  Apaches 
in  the  region  of  present  western  New  Mexico  and  eastern 
Arizona.  Navahos  joined  with  Pueblos,  Spanish  troops  and 
settlers  for  this  expedition,  according  to  the  instructions  of 
the  new  commandante  general  Jacobo  Ugarte  y  Loyola.61 
Anza  was  directed  to  purchase  supplies  for  all  the  allies  and 
he  was  to  send  gifts,  such  as  scarlet  cloth  and  medals,  to  the 


57.  General  Report  of  Teodoro  de  Croix  in  Thomas,  Teodoro  de  Croix,  105-106.  Al- 
though these  figures  are  for  1781,  they  present  a  fair  estimate  of  the  size  of  the  presidio 
and  population  five  years  later. 

58.  Bernardo  de  Gavez,  Instructions  for  Governing   the  Interior  Provinces  of  New 
Spain,  1786,  Donald  E.  Worcester  (ed.)    (Berkeley:  The  Quivira  Society,  1951),  23.  There 
are  some  unique  recommendations,  such  as  furnishing  firearms  and  livestock  to  hostile 
Indians,  in  these  instructions.  Had  Galvez  lived  longer  to  implement  his  policies,  it  is 
obvious  that  there  would  have  been  vast  changes  in  Indian  administration  on  the  northern 
frontier. 

59.  Ibid.,  69. 

60.  Ibid.,  72. 

61.  Thomas,  Forgotten  Frontiers,  54. 


96  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Navahos.  Horses  and  mules  were  sent  to  New  Mexico,  but  it 
was  made  clear  that  they  were  for  the  Indian  auxiliaries  only 
while  on  campaign.  They  were  not  to  be  used  by  the  soldiers 
of  the  regular  military  force.82 

For  the  Gileno  campaigns  Pueblos  comprised  a  large  part 
of  the  total  Spanish  force.  The  expedition  of  1786  involved 
a  total  of  235  men,  including  sixty  Pueblo  Indians,  twenty- 
two  Comanches  and  twenty-six  Navahos.63  In  the  following 
year  a  highly-organized  campaign  of  340  men,  including 
ninety-nine  Pueblos,  was  dispatched  against  the  same  Gila 
Apaches.  The  force  had  the  following  basic  marching  and 
fighting  organization : M 

1st  Division 

Troop  of  Santa  Fe  (mounted)  22 

Pueblo  of  Acoma  (foot)  24 

Comanches  (mounted)  30 

Settler  from  Sandia  (mounted)  4 

Jicarilla  Apaches  (mounted)  6 

~~85 

2nd  Division 

Troop  of  Nueva  Vizcaya  (mounted)  21 

Settlers  from  Albuquerque  (mounted)  22 

Settlers  from  Santo  Domingo  (mounted)  20 

Pueblo  of  Laguna  (one  mounted,  others  foot)  6 

Pueblo  of  Acoma  (foot)  12 

Settlers  from  Sandia  (mounted)  4 

~85 

3rd  Division 

Troop  of  Nueva  Vizcaya  (mounted)  23 

Settlers  from  La  Canada  (mounted)  14 

Settlers  from  Santa  Fe  (mounted)  21 

Settlers  from  Santo  Domingo  (mounted)  3 

Pueblo  of  Zuni  (foot)  26 

~~86 


62.  Ibid.,  48  and  269. 

63.  Letter  of  the  Commandant  General  Giving  Notice  of  Peace  Concluded  with  the 
Comanche  Nation  and  Its  Reconciliation  with  the  Ute,  July,  1786,  AGN,  Provincial  Internas 
65,  Expedients  2,  paragraph  46. 

64.  Diary  of  the  Campaign  that  Left  the  Villa  of  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico  under  the 
Orders  of  Commandant  Inspector  [sic]  Don  Antonio  Rengel,  Today,  21  October  1787,  AGN, 
Provincias  Internas  128,  Expediente  2. 


PUEBLO  INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  97 

4th  Division 

Troop  of  Santa  Fe  (mounted)  13 

Settlers  from  La  Canada  (mounted)  25 

Settlers  from  Santo  Domingo  (mounted)  13 

Pueblo  of  Laguna  (foot)  28 

Pueblo  of  Zuni  (foot)  5 

~~84 

From  this  organizational  plan  it  may  be  noted  that  each 
division  was  a  separate  "army"  in  itself,  complete  with  ex- 
perienced regular  troops  and  leaders,  settlers  and  Indian 
auxiliaries.  Pueblo  Indians,  principally  from  the  western 
pueblos  of  Zuni,  Acoma  and  Laguna,  still  comprised  the 
major  portion  of  the  Indian  auxiliaries,  but  they  continued  to 
be  afoot  in  spite  of  the  horses  provided  for  their  use. 

Money  payments  were  to  be  rendered  to  the  friendly  tribes 
as  a  reward  for  their  military  assistance,65  and  some  six 
thousand  pesos  were  sent,  along  with  horses  and  carbines,  for 
use  on  these  expeditions.66  The  agility  and  physical  stamina 
of  the  Pueblos  was  noted  in  1788  by  the  new  governor,  Fer- 
nando de  la  Concha,  who  admired  the  obedience  of  the  In- 
dians to  his  campaign  summons.67 

By  this  time  there  were  2,647  soldiers  and  officers  in  Santa 
Fe,  Santa  Cruz  de  la  Canada,  Keres,  Alameda,  Albuquerque, 
and  Taos,  in  addition  to  the  Indian  auxiliaries  organized 
jurisdictionally  as  follows  :68 

Recognizing  the  importance  of  Indian  allies,  commandante 
general  Ugarte  advised  Governor  Fernando  de  la  Concha  to 
save  the  lives  of  his  Apache  prisoners  so  that  they  could  be 
converted  to  the  Spanish  way  of  life  and  thus  continue  to 
reduce  the  number  of  enemies  in  the  region.69 

65.  Fernando  de  la  Concha,  Bando,  Santa  Fe  [undated,  but  presumably  in  1788],  NMA, 
Document  1025. 

66.  State  Which  Depicts  the  Number  of  Settlers  and  Indians  Which  This  Province  Has 
Capable  of  Taking-up  Arms,   Santa  Fe,  20   June  1788,   AGN,   Provincias   Internas   65, 
Expediente  7. 

67.  General  Report  of  the  Governor  of  New  Mexico  about  the  State  of  That  Province, 
Year  of  1788,  AGN,  Provincias  Internas  254. 

68.  State  Which  Depicts  the  Number  of  Settlers  and  Indians  Which  This  Province  Has 
Capable  of   Taking-up   Arms,   Santa   Fe,   20   June  1788,   AGN,   Provincias   Internas   65, 
Expediente  7. 

69.  Jacobo  Ugarte  y  Loyola  to  Fernando  de  la  Concha,  23  January  1788,  NMA,  Docu- 
ment 998. 


98 


NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 


Jurisdiction      Pueblos  of  Indiana 


Capts.    Lts.    Pvts.      No. 


Santa  Fe 

Tesuque 

1 

1 

60 

52 

La  Canada 

Abiquiu 

1 

1 

54 

56 

San  Juan 

1 

1 

47 

49 

Santa  Clara 

1 

1 

62 

64 

San  Ildefonso 

1 

1 

85 

87 

Pojoaque 

1 

1 

26 

28 

Nambe 

1 

1 

40 

42 

Picuris 

1 

1 

55 

57 

Keres 

San  Felipe 

1 

1 

105 

107 

Santo  Domingo 

1 

1 

140 

142 

Cochiti 

1 

1 

160 

162 

Santa  Ana 

1 

1 

115 

117 

Zia 

1 

1 

120 

122 

Jemez 

1 

1 

118 

120 

Alameda 

Sandia 

1 

1 

94 

96 

Albuquerque 

Isleta 

1 

1 

90 

92 

Taos 

Taos 

1 

1 

118 

120 

Laguna 

Laguna 

1 

1 

204 

206 

Acoma 

1 

1 

240 

242 

Zurii 

Zuni 

1 

1 

294 

296 

Pecos 

Pecos 

1 

1 

95 

97 

9  Jurisdictions     21  Pueblos 


21         21      2,312      2,354 


New  concepts,  particularly  pertinent  to  Indian  auxiliaries, 
dominated  the  period  after  1788.  Pueblos  often  are  mentioned 
only  incidentally  on  military  campaigns  and  sometimes  it 
appears  that  they  did  not  participate  at  all.  Increasing  use  of 
Comanches,  converted  Apaches,  Navahos  and  Utes  seems  ap- 
parent. However,  numerous  Pueblo  Indians  were  included  on 
special  campaigns,  such  as  those  conducted  against  the  Nata- 
gee  Apaches  in  1790,70  and  on  retaliatory  expeditions  against 
raiding  hostiles. 

New  Mexico  had  reached  a  state  of  relative  tranquillity 
when  compared  to  its  position  during  the  previous  two  de- 
cades. The  quantity  of  mules  and  cattle  increased  markedly 


70.  Instructions  to  2d  Alferez  Pablo  Sandoval  for  the  Conduct  of  the  Campaign  against 
the  Apaches,  Santa  Fe,  14  July  1790,  NMA,  Document  1087.  Other  documents  also  reflect 
the  absence  of  Pueblo  allies.  See,  for  example.  Concha  to  Nava,  1  November  1791,  NMA, 
Document  1164(3)  and  Concha  to  Viceroy  Revilla  Gigedo,  6  May  1798,  NMA,  Document 
1234. 


PUEBLO  INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  99 

and  horses  were  in  plentiful  supply  by  1791.71  Probably  the 
greatest  problem  by  the  last  decade  of  the  eighteenth  century 
was  maintaining  unity  among  the  auxiliaries  since  there 
were  long-standing  hatreds  of  one  for  the  other.  The  anti- 
pathy between  the  Utes  and  Comanches  is  an  outstanding 
example  of  this  disunity. 

Both  offensive  and  retaliatory  campaigns  continued 
against  various  Apache  bands.  Raiding  Natagees  in  the 
vicinity  of  Tome  and  Belen  were  pursued  by  fourteen  Indians, 
mounted  bareback,  from  Isleta  Pueblo  during  June,  1791,72 
and  Gila  Apaches  were  pursued  in  a  more  extensive  western 
campaign  during  1793.  In  this  latter  expedition  forty  Indians 
from  Acoma  and  Laguna,  led  by  the  alcalde  mayor  of  Acoma, 
caught  up  with  the  fleeing  hostiles  after  a  chase  of  some 
twenty-five  miles,  but  they  were  ambushed  when  a  band  of 
twenty-two  Apaches  attacked  from  behind,  killing  three 
Pueblos  and  putting  the  rest  to  flight.73  To  punish  the  vic- 
torious Gilenos  the  governor  personally  led  a  large  military 
expedition  composed  of  most  of  the  troops  of  the  Santa  Fe 
Presidio,  militia  forces,  and  Indian  auxiliaries,  as  well  as 
scouts,  from  the  pueblos  of  Laguna,  Taos  and  Jemez.74  Heavy 
snow  and  inability  to  locate  any  major  groups  of  Apaches 
rendered  the  campaign  generally  unsuccessful. 

In  his  summary  of  his  term  of  office  for  his  successor  Fer- 
nando Chacon,  Governor  Fernando  de  la  Concha  provided  a 
complete  analysis  of  the  Indian  situation  in  1794.  He  cited 
the  alliance  and  friendship  of  the  intrepid  Comanches,  the 
Utes,  the  Jicarilla  Apaches,  and  the  Navahos  since  their  close 
relations  with  the  Gila  Apaches  had  been  severed  in  1788. 
Then  he  emphasized  the  need  for  continued  warfare  against 


71.  Fernando  de  la  Concha  to  the  Commandant  General  of  the  Provincias  Internas  del 
Oriente  Pedro  de  Nava,  Santa  Fe,  1  November  1791,  NMA,  Document  1164(3). 

72.  Fernando  de  la  Concha  to  Conde  de  Revilla  Gigedo,  Santa  Fe,  1  July  1791,  NMA, 
Document  1129. 

73.  Fernando  de  la  Concha  to  the  Commandant  General  Pedro  de  Nava  of  the  Pro- 
vincias Internas  del  Oriente,  Santa  Fe,  30  April  1793,  NMA,  Document  1231. 

74.  Ibid.  Although  the  governor  states  that  the  last-named  were  "Tiguas,"  it  is  probable 
that  he  meant  Jemez  Indians.  He  refers  to  that  pueblo  as  an  ally  in  this  campaign  during 
the  course  of  his  letter  of  19  November  1793  to  Pedro  de  Nava.  See  NMA,  Document  1266 
for  this  correspondence. 


100  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

the  one  enemy,  Apaches  —  variously  known  as  Faraones, 
Mimbrenos,  Natagees  and  Gilenos.75  After  outlining  the  need 
and  provisions  for  maintaining  interpreters,  citing  some  of 
the  Indian  hatreds  and  friendships,  and  examining  the  prac- 
tice of  giving  the  visiting  heathen  tribes  presents  of  clothing, 
hats,  mirrors,  knives,  cigars,  oranges,  and  indigo  before  they 
left  Santa  Fe,76  the  outgoing  governor  turned  to  the  defense 
of  the  province. 

In  this  analysis  Fernando  de  la  Concha  reviewed  Anza's 
organization  of  militia  companies  under  alcaldes  mayores 
and  lieutenants.  He  stated  that  both  settlers  and  Indians 
should  be  considered  for  campaigns,  designating  the  former 
by  name  and  title  and  the  latter  only  by  number.77  Appar- 
ently he  had  become  disillusioned  with  the  role  played  by  the 
settlers  for  he  warned  Chacon  not  to  give  them  anything  other 
than  munitions,  pointing  out  that  in  addition  they  would 
always  ask  for  horses  and  provisions.78 

Contrary  to  his  impressions  regarding  the  settlers,  those 
concerning  the  Pueblo  Indians  were  of  praise  for  their  ex- 
emplary characters.  He  noted  that  they  never  would  ask  for 
anything  except  the  munitions  to  which  they  were  entitled,78 
that  they  were  truthful  and  obedient,  and  that  they  were  not 
guilty  of  stealing.80  He  further  pointed  out  that  the  six  Keres 
pueblos  should  not  be  counted  in  the  total  available  for  service 
with  the  auxiliaries  since  they  maintained  their  own  detach- 
ment to  counter  the  entrance  of  Apaches  into  the  realm. 
From  the  remaining  total  of  Indians,  however,  the  new  gov- 
ernor should  count  on  each  for  fifteen  days  of  service  every 
two  years,  whereas  from  the  settlers  fifteen  days  of  service 
were  required  every  six  years.81 

75.  Instruction  Formed  by  Colonel  Don  Fernando  de  la  Concha,  Past  Governor  of  the 
Province  of  New  Mexico,  In  Order  That  His  Successor  Lieutenant  Colonel  Don  Fernando 
de  Chac6n  May  Adapt  from  It  Whatever  May  Seem  Convenient  for  the  Good  Tranquillity 
and  Growth  of  the  Same  Province,  Chihuahua,  28  June  1794,  AGN,  Historia  41,  Document 
10,  para.  3-8. 

76.  Ibid.,  para.  9  and  10. 

77.  Ibid.,  para.  13  and  14. 

78.  Ibid.,  para.  15. 

79.  Ibid. 

80.  Ibid.,  para.  28. 

81.  Ibid. 


PUEBLO  INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  101 

For  the  next  decade  the  province  enjoyed  a  settled  state  of 
affairs  among  the  Spaniards,  Pueblos,  Navahos,  Utes,  Jica- 
rilla  Apaches  and  Comanches.82  However,  there  were  prob- 
lems with  the  Pawnees  and,  as  always,  with  the  Apaches. 
There  were  infrequent  general  campaigns  during  the  period, 
but  military  action  seems  to  have  been  limited  largely  to 
retaliatory  expeditions  at  irregular  intervals.  Some  reluc- 
tance on  the  part  of  both  settlers  and  Indians  to  participate 
in  the  campaigns  may  also  be  observed.83  Indian  companies 
were  formed,  and  apparently  Pueblo  Indian  auxiliaries  were 
still  much  in  demand,  for  the  Commandant  of  Troops  in  the 
El  Paso  area  requested  that  Taos  Indians  be  sent  to  aid  him 
in  his  campaign  of  1800  against  the  southern  Apaches.84 
During  the  early  part  of  the  nineteenth  century  Apache  raids 
struck  largely  at  horse  herds  and  cattle.  In  1801,  for  example, 
Alameda,  Santa  Cruz  de  la  Canada,  Taos,  Pecos,  and  the  Rio 
Arriba  country  all  felt  their  impact.85 

Far  more  important,  however,  were  the  renewed  hostili- 
ties with  the  Navajos  after  1804.  To  combat  the  threat 
created  by  their  rebellious  bands  in  the  western  portion  of 
the  province,  Governor  Chacon  dispatched  a  campaign  force 
of  more  than  three  hundred  men,  commanded  by  Lieutenant 
Antonio  Narbona.  Arriving  at  Zuni  Pueblo  on  21  November 
1804,  the  commander  of  the  expedition  split  his  troops  into 
two  groups  to  pursue  the  warring  bands  of  Navahos.  These 
two  groups  included  Pueblo  Indians  as  auxiliaries.  They 
came  from  Laguna,  Acoma  and  Isleta,86  totaling  approxi- 
mately one  hundred  plus  two  scouts  from  Zuni.87  Lieutenant 
Nicolas  Farin  of  Laguna  commanded  the  second  group  while 
Narbona  took  charge  of  the  other  in  a  campaign  hindered  by 


82.  Pedro  de  Nava  to  Governor  Chacon,  Chihuahua,  31  December  1794,  NMA,  Docu- 
ment 1303a. 

83.  Pedro  de  Nava  to  Governor  Chac6n.  Chihuahua,  29  August  1799,  NMA,  Document 
1461. 

84.  Joseph  Manuel  Ochoa,  Commandant  of  Troops  in  the  El  Paso  Area,  to  Governor 
Chacon,  30  November  1800,  NMA,  Document  1519. 

85.  Diary  of  Governor  Chacon,  Santa  Fe,  31  August  1801,  NMA,  Document  1565. 

86.  Chacon  to  Lieutenant  Nicolas  Farin,  Santa  Fe,  20  November  1804,  NMA,  Docu- 
ment 1774. 

87.  Ibid. 


102  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

heavy  snows.  Little  success  was  attained  by  the  expedition, 
and  Navaho  disturbances  continued  intermittently  for  the 
next  three  years. 

The  status  of  Pueblo  Indians  as  auxiliaries  in  the  Spanish 
army  had  undergone  considerable  change  during  the  past 
four  decades.  No  longer  were  they  denied  horses  or  firearms 
as  had  been  their  experience  in  the  year  1762-1763  when 
Spain  secured  Louisiana  from  France,  thus  causing  great 
changes  in  basic  Spanish  Indian  policy.  Muster  roles  of  the 
New  Mexico  militia  in  1806  revealed  that  Pueblo  Indians, 
although  listed  separately,  still  comprised  an  important  part 
of  that  force.  Thus,  there  were  199  Pueblo  Indians  at  the  four 
pueblos  of  Sandia,  Cochiti,  San  Felipe  and  Santo  Domingo, 
for  example,  who  were  mounted  and  armed.  There  were  more 
than  three  hundred  Pueblos  at  these  same  four  locations  who 
were  dismounted  and  armed,  and  the  four  towns  reflected 
the  possession  of  seventy-six  firearms.88 

By  1808  there  were  three  companies  of  militia,  consisting 
of  sixty-one  men  each,  enlisted  to  aid  the  regular  troops.  They 
received  no  pay  for  their  services  and  usually  had  to  furnish 
their  own  uniforms,  provisions  and  most  of  their  equipment.89 
The  Indian  auxiliaries  did  likewise  in  their  campaigns  against 
hostile  Apaches  and  occasionally  rebellious  Navahos.  Further- 
more, they  were  employed  in  scouting  expeditions  against 
real  and  suspected  encroachments  by  North  Americans.90 

88.  Muster  Rolls  of  New  Mexico,  San  Carlos  de  Alameda,  19  July  1806,  NMA,  Docu- 
ment 1995. 

89.  Hubert  H.  Bancroft,  Arizona  and  New  Mexico  (San  Francisco:  The  History  Com- 
pany, 1889),  Volume  XVII  of  thirty-nine  volumes  The  Works  of  Hubert  Howe  Bancroft, 
305.  Although  the  author  used  Pino's  Exposition  (see  note  93)  as  his  source  on  the  miiltia 
at  this  time,  there  is  some  discrepancy  in  his  figures  for  that  source  says  there  were  three 
companies  of  sixty-nine  men  each. 

90.  Governor  Real  Alencaster  to  Lieutenant  Nicolas  de  Almanza  and  Lieutenant  Ig- 
nacio  Sotelo,  Instructions,  Santa  Fe,  18  April  1807,  NMA,  Document  2049,  describes  the 
dispatch  of  a  military  and  Indian  expedition  to  observe  the  known  passes  of  the  Sangre 
de  Cristo  Mountains.  Interim  Governor  Alberto  Maynez  later  issued  instructions  to  the 
Commandant  of  the  Taos  Detachment  for  two  scouting  forces  to  depart  every  eight  days, 
one  to  the  Rio  de  las  Animas   (perhaps  the  Purgatoire  River  of  Southern  Colorado  since 
its  lengthy  name  was  the  Rio  de  las  Animas  Perdidas  en  Purgatorio)  and  the  other  to  the 
Rio  Arriba  del  Norte  (undoubtedly  the  Upper  Rio  Grande).  The  purpose  of  both  of  these 
reconnaissance    expeditions    was    to    report    suspected    North    American    encroachments. 
Pueblo  Indians  participated  in  these  ventures.  Each  member  was  supplied  with  two  horses 
and  a  mule.  See  Maynez,  Instructions,  Santa  Fe,  20  June  1808,  NMA,  Document  2122. 


PUEBLO  INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  103 

For  their  role  as  loyal  allies,  Pueblos  and  other  tribes  were 
rewarded  with  gifts  of  commercial  articles  and  clothing.  The 
interim  governor  of  New  Mexico  was  advised  to  use  all  pos- 
sible means  to  acquire  and  maintain  their  friendship,  but 
particularly  he  was  to  offer  gifts  and  trade  articles  which 
they  especially  appreciated.91  It  is  apparent  that  Indian  auxil- 
iaries were  also  rewarded  with  food  when  on  campaigns,  be- 
cause cattle  were  slaughtered  to  provide  them  meat.92  The 
policy  of  giving  presents,  which  had  been  initiated  by  Anza 
in  1786,  was  continued  for  all  tribes.  These  gifts  included 
coats  and  blue  capes  with  red  lapels  for  the  chiefs,  three-cor- 
nered hats,  medals,  food  and  wine.93 

A  detailed  study  of  New  Mexico's  defense  was  made  in 
1812  by  Pedro  Bautista  Pino.  He  reviewed  the  continuous 
state  of  war  experienced  by  the  province  since  its  settlement, 
concluding  that  in  spite  of  being  surrounded  by  thirty-three 
nations  of  "gentiles"  (hostile  or  non-Christian  Indians),  the 
Spaniards  had  not  lost  one  handful  of  land  from  New  Mex- 
ico's original  boundaries.94 

To  retain  the  territory,  however,  it  was  necessary  to  have 
1,500  men  under  arms,95  consisting  of  a  "veteran  company" 
(Presidio  of  Santa  Fe) ,  militia  and  auxiliaries.  The  "veteran 
company"  was  composed  of  121  troops,  of  which  thirty  al- 
ways guarded  the  horse  herd,  fifteen  were  on  guard  duty  in 
the  capital,  seven  were  at  Sevilleta  to  watch  the  Apache  fron- 
tier, and  the  scattered  remainder  were  supported  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  settlers.96  To  augment  these  inadequate  forces, 
militia  troops  in  three  companies,  each  commanded  by  a  cap- 
tain,97 were  recruited  from  the  citizenry  since  each  person 

91.  Commandant  General  Nemesio   Salcedo  to  Interim   Governor  Joseph  Manrrique, 
Chihuahua,  14  May  1810,  NMA,  Document  2321. 

92.  Bill  of  Sergeant  Jose  Alaxi,  7  March  1810,  NMA,  Document  2296. 

98.  Don  Pedro  Bautista  Pino,  Exposicidn  Sucinta  y  Sencitta,  de  la  Provincia  del  Nuevo 
Mexico  (Cadiz:  Imprenta  del  Estado  Mayor  General,  1812),  found  in  AGI,  Guadalajara 
561.  This  printed  document  is  included  within  the  cited  tomo  itself.  In  addition,  there  is  a 
translation  of  it  in  H.  Bailey  Carroll  and  J.  Villasana  Haggard  (trans.),  Three  New  Mexico 
Chronicles  (Albuquerque:  The  Quivira  Society,  1942). 

94.  Ibid.,  14. 

95.  Ibid.,  15. 

96.  Ibid.,  16. 

97.  Ibid.,  19-20. 


104  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

(including  Indians)  was  obligated  to  present  himself  for  an 
annual  tour  of  duty.  Serving  without  pay,  each  had  to  bring 
his  own  horses,  shotguns,  pistols,  bows  and  arrows,  and  pro- 
visions for  a  forty-five-day  tour  which  sometimes  was  ex- 
tended to  reach  a  total  of  two  or  three  months.98 

Since  the  province  now  contained  more  than  24,000  Span- 
ish settlers  and  about  16,000  Indians,"  the  depredations  of 
hostile  Indian  groups  were  not  so  widely  felt  as  in  the  previous 
century.  Yet,  campaigns  continued  and  Pueblo  contingents 
played  a  major  part  in  their  success.  Sporadic  disturbances 
by  Faraon,  Mescalero  and  Gila  Apaches,  plus  marauding 
bands  of  Navajos,  led  to  Pueblo  retaliatory  actions  and  re- 
quests of  other  Indian  tribes,  such  as  the  Utes,  for  assistance 
of  the  Pueblos  against  the  "Naciones  del  Norte."100  Success 
must  have  been  achieved  occasionally  for  one  authority  noted 
that  the  Pueblo  of  San  Juan  had  on  display  the  heads  of  three 
Apaches  taken  in  1810.101 

General  campaigns  during  the  period  1810-1821  were  not 
only  conducted  against  rebellious  Apache  and  Navajo  bands, 
but  for  reconnaissance  purposes  against  reported  United 
States'  encroachments.  For  an  unstated  purpose,  but  one 
which  was  probably  to  investigate  the  reported  presence  of 
North  Americans,  in  1817,  one  circular  sent  by  the  interim 
governor  of  New  Mexico  clearly  reveals  the  manner  in  which 
campaign  forces  were  recruited  and  collected.  This  circular 
served  as  an  official  order  to  the  alcaldes  of  Cochiti,  Alameda, 
Albuquerque,  Belen,  Santo  Domingo,  Laguna,  Zuni,  Santa 
Cruz  de  la  Canada,  Abiquiu,  Taos,  Vado,  Jemez  and  El 
Paso.102  It  stated  the  rendezvous  points  for  an  expedition  of 
fifty  days  and  ordered  all  who  reported  to  assembly  points  to 

98.  Ibid..  15. 

99.  Ibid.,  47. 

100.  Circular  of  Joseph  Manrrique  to  Alcaldes  Mayores,  Santa  Fe,   5  October  1812, 
NMA.  Document  2459. 

101.  Manrrique  to  Salcedo,  Santa  Fe,  16  July  1810,  NMA,  Document  2339. 

102.  Circular  of  Interim  Governor  Pedro  Maria  Allande  to  the  Alcaldes  of  This  Province 
and  Those  of  the  Governor  of  El  Paso,  Year  of  1817,  NMA,  Document  2686.  This  campaign 
was  probably  to  locate  a  large  party  of  North  Americans  which  friendly  Apaches  had  re- 
ported seeing:.  Reference  NMA,  Document  2714. 


PUEBLO  INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  105 

do  so  "equipped  and  armed."103  Each  alcalde  was  ordered  to 
select  a  certain  designated  number  of  men  in  his  jurisdiction 
and  dispatch  them  to  the  appointed  rendezvous,  being  certain 
that  they  arrived  on  the  specified  date.  Here  an  appointed 
officer,  either  from  the  Presidio  or  the  militia,  would  take 
charge  of  the  unified  force  for  the  ensuing  campaign.104 

Indian  auxiliaries,  of  course,  were  obtained  in  this  man- 
ner, as  may  be  noted  from  a  close  scrutiny  of  the  addressees  in 
the  above  circular.  Another  expedition  in  the  following  year, 
led  by  Second  Lieutenant  Jose  Maria  de  Arce,  to  search  for 
"foreigners"  encroaching  upon  Comanche  country,  involved 
120  settlers  and  Indians  of  the  Pueblo  of  Taos.  Included  were 
twenty-nine  mounted  Indians  and  twenty-three  on  foot, 
armed  with  thirty-three  guns,  thirty-nine  lances  and  numer- 
ous bows  and  arrows.105 

Navajo  hostilities  again  occupied  the  majority  of  Spain's 
defensive  forces  in  New  Mexico  from  1818  to  1821.  Pueblo 
Indian  auxiliaries,  now  organized  into  companies  of  both 
cavalry  and  infantry  as  at  Cochiti,  for  example,106  were  em- 
ployed during  the  uprising.  After  raids  of  isolated  Navajo 
groups  in  midsummer,  1818,  the  Spaniards  collected  exten- 
sive campaign  forces,  including  Indian  allies,  at  Jemez  and 
Zuni  pueblos.  Campaign  contributions  of  the  pueblos  included 
more  than  just  troops,  for  food107  and  livestock,  such  as  bulls, 
cows  and  oxen,  were  furnished  from  both  pueblos  and  Span- 
ish settlements.108 

Jemez  contributed  greatly  to  these  Navajo  campaigns. 
Alcalde  Ignacio  Maria  Sanchez  Vergara  maintained  constant 
direct  communication  with  the  governor,  advising  him  of  ex- 

103.  Ibid. 

104.  Numbers  of  persons,  commanders,  designated  rendezvous  points  and  dates  estab- 
lished may  be  examined  for  the  1817  campaign  in  the  document  cited  in  f.n.  102. 

105.  Alfred  B.   Thomas,   "Documents  Bearing  upon  the  Northern   Frontier  of  New 
Mexico,  1818-1819,"   (Santa  Fe,  1929).  This  is  a  reprint  of  the  author's  earlier  article  in 
the  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW. 

106.  Company  of  Cavalry  and  Infantry,  Alcaldia  of  Cochiti,  5  November  1819,  NMA, 
Document  2857. 

107.  See  the  Returns  of  Socorro,  Sevilleta,  Belen,  Tome,  Jemez,  Taos,  etc.,  18  Septem- 
ber-16  November  1818,  NMA,  Document  2747. 

108.  See  the  Returns  of  the  Alcaldias  of  Belen,  Albuquerque,  Alameda,  Cochiti,  Jemez, 
etc.,  5-22  May  1819,  NMA,  Document  2812. 


106  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

peditionary  activities  and  compliance  with  his  orders.  Inter- 
preter Antonio  Garcia  of  Jemez  aided  the  Spanish  forces  on 
various  operations  and  auxiliaries  from  Zia  and  Santa  Ana 
made  their  rendezvous  with  Jemez  Indians  at  that  pueblo  be- 
fore their  departure  to  the  West.109  Although  the  field  forces 
by  1821  involved  225  men,  136  shotguns,  150  lances,  155  bows, 
3,625  arrows,  141  horses  and  126  mules,110  they  were  insuffi- 
cient to  subdue  the  rebellious  Navajos.111 

When  Spanish  rule  in  New  Mexico  ended  and  the  Mexican 
Republic  was  born,  Pueblo  Indian  auxiliaries  continued  to  be 
used  as  an  important  integral  part  of  military  forces. 
Throughout  the  last  six  decades  of  Spanish  occupation  these 
Indian  allies  had  played  a  vital  role  in  the  defensive  concept 
adopted  by  Spain.  Indeed,  they  had  helped  greatly  to  preserve 
settlements  in  the  region  for  without  their  aid,  the  province 
would  have  been  in  dire  straits.112 

Although  the  use  of  Indian  auxiliaries,  including  Pueblo 
Indians,  had  not  been  a  new  concept  in  1763,  the  Spanish  re- 
liance upon  such  forces  increased  over  the  next  half -century. 
The  Iberians  exploited  the  Pueblo  hatreds  of  the  indios  bdr- 
baros,  enlisting  the  former  on  their  side  in  lengthy  cam- 
paigns. In  addition,  Spanish  authorities  made  use  of  the 
Pueblos'  knowledge  of  geography  and  Indian  military  tactics 
to  increase  their  offensive  and  defensive  capability  against 
hostile  tribes. 

The  employment  of  numerous  Pueblo  Indians  as  auxili- 
aries served  as  an  example  to  other  tribes.  It  did  so  in  many 
ways,  of  which  three  are  noteworthy.  First,  it  attracted  hos- 
tiles  toward  the  allies  because  they  could  observe  the  favori- 
tism, gifts,  and  privileged  status  which  the  Pueblos  obtained 
from  their  conquerors.  Second,  it  demonstrated  that  warfare 
need  not  be  abandoned  by  the  warlike  tribes,  only  reemployed 

109.  Sanchez  Vergara  to  Governor  Allande,  Jemez,  29  June  1818,  NMA,  Document  2728. 

110.  General  State  Manifested  of  the  Number  of  Men  United  in  This  Pueblo  of  Jemez 
to  Operate  on  the  Expedition  to  Navajo  under  the  Command  of  Captain  Antonio  Cabeza 
de  Vaca,  NMA,  Document  2994. 

111.  Facundo  Melgares  to  the  Ayuntamiento  of  Santa  Fe,  27  August  1821,  NMA,  Docu- 
ment, 8019. 

112.  Reeve,  "Navaho-Spanish  Diplomacy,  1770-1790,"  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  RBVDSW, 
XXXV,  No.  3  (July,  1960),  210. 


PUEBLO   INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  107 

on  behalf  of  the  Spaniards  against  the  common  foe.  Third, 
auxiliary  forces  were  always  an  integral  part  of  the  Spanish 
armies,  and  as  such  were  acquiring  provisions,  horses  and 
firearms,  three  of  the  basic  goals  of  the  hostile  tribes,  with 
out  endangering  continued  tribal  existence. 

Most  important,  however,  was  the  precedent  set  by  the 
Pueblo  Indian  auxiliaries.  Their  use,  particularly  during  the 
period  described  when  Spain  was  endeavoring  to  defend  her 
tremendous  territorial  expanse  in  the  largely  uninhabited 
north,  set  the  standard  for  the  future  recruitment  of  all  New 
Mexico  auxiliaries.  Spanish  authorities  gradually  improved 
recruiting,  equipping,  organization,  tactical  employment  and 
maintenance  of  Pueblo  auxiliaries  during  the  eighteenth  cen- 
tury. Mistakes  undoubtedly  were  made,  but  Spain  profited 
from  them  in  dealing  with  future  friendly  Indian  tribes.  Dur- 
ing the  crucial  period  from  1770  to  1786  New  Mexico  largely 
solved  her  problem  of  defense  against  hostile  tribes,  assuring 
her  continued  occupation  of  the  region  until  Mexican  inde- 
pendence was  achieved. 

The  cultural  and  social  ties  between  Spaniards  and  Pueblo 
Indians  were  greatly  strengthened  by  the  use  of  auxiliaries 
on  campaigns.  Both  groups,  serving  in  close  association  on 
repeated  expeditions,  established  a  military  bond  of  friend- 
ship. This  alliance,  therefore,  contributed  to  the  interchange 
of  ideas,  customs,  language  and  military  traditions,  further 
linking  the  two  allies  and  establishing  the  mixed  civilization 
which  may  be  observed  to  this  day. 

Spain  came  to  rely  heavily  upon  the  aid  of  her  auxiliary 
forces,  which  swelled  to  overwhelming  odds  when  six  strong 
allies  appeared  to  oppose  one  foe  by  1788.  Campaign  forces 
always  reflected  this  reliance  for  auxiliaries  usually  com- 
prised one-third  to  one-half  (sometimes  more)  of  the  total 
expeditionary  force.  Certainly  Pueblo  Indians  were  the  most 
dependable  portion  of  the  New  Mexico  militia.  But  were  they 
really  members  of  that  militia  ?  Campaign  levies  and  organi- 
zational plans,  returns  of  New  Mexico  jurisdictions,  and  mus- 
ter rolls  indicate  that  Indians  were  always  reflected  and 


108  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

treated  separately.  Yet,  although  they  were  listed  apart  from 
other  militia  members,  they  were  included  on  these  rolls. 
Therefore,  it  is  apparent  that  Pueblos  and  other  auxiliaries 
were  considered  as  being  members  of  the  militia  for  adminis- 
trative purposes,  but  for  operational  ones  they  were  com- 
pletely independent  of  the  regular  organization,  having  their 
own  cacique  or  alcalde,  who  reported  directly  to  the  com- 
mander of  the  expedition. 

The  use  of  Pueblo  Indians  as  auxiliaries  for  the  inade- 
quate Spanish  regular  army  on  the  New  Mexico  frontier  was 
only  a  link  in  three  centuries  of  the  Spanish  chain  of  defense 
which  relied  upon  Indian  auxiliaries  everywhere.  However, 
this  was  a  most  important  link  for  it  enabled  Spain  to  preserve 
her  occupation  of  New  Mexico  after  Ofiate's  settlement  from 
1598  to  1605.  Gradually  Spain  overcame  the  serious  menace  of 
the  indios  bdrbaros  in  the  latter  half  of  the  eighteenth  cen- 
tury. By  1821  the  isolationism  of  the  province,  caused  by  the 
earlier  complete  encirclement  of  the  settled  region  by  hostile 
tribes,  had  been  overcome. 

Once  comparative  tranquillity  had  been  established,  New 
Mexico's  continued  occupation  and  growth  were  no  longer 
jeopardized.  The  Pueblo  Indians  played  a  significant  role  in 
the  achievement  of  this  objective.  Without  their  military  aid 
and  extreme  loyalty  Spain  could  not  have  achieved  the  pacifi- 
cation of  her  nothern  frontier.  Just  as  Cortes  had  recognized 
the  importance  of  Tlascalan  auxiliaries  in  the  reduction  of 
the  Aztecs  three  centuries  earlier,  Spain  had  largely  com- 
pleted the  "conquest"  of  New  Mexico  by  1821,  using  the  same 
technique. 

The  adaptability  of  Pueblo  Indians  to  warfare  against 
hostile  forces  did  not  end  with  the  Spanish  withdrawal  from 
the  North  American  Continent.  Both  Mexico  and  the  United 
States,  each  in  its  turn,  recognized  the  loyalty,  military  use- 
fulness and  intertribal  hatreds  of  the  Pueblos.  During  the 
remainder  of  the  nineteenth  century  these  two  countries  em- 
ployed Pueblo  auxiliary  forces,  particularly  on  campaigns 
against  Apaches.  The  precedent  set  by  Spain  was  adopted 


PUEBLO  INDIAN  AUXILIARIES  109 

by  others  who  discovered  the  necessity  of  augmenting  inade- 
quate military  forces.  Perhaps,  more  than  any  other  factor, 
Pueblo  Indian  auxiliaries  served  their  homeland  to  achieve  its 
pacification  and  ultimate  stability. 


REMINISCENCES  OF  EMANUEL  ROSENWALD 

Edited  by  FLOYD  S.  FIERMAN  * 

Introduction 

IT  is  difficult  to  conceive  that  the  bearded  face  whose  photo- 
graph is  included  among  these  pages  was  a  frontier  adven- 
turer. This  dignified  gentleman,  Emanuel  Rosenwald,  photo- 
graphed by  J.  N.  Furlong1  of  Las  Vegas,  New  Mexico,  was  a 
rugged  pioneer.  He  carries  a  name  that  has  not  been  forgotten 
in  the  Land  of  Enchantment. 

Emanuel  Rosenwald  and  his  brother,  Joseph  Rosenwald,2 

*  Temple  Mount  Sinai,  900  North  Oregon  St.,  El  Paso,  Texas. 

1.  Correspondence  with  Mrs.  E.  A.  Medearis,  the  Library  of  the  Museum  of  New 
Mexico,  February  16,  1961. 

2.  The  parents  of  Joseph  and  Emanuel  were:  David  L.  Rosenwald    (born  June  25, 
1803,  died  in  New  York,  May  15,  1877)  and  Amelia  Gutmann  (born  [  ?],  died  September  6, 
1861 ) ,  whom  he  married  on  May  2,  1830.  Besides  Joseph  and  Emanuel,  they  had  six  other 
children.  Helene   (born  July  6,  1831,  died  September  20,  1898)   married  Jacob  Goldsmith 
(born  August  29,  1827,  died  July  24,  1890).  They  lived  in  Trinidad,  Colorado.  Joseph  (see 
notes   below).   Jette    (born   January   1,    1836,   died   December   23,    1904)    married   David 
Gottlieb  (born  May  21,  1844,  died  [  ?] )  on  November  27,  1868.  Emanuel  (see  notes  below). 
Aron    (born  August  23,   1840,  died  in  Albuquerque,   September  13,   1908)    married  Elise 
Uhlfelder  (born  June  22,  1855)  of  Regensburg  on  November  7,  1875.  Julie  (born  February 
3,  1843,  died  [  ?] )  married  Phillip  Strauss   (born  [?],  died  [?]),  date  unknown.  Edward 
(born   October   5,    1845,   died   in   Albuquerque,   November   4,    1903)    was   married   twice. 
Edward  married  his  first  wife,  Nina  Uhlfelder   (born  August  20,  1856,  died  January  25, 
1883),  in  1880.  He  married  a  cousin,  Helene  Rosenwald   (born  May  10,  1859,  died  [?]). 
Leopold  (born  July  24,  1848,  died  June  1,  1856). 

Joseph  Rosenwald  was  born  in  Dittenhofen,  Germany  on  December  12,  1838,  and  died 
on  May  14,  1888.  He  married  Bona  Levisohn  (born  July  13,  1850).  They  had  five  children. 
Leon  was  born  March  3,  1872  in  Las  Vegas,  New  Mexico.  He  married  Sadie  Mershfield 
(born  September  13,  1875)  in  1899.  Rudolph  (born  November,  1873.  died  May  15,  1874). 
Amelia  (born  December  6,  1874,  died  December  22,  1874).  Max  (born  February  26,  1875  in 
Las  Vegas,  New  Mexico).  He  married  S.  Lehman  (born  August  16,  1880)  on  June  20, 
1901.  David  J.,  born  July  18,  1898,  in  Las  Vegas,  New  Mexico,  married  Edith  Rosengarten 
(born  January  2,  1887)  on  February  12,  1908.  Lucian  Rosenwald,  Family  Genealogy  pre- 
pared November  27,  1930  and  revised  September  28,  1943. 

Emanuel  Rosenwald  was  born  in  Dittenhofen,  May  10,  1838  and  died  in  Las  Vegas, 
New  Mexico  on  April  23,  1915.  He  married  Elise  Apfelbaum  of  Furth  (born  April  13,  1852, 
died  in  Las  Vegas,  New  Mexico,  March  25,  1913)  on  December  8,  1872.  Emanuel  and  Elise 
Apfelbaum  had  four  children.  Cecilio,  born  in  Las  Vegas,  New  Mexico,  November  16,  1873, 
died  July  29,  1931,  in  Albuquerque,  New  Mexico.  He  married  Hannchen  Bonnheim  of 
Atlanta,  Georgia  (born  December  27,  1873)  on  October  9,  1898.  Lucian  was  born  in  Las 
Vegas,  New  Mexico,  on  February  9,  1875.  Lucian  married  Emma  Floerscheim  (born  April 
17,  1880)  of  Kansas  City,  Missouri,  on  September  18,  1901.  David  E.  was  born  June  80, 
1877.  He  married  Jennie  Kraus  of  Baltimore,  Maryland,  on  January  3,  1924.  Gilbert  Eliseo 
was  born  February  17,  1885  and  married  Jennie  Baum  (born  July  1,  1888)  of  Kansas  City, 
Missouri  on  July  10,  1912.  Lucian  Rosenwald,  op.  n't. 

110 


EMANUEL  ROSENWALD 


EMANUEL  ROSEN WALD  111 

were  typical  of  the  Jewish  people  who  had  the  courage  and 
the  foresight  to  migrate  to  the  Southwest  during  the  last  half 
of  the  nineteenth  century.  Like  the  Spiegelbergs,  the  Frue- 
denthal  and  Lesinsky  families,  the  Ilfelds,  the  Staabs  and  the 
Bibos,  the  Rosenwalds  were  freighters,  sutlers,  Indian  trad- 
ers, soldiers,  government  contractors,  and  finally  bankers3 
and  sedentary  merchants.4 

While  Emanuel  Rosenwald  and  his  family  left  no  diaries 
for  posterity  to  peruse,  like  the  Libro5  of  Jose  Maria  Flores  of 
Paso  del  Norte,  there  are  other  sources  that  afford  us  more 
than  a  glimpse  of  their  enterprising  and  daring.  Both  Charles 
F.  Coan  and  Ralph  E.  Twitchell,6  prominent  New  Mexico  his- 
torians, are  generous  in  the  space  they  have  allotted  to  the 
Rosenwalds7  and  in  their  comments  concerning  them.  They 
are  luminaries  in  the  star-studded  Coan-Twitchell  biogra- 

For  further  information  concerning  the  children  of  Emanuel  and  Elise  Apfelbaum 
Rosenwald  (Cecilio,  Gilbert  Eliseo,  Lucian  and  David  Emanuel  Rosenwald)  in  Las  Vegas, 
New  Mexico,  consult :  Ralph  E.  Twitchell,  Leading  Facts  of  New  Mexican  History,  Cedar 
Rapids,  The  Torch  Press,  c.  1917,  Vol.  V,  p.  236.  For  information  concerning  the  Rosen- 
walds in  Albuquerque,  consult :  Charles  F.  Coan,  A  History  of  New  Mexico,  Vol.  II,  pp.  146- 
148.  American  Historical  Society,  Inc.,  Chicago  and  New  York,  c.  1925. 

3.  The  Rosenwalds   (Joseph  and  Emanuel)   took  part  in  the  organization  of  the  San 
Miguel  National  Bank  in  Old  Town  (Las  Vegas)  in  1880.  F.  Stanley,  The  Las  Vegas  New 
Mexico  Story,  p.  311.  World  Press,  Inc.,  c.  1951. 

4.  Consult  Floyd  S.  Fierman,  Some  Early  Jewish  Settlers  on  the  Southwest  Frontier, 
Texas  Western  Press,  1960. 

5.  Dr.  Rex  Strickland  of  Texas  Western  College  is  in  the  possession  of  the  "Libro" 
of  Jose  Maria  Flores,  which,  while  incomplete,  is  a  diary  and  record  book  of  items  of 
interest  recorded  by  Jose  Maria  Flores  in  the  Paso  del  Norte  area. 

6.  Coan,  op.  cit.  Twitchell,  op.  eit. 

7.  The  various   Business  Directories   record:   McKenney's  Business  Directory  of  the 
Principal  Towns  of  Central  and  Southern  California,   Arizona,   New   Mexico,   Southern 
Colorado,  and  Kansas,  Oakland,  California,  Pacific  Press,  1882-83,  p.  319,  "Las  Vegas" 
Rosenwald  J.  and  Co.  gen.  mdse.  Colorado,  New  Mexico,   Utah,  Nevada,   Wyoming  and 
Arizona  Gazetteer  and  Business  Directory,  1884-85.  Chicago,  R.  L.  Polk  and  Co.  and  A.  C. 
Denser,    p.    306,    "Albuquerque"    Rosenwald    Bros.    (Aaron    and    Edward)    general   store, 
Railroad  Ave.  and  3d.  P.  332,  "Las  Vegas"  Rosenwald,  J.  and  Co.   (Joseph  and  Emanuel 
Rosenwald)  general  store,  SS  Plaza.  Southern  Pacific  Director  for  1888-9,  San  Francisco, 
McKenny  Directory,   P.  446,   "Albuquerque"  Rosenwald  Bros.    (Aron  and  Edward)    gen. 
mdse.  cor.  Railroad  Ave.  and  Third.  P.  470,  "Las  Vegas"  Rosenwald  J.  and  Co.   (Joseph 
and  Emanuel  Rosenwald)  gen.  mdse.  SS.  Plaza.  Folk's  New  Mexico  and  Arizona  Pictorial 
State  Gazetteer  and  Business  Directory,  1912-13.  P.  138,  "Albuquerque"  Rosenwald  Bros. 
(David  S.  and  Sidney  V.)  department  store,  SE  Corner  4th  and  Central  Ave.  Rosenwald, 
David  S.   (Rosenwald  Bros.,  Inc.  Rosenwald  Bros,  and  New  Mexico  Cigar  Co.  SE  Corner 
4th  and  Central  Avenue.  [Also]  Vice  President,  Tongue  Pressed  Brick,  Tile,  Improvement 
Co.  Rosenwald,  Sidney  V.    (Rosenwald  Bros,  and  New  Mexico  Cigar  Co.   SE  Corner  4th 
and  Central  Avenue.)  P.  267,  "Las  Vegas"  Rosenwald  E.  and  Son   (Emanuel  and  Cecilio) 
gen.  store. 


112  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

phies.  The  Southwest  business  directories  are  meticulous  in 
the  notations  which  describe  their  interests.  The  Las  Vegas 
and  Albuquerque  periodicals  contain  their  frequent  adver- 
tisements, and  a  laudatory  notice8  spells  out  their  impact  on 
new  Mexico  community  life  and  economy. 

A  series  of  telegrams9  sent  by  Joseph  Rosenwald  and 
Company,  from  the  years  1877-79,  document  the  variety  of 
items  which  they  sold  and  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  Rosen- 
wald commercial  dealings.  A  telegram  to  Bartels  Bros,  and 
Company  in  El  Moro,  on  June  11,  1877,  which  concludes, 
"ship  by  fast  mule,"  sharply  informs  the  reader  that  there 
was  "fast  freight"  on  the  frontier  as  well  as  "slow  freight," 
and  that  Joseph  Rosenwald  and  Company  had  occasion  to 
use  it. 

Neither  were  the  Rosenwalds  unaware  of  the  economic 
opportunities  to  supply  the  Southwest  army  posts,  which  in 
1859 10  numbered  sixteen.  On  the  record  is  a  contract11  dated 

8.  See  Appendix  I. 

9.  See  Appendix  II. 

10.  "The  era  of  military  freighters  upon  the  Great  Plains  dawned  in  1846  with  the 
outbreak  of  the  War  with  Mexico,  when  General  S.  W.  Kearney's  diminutive  Army  of  the 
West  straggled  off  across  the  prairie  to  capture  Santa  Fe.  To  send  an  expeditionary  force 
of  1,701  officers  and  men  into  enemy  territory  about  a  thousand  miles  from  it,  bare  of 
supplies  at  Fort  Leavenworth,   was  not  as  foolhardy  as   it  might  seem.   The  merchant 
freighters  to  Santa  Fe,  Chihuahua,  and  other  points  far  in  the  interior  of  Mexico  had 
already  demonstrated  that  any  amount  of  goods  desired  could  be  transported  over  the  Santa 
FeTraiL 

"In  1846  and  1847  the  army  organized  its  own  trains  and  hired  civilian  drivers  or 
bull-whackers.  Owing  to  ignorance  of  Army  officers  concerning  the  highly  specialized  business 
of  freighting  across  the  Great  Plains,  inefficiency  of  bullwhackers  and  efficiency  of  raiding 
Indians,  this  plan  proved  a  total  failure  in  1847.  War  department  officials  in  Washington 
wisely  acknowledged  the  inability  of  the  Army  to  transport  its  own  supplies  and  instructed 
the  quartermaster  at  Fort  Leavenworth  to  make  contracts  with  civilian  freighters. 

"By  the  annexation  of  New  Mexico,  and  the  regions  of  the  West  as  far  as  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  the  United  States  shouldered  the  heavy  responsibility  for  keeping  in  subjection  the 
fierce  tribes  who  inhabited  these  areas.  This  task  involved  the  establishment  of  permanent 
military  posts  with  year-around  garrisons.  By  1849  there  were  seven  of  these  with  troops 
totaling  987.  Ten  years  later  the  number  of  posts  had  risen  to  sixteen.  Every  one,  situated 
as  they  were  in  barren  regions  incapable  of  supporting  them,  had  to  be  supplied  with 
goods  hauled  in  wagons  from  the  Missouri  River."  Raymond  W.  Settle  and  Mary  Lund 
Settle,  Empire  On  Wheels,  c.  1949,  Stanford  University  Press,  pp.  3  and  4. 

11.  "Contract  Between  Bvt.  Lieut.  CoL  M.  I.  Ludington,  Chief  Qr.  Mr.  Dist.  of  New 
Mexico,  and  Emanuel  Rosenwald  for  the  delivery  of  300,000  Ibs.  of  Corn  at  Fort  Sumner, 
N.  M.,  dated  May  31,  1869."  "Contract  between  Bt.  Major  Chas.  McClure  and  E.  Rosenwald 
for  the  supply  of  Beans  at  Forts  Bascom  and  Sumner,  N.  M.  from  January  1,  1869  to 
June  30th,  1869.  Price  $8.00  per  pound."  American  Jewish  Archives,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 


EMANUEL  ROSENWALD  113 

January  1, 1869,  between  Brevet  Major  Charles  McClure  and 
Emanuel  Rosenwald  to  ship  beans  to  Fort  Bascom,  New  Mex- 
ico, and  Fort  Sumner,  New  Mexico,  and  another  contract 
dated  May  31,  1869,  between  Lieutenant  Colonel  M.  I.  Lud- 
ington,  Chief  Quartermaster  of  the  District  of  New  Mexico, 
with  Emanuel  Rosenwald  to  supply  corn  to  Fort  Sumner, 
New  Mexico.  Such  contracts  could  be  hazardous  as  well  as 
profitable.  There  was  always  a  risk  involved.  Indian  attacks, 
a  drought,  or  a  dishonest  partner  could  ruin  a  man  as  quickly 
as  a  desert  flash  flood  could  speed  down  an  arroyo.  Suppliers 
like  Emanuel  were  required  by  the  government  to  furnish  a 
bond  guaranteeing  that  they  would  meet  their  part  of  the 
contract.  Emanuel  Rosenwald's  corn  contract  with  Lieuten- 
ant Colonel  Ludington,  for  example,  carried  a  $15,000  per- 
formance bond. 

But  the  richest  lode  of  Rosenwald  information  is  encoun- 
tered through  clues  and  data  provided  by  living  members  of 
the  Rosenwald  family.  About  nine  years  ago,  while  the  writer 
sought  the  old  paths  of  Jewish  pioneers  now  covered  by  pifion 
trees,  melted  adobes  and  new  business  names,  he  learned  that 
Joseph's  granddaughter,  Miss  Janet  Rosenwald,  resided  in 
Santa  Fe.  A  meeting  with  her  resulted  in  the  writer  obtain- 
ing a  copy  of  the  "Reminiscences  of  Emanuel  Rosenwald." 
According  to  Robert  E.  Rosenwald  of  Kansas  City,  Missouri, 
a  grandson  of  Emanuel,  these  Reminiscences  were  dictated 
to  his  father,  Lucian,  by  Emanuel  on  the  occasion  of  Eman- 
uel's  seventieth  birthday.12 

An  interview  with  Mrs.  Samuel  (Jetty)  Whitehead 
[Weiskopf  ] 13  in  Albuquerque,  the  niece  of  Joseph  and  Eman- 
uel and  the  daughter  of  Aaron  [Aron]  Rosenwald,  helped  to 
clarify  and  define  the  various  Rosenwald  ventures.  There 

12.  Correspondence  with  Robert  E.  Rosenwald,  Kansas  City,  Missouri,  May  15,  1961. 
Miss  Janet  Rosenwald  advises :  "I  am  not  sure  that  there  is  an  original  of  the  Emanuel 

Rosenwald  Reminiscences.  All  I  have  is  a  notebook  containing:  the  story  as  dictated  by 
him.  The  first  part  of  the  story  is  in  my  father's  handwriting,  the  remainder  in  my 
mother's  hand.  It  was  my  impression  that  they  took  this  down  directly  from  his  dictation. 
However,  the  story  may  have  been  copied  by  them  from  a  written  account.  .  .  ."  Corre- 
spondence with  Miss  Janet  Rosenwald,  June  2,  1961. 

13.  Interview   with   Mr.    and   Mrs.    Samuel   Whitehead    (Weiskopf)    in    Albuquerque, 
February,  1961. 


114  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

were  four  brothers — Joseph,  Emanuel,  Aaron  and  Edward — 
who  were  engaged  in  the  New  Mexico  trade.  The  Rosenwald 
enterprises  after  a  precarious  beginning  were  located  prin- 
cipally in  two  communities,  Las  Vegas  and  Albuquerque. 
These  two  enterprises  were  operated  by  two  brothers  in  each 
community.  Joseph  and  Emanuel  exercised  their  efforts  in 
Las  Vegas  and  their  younger  brothers,  Aaron  and  Edward, 
utilized  their  talents  in  Albuquerque.  Aaron  initially  was  em- 
ployed by  Emanuel  and  Joseph  in  Trinidad.  Subsequently, 
the  brothers  parted  amicably  and  Aaron  and  Edward  went 
into  business  in  Old  Town  Albuquerque. 

It  is  the  "Reminiscences  of  Emanuel  Rosenwald"  that  im- 
print the  early  excursions  of  this  family  in  the  Southwest. 
These  Reminiscences  and  a  genealogy  of  the  family  prepared 
by  Lucian  enable  us  to  fit  together  the  fragmentary  records 
of  the  Rosenwald  activities  on  the  frontier. 

Reminiscences  of  Emanuel  Rosenwald 

We  went  to  school  in  Dittenhof  en.  Joseph  being  the  oldest 
of  the  family,  as  was  customary  in  those  days,  was  given  the 
benefit  of  all  educational  advantages  as  our  parents  could 
afford.  After  he  was  thirteen  years  of  age,  he  was  sent  to 
Uncle  David  Kitzinger  to  Mklerlbach  for  a  commercial  educa- 
tion. He  was  then  sent  to  the  dry  goods  firm  of  Joseph  Bau- 
man  in  Fuerth,  where  he  remained  for  a  few  years.  In  1851 
he  left  Germany,  going  to  the  United  States.  I  remained  in 
Dittenhofen  until  my  fifteenth  year,  going  to  school  till  thir- 
teen years  of  age.  Thereafter  I  helped  my  father  in  his  live- 
stock trading,  dealing  in  hogs  and  in  farming. 

Joe  landed  in  New  York  and  from  there  went  to  Baltimore 
where  he  was  started  in  clothing  business  in  Staunton,  Vir- 
ginia, by  the  uncles  at  Baltimore. 

In  1853  I  left  for  America  and  landed  in  New  York  on  the 
Fourth  of  July  after  a  voyage  of  seven  weeks  on  the  sailing 
vessel  Isaac  Bell,  sailing  from  Havre.  I  was  met  at  the  vessel 
by  my  uncle  David  Goodman,  remained  with  him,  till  the 
uncles  in  Baltimore  feared  that  he  would  keep  me  perma- 


EMANUEL  ROSEN WALD  115 

nently,  as  he  had  no  boys,  and  upon  the  first  opportunity  the 
uncles  had,  I  was  taken  to  Baltimore.  I  remained  in  Baltimore 
for  a  number  of  weeks  and  then  Joe  came  from  Staunton  and 
upon  his  return  I  went  West  with  him.  In  Staunton  I  helped 
Joe  to  the  best  of  my  ability  and  during  the  winter  I  was  sent 
to  school  to  learn  the  language.  The  firm  name  was  Goodman 
and  Company.14  Jose  probably  received  enough  pay  to  board 
both  himself  and  myself  at  the  Virginia  Hotel,  the  pay  for  my 
work  consisted  of  free  board. 

Some  months  after  my  arrival  at  Staunton  in  1853  a  rail- 
road was  built  into  Staunton.  The  firm  of  Goodman  and  Com- 
pany then  opened  the  second  store  of  which  Joe  took  charge, 
while  I  was  put  in  charge  of  the  first  store.  We  carried  a  line 
of  men's  clothing  manufactured  by  H.  Goodman  and  Bros, 
at  Baltimore.  Business  at  the  new  store  was  not  highly  satis- 
factory. On  Yom  Kippur15  of  1854  as  I  was  fasting,  Joe  took 
care  of  the"  store  of  which  I  had  charge.  He  then  concluded 
that  the  second  store  was  not  profitable  and  the  following  day 
combined  the  two  stocks.  Shortly  thereafter  we  concluded 
that  the  business  did  not  pay  and  therefore  moved  our  stock 
to  Richmond.  We  opened  business  in  Richmond,  where  we  re- 
mained about  a  year,  but  did  not  meet  with  success.  We  then 
concluded  to  go  West  and  removed  to  Burlington,16  Iowa, 

14.  A  perusal  of  the  newspapers  in  Staunton,  Virginia  from  1860  through  1895  dis- 
closes no  record  of  advertisements  for  Goodman   and  Company.   The  census  records  of 
1850,  1860,  and  1870  are  also  unrevealing.  The  deed  indices  in  the  Staunton  city  clerk's 
office  have  no  record  of  Goodman  and  Company.  Inquiries  made  to  the  Maryland  Historical 
Society,  Baltimore,  Maryland,  the  Virginia  State  Library  at  Richmond,  Virginia,  and  the 
Virginia  Historical  Society,  Richmond,  Virginia,  were  equally  unrewarding. 

15.  Yom  Kippur  is  a  Jewish  Holyday.  It  falls  on  the  tenth  day  of  the  Hebrew  month 
of  Tishri.  Rosh  Hashonah  is  the  Jewish  New  Year  and  falls  on  the  first  day  of  the  Hebrew 
month  of  Tishri.  The  ten  days  between  Rosh  Hashonah  and  Yom  Kippur  are  days  of  peni- 
tence which  culminate  on  Yom  Kippur  which  is  a  day  of  total  fasting  from  sundown  on 
the  previous  day  to  sundown  on  Yom  Kippur.  It  appears  that  Joseph  Rosenwald  was  not 
as  observant  a  Jew  as  was  Emanuel  for  Emanuel  informs  us  that  Joseph  kept  the  store 
open  and  remained  there  all  day  while  Emanuel  fasted. 

16.  "Burlington  is  in  Des  Moines  Co.,  on  the  Mississippi,  and  Fort  Des  Moines,  now  the 
city  of  Des  Moines,  is  on  the  Des  Moines  river,  about  central  in  the  State.  Our  various 
county  histories  do  not  seem  to  have  the  name  of  Rosenwald.  Our  first  city  directory  for 
Des  Moines  is  1875,  and  the  Rosenwalds  were  not  listed.  Our  first  Burlington  directory  is 
1874  and  there  is  not  a  listing  for  the  Rosenwalds.  It  is  possible  that  the  family  moved  just 
enough  not  to  be  listed  in  the  county  histories."  The  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa, 
Iowa  City,  Iowa,  March  27,  1961. 

In  1829  the  present  site  of  Burlington  was  occupied  by  a  branch  of  the  American  Fur 


116  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

where  we  were  in  the  same  line  of  business  with  stock  fur- 
nished by  Goodman  and  Company.  Shortly  after  going  into 
business  in  Burlington,  Joe  decided  to  open  a  store  at  Fort 
Des  Moines,  Iowa.  I  remained  in  Burlington  about  a  year  and 
as  Joe  desired  to  go  further  West,  we  moved  our  Burlington 
stock  to  Fort  Des  Moines.  During  these  days  I  was  not  a  part- 
ner, but  was  learning  the  business. 

About  1856  Joe  started  from  Des  Moines  to  find  another 
location,  going  up  the  Missouri  River  as  far  as  Sioux  City. 
He  bought  some  fine  town  lots  which  were  soon  thereafter 
converted  into  the  Missouri  River.  He  had  been  fairly  success- 
ful in  Des  Moines  as  his  total  assets  were  covered  by  the  lots 
which  he  bought  in  Sioux  City.  He  then  returned  to  Fort  Des 
Moines,  and  we  moved  our  stock  to  Wyandotte,  Kansas,17 
where  we  also  invested  (where  we  got  the  money  I  do  not 
remember)  in  the  Wyandotte  Town  Co.'s  townsite.  We  were 
in  Wyandotte  some  length  of  time  doing  fairly  well,  trading 
with  the  Indians.  For  a  short  time  I  had  a  little  branch  store 
at  Parkville,18  but  soon  moved  [the  Parkville]  stock  back  to 
Wyandotte.  Thereafter,  we  removed  to  Lawrence,  Kansas. 
There  Jacob  Goldsmith,19  who  had  married  my  sister  Helene, 
joined  us. 

When  we  left  Wyandotte,  we  quit  trading  with  Goodman 
and  Co.  and  declared  our  independence  of  them  even  though 
we  were  owing  them  considerable  money.  From  Lawrence  I 
went  to  New  York  to  buy  a  general  line  of  men's  furnishing 
goods  on  credit. 

Company,  which  had  established  a  trading  post  which  went  into  effect  June,  1833.  The 
Black  Hawk  treaty  was  signed  September  21,  1832,  and  went  into  effect  June,  1833.  The 
pioneers  built  cabins  and  ferries,  and  the  city  developed  rapidly.  Augustine  M.  Antrobus, 
The  History  of  Des  Moinea  County,  S.  J.  Clark  Co.,  c.  1915. 

17.  Wyandotte,  Kansas,  later  became  Kansas  City,  Kansas.  "On  March  6,  1866,  Kansas 
City,  Armourdale,  Wyandotte  and  Armstrong  combined  as  first  class  city  and  took  the  name 
Kansas  City."  William  Frank  Zornow,  Kansas,  University  of  Oklahoma  Press,  c.  1957. 

18.  Parkville.  In  the  early  1840's,  this  was  one  of  the  most  important  towns  on  the 
Missouri  River,  ranking  with  or  even  surpassing  Kansas  City.  In  the   1850's,  when  the 
slavery  question  caused  unrest  and  bloodshed  all  along  the  Kansas  border,  the  citizens  of 
Parkville  were  active  on  both  sides.  Sponsored  by  the  Missouri  State  Highway  Department, 
Missouri,  Duell,  Sloan  and  Pearce,  c.  1941,  p.  496. 

19.  Jacob  Goldsmith  (born  August  29,  1827,  died  July  24,  1890)  married  Helen  Rosen- 
wald,  Emanuel's  sister  (born  July  6,  1831,  died  September  20,  1898).  They  spent  their  latter 
years  at  Trinidad,  Colorado. 


EMANUEL  ROSENWALD  117 

Philip  Strauss20  was  at  that  time  living  in  Leaven  worth. 
Joe  formed  a  partnership  with  him  and  Henry  Rosenfield.21 
They  bought  a  trainload  of  spirits  on  credit  and  started  for 
Camp  Floyd,22  Utah  by  bull  team  from  Leavenworth.  They 
were  on  the  road  three  months,  undergoing  the  most  severe 
hardships.  Majors-Waddell  and  Co.23  provided  the  train  for 
transportation  at  Camp  Floyd,  the  firm  [Joseph  Rosenwald 
and  Henry  Rosenfield]  manufactured  whiskey  from  the 
spirits  they  had  transported,  bottling  the  goods  at  night  and 
selling  their  entire  production  each  day.  The  firm  made  con- 
siderable money  there  and  would  have  cleared  more  had  not 
Henry  Rosenfield  taken  out  in  trade  what  was  due  the  firm 
from  the  saloon  keepers  to  whom  the  firm  sold  some  of  their 
goods.  At  this  point  the  firm  also  had  a  cargo  soldier  trade. 
Joe  narrowly  escaped  being  killed  by  these  soldiers  at  various 
times. 

They  finally  sold  out  and  Joe  went  to  Denver.  In  the  mean- 
time I  was  endeavoring  to  sell  our  stock  at  Lawrence  and  then 
accompanied  Goldsmith  and  family  to  Baltimore.  After  a 
short  stay  there  I  started  on  my  trip  to  meet  Joe  in  Denver. 
I  had  money  enough  of  my  own  to  take  me  there,  but  when  I 
arrived  at  Leavenworth,  I  went  to  Wyandotte  where  we  had 
a  law  suit  for  some  money  due  us  on  some  lands  and  instead 
of  getting  money  out  of  the  case,  I  had  to  pay  what  little 

20.  Phillip  Strauss  was  married  to  another  sister  of  Emanuel,  Julie.  Julie  Rosenwald 
was  born  February  3,  1843,  in  Dittenhofen.  There  is  no  reference  to  the  date  of  her  death 
or  to  the  birth  or  death  date  of  Philip  Strauss. 

21.  Henry  Rosenfield  of  Leavenworth.  The  Kansas  State  Historical  Society,  Topeka, 
Kansas,  replies:  "We  have  no  information  on  Henry  Rosenfield."  Correspondence  with 
Miss  Alberta  Pantle,  April  3,  1961. 

22.  Camp  Floyd,  Utah,  was  a  military  post  near  the  town  of  Fairfield,  in  Cedar  Valley, 
about  forty  miles  to  the  Southwest.  Troops  were  stationed  at  the  post,  at  first  called  Camp 
Floyd  and  later  Fort  Crittenden,  until  1861,  when  they  left  for  more  urgent  duty.  Robert 
E.  Stowers  and  John  M.  Ellis,  Charles  A.  Scott's  "Diary  of  the  Utah  Expedition,  1857- 
1861,"  Utah  Historical  Quarterly,  April,  1960,  p.  157,  Utah  State  Historical  Society,  Salt 
Lake  City. 

23.  "From   1855  to  1861,    [William  H.]    Russell,    [Alexander]    Majors,   and    [William 
Bradford]  Waddell,  were  regarded  as  the  most  influential,  most  substantial  businessmen  in 
the  West.  Their  notes,  acceptances  and  drafts  were  readily  negotiable  anywhere  and  for 
any  amount  within  the  broad  limits  of  reason.  Their  purchases  of  oxen,  corn,  hogs  and 
other  farm  produces  bolstered  agriculture  in  Western  Missouri  and  Kansas  Territory,  and 
the  wages  paid  their  employees  constituted  a  financial  back-log  for  the  same  area. 

Settle  and  Settle,  op.  city.,  p.  xiv. 


118  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

money  I  had  for  costs  and  lawyer's  fees  in  the  case  which 
left  me  without  means  to  reach  Denver.  My  good  friends  had 
insufficient  funds  to  aid  me.  By  Pony  Express  Joe  then  sent 
me  the  required  amount  for  transportation.  I  went  to  Denver 
by  Overland  Mail  Coach,  saw  thousands  upon  thousands  of 
buffaloes,  deer,  etc.  upon  the  plains.  In  Denver  we  bought  two 
ox  wagons  fully  equipped  and  one  mule  wagon,  sufficient  gro- 
ceries and  liquors  and  started  down  to  the  Arkansas  river 
where  Fort  Wise  [Colorado]  was  building  at  the  time.  Joe 
drove  one  wagon,  I  drove  the  second  and  a  man  who  had  come 
with  Joe  from  Camp  Floyd  drove  the  third  arriving  near  the 
side  of  the  Fort.  We  camped  there  till  part  of  our  stock  was 
sold  and  we  [left  when  we]  received  orders  from  [the]  com- 
manding officer  to  move  on. 

We  took  the  remainder  of  our  stock  from  here  to  Pike's 
Peak.  On  our  way  up  we  were  followed  by  a  band  of  Indians 
they  being  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river.  We,  however, 
escaped  them.  We  traded  our  entire  remaining  stock  for  pota- 
toes, took  them  to  Denver,  peddled  them  out  and  after  finish- 
ing with  their  sale  we  sold  our  oxen  wagons  and  started  in 
our  mule  wagon  for  Wyandotte,  Kansas.  [Mules  were  faster 
than  oxen.] 

From  Denver  we  took  along  as  an  act  of  charity  a  doctor 
who  was  stranded  there  without  means.  Before  leaving  Den- 
ver, we  were  informed  by  the  man  who  had  been  with  us  in 
Arkansas  that  some  desperados  were  watching  for  our  de- 
parture to  follow  and  rob  us.  We  evaded  them,  lost  but  little 
time  on  the  road,  making  the  trip  via  the  cut-off  and  reached 
the  Platte  River  camping  ground  during  the  night.  In  due 
time  after  a  tedious  journey  we  reached  Wyandotte  late  in 
the  Fall  of  1860.  That  Fall  the  Confederate  Flag  was  raised 
in  Kansas  City.  The  Wyandotte  residents  were  very  much 
perturbed  and  troubled  by  this.  We  remained  in  Wyandotte 
during  the  winter  during  which  time  we  made  preparations 
to  take  a  stock  of  goods  to  the  Rocky  Mountains.  We  ordered 
ten  ox  wagons  made  to  order  in  Westport,  contracted  for  our 
cattle  and  in  the  Spring  of  1861  we  loaded  the  train  with 


EMANUEL  ROSEN WALD  119 

provisions  which  we  bought  in  Kansas  City  and  started  on 
our  journey,  for  California  Gulch24  now  Leadville  [Colo- 
rado] .  Our  train  consisted  of  ten  freight  wagons,  three  yoke 
of  cattle  to  each  wagon  and  a  number  of  extra  cattle  for  emer- 
gency use.  Joe  acted  as  wagon  boss.  [The  company  consisted 
of]  the  oldest  son  of  Silas  Armstrong,25  a  Wyandotte  chief, 
assistant  wagon  boss,  [and]  a  cook.  I  had  the  pleasure  to 
exercise  myself  in  driving  the  extra  cattle  which  were  very 
wild  and  could  run  faster  than  I  could  ride.  Occasionally  I 
relieved  some  wagon  driver.  The  three  horses  we  had  were 
used  by  Joe  Armstrong  and  myself.  Our  first  camp  was  near 
Westport.  In  those  days  tents  were  not  known  for  use  except 
in  the  army  and  bedding  other  than  a  buffalo  robe  and  some 
blankets  was  not  carried.  Usually  our  berth  was  under  some 
wagon.  During  the  first  night  we  had  a  severe  rain  which  con- 
tinued for  many  days  making  travel  very  slow  and  difficult. 
We  usually  slept  in  the  rain  till  thoroughly  soaked.  As  a  last 
resource  we  would  remove  to  some  of  the  wagons  and  there 
complete  the  night.  After  getting  out  of  the  territory  of 
Kansas  on  the  Platte  we  encountered  warm  weather  to  such 
an  extent  that  we  had  to  set  tires  [  ?]  almost  every  day.  The 

24.  California  Gulch.  "Later  in  the  autumn  a  party  of  prospectors  .  .  .  crossed  the 
range  and  discovered  good  diggings  in  a  gulch  on  the  headwaters  of  the  Arkansas  river, 
which  they  named  California.  .  .  .  The  first  house  erected  in  the  new  mines  was  on  the 
present  site  of  Leadville,  and  the  place  was  called  Oro  City.  The  post  office,  which  was 
established  at  this  place,  being  removed  in  1871  two  and  half  miles  up  the  gulch,  the  name 
followed  it  and  Oro  City  left  its  first  location  open  for  subsequent  development  by  other 
town  locators.  California  Gulch  was  thickly  populated  for  six  miles  and  had  two  important 
towns  besides  Oro,  namely  Malta  and  Slabtown."  Hubert  Howe  Bancroft,  History  of  Ne- 
vada, Colorado  and  Wyoming,  The  History  Company,  1890,  VoL  XXV,  pp.  504-505. 

25.  "We  have  no  information  about  any  of  the  men  you  mention  except  Silas  Arm- 
strong. A  genealogical  sketch  of  his  family  is  found  on  page  308  of  The  Provisional  Govern- 
ment of  Nebraska  Territory  and  The  Journals  of  William  Walker,  edited  by  William  E. 
Connelley,  Lincoln,  Nebraska,  1899.  .  .  . 

"  'Two  blocks  north  of  Barnett  Avenue  and  a  block  south  of  Minnesota  Avenue,  the 
principal  street  of  the  city,  is  Armstrong  Avenue.  No  Indian  name  is  better  known  on 
the  West  Side  than  that  of  Armstrong.  Silas  Armstrong  was  a  great  chief  of  the  Wyan- 
dottes  and  was  president  of  the  company  which  laid  out  the  old  city  of  Wyandotte.  Arm- 
strong was  a  man  of  intelligence  about  the  average.  He  died  December  4,  1865,  at  the  age 
of  55  and  was  buried  in  the  Huron  cemetery.'  " 

Quoted  from  Kansas  City  Star,  June  3,  1906.  Correspondence  with  Alberta  Pantle, 
Kansas  State  Historical  Society,  Topeka,  Kansas,  April  6,  1961. 

[The  answer  to  the  question  mark  in  brackets,  inserted  by  Rabbi  Fierman,  might  be 
that  the  wooden  wheels  shrank  in  the  warm  dry  weather  which  would  cause  a  loosening 
of  the  iron  tire.  It  could  be  tightened  by  inserting  pegs  at  intervals  between  the  tire  and 
the  wooden  wheel.  F.D.R.] 


120  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

only  article  on  the  plains  were  buffalo  chips  (the  dried  ma- 
nure) .  We  managed  to  commence  climbing  the  Rockies,  pass- 
ing through  Canon  City  [Colorado] 26  and  with  a  great  deal 
of  trouble  we  finally  reached  California  Gulch  which  was  also 
at  times  called  Oro  (Gold)  City.  [See  Reference  24].  We  un- 
loaded our  goods  and  commenced  business.  We  bought  a  long 
house  large  enough  to  hold  all  the  goods  and  enough  space  for 
living  rooms.  Our  wagons  and  teams  we  sent  back  to  Wyan- 
dotte  and  wintered  the  cattle  there.  All  sales  were  paid  in  gold 
dust,  credit  business  was  unknown.  Gold  dust  was  handled 
as  rapidly  as  coin  is  today.  We  remained  there  all  winter. 
Wagon  transportation  over  the  mountains  during  winter  was 
impossible.  Any  goods  had  to  be  brought  in  at  that  time 
loaded  on  burros.  At  times  snow  came  to  the  level  of  the 
roof  of  our  cabin.  We  kept  an  open  way  for  our  customers. 
We  remained  there  over  a  year  trading  with  the  miners.  At 
intervals  we  took  the  gold  dust  to  Denver  where  it  was  sold 
to  Kountz  Bros.27  (same  firm  as  now  in  New  York)  and  other 
banks.  We  made  considerable  money  there  in  merchandising. 
We  also  did  placer  mining  which  did  not  prove  profitable.  Had 
it  not  been  for  the  terrible  climate  and  character  of  the  miners 
we  might  have  remained  there.  We  opened  a  branch  at  "Buck- 
skin Joe"28  leaving  J.  Goldsmith  and  Sam  Jeffers  [?]  in 
charge  at  California  Gulch. 

26.  Canon  City,  Colorado,  is  the  chief  town  and  county  seat  in  Fremont  County.  In 
1884,  it  had  a  population  of  3,000.  Large  silver  and  copper  smelters  were  located  here. 
Bancroft,  op.  tit.,  pp.  606-608. 

27.  The  Rocky  Mountain  News,  December  2,  1862,  reads :  "New  Banking  and  Exchange 
House.  Mr.  Kountz  from  Omaha,  will  open  today  or  tomorrow  at  the  corner  of  Blake  and 
L  Streets,  in  Cheeseman  and  Company's  brick  Store,  an  exchange  and  gold  dust  office. 
He  will  pay  the  highest  figures  for  gold  dust  in  exchange  for  coin,  Treasury  notes,  and  first 
class  bank  currencies.  Mr.  Kountz  is  a  gentleman  of  high  business  character,  Substantial, 
Straightforward  and  Solvent  for  anything  and  everything  he  may  do." 

"The  bank  was  nationalized,  and  the  name  changed  from  'Kountz  Brothers'  to  the 
'Colorado  National  Bank  of  Denver,'  on  August  1,  1866."  Correspondence  with  Mrs. 
Laura  Allyn  Ekstrom,  The  State  Historical  Society  of  Colorado,  Denver,  Colorado,  April  5, 
1961. 

28.  Buckskin  Joe  was  in  Park  County.  The  Colorado  Magazine  place  name  series  has 
this  to  say  about  it:  "Many  of  the  towns  that  grew  up  at  placer  mining  claims  took  the 
name  of  the  discoverers  of  the  claims ;  Buckskin.  Joseph  Higginbottom,  nicknamed  Buck- 
skin Joe  for  the  leather  garb  he  affected,  made  a  placer  strike  here,  his  claim  proving  ex- 


EMANUEL  ROSENWALD  121 

"Buckskin  Joe"  was  also  a  mining  camp.  We  remained 
there  only  a  short  time.  In  the  fall  of  '61  we  moved  to  Canon 
City,  remained  there  during  the  winter  selling  out  our  stock 
of  goods.  Goldsmith  closed  out  at  California  Gulch  and  moved 
to  Denver  starting  a  business  there.  Before  moving  to  Canon 
City,  Joe  went  East  and  during  the  fall  brought  three  loads 
of  apples  to  Denver  where  I  met  him,  Phil  Strauss  taking 
charge  of  our  Canon  City  store.  My  object  in  going  to  Denver 
was  to  inform  Joe  of  the  death  of  our  mother.  Do  not  recall 
how  long  we  were  in  Denver  or  where  we  went. 

Thereafter  Joe  went  to  Forth  Smith,29  Arkansas,  and  pro- 
cured settlership  [sutlership]  for  a  Kansas  regiment  (set- 
tlership — merchandising  privilege  for  a  regiment.)  Goods 
were  shipped  him  from  Leavenworth  and  Eastern  points. 

I  went  to  Fort  Scott,30  Kansas,  and  went  into  business. 
Phil  Strauss  followed  later  on,  remained  a  short  time,  and 
joined  Joe  in  Fort  Smith.  While  here  we  had  repeated  scares 

tremely  rich.  The  camp  adopted  his  name,  but  in  1861  the  district  was  reorganized  and 
the  town  was  named  LAURETTE,  in  honor  of  the  only  two  women  residents — Mrs.  Laura 
Dodge  and  her  sister,  Mrs.  Jeanette  Dodge.  The  following  year,  however,  the  post  office 
adopted  the  old  name  of  Buckskin,  although  the  camp  continued  to  be  known  as  Laurette. 
No  trace  of  the  old  town  now  remains  (1940)."  Correspondence  with  Mrs.  Laura  Allyn 
Ekstrom,  The  State  Historical  Society  of  Colorado,  Denver,  Colorado,  May  26,  1961. 

29.  "Fort  Smith  [Arkansas]  was  one  of  the  earliest  of  the  great  chain  of  frontier  posts. 
Its  founding  dates  back  to  1817,  when  a  permanent  military  post  was  required  for  the 
increasing  white  population  in  Western  Arkansas  and  also  for  the  civilized  Indian  tribes 
in  the  Osage  territory-  •  •  •  The  post  was  named  in  honor  of  General  Thomas  A.  Smith. 
.  .  .  Fort  Smith,  in  1858,  was  described  as  a  town  containing  2500  inhabitants,  exclusive 
of  the  garrison.  The  place  supported  two  newspapers ;  one,  the  Fort  Smith  Times  .  .  . 
Banks  were  unknown,  gold  and  silver  being  the  only  currency.  The  chief  trade  was  with 
the  Cherokees  and  the  Choctaws  in  the  Indian  territory.  Fort  Smith  could  be  termed  the 
western  outpost  of  civilization.  There  was  not  another  town  of  equal  size  or  importance 
on  the  entire  route  [Butterfield  Route]   after  leaving  here  until  Los  Angeles,  California, 
1900  miles  distant,  was  reached."  R.  P.  Conkling  and  M.  B.  Conkling,  The  Butterfield  Over- 
land Mail  (1857-1869),  A.  H.  Clark  Company,  c.  1947,  Vol.  1,  p.  217. 

30.  "The  site  [of  Fort  Scott]  was  selected  in  April,  1842,  because  it  was  ideally  located 
on  the  Military  Road  from  Fort  Leavenworth  south  to  Fort  Gibson.  .  .  .  The  strategic 
position  on  the  Marmaton  River  was  finally  decided  upon  as  the  best  possible  situation. 
.  .  .  The  primary  reason  for  the  selection  of  the  site  was   to  afford   protection   to  the 
Military  Road  then  being  surveyed.  .  .  .  Throughout  the  first  generation  of  its  long  and 
exciting  history,  Fort  Scott  provided  the  stage  for  the  activities  of  a  variety  of  important 
figures  in  the  history  of  Kansas  in  particular  and  the  upper-Trans-Mississippi  West  in 
general.  .  .  .  Fort  Scott  was  finally  abandoned  as  a  United  States  Army  Post  on  April 
16,  1873."  Dudley  T.  Cornish,  The  Historical  Significance  of  Fort  Scott,  Kansas,  Kansas 
State  Historical  Society,  Topeka,  Kansas ;  A  Guide  to  Fort  Scott,  Kansas,  Compiled  by 
WPA  in  the  State  of  Kansas,  Sponsored  by  Fort  Scott  Chamber  of  Commerce,  1941. 


122  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

on  account  of  Quantrell.31  We  were  repeatedly  called  out  at 
night  time  to  the  Town  Hall  to  be  prepared  to  defend  the 
town.  The  building  I  occupied  was  put  up  by  Rothschild32  of 
Leavenworth  as  on  account  of  local  conditions  it  would  have 
been  dangerous  for  me  to  put  it  up.  Before  doors  and  windows 
were  in,  I  moved  stock  into  it,  to  prevent  the  Government 
from  taking  the  place.  The  Government  could  take  any  unoc- 
cupied building,  but  once  occupied  could  not  do  so.  In  the  rear 
of  the  main  store  we  had  a  stone  building  with  iron  doors 
used  for  warehouse.  Remained  at  Fort  Scott  a  short  time.  I 
was  taken  seriously  ill  with  typhoid.  Upon  recovery  went  to 
Leavenworth. 

In  the  meantime,  Joe  left  Fort  Smith  for  Leavenworth, 
leaving  Phil  Strauss  in  charge.  In  Leavenworth  we  had  a  fur- 
nishing goods  business.  At  this  time  the  price  of  gold  was  de- 
clining rapidly.  We  had  a  great  deal  of  high  priced  goods 
which  Joe  could  replace  for  much  less  money.  This  condition 
worried  us  much.  On  one  of  our  customary  walks  I  suggested 
that  we  take  the  high  priced  goods  to  New  Mexico.  Joe  agreed 
and  next  day  we  hired  three  mule  wagons  from  Ed  Shu- 
maker33  [Shoemaker]  of  Fort  Union  and  shortly  thereafter 
started  these  wagons  on  the  Santa  Fe  trail  in  New  Mexico. 


31.  "History    records   that   William    Clarke    Quantrell    (1837-1865),    whose   guerrilla- 
fighting  militia  struck  terror  to  thousands  during  the  Civil  War,  died  from  gunshot  wounds 
in  Kentucky  during  the  Spring  of  1864.  Frank  Dalton,  uncle  of  the  notorious  Dalton  gang 
and  cousin  of  Frank  and  Jesse  James  .  .  .  says  Quantrell  did  not  die  in  Kentucky,  but 
recovered  and  later  taught  school  in  Texas  for  many  years.  .  .  . 

"The  true  name  of  Quantrell  was  Charles  Hart.  He  graduated  from  a  military  school 
in  1860  and  went  to  Lawrence,  Kansas.  .  .  ."  Garland  R.  Farmer,  "A  Dalton  Tells  the 
Story  of  Quantrell,"  Frontier  Times,  Bandera,  Texas.  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  1,  October,  1940. 
pp.  443-444. 

"In  August,  1863,  the  then  notorious  outlaw,  William  Quantrell,  and  those  under  his 
command  staged  the  outrage  at  Lawrence,  Kansas,  which  has  come  to  be  known  as  "The 
Lawrence  Massacre,"  in  which  innocent  persons  were  killed.  United  States  cavalrymen  were 
ordered  in  pursuit  of  the  raiders,  which  was  made  by  virtue  of  the  famous  "Order 
No.  11"  by  the  terms  of  which  the  desperadoes  were  to  be  hunted  and  harassed  con- 
stantly." Major  Morris  U.  Lively,  "Breakup  of  the  Notorious  Quantrell  Gang."  Ibid., 
VoL  XIX,  pp.  256,  257. 

32.  Rothschild  of  Leavenworth.  The  Kansas  State  Historical  Society,  Topeka,  Kansas, 
replies:  "We  have  no  information  on  Rothschild  of  Leavenworth."  Correspondence  with 
Miss  Alberta  Pantle,  April  3,  1961. 

33.  Ed  Shumaker   [Shoemaker]   was  a  sutler  at  Fort  Union,  New  Mexico,  north  of 
Las  Vegas.  The  Shumaker  family  became  a  prominent  family   in   San   Miguel  County ; 
Fort  Union  is  now  a  national  monument. 


EMANUEL  ROSENWALD  123 

Then  Joe  started  for  New  York  to  buy  cheaper  goods.  We 
bought  considerable  goods  in  Leavenworth  to  complete  the 
assortment  for  New  Mexico.  Amongst  these  were  prints  cost- 
ing us  40  cents  a  yard,  coffee,  sugar,  whiskey,  etc.  We  paid 
freight  from  $18.00  to  $20.00  per  100  [pounds]. 

While  Joe  was  in  New  York,  Phil  Strauss  shipped  all  the 
Fort  Smith  goods  to  Leavenworth.  The  greater  portion  of 
these  were  stolen  by  the  U.  S.  troops.  About  this  time  all  busi- 
ness houses  at  Leavenworth  were  closed  when  General  [Ster- 
ling] Price34  started  moving  through  Missouri.  All  able 
bodied  men  were  pressed  into  militia  service.  I  had  no  one 
to  look  after  our  place  as  the  young  man  who  was  with  me 
was  put  into  service  too.  We  were  kept  at  Fort  Leavenworth 
doing  regular  military  duty. 

Just  before  being  sent  from  Fort  Leavenworth,  Phil 
Strauss  arrived.  Before  knowing  that  the  troops  were  to 
leave,  I  procured  a  pass  to  see  Phillip  as  I  had  a  letter  to  de- 
liver to  him  notifying  him  of  the  death  of  his  mother.  I  re- 
mained with  him  somewhat  longer  than  my  pass  permitted.  I 
had  been  ordered  from  Fort  Leavenworth  to  Brush  Creek,35 
Missouri,  and  I  sneaked  into  the  ranks  while  the  troops  were 
being  loaded  into  wagons  for  transportation  to  Kansas  City. 
We  arrived  at  Kansas  City  about  noon.  From  there  I  tele- 
graphed "goodbye"  to  as  many  relatives  as  my  money  could 
pay  for.  We  marched  to  Westport — on  the  way  out  we  met 
a  great  many  soldiers  returning  from  the  battlefield  at  Brush 
Creek.  These  were  deserters  who  informed  us  that  we  would 
soon  be  doing  the  same  thing.  Arriving  at  Westport  late  in 
the  afternoon,  we  saw  the  wounded  brought  into  town.  While 
marching  we  heard  the  firing  on  the  battlefield  at  Brush 


84.  General   [Sterling]    Price  was  born   in   Virginia   and  he  served   in   Missouri.   On 
July  20,  1847,  he  was  made  a  Brigadier  General  in  the  Missouri  Volunteers.  He  was  given 
an  honorable  discharge,  November  25,  1848.  During  the  Civil  War  he  served  as  a  Major 
General  in  the  Confederate  Army.  He  died  September  29,  1867.  F.  B.  Heitman,  Historical 
Register  and  Dictionary  of  the  U.  S.  Army  (1791-1903),  Washington,  D.  C.,  VoL  1,  p.  807. 

General  Sterling  Price  engaged  in  the  battle  of  Pea  Ridge  and  was  wounded  at  Elk- 
horn  Tavern.  An  inscription  reads  "Here  was  fought  the  most  important  Civil  War  en- 
gagement west  of  the  Mississippi.  .  .  ."  Conkling  and  Conkling,  op.  cit.,  VoL  1,  pp.  196-197. 

85.  "Brush  Creek  was  a  small  post  office  located  in  Laclede  County."  The  State  His- 
torical Society  of  Missouri,  Columbia,  Missouri,  May  31,  1961. 


124  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Creek.  After  a  slight  rest  at  Westport  landing36  we  were 
marched  to  the  battlefield  at  Brush  Creek  to  camp  there  for 
the  night.  During  the  night  an  aide-de-camp  from  the  Gover- 
nor of  Kansas  brought  an  order  to  the  officer  in  command  to 
return  to  Kansas  City  early  the  next  day  to  take  the  boat  to 
Leavenworth.  We  did  not  know  why  we  were  so  suddenly 
ordered  returned  as  we  supposed  the  enemy  had  gotten  into 
Kansas.  At  Leavenworth  we  were  discharged.  Served  about 
six  weeks  in  State  Militia  for  which  we  had  to  date  received 
no  pay. 

Upon  our  return  to  Leavenworth,  the  landing  was 
crowded  with  the  families  of  those  who  had  been  sent  out 
with  the  militia.  I  was  agreeably  surprised  to  find  Joe  there 
with  Phil  Strauss.  A  few  days  afterwards  I  took  the  stage 
from  Kansas  City  to  Las  Vegas,  New  Mexico.  We  had  to  stop 
at  Fort  Dodge  (now  Dodge  City)  as  we  had  to  await  the  stage 
which  left  Kansas  City  a  week  after  we  did,  as  we  had  to 
travel  from  there  with  military  escort.  We  had  to  cross  240 
miles  which  was  entirely  unsettled  at  the  time  and  the  Indians 
were  very  unfriendly  to  the  whites.  The  tramp  from  Kansas 
City  to  Las  Vegas  cost  $160  and  we  were  obliged  to  do  our 
own  cooking.  We  ran  entirely  out  of  provisions  a  day  before 
reaching  Fort  Wise,37  Colorado  (afterwards  Fort  Lyon)  and 

86.  "After  the  Independence  had  proved  the  Missouri  River  navigable  by  steamboats 
in  1819,  and  the  Indians  had  been  removed  in  1825,  western  Missouri  began  filling  in  with 
settlers.  Jackson  County  was  organized  in  1826,  with  the  county  seat  some  ten  miles 
east  of  Chouteau's  settlement  at  Independence;  this  rapidly  became  the  principal  out- 
fitting point  for  wagon  freighting  to  Santa  Fe.  .  .  .  The  trail  to  Santa  Fe  lay  west  from 
Independence,  crossing  the  Big  Blue  River  some  four  or  five  miles  south  of  the  Missouri 
River. 

"West  of  this  ford  and  the  long  hill  beyond  it,  John  Calvin  McCoy  built  a  store  in 
1832.  .  .  .  The  following  year  he  platted  Westport.  .  .  .  The  town  vied  with  Independence 
as  the  eastern  terminus  of  the  Santa  Fe  Trail. 

"Meanwhile  the  settlement  at  Chouteau's  Post,  called  'Westport  Landing'  by  both 
Westport  and  Independence,  had  grown  into  a  prosperous  community.  .  .  .  When  Ceran 
St.  Vrain  and  William  Bent,  famous  fur  traders  on  the  upper  Arkansas  River,  began 
hauling  their  freight  direct  to  the  landing,  they  established  a  precedent  that  was  followed 
by  others.  Soon  'Westport  Landing'  was  an  active  community  with  a  thriving  trade  of 
its  own."  Missouri,  op.  cit.,  pp.  244-245. 

37.  "In  1853,  Colonel  William  Bent,  having  abandoned  his  great  trading  post  on  the 
Arkansas  River,  moved  downstream  about  forty  miles  and  established  a  second  post  called 
Bent's  New  Fort.  The  following  year  it  was  leased  to  the  United  States  Army  and  renamed 
Fort  Fauntleroy  in  honor  of  Colonel  Fauntleroy  of  the  old  First  Dragoons.  In  1859,  the 
post  was  purchased  by  the  government  and  was  named  Fort  Wise  for  Henry  Alexander 


EMANUEL  ROSENWALD  125 

were  fortunate  enough  to  meet  some  Mexicans  in  camp  who 
provided  us  with  food.  At  Fort  Wise  we  were  permitted  to 
start  along  again  and  travelled  alone  encountering  terrible 
weather.  We,  however,  reached  Las  Vegas  none  the  worse  for 
the  trip,  late  in  the  winter  of  1862. 

Here  I  awaited  the  arrival  of  the  goods  which  in  due  time 
reached  me.  These  were  disposed  of  in  total  to  W.  H.  Moore38 
and  Company  of  Fort  Union,  New  Mexico.  There  was  no 
difficulty  in  disposing  of  the  goods  as  many  dealers  in  town 
actually  begged  for  portions  of  them.  They  would  have  bought 
anything  that  came  along.  Payment  for  sale  was  made  in  Gov- 
ernment drafts  and  notes  which  I  forwarded  to  Joe  at 
Leavenworth. 

After  this  sale,  I  started  on  return  trip  via  Denver,  Colo- 
rado. On  the  Divide  at  the  Stage  Station  which  we  reached 
late  at  night  in  extremely  cold  weather  we  stopped  for  supper 
being  about  half  frozen  when  we  reached  there  and  where  we 
took  off  our  arms  and  coats.  After  supper  we  started  out 
again  and  after  an  hour's  trip  we  heard  horsemen  coming 
after  us.  [They]  stopped  the  stage  and  accused  me  of  having 
stolen  a  pistol.  After  some  argument  with  them  assisted  by 
a  true  friend,  a  Captain  in  the  Army,  I  gave  them  my  address 
in  Denver  at  which  I  would  be  found  in  case  they  had  any  evi- 
dence against  me.  Finally,  they  let  us  go  and  arrived  in  due 
time  in  Denver.  There  I  remained  a  few  weeks.  During  that 
time  they  had  a  cloudburst  and  Cherry  Creek39  which  usually 

Wise,  governor  of  Virginia.  When  Virginia  joined  the  Confederacy  at  the  outbreak  of  the 
Civil  War,  the  fort  was  again  renamed,  this  time  in  honor  of  General  Nathaniel  Lyon, 
the  first  Union  general  killed  in  the  war.  In  1866,  the  river  cut  away  the  bank,  making 
the  fort  untenable ;  a  new  Fort  Lyon  was  built  about  twenty  miles  up  the  river.  .  .  .  Kit 
Carson  died  on  the  Fort  Lyon  reservation.  May  23,  1868.  The  old  post  is  now  a  Veterans' 
Psychopathic  Hospital."  Colorado  Magazine,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  1,  January,  1941. 

38.  William  H.  Moore  was  prominent  among  the  stockholders  in  the  Moreno  Placer 
Fields.  Other  stockholders  of  note  were  Lucian  B.  Maxwell  and  William  Kroenig.  Mines 
and  Minerals  of  New  Mexico,  New  Mexico  Bureau  of  Immigration,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico 
Printing  Co.,  c.  1901. 

39.  Cherry  Creek  was  named  because  of  the  abundance  of  chokecherries  on  its  banks. 
It  is  a  right  hand  branch  of  the  South  Platte  River.  At  the  juncture  of  the  two  streams  in 
the  late  summer  of  1858  a  camp  was  located  within  the  present  limits  of  Denver  and  it 
was  designated  by  the  camp  as  "Cherry  Creek,"  but  later  the  settlements,  one  on  each 
side  of  the  creek,  were  called  Auraria  and  Denver,  finally  both  were  known  as  Denver. 


126  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

was  dry  the  greater  portion  of  the  year  carried  such  a  torrent 
of  water  that  the  flood  undermined  some  of  the  best  business 
buildings  in  Denver. 

I  then  took  [the]  stage  to  Leaven  worth  being  detained  by 
high  water  numerous  times.  At  one  of  the  rivers  in  Kansas 
we  found  the  ferry  boat  on  our  side  without  any  one  to  handle 
it.  The  ferry  boat  was  what  today  is  called  a  barge.  We  how- 
ever managed  to  get  over  the  river  with  it.  Finally  [I]  reached 
Leavenworth  in  good  condition  though  thoroughly  worn  out 
by  the  trip. 

We  then  determined  to  quit  Kansas  and  come  to  New  Mex- 
ico as  my  first  trip  had  been  so  successful. 

Joe  went  East  to  purchase  our  supplies.  We  engaged 
thirty  prairie  schooners  which  we  started  in  the  spring  of 
1863.  All  came  to  Las  Vegas  in  good  order  except  seven 
wagons  which  were  attacked  by  Indians  near  Fort  Dodge. 
Some  of  the  people  were  killed  and  a  great  many  goods  stolen 
by  the  Indians.  When  we  learned  of  this  attack,  I  telegraphed 
Joe  at  Leavenworth.  He  sent  Joe  Jeffers  [  ?]  to  see  that  the 
wagons  were  again  started.  In  the  meantime  the  military  au- 
thorities at  Fort  Dodge  had  returned  to  Dodge  with  a  great 
many  of  our  goods  the  soldiers  [had]  appropriated. 

The  wagons  were  again  started  and  reached  Las  Vegas.  We 
unpacked  the  goods  and  found  everything  in  confusion.  Soaps, 
silks,  baking  soda,  all  pell-mell.  We  found  quite  a  large  loss  in 
damaged  goods  and  a  large  amount  stolen. 

Some  months  later  Joe  came  to  Las  Vegas.  We  had  our 
goods  partially  stored  but  had  such  a  large  supply  that  Joe 
took  a  large  train  load  to  Mesilla  and  from  there  to  Juarez, 
Mexico,  where  he  disposed  of  all  [of  it] . 

The  designation  of  "Cherry  Creek"  was  given  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  News,  December  25, 
1882,  p.  16,  C.  1. 

There  were  several  Cherry  Creek  floods,  the  1864  one  being  particularly  disastrous.  The 
Rocky  Mountain  News  office  was  built  over  the  creek  and  was  washed  away  in  this  flood. 
In  recent  times  Denver  has  built  a  retaining  wall  for  the  creek  and  other  control  measures 
have  been  adopted.  Correspondence  with  Mrs.  Laura  Allyn  Ekstrom,  The  State  Historical 
Society  of  Colorado,  Colorado,  May  26,  1961. 

Robert  Rosenwald  advises:  "Martin  Ismert,  who  was  a  philatelist  and  local  historian, 
told  both  my  father  [Lucian]  and  me  that  he  was  personally  convinced  that  Emanuel 
Rosenwald  was  the  first  Jewish  trader  at  Cherry  Creek,  later  Denver.  This  might  be  true, 
although  I  have  no  way  of  knowing."  Correspondence  with  Robert  Rosenwald,  May  16,  1961. 


EMANUEL  ROSENWALD  127 

We  continued  our  business  at  Las  Vegas  as  J.  Rosenwald 
and  Company  just  as  it  had  been  in  Leavenworth.  Joe,  Phil 
Strauss  and  myself  remained  here  together.  In  1866  Phillip 
and  myself  left  for  Germany.  Joe  continued  the  business  at 
Las  Vegas.40  There  were  but  very  few  white  families  living 
in  Vegas. 

On  my  return  from  Europe,  I  brought  over  my  father,  sis- 
ter, Julia,  and  Edward.  Aron  was  on  his  way  to  the  United 
States  while  I  was  going  over.  I  had  no  knowledge  of  this  till 
I  arrived  in  Germany.  Shortly  after  I  returned  to  Las  Vegas, 
Joe  and  Phillip  Strauss  went  to  New  York  and  started  in  the 
business  of  John  Stadterman  and  Company,  manufacturing 
trimmings.  During  this  absence  from  Vegas,  Joe  was  married 
to  Doris  Adler,  lost  his  wife  within  a  year.  I  then  sold  out  the 
business  at  Las  Vegas  and  returned  to  New  York  with  Aron 
R.  who  had  been  with  us  for  some  time,  in  the  belief  that  I 
was  to  be  taken  into  the  firm  of  Stadterman  and  Company, 
not  having  been  advised  that  the  firm  at  Las  Vegas  had  failed. 
When  I  arrived  in  New  York  I  found  myself  without  means 
as  all  the  money  from  the  sale  of  the  firm  at  Las  Vegas  had 
been  dissipated.  We  had  to  find  some  means  of  making  a  liv- 
ing and  I  started  a  clothing  business  with  Aron  at  Westerly, 
R.  I.  We  remained  in  Westerly  all  winter  and  then  determined 


40.  The  custom  in  New  Mexico  when  engaging  in  trade  was  to  obtain  a  commercial 
license.  Such  a  grant  was  given  to  Joseph  Rosenwald  to  trade  in  Las  Vegas,  San  Miguel 
County  in  1866. 
Territory  of  New  Mexico 

County  of  San  Miguel  Commercial  License 

Joseph  Rosenwald  and  Company  has  made  application  before  the  undersigned  in  the 
COURT  OF  PRUEBAS  to  obtain  a  license  to  sell  his  affects  and  merchandise  in  the  city 
of  Las  Vegas  for  a  period  of  six  months,  certifying  that  affects  and  merchandise  do  not 
exceed  the  value  of  22,000  pesos. 

Under  the  laws  governing  those  things  the  applicant,  Joseph  Rosenwald  and  Company, 
has  license  to  sell  the  affects  and  merchandise  in  the  city  of  Las  Vegas,  for  a  period  of 
six  months,  beginning  the  18th  day  of  September,  1866.  The  applicant  has  also  promised 
to  pay  the  county  a  tax  of  a  sum  of  120  pesos. 

Testimony  given  before  me  the 
Court  Official 

Pruebas,  Vegas,  New  Mexico  4/1866 

/Signed/  Jose  L.  Rivera 
Scribe 

He  was  also  granted  a  license  to  trade  in  Dona  Ana  County  from  November  28,  1865  to 
May  28,  1866. 


128  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

to  return  to  New  Mexico  either  alone  or  with  Joe.  When  I  sug- 
gested this  to  Joe  he  was  perfectly  satisfied  to  go  with  me.  I 
rented  my  store  building  by  correspondence,  completed  my 
memoranda  during  the  winter  and  in  the  early  spring  for- 
warded our  stock  from  Westerly  to  New  York  to  be  held  there. 
We  purchased  our  stock  of  goods  and  Aron  and  I  started  for 
New  Mexico.  Stadterman  and  Company  compromised  and 
finally  closed  out,  sending  the  remainder  of  their  stock  to  New 
Mexico. 

In  1869  or  '70  Joe  was  married  to  Bona  Levisohn.  He  then 
came  to  Las  Vegas  and  brought  Leopold  Goldsmith  with 
him. 

APPENDIX  I 

Telegrams  sent  by  Joseph  Rosenwald  and  Co.,  Las  Vegas,  New  Mex- 
ico, 1877-79. 

To:  P.  L.  Strauss,  92  Duane  St.,  New  York  June  11,  1877 

Are  you  all  well?  Bought  business  of  Romero  Bros,  and  Co.  Posses- 
sion this  week  Telegraph  answer. 

JR  and  Co. 

To:  Rosenwald  Bros.  Trinidad,  Colo.  June  11, 1877 

Send  by  mule  wagon  5  doz.  each  30,  40,  50  white  spools ;  3  doz.  linen 
handkerchiefs;  1  bale  %  Manta,  5  pieces  cheap  cottonade;  3  doz. 
cheap  brown  overalls;  2  cases  women's  pegged  shoes;  1  case 
women's  cheap  sewed  shoes;  10  doz.  ladies'  sewed  shoes.  Assorted 
goods:  1  case  men's  common  Balmorals;  2  doz.  children's  pegged 
shoes,  eleven  to  thirteen;  2  doz.  boys'  brogans,  one  to  five;  1  case 
men's  common  hats  assorted ;  50  suits  cottonade  and  union  cassmir 
assorted,  the  highest  not  to  exceed  mvo  [this  seems  to  be  a  price 
code] ;  2  sacks  best  flour ;  40  a  very  small  assortment  of  ladies', 
misses'  and  children's  hats ;  10  boxes  each  soap  and  candles ;  2  boxes 
soda ;  1  barrel  each  rice  and  table  salt ;  25  pounds  fancy  candy. 

To:  Rosenwald  Bros.  Trinidad 

Send  one  medium-size  Charter  Oak  cooking  stove. 

JR  and  Co. 

To :  Rosenwald  Bros.  June  12,  1877 

Send  with  wagon  one  kitchen  safe  and  rolling  board  and  pin,  two 
large  deep  bread  tin  pans,  30  pounds  heavy  sackey  [?]  twine  and 
two  doz.  large  sack  needles. 


EMANUEL  ROSENWALD  129 

To:  P.  L.  Strauss,  92  Duane  St.  New  York  June  14,  1877 

Ship  immediately  one  240  pound  Fairbanks  platform  counter  scale, 
one  smaller  and  one  1500-pound  scale. 

To:  Greely  Bros.  &  Co.  St.  Louis  June  15,  1877 

Send  immediately  10  sack  coffee  each  medium  and  prime;  10  sacks 
sugar  each  extra  C  and  A;  10  each  yellow  erasive  and  palen  No.  1 ; 
20  candles;  1  barrel  each  rice,  dd  apples,  flour;  100  Ibs.  bar  lead; 
3  soda ;  1  vinegar. 

To:  A.  Armigo,  Albuquerque  June  25,  1877 

Will  you  take  twelve  and  one  half  cents  for  your  washed  white 
wool?  (Chge) 

To:  P.  L.  Strauss,  229  E.  52  St.  May  4,  1879 

Eureka :  Depot  opposite  town  very  satisfactory  to  me. 

JR 

To:  Rosenwald  Bros.  Trinidad  Colo.  July  12,  1879 

Ship  immediately  2500  pounds  good  Trinidad  flour  in  sacks  50  and 
100  pounds. 

To:  Guadalupe  Ascarate,  Las  Cruces  July  30,  1879 

Francisco  Veltrain  passed  with  train  three  days  ago. 

JR  and  Co. 

To:  Staab  and  Bros.  Santa  Fe  July  30, 1879 

Send  immediately  ten  ounces  chloroform. 

JR  and  Co. 

APPENDIX   II 

Joseph  Rosenwald  was  laid  away  this  afternoon  in  that  dreamless 
sleep  from  which  none  ever  wakes,  till  the  trumpet  of  Gabriel  announces 
the  resurrection  morn. 

A  large  concourse  of  friends  attended  the  funeral  this  afternoon — 
the  largest  ever  seen  in  Las  Vegas.  It  has  been  well  said  that  in  the  death 
of  Joseph  Rosenwald  Las  Vegas  has  lost  one  of  her  most  enterprising 
citizens ;  the  community,  a  member  whose  integrity,  tested  on  many  occa- 
sions, was  found  of  sterling  quality;  and  the  wide  circle  of  his  private 
friendship,  an  inestimable  and  congenial  companion.  While  his  decease 
leaves  a  void  in  these  associations,  his  demise  is  an  irreparable  loss  to 
his  family,  by  whom  he  was  revered  as  husband  and  father. 

His  death  recalls  some  of  the  incidents  of  his  useful  and  honorable 
life,  which  deserve  more  than  a  passing  notice.  His  foreign  birth  and 
the  immature  age  at  which  he  embarked  upon  the  troublous  sea  of  active 
life,  under  the  disadvantage  of  being  a  stranger  to  our  language  and 
customs,  and  his  eminently  successful  career  as  a  merchant,  afford 


130  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

another  illustration,  among  the  many,  of  the  value  of  sterling  worth 
accompanied  by  energy,  perseverance,  and  ardent  appreciation  of  our 
republican  system  .  .  .  successful  life  of  a  citizen.  The  land  of  his  adop- 
tion was  to  him  in  verity  a  fatherland.  His  love  for  our  institutions  was 
intensified  by  contrast  with  the  narrow  sphere  of  action  afforded  in  the 
country  of  his  birth. 

He  was  a  native  of  Bavaria,  a  subject  of  the  eccentric  King  Ludwig. 
His  quick  apprehension  and  acute  mind  had  suggested  his  being  reared 
for  a  profession,  but  the  adversity  which  bef el  his  father  interrupted  his 
studies  before  their  completion ;  so  that  at  the  age  of  fifteen  he  left  the 
paternal  roof  and  landed  in  New  York.  Obtaining  employment  in  Vir- 
ginia, he  was  for  a  few  years  thrown  into  the  company  of  a  class  of 
men  whose  mould  of  manners  and  thought  was  calculated  to  impress 
a  youth  with  ideas  of  the  value  of  culture  and  honorable  conduct.  By 
struggling  thrift  he  soon  accumulated  some  means,  and  finding  that 
the  Old  Dominion  lacked  the  opportunity  for  the  exercise  of  youthful 
energy,  he  soon  took  in  the  scope  of  the  situation  and  determined  upon 
the  adventurous  hazard  of  frontier  If ie. 

About  1856  he  went  to  Wyandotte  and  Leavenworth,  and  from  those 
points  his  adventures  began.  He  freighted  to  Pikes  Peak,  Utah,  and 
other,  at  that  time,  remote  and  almost  unknown  places.  In  all  his  under- 
takings he  was  successful ;  but  it  was  with  regret  that  in  after  life  he 
referred  to  the  mistakes  in  his  career,  and  not  the  least  in  casting  aside 
his  chances  for  large  ownership  in  what  is  now  Denver  and  the  amazing 
increase  of  the  then  insignificant  colony  of  Salt  Lake. 

In  1864  he  fixed  his  permanent  home  in  Las  Vegas,  where  he  resided 
till  his  death. 

Success  naturally  induced  a  longing  to  return  to  the  scenes  where 
refinement  and  culture  were  realities,  and  buckskin  and  camp  life  were 
unknown  except  in  adventurous  recitals. 

But  although  in  New  York  he  was  fortunate  enough  to  meet  and 
marry  the  lady  who  has  been  through  his  remaining  years  his  companion 
and  blessing,  he  soon  tired  of  the  great  metropolis  and  again  returned 
to  the  Rocky  mountain  region.  Since  1871  he  has  been  known  as  one  of 
New  Mexico's  most  enterprising  and  reliable  merchants.  His  business 
has  been  large  and  profitable,  and  has  always  been  conducted  on  the 
broad-gauge  plan  peculiar  to  the  west. 

The  almost  unlimited  credit  which  his  house  enjoyed  at  purchasing 
centers,  was  due  not  so  much  to  the  belief  in  the  bonanza  wealth  of  those 
who  were  then  known  as  the  Santa  Fe  traders,  as  to  confidence  which 
his  well-known  integrity  inspired. 

With  the  sagacity  indicative  of  his  character,  he  was  impressed 
with  the  evident  possibilities  of  his  surroundings,  and  was  foremost 
among  the  citizens  to  encourage  development.  His  influence  was  of  as- 


EMANUEL  ROSENWALD  131 

sistance  to  the  introduction  of  the  railroad;  and  if  his  prescience  was 
rewarded  with  the  usual  result  of  such  foresight  in  business  matters, 
it  must  be  the  subject  of  congratulation.  The  gas  company,  the  street 
railway,  in  both  of  which  he  was  an  original  promoter,  and  over  the 
corporate  existence  of  which  he  was  the  presiding  genius,  owe  much  to 
his  executive  ability.  The  San  Miguel  bank  was  in  its  inception  another 
enterprise  to  which  he  added  the  force  of  his  mental  vigor.  The  numer- 
ous town  additions,  in  which  he  was  interested  and  from  which  he  justly 
reaped  large  returns,  are  other  evidences  of  his  hopeful  enterprise  and 
his  abiding  faith  in  the  prosperity  of  our  town. 

The  street  cars  have  been  draped  in  mourning  today,  because  of 
the  funeral  of  J.  Rosenwald,  a  leading  stockholder  and  promoter  of  the 
enterprise.  .  .  . 

The  pallbearers  at  the  funeral  of  Joseph  Rosenwald  this  afternoon, 
were  Jefferson  Reynolds,  J.  D.  O'Bryan,  S.  L.  Leon,  J.  M.  Cunningham, 
Eugenio  Romero,  F.  A.  Manzanares,  S.  Floersheim  and  Chas.  Ilfeld.  The 
Daily  Optic,  Las  Vegas,  May  22, 1888. 


JOHN  BAPTIST  SALPOINTE,  1825-1894 

By  SISTER  EDWARD  MARY  ZERWEKH,  C.S.J. 

(Continued) 

As  determined  by  Bishop  Lamy,  Father  Salpointe,  who 
had  been  given  the  faculties  of  Vicar  Forane  for  the  Terri- 
tory, was  to  be  pastor  of  Tucson  with  Father  Boucard  for  an 
assistant.  Father  Boucard  would  also  take  care  of  San  Xavier. 
Father  Birmingham  was  assigned  Gila  City.27a  A  few  weeks 
after  their  arrival  in  Tucson,  Father  Salpointe  went  to  Gila 
City  with  Father  Birmingham  to  install  him  in  his  parish. 
This  town,  with  about  one  thousand  inhabitants,  had  sprung 
up  since  May,  1854,  when  gold  had  been  discovered.  Upon  his 
return,  Father  Salpointe  installed  Mr.  Vincent  as  teacher  of 
the  Papago  Indians  at  San  Xavier  Mission,  but  because  the 
Indians  were  irregular  in  their  attendance  the  school  was 
moved  to  Tucson. 

In  Tucson,  school  had  to  be  taught  in  the  priests'  house 
"which  consisted  of  but  one  room  15  by  22  feet  and  a  little 
alcove."28  This  condition  lasted  for  about  six  months.  "The 
furniture  of  the  priest's  house  comprised  three  chairs,  a  writ- 
ing table  and  a  pigeon  hole  case  for  papers,  the  whole  of 
which  had  been  left  in  the  care  of  W.  S.  Oury  by  Father  Bosco, 
for  his  successors."29 

The  circumstances  under  which  the  priests  lived  were 
very  meager  as  the  following  illustrates. 

The  people  were  generally  inclined  to  help  their  priests, 
but  knowing  the  circumstances  in  which  they  were,  the  mis- 
sionaries refrained  from  asking  anything  for  themselves,  ex- 
cept when  it  was  absolutely  necessary.  Those  located  at  Tucson 
had  for  two  years  to  depend  for  their  personal  expenses  mostly 
on  what  they  had  saved  of  the  money  they  had  received  from 
their  Bishop  for  their  journey  to  Arizona.  It  must  be  said, 


27a.  See  note  16.  F.  D.  R. 

28.  Salpointe.  op.  cit.,  p.  252. 

29.  Loc.  cit. 


132 


SALPOINTE  133 

though  that  these  priests  were  not  extravagant  in  their  way 
of  living.  Very  often  they  cooked  for  themselves ;  for  beds  they 
had  the  clay  floor  of  their  room  or  of  the  yard,  and  the  blankets 
they  had  brought  from  New  Mexico.  When  they  had  to  visit 
the  scattered  settlements,  it  was  necessary  for  them  to  wait 
until  some  other  people  would  have  to  travel  in  the  same  direc- 
tion, as  they  could  not  afford,  many  times,  to  hire  a  man  to 
accompany  them.  The  scarcity  of  material  resources  was  felt 
especially,  even  later,  by  the  priests  who  had  to  start  new 
missions.30 

Also  in  Father  Salpointe's  own  words  we  learn  of  the  dan- 
gers the  early  missionaries  faced  from  the  presence  of  the 
warring  Apache  Indians. 

The  life  of  the  priests  in  Arizona,  for  some  years  from 
1866,  was  one  of  hard  work  and  privation.  The  frequent  and 
long  journeys  in  a  country  infested  by  wild  Indians  made  it 
dangerous  for  them  even  to  go  a  few  miles  out  of  their  resi- 
dence.. Whenever  the  mail  came  in,  it  brought  invariably  the 
news  of  people  having  been  murdered  here  or  there  by  the 
Apaches,  so  that  when  a  journey  had  to  be  undertaken,  one 
would  think  of  it  for  days  and  weeks  in  advance,  fearing  that 
he  might  not  come  back  to  his  home.  This  was  expressed  by  a 
missionary  who  used  to  say :  "When  I  have  to  leave  my  house 
for  a  visit  to  the  distant  settlements  of  my  missions,  I  write 
to  my  mother  as  if  it  were  for  the  last  time." 

Speaking  for  myself,  the  writer  of  these  notes,  who,  dur- 
the  nineteen  years  he  spent  in  Arizona,  had  to  travel  in  all  di- 
rections through  the  Territory,  always  experienced  a  kind  of 
painful  apprehension  for  a  few  days  before  starting  on  a  long 
journey;  though  he  must  say,  he  had  never  any  trouble  from 
the  Indians  in  Arizona.  He  saw  their  tracks  on  the  roads;  he 
was  once  told  by  a  mail  carrier  that  he  (the  missionary)  had 
been  followed  by  the  Apaches  for  two  nights  and  one  day, 
but  was  not  attacked,  very  likely  because  he  was  known  to  the 
savages,  who  did  not  wish  to  kill  him,  but  were  looking  for  an 
opportunity  to  steal  his  horses  without  being  noticed.  Other 
missionaries,  and  especially  Rev.  Boucard,  found  themselves  in 
great  danger ;  still  none  of  them  had  to  suffer  by  it  since  1866. 
Indeed  they  must  acknowledge  that  there  has  been  a  special 
Providence  watching  over  them.31 


30.  Ibid.,  pp.  256-257. 

31.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  pp.  255-256. 


134  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

The  hardships  Father  Salpointe  and  the  other  pioneer 
priests  had  to  meet  did  not  deter  them  from  accomplishing 
the  work  God  had  entrusted  to  their  care.  The  first  task  to  be 
done  in  Tucson  was  to  complete  the  construction  of  the  church 
begun  by  Father  Reghieri.  The  walls  had  reached  a  height  of 
about  nine  feet.  With  the  help  and  contributions  of  the  people 
these  walls  were  raised  to  a  suitable  height. 

A  difficulty  was  met,  though,  when  it  came  to  putting  a 
suitable  roof  on  the  edifice.  Lumber  in  Tucson  was  too  expen- 
sive to  even  consider  collecting  enough  money  from  the  par- 
ish to  purchase  it.  Southeast  of  Tucson  runs  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountain  range,  but  the  pine  trees  were  up  too  high  for  cut- 
ting. Thus,  except  for  constructing  a  temporary  roof  across 
the  sanctuary  end,  the  finishing  of  the  church  remained  at  a 
standstill. 

In  1867,  a  school  and  convent,  combined  in  the  same  build- 
ing, was  begun  next  to  the  church.  It  did  not  take  long  to  erect 
the  walls,  but  again  came  the  problem  of  obtaining  lumber 
for  the  roof.  In  this  case,  however,  Father  Salpointe  had  the 
cooperation  of  both  Catholic  and  Protestants,  because  all 
were  anxious  to  have  the  Sisters'  school  start  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible. Therefore,  no  objections  were  made  at  a  new  collection 
which  obtained  enough  money  to  procure  lumber  for  both  the 
church  and  the  school.  Eighteen  men  agreed  to  go  to  the  Hua- 
chuca  Mountains32  and  cut  the  necessary  lumber.  Overcom- 
ing many  obstacles,  the  wood  was  finally  brought  to  Tucson 
towards  the  end  of  1868  and  both  buildings  could  be  com- 
pleted.33 While  his  school  was  still  under  construction  during 
1868,  Father  Salpointe,  through  Bishop  Lamy,  asked  for  Sis- 
ters of  St.  Joseph  of  Carondelet  to  staff  it,  but  was  refused 
at  that  time  because  there  were  no  Sisters  available.34 

In  Tucson,  1866,  there  was  a  fever  disease  which  was  very 
prevalent.  It  was  believed  to  have  been  introduced  and  propa- 
gated by  the  many  Mexicans  coming  from  Sonora  and  was 
probably  contracted  from  using  polluted  water.  During  the 

82.  A  mountain  range  about  eighty  miles  southeast  of  Tucson. 

33.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  pp.  250-254. 

34.  Sister  M.  Lucida,  op.  cit.,  p.  250. 


SALPOINTE  135 

three  years  when  it  was  prevalent,  the  priests  were  kept  busy 
with  sick  calls  and  in  the  administration  of  the  Last  Rites 
made  necessary  by  this  epidemic.  It  was  probably  this  disease 
that  Father  Salpointe  contracted  in  July,  1866. 

Four  months  had  elapsed  before  word  was  received  from 
Father  Birmingham  who  was  stationed  at  Gila  City.  Because 
of  illness,  he  had  left  his  mission  and  had  gone  to  California 
to  improve  his  health.  Father  Salpointe  decided  to  go  immedi- 
ately to  Gila  City  and  to  administer  the  Sacraments  to  the 
people.  He  left  Tucson  in  July,  when  the  heat  of  the  desert 
was  at  its  height,  and  traveled  for  seven  days  covering  the 
three  hundred  miles,  mostly  on  horseback.  He  reached  Gila 
City  on  a  Sunday,  said  Mass  and  preached  as  usual,  but  in 
the  afternoon  fell  ill  with  chills  and  fever.  Father  Salpointe 
had  to  remain  four  months  at  Gila  City  before  he  was  well 
enough  to  travel.  "During  this  time  the  priest  was  given  hos- 
pitality and  all  possible  care  in  the  house  of  Joseph  M.  Re- 
dondo,  one  of  the  principal  citizens  of  the  place."35  While  re- 
cuperating, he  had  the  church,  begun  by  Father  Birmingham, 
finished  by  adding  the  roof.  With  Father  Birmingham's  de- 
parture only  two  priests  were  left  in  the  entire  missionary 
Territory  of  Arizona.36 

On  September  25, 1868,  Arizona  was  raised  to  a  Vicariate 
Apostolic  and  Father  Salpointe  appointed  its  Bishop.  He  had 
to  wait  until  early  in  1869  before  going  to  France  to  be  con- 
secrated. As  soon  as  a  priest  from  New  Mexico  came  to  re- 
lieve him,  he  started  on  his  journey.  On  his  arrival  in  France, 
he  went  directly  to  the  Bishop  of  his  native  diocese,  the  Right 
Reverend  Louis  C.  Feron,  Bishop  of  Clermont  Ferrand,  and 
asked  him  to  be  his  consecrator.  "The  heart  of  the  venerable 
prelate  warmed  up  again  in  his  old  age  at  such  an  honor  con- 
ferred on  him  by  the  Almighty,  as  he  used  frequently  to  ex- 
press it."37  Thus,  "Bishop  Feron  had  confirmed  the  boy,  or- 
dained the  priest  and  consecrated  the  Bishop."38 


35.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  p.  252. 

36.  Ibid.,  pp.  252-253,  256. 

37.  Defouri,  Historical  Sketch  of  the  Catholic  Church  In  New  Mexico,  op.  cit.,  p.  156. 

38.  Loc.  cit. 


136  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

The  ceremony  took  place  on  June  20,  1869,  with  Bishop 
Lebreton  of  Le  Puy,  France,  and  Bishop  Dubuis39  of  Galves- 
ton,  Texas,  assisting.  After  the  celebrations  Bishop  Salpointe 
received  permission  to  recruit  volunteers  for  his  mission  from 
among  the  clergy.  He  succeeded  in  obtaining  six  volunteers.40 

Before  Bishop  Salpointe  returned  to  the  United  States, 
he  made  his  ad  limina  Apostolorum41  visit  to  Pope  Pius  IX  in 
company  with  Bishop  Machebeuf,  Vicar  Apostolic  of  the 
newly  erected  Vicariate  of  Colorado.  In  Rome  they  stayed 
with  Reverend  Francis  Chatard42  and  had  their  private  audi- 
ence with  the  Pope.43 

.  .  .  They  asked  for  a  common  audience  from  Pope  Pius 
IX,  who  received  them  kindly,  and  inquired  about  the  extent 
of  the  territory,  the  population,  and  many  things  concerning 
religion  in  the  new  Vicariates.  In  the  same  audience  the  Holy 
Father,  having  been  apprised  of  the  scarcity  of  priests  in  Ari- 
zona as  in  Colorado,  very  willing  dispensed  the  two  new 
Bishops  from  the  obligation  of  remaining  in  Rome  for  the  Vati- 
can Council.44 

44.  Salpointe,  op.  tit.,  p.  260. 

When  Bishop  Salpointe  had  arrived  in  France,  the  news 
awaited  him  that  his  school  was  finished  and  ready  for  oc- 
cupancy. He  immediately  wrote  to  Mother  St.  John  Facemaz, 
Superior  General  of  the  Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  of  Carondelet, 
requesting  Sisters. 


39.  Claude  Mary  Dubuis,  Bishop  of  Galveston    (1862-1892)  ;  Titular  Bishop  of  Area 
(1892-1895).  He  was  born  March  10,  1817  at  Iche,  Coutouvre  Loire,  and  ordained  on  June 
1,  1844  at  Lyons.  He  did  missionary  and  pastoral  work  in  the  diocese  of  Galveston,  1844- 
1862.  He  was  consecrated  on  November  22,  1862  and  attended  the  Vatican  Council  in  1870. 
He  died  on  May  22,  1895  in  France.  Cf.  Code,  op.  cit.,  p.  87. 

40.  Reverends  Peter  Bourgade,  Anthony  Jouvenceau,  Agustin  Morin,  Agustin  Bernard, 
John  Chaucot  and  Andrew  Escallier.  Cf.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  pp.  260-261. 

41.  Official  visit  paid  by  bishops  to  the  Pope. 

42.  Francis  Silas  Chatard  was  born  in  Baltimore,   December  13,   1834,  and  ordained 
at  Rome  in  1862.  He  was  consecrated  Bishop  of  Vincennes,  Indiana  on  May  12,  1878.  Cf. 
The  Memorial  Volume,  A  History  of  the  Third  Plenary  Council  of  Baltimore,  op.  cit.,  p.  90. 
He  died  on  September  7,  1918.  Vincennes  became  the  Diocese  of  Indianapolis  on  March  23, 
1898  and  on  December  19,  1944  was  elevated  to  an  Archdiocese  with  Indianapolis  its  See 
City. 

48.  Father   S.    filas]    M.   Chatard,   Rome,   to  Archbishop   J.   B.    Purcell,   June,    1869, 
(Notre  Dame  University  Archives,  South  Bend,  Indiana). 


PARISH  CHURCH  OF  JOHN  BAPTIST  SALPOINTE 
ST.  MAURICE  DE  POINSAT,  PUY-DE-DOME,  FRANCE 


SALPOINTE  137 

I  did  not  see  you  when  I  passed  through  St.  Louis,  because 
my  schoolhouse  was  not  finished  when  I  left  Tucson,  and  I  had 
no  hope  it  would  be  before  my  return  to  this  place.  Now  I  have 
received  notice  that  the  said  house  will  be  prepared  by  the  mid- 
dle of  next  month  and  that  our  people  is  [sic]  very  anxious  to 
receive  the  Sisters.45 

Bishop  Salpointe's  letter  of  August  19,  1869,  verifies  the 
promise  he  received  of  obtaining1  the  Sisters  for  his  Vicariate. 

It  was  only  on  my  return  from  Rome  day  before  yesterday 
that  I  was  able  to  take  note  of  your  good  letter  of  last  June  24. 
I  thank  you,  Mother  Superior,  and  your  good  Sisters  for  the 
interest  that  you  show  and  especially  for  the  assurance  you 
give  me  that  I  shall  find,  when  I  stop  at  St.  Louis,  Sisters  quite 
disposed  to  leave  for  Arizona.  .  .  . 

I  hope  to  leave  here  on  the  9th  of  September  and  be  in  St. 
Louis  toward  the  end  of  the  same  month  to  continue  the  trip 
to  Arizona  with  the  little  colony  of  Sisters.46 

On  his  trip  back  to  Arizona  with  his  recruited  priests, 
Bishop  Salpointe  stopped  at  St.  Louis,  arriving  in  the  fall  of 
1869.  But,  he  was  obliged  to  depart  without  the  desired  Sis- 
ters. Mother  St.  John  promised  him,  however,  to  send  the 
Sisters  after  the  annual  profession  of  vows  in  March.  Bishop 
Salpointe  agreed  but  in  a  letter  to  Mother  St.  John  he  said, 
".  .  .  the  people  of  my  capital  of  Arizona  are  grieved  to  hear 
that  I  shall  arrive  without  the  Sisters,  whom  they  have  waited 
so  long  with  impatience."47 

And,  in  a  letter  sent  after  he  arrived  in  Tucson : 

On  my  arrival  in  Tucson  I  had  the  pleasure  of  finding  the 
house  of  the  Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  (this  is  the  name  we  are  giv- 
ing it)  entirely  furnished  and  all  my  people  almost  in  anger 
against  me  because  the  Sisters  had  not  arrived.  For  a  long  time 


45.  J.   B.   Salpointe,   Lyon,    France,   to  Mother   St.  .John,   Carondelet,   June  5,    1869, 
(Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  of  Carondelet  Archives,  St.   Louis,  Missouri).  Hereafter  referred 
to  as  S. J.C.A. 

46.  J.  B.  Salpointe,   Clermont,   France,  to  Mother  Superior,   Carondelet,   August  19, 
1869,  (S. J.C.A.) 

47.  J.  B.  Salpointe,  Las  Cruces,  New  Mexico,  to  the  Superior  General,  Sister  St.  John, 
Carondelet,  (Original  in  French),  January  6,  1870,  (S.J.C.A.) 


138  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

we  have  been  in  quest  of  the  money  which  is  sufficient  for  this 
journey  and  which  I  will  have  reach  you  in  a  few  days.48 

As  Mother  St.  John  promised,  seven  Sisters49  left  St. 
Louis  on  April  20,  1870,  for  Tucson.  After  an  arduous  trip, 
coming  the  long  way  through  San  Francisco  and  San  Diego, 
they  arrived  in  Tucson  on  May  26, 1870,  Ascension  Thursday, 
amid  a  spectacular  reception  from  the  people,  including  the 
ringing  of  bells,  fireworks,  and  the  discharging  of  firearms.50 

It  was  the  beautiful  day  of  the  Ascension  at  nightfall 
when  the  pious  colony  made  its  entrance  into  the  capital.  The 
good  Sisters  in  their  humility  had  chosen  this  advanced  hour, 
thinking  thus  they  would  not  attract  any  attention.  ...  As 
to  the  celebration,  nothing  was  lost;  everybody  was  in  the 
street  of  the  town,  Protestants  and  Catholics  alike,  to  give  wel- 
come and  feteing  [sic]  to  those  sent  by  Providence.51 

The  school  was  a  success  from  the  beginning,  and  the  com- 
ing of  the  Sisters  to  Tucson  was  considered  by  friends  of  edu- 
cation and  civilization  as  the  opening  of  a  new  era  for 
Arizona.  This  was  the  first  Catholic  school  in  Arizona. 

Another  school  opened  a  few  years  later,  1875,  by  the 
Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  was  the  Sacred  Heart  School  at  Yuma, 
Arizona.  This  school  was  discontinued  in  February,  1891, 
because  the  Gila  River  flooded  and  swept  away  the  school  and 
convent.52 

In  the  part  of  the  Vicariate  which  formed  part  of  the 
state  of  New  Mexico  a  school  was  opened  at  Las  Cruces  by  the 
Loretto  Sisters  from  Santa  Fe  in  1870.  A  boys'  school  was 
established  in  the  same  town  in  1873  by  Bishop  Salpointe 
under  the  direction  of  a  priest  and  a  lay  teacher,  but  it  was 
short-lived  because  of  a  flood  in  1875.53 

48.  J.  B.  Salpointe,  Tucson,  Arizona,  to  Madame,  Sister  St.  John,  Carondelet,  (Original 
in  French),  February  17,  1870,  (S.J.C.A.). 

49.  The  members  of  the  group  were :  Sister  Emerentia  Bonnef oy,  as  Superior,  Sisters 
Ambrosia    Arnichaud,    Euphrasia    Suchey,    Monica    Corrigan,    Hyacinth    Blanc,    Maxime 
Croisat,  and  Martha  Peters.  Cf.  Sister  M.  Lucida,  op.  cit.,  p.  251. 

50.  Sister  M.  Lucida,  op.  cit.,  pp.  250-254. 

51.  J.  B.  Salpointe,  Tucson,  Arizona,  to  Mother  St.  John,  Carondelet,    (Original  in 
French),  JuneS,  1870,  (S.J.C.A.). 

62.  Sister  M.  Lucida,  op.  cit.,  p.  260. 
53.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  pp.  262-264. 


SALPOINTE  139 

The  Sisters  of  Loretto  opened  another  school  at  San  Eli- 
zario  in  July,  1879,54  at  the  request  of  Father  Peter  Bour- 
gade,55  the  pastor.  Although  the  same  Sisters  were  requested 
for  the  parish  of  Mesilla,  New  Mexico,56  they  were  unable  to 
send  any  Sisters  to  staff  the  new  school.  Therefore,  Sisters  of 
Mercy57  were  obtained  and  arrived  in  1880  to  open  the  school. 
Three  years  later  the  Sisters  of  Mercy  staffed  the  parochial 
school  at  Silver  City,  New  Mexico.58 

Bishop  Salpointe  watched  over  all  these  educational  en- 
deavors with  a  paternal  eye,  conscious  that  these  children 
educated  in  Catholic  schools  would  activate  and  preserve  the 
ancient  Faith  which  the  early  missionaries  gave  their  lives 
to  implant. 

Another  work  of  mercy  inaugurated  by  the  Sisters  and 
promoted  by  Bishop  Salpointe  was  the  caring  for  the  sick. 
In  1878,  the  Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  of  Carondelet  commenced 
a  small  hospital  in  Prescott,  then  the  seat  of  the  Territorial 
government.  In  this  venture  they  were  encouraged  and  also 
received  financial  aid  from  John  C.  Fremont,  appointed  Mili- 
tary Governor  in  that  year.59 

In  Tucson,  on  April  24,  1880,  Bishop  Salpointe  officiated 
at  the  blessing  of  St.  Mary's  Hospital  which  he  had  built.  It 
was  about  a  mile  and  a  half  west  of  the  city  near  Mount  St. 
Joseph,  novitiate  of  the  Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  of  Carondelet.60 
This  hospital  was  placed  under  the  supervision  of  the  Sisters 

54.  Annals  of  San  Elizario,  Loretto  Foundation,  1879,  (Loretto  Motherhouse  Archives, 
Loretto,  Kentucky). 

55.  Peter  Bourgade  was  born  on  October  17,  1843  in  France  and  ordained  on  Novem- 
ber 30,  1869  in  Santa  Fe  by  Bishop  Lamy.  He  was  appointed  Vicar  Apostolic  of  Arizona 
on  February  7,  1885.  He  became  the  first  Bishop  of  the  See  of  Tucson  on  May  8,  1897  and 
Archbishop  of  Santa  Fe  on  January  7,  1899.  He  died  on  May  17,  1908.  Cf.  Code,  op.  tit., 
p.  25. 

66.  J.   B.   Salpointe,  Tucson,  to  Mother  M.  Dafrosa,   Superior  of  Loretto  Academy, 
Santa  Fe,  May  16,  1879,  (Loretto  Motherhouse  Archives,  Loretto,  Kentucky). 

57.  The  first  superior  was  Mother  Josephine  Brennan,  who  came  from  the  convent  of 
Mercy,  Moate,  Ireland.  In  1881,  two  Mercy  Sisters  went  to  Ireland  and  procured  five  postu- 
lants who  volunteered  to  work  in  the  missions.  Cf.  Salpointe,  op.  tit.,  p.  284. 

58.  Salpointe,  op.  tit.,  p.  284. 

59.  Sister  M.  Lucida,  op.  tit.,  pp.  258-259. 

60.  This  novitiate  was  begun  in  1878  and  closed  in  March,  1890.  Cf.  Salpointe,  Tucson, 
to  Mother  St.  John,  Carondelet,   (Original  in  French),  November  3,  1871,   (S.J.C.A.).  On 
the  closing  of  this  novitiate  cf.  Sister  M.  Lucida,  op.  tit.,  pp.  257-260,  and  Salpointe,  op. 
tit.,  p.  264. 


140  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

of  St.  Joseph  and  remained  under  diocesan  control  until  Oc- 
tober 7,  1882,  at  which  time  it  was  purchased  by  the  Com- 
munity.61 

Soon  after  Arizona  had  been  made  a  Vicariate,  the  par- 
ishes of  Mesilla  in  New  Mexico  and  Isleta  and  San  Elizario 
of  El  Paso  County,  Texas,  were  added  to  it  by  the  Holy  See. 
These  parishes  had  been  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Bishop 
of  Durango,  Mexico.  Since  Bishop  Salpointe  did  not  receive 
any  communication  from  the  Bishop  of  Durango  transferring 
the  jurisdiction  of  these  parishes,  he  was  not  able  to  assign  to 
them  the  missionaries  he  had  recently  brought  from  France. 
Although  the  trip  to  Durango  was  an  arduous  and  long  one, 
requiring  fifty  traveling  days  alone,  Bishop  Salpointe  under- 
took it,  but  found  that  the  Bishop  of  Durango  was  absent,  at 
a  distance  of  four  hundred  miles.  Therefore,  Bishop  Salpointe 
left  for  Tucson  hoping  that  the  Bishop  of  Durango  would 
receive  his  papers  from  Rome  upon  his  return.  After  waiting 
a  few  more  months,  Bishop  Salpointe,  in  1871,  set  out  again 
for  Durango.62 

The  only  way  to  travel  was  on  horseback  or  in  private 
conveyances.  The  country  was  sparsely  settled,  and  dangerous 
to  go  through  on  account  of  the  two  political  parties  then  at 
war  against  each  other,  and  roaming  in  bands,  here  and  there 
around  the  settlements  or  ranches,  rather  in  search  of  some- 
thing to  eat  than  their  foes. 

The  Vicar  Apostolic  made  his  two  journeys,  about  3200 
miles,  going  and  returning,  in  company  with  one  of  his  priests 
and  a  servant.  .  .  .  Their  means  of  transportation  consisted 
of  a  buggy  for  the  Bishop  and  his  priest,  and  a  light  spring 
wagon  to  carry  the  little  baggage  and  the  victuals.  No  need 
to  say  that  they  had  to  cook  for  themselves  and  to  camp  out 
most  of  the  nights.63 

This  second  trip  was  also  to  no  avail  because  the  Bishop 
of  Durango  had  not  received  any  direct  information  from 
the  Holy  See  on  the  matter.  However,  a  few  months  later  the 

61.  Salpointe,  op.  e.it.,  pp.  268-269 ;  Sister  M.  Lucida,  op.  cit.,  pp.  258-261. 

62.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  pp.  261-263. 

63.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  p.  263. 


SALPOINTE  141 

Bishop  of  Durango  wrote  to  Bishop  Salpointe  that  he  had 
received  the  pontifical  decree  and,  therefore,  transferred  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  parishes  of  Mesilla,  Isleta,  and  San  Eli- 
zario  to  the  Vicariate  of  Arizona.64 

A  portion  of  his  flock  that  were  never  forgotten  or  ne- 
glected were  the  Indians  within  the  Bishop's  Vicariate.  In 
December,  1872,  Bishop  Salpointe  received  a  letter  from 
Archbishop  Blanchet65  of  Oregon  urging  him  to  join  with 
the  Archbishop  in  authorizing  the  Archbishop  of  Baltimore 
to  appoint  a  Board  or  an  Agent  to  represent  the  interests  of 
the  Catholic  Indian  missions  at  a  meeting  to  be  held  by  the 
Secretary  of  the  Interior  early  in  January,  1873.  He  also 
asked  Bishop  Salpointe  to  give  the  Archbishop  of  Baltimore 
details  concerning  the  Indian  tribes  and  agencies  in  the  Ari- 
zona Vicariate  as  they  existed  at  that  time.  Archbishop  Blan- 
chet enclosed  in  his  letter  the  letter  which  he  had  received 
from  Reverend  George  Deshon,  a  Paulist  Father,  who  at  the 
request  of  a  friend  had  interested  himself  in  the  plight  of  the 
Indian  agencies  and  was  making  this  meeting  known  to  the 
frontier  Oregon  Archbishop.66 

Bishop  Salpointe  must  have  responded  because  he  left 
Tucson  for  Washington,  D.  C.,  in  1873,  to  negotiate  for  the 
opening  of  a  school  at  the  Papago  Indian  mission  of  San 
Xavier  del  Bac.  On  his  way  he  stopped  at  the  Motherhouse 
of  the  Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  of  Carondelet  in  St.  Louis  and 
asked  for  Sisters  to  teach  in  this  mission  school.  On  his  re- 
turn, three  Sisters  accompanied  him  back  to  Tucson  on  the 
overland  route,  via  Denver.  In  Trinidad  one  of  the  Sisters, 
Sister  Martha,  was  recognized  by  Sister  Blandina  Segale, 


64.  Ibid.,  pp.  262-263. 

65.  Francis  Norbert  Blanchet  was  born  on  September  3.  1795,  at  Quebec,  Canada.  He 
was  ordained  on  July  19,  1819.  He  did  missionary  and  pastoral  work  in  New  Brunswick 
and  Montreal,  Canada.  In  1837,  he  was  named  Vicar  General  for  the  Oregon  Territory  and 
on  December  1,  1843  was  appointed  its  Vicar  Apostolic.  He  was  appointed  Bishop  of  Ore- 
gon City  on  July  24,  1846,  and  also  was  named  its  Archbishop  on  the  same  date.  He  is 
regarded  as  the  Apostle  of  Oregon.  He  died  on  June  18,  1883  in  Portland,  Oregon.  Cf.  Code, 
op.  eit.,  pp.  18-19. 

66.  F.  N.  Blanchet,  Archbishop  of  Oregon  City,  to  J.  B.  Salpointe,  December  14,  1872 ; 
George  Deshon,  Cong.  St.  Paul,  Sandusky,  Ohio,  to  F.  N.  Blanchet,  November  28,  1872, 
(Diocesan  Archives,  Tucson,  Arizona). 


142  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

from  the  time  Sister  Blandina  had  stayed  at  Sister  Martha's 
convent  in  Kansas  City  while  waiting  for  a  train.67  The  cara- 
van passed  the  Christmas  holidays  in  Santa  Fe  and  then 
pressed  on  towards  Tucson,  arriving  there  at  the  end  of  Janu- 
ary, 1874.68 

The  school  at  San  Xavier  had  been  started  in  September, 
1873,  by  three  Sisters  from  Tucson.  When  the  Sisters  arrived 
at  the  Mission  they  found  the  buildings  in  a  ruinous  condition 
and  no  traces  remained  of  mission  life  of  former  days.  Ad- 
joining the  Church  were  six  rooms  which  the  government 
fixed  up  for  classrooms.  Evidently  obstacles  did  not  deter  nor 
discourage  the  missionaries  as  shown  in  the  following  letter 
of  Bishop  Salpointe  about  San  Xavier. 

One  year  ago,  in  September,  1873,  a  school  was  opened  at 
the  mission  for  the  Indian  children  who  are  there  taught  by 
the  Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  under  the  director  of  the  Catholic 
Church.  This  school  is  supported  by  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernment. Although  but  little  time  has  elapsed  since  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  school,  it  may  be  safely  said  that  the  results 
have  equalled  the  expectations:  The  Indian  children  have 
proved  themselves  intelligent,  attentive,  and  anxious  to  learn. 
Their  progress  considering  that  they  have  to  be  instructed  by 
teachers  ignorant  of  the  Indian  idiom,  has  been  highly  satis- 
factory, and  everything  tends  to  inspire  the  greatest  hope  for 
the  future  in  both  a  material  and  a  moral  sense. 

The  same  results  could  confidently  be  expected  from  the 
introduction  of  Catholic  Schools  among  other  Indian  Tribes  in 
Arizona.  .  .  .  Unfortunately  in  spite  of  their  inmost  wishes 
and  of  the  often  expressed  desires  of  the  tribes  themselves  all 
initiative  has  been  taken  out  of  the  hands  of  the  Catholic  clergy 
by  the  fact  that  our  Government  has  bestowed  the  care  of  all 
the  Indian  tribes  of  the  Territory,  except  the  Papagoes,  to  the 
Dutch  Reformed  Church.69 

Although  the  school  for  the  Papagos  was  meeting  with 
success,  it  was  discontinued  in  April,  1876,  by  order  of  the 

67.  Sister  Blandina  Segale.  S.C.,  At  the  End  of  the  Santa  Fe   Trail,    (Milwaukee: 
Bruce,  1948),  p.  40. 

68.  Sister  M.  Lucida,  op.  cit.,  pp.  255-256. 

69.  J.  B.  Salpointe,  Tucson,  to  John  Gilmary  Shea,  New  York,  October  1,  1874,  (John 
Gilmary  Shea  Letters,  Collection  of  American  Historical  Society).  Cf.  "Church  in  Arizona, 
Letter  Oct.  1,  1874,"  American  Catholic  Historical  Record,  XL  (December,  1949),  226-227. 


SALPOINTE  143 

Department  of  the  Interior  because  the  Papago  agency  was 
combined  with  that  of  the  Pima's.  The  Sisters  were  not  re- 
called to  teach  again  at  the  mission  until  1888.  Thus,  the 
Papagos  remained  for  twelve  years  without  an  agent  or  any 
educational  provisions.70 

According  to  De  Courcy  and  Shea,  the  Catholic  popula- 
tion of  the  Vicariate  in  1874  had 

.  .  .  sixteen  churches  and  chapels,  and  was  estimated  at  six- 
teen thousand  two  hundred  and  twenty,  including  fifteen  hun- 
dred Papagos.  These  were  at  first  placed  by  the  government 
under  Catholics,  but  in  a  short  time,  they  were  taken  away,  in 
defiance  of  every  principle,  and  given  to  a  Protestant  denom- 
ination in  order  to  harass  and  provoke  the  Catholic  Indians  and 
their  Catholic  teachers,  successors  of  those  who  had  shed  their 
blood  on  that  very  soil  while  announcing  the  Christian  faith.71 

With  the  number  of  towns  increasing  and  the  population 
proportionally  growing  the  task  of  Bishop  Salpointe's  visita- 
tion of  his  Vicariate  became  more  exhausting.  On  July  2, 
1877,  he  started  on  a  visit  to  the  missions  of  the  Rio  Grande 
in  New  Mexico  and  Texas,  accompanied  by  Octaviano  A. 
Larrazolo,72  having  just  spent  the  month  of  May  visiting  his 
missions  in  central  Arizona. 

This  visitation  is  recounted  by  Bishop  Salpointe  in  a  let- 
ter to  the  President  of  the  Propagation  of  the  Faith. 

.  .  .  My  equipment,  as  usual,  consisted  of  a  little  covered 
wagon  drawn  by  two  horses,  containing,  behind  the  seat  occu- 


70.  Sister  M.  Lucida,  op.  cit.,  p.  272. 

71.  Henry  De  Courcy  and  John  Gilmary  Shea,  History  of  the  Catholic  Church  in  the 
United  States :  From  the  Earliest  Settlement  of  the  Country  to  the  Present  Time  With  Bio- 
graphical Sketches,  Accounts  of  Religious  Orders,  Councils,   (New  York:  P.  J.  Kennedy, 
1879),  p.  688. 

72.  While  confirming  in  San  Elizario,  Texas,  Bishop   Salpointe  saw  a  bright  little 
Mexican  lad.  He  learned  that  the  boy  was  a  native  of  San  Buenventura,  near  Chihuahua 
and  because  he  was  an  orphan  had  come  up  to  live  with  relatives.  The  Bishop  asked  the 
boy  if  he  would  like  to  go  and  live  with  him,  to  learn  to  read  and  write.  In  return  he  would 
serve  Mass  and  accompany  the  Bishop  in  his  travels.  The  boy  eagerly  agreed.  The  boy 
was  Octaviano  A.  Larrazolo   ( 1859-1930 ) ,  later  to  become  one  of  New  Mexico's  greatest 
statesmen  and  orators.  He  was  Governor  of  New  Mexico  (1919-1921)   and  also  represented 
New  Mexico  in  the  Senate  of  the  federal  government  at  Washington,  D.  C.  Cf.  The  Old 
Faith  And  Old  Glory,  op.  cit.,  pp.  14-15 ;  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  p.  266 ;  75  [«tc]  Years  of  Serv- 
ice, 1859-1934,  op.  cit.,  pp.  109,  115. 


144  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

pied  by  myself  and  the  young  man  who  accompanied  me,  the 
blankets  for  camp  beds,  a  few  kitchen-wares,  some  food  and 
the  vestments  or  liturgical  objects  I  was  to  need.  This  way  of 
traveling  which  may  seem  very  primitive  to  you  is  the  one  we 
still  have  to  resort  to  either  because  it  is  the  least  costly  or  be- 
cause the  stage-coach  lines  do  not  reach  all  the  points  we  have 
to  go  to.  So,  for  more  than  one  reason,  I  had  to  put  up  with  a 
sacrifice  of  time  and  personal  comfort  and  subject  myself  to 
a  slow  trip.  .  .  .  On  the  third  day  ...  I  reached  Fort  Bowie 
.  .  .  they  had  just  heard  that  the  Indians  had  revolted  along 
the  route  I  had  to  follow.  .  .  .  Through  superstition,  or  any 
other  motives  of  the  Indians,  it  is  believed  that  they  hardly 
ever  attack  during  the  night.  That  is  the  time  I  chose  to  con- 
tinue farther.  ...  On  July  24  I  arrived  at  San  Elizario, 
Texas  ...  to  begin  my  pastoral  visitation.73 

The  report  is  quite  lengthy  and  describes  each  town,  giv- 
ing approximate  population,  brief  historical  background, 
condition  of  the  church  building  and  financial  status  of  the 
area,  notes  the  principal  industry  or  crops,  and  states  the 
number  who  received  the  Sacrament  of  Confirmation. 

In  one  area  outside  of  Las  Cruces,  New  Mexico,  Bishop 
Salpointe  encountered  an  epidemic  of  fever. 

The  sickness  of  the  fever  was  spread  throughout  this  local- 
ity, causing  me  to  make  up  my  mind,  after  visiting  the  sick 
who  asked  my  ministry,  to  postpone  Confirmation  at  the  time  of 
my  return  from  other  populations  I  still  had  to  visit.  .  .  . 
After  an  absence  of  25  days  ...  I  still  found  the  people  in 
the  same  condition  of  health  if  not  in  a  worse  condition.  Im- 
possible to  find  in  the  village  a  family  where  there  was  not  a 
number  of  sick  people  to  nurse.  ...  I  had  .  .  .  resolved  to 
stay  to  visit  the  sick.  .  .  .  Useless  to  say  that  I  easily  found 
something  to  occupy  myself.  I  hardly  had  time  to  recite  my 
breviary  and  take  some  food  when  my  companion  had  man- 
aged to  find  me  some.74 

After  visiting  all  his  missions,  Bishop  Salpointe  went  to 
Silver  City  to  meet  Father  Anthony  Jouvenceau  with  whom 


78.  J.  B.  Salpointe,  Tucson,  to  the  President  of  the  Propagation  of  the  Faith,  Paris, 
France,  (Original  in  French),  November  4,  1877,  (Diocesan  Archives,  Tucson,  Arizona). 

74.  J.  B.  Salpointe  to  the  President  of  the  Propagation  of  the  Faith,  November  4, 
1877,  op.  cit. 


SALPOINTE  145 

they  would  return  to  Tucson.  The  news  that  greeted  him  was 
that  the  Apaches  had  revolted  and  had  killed  nine  persons  the 
day  before  on  the  road  they  had  to  pass  over  to  Tucson. 

.  .  .  Nine  victims  of  these  savages  had  just  been  buried  in  the 
same  ceremony  in  the  parish;  others  dangerously  wounded 
were  on  the  point  of  death;  it  was  said  that  17  persons  had 
been  killed  by  the  Indians  during  the  past  two  or  three  days. 
...  I  used  the  system  that  I  had  already  used,  that  of  travel- 
ing by  night  and  as  quietly  as  possible. 

I  will  not  mention  all  that  the  imagination  can  picture 
of  gloom  and  hardship  in  front  of  real  danger,  in  the  places 
where  are  still  strewn  the  remains  of  the  carriages  of  the  bag- 
gage of  those  who  were  assassinated  only  a  few  days  ago,  and 
this  during  four  long  days  of  voyage ;  the  important  thing  for 
us  is  that  the  second  of  October,  exactly  three  months  after  my 
departure,  we  arrived  in  Tucson  without  having  the  least 
accident.75 

During  those  three  months,  Bishop  Salpointe,  according 
to  his  own  figures,  covered  one  thousand  six  hundred  eighty- 
seven  miles  and  administered  the  Sacrament  of  Confirmation 
to  one  thousand  seven  hundred  seventy-three  individuals.76 

On  February  12,  1875,  Santa  Fe  was  raised  to  an  Arch- 
diocese with  the  Vicars  Apostolic  of  Colorado  and  Arizona 
as  suffragans.  The  Pallium  was  brought  to  New  York  by 
Monsignor  Roncetti,  who  had  also  been  delegated  to  carry  the 
customary  red  biretta  to  Archbishop  John  McCloskey77  of 
New  York  on  the  occasion  of  his  elevation  to  the  cardinalate. 
Because  Bishop  Salpointe  was  in  New  York  at  this  time  he 
was  delegated  by  Monsignor  Roncetti  to  invest  Archbishop 
Lamy  with  the  Pallium.  The  ceremony  took  place  on  June  16, 
1875,  in  the  house  of  the  Christian  Brothers,  St.  Michael's 
College,  Santa  Fe,  because  the  old  St.  Francis'  Cathedral  was 


75.  J.  B.  Salpointe  to  the  President  of  the  Propagation  of  the  Faith,  November  4, 
1877,  op.  cit. 

76.  Loc.  cit. 

77.  Archbishop  McCloskey,  first  American  Cardinal,  was  born  on  March  10,  1810,  and 
ordained  on  January  12,  1834.  He  was  consecrated  on  March  10,  1844  as  coadjutor  bishop 
of  New  York ;  translated  to  the  See  of  Albany  on  May  21,  1847 ;  promoted  to  New  York 
on  May  6,  1864;  created  Cardinal  priest  on  March  15,  1875;  died  on  October  10,  1885. 
Cf.  Code,  op.  cit.,  p.  218. 


146  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

too  small.  It  was  a  joyous  day  marking  a  new  epoch  in  the 
history  of  the  Church  in  that  region.78 

Another  event  of  deep  significance  and  jubilation  was  the 
civic  celebration  in  Tucson  on  March  17,  1880,  to  inaugurate 
the  opening  of  the  railroad  to  California.  Eloquent  addresses 
were  given  and  telegrams  sent  to  notable  personages.  The 
following  was  sent  to  the  Pope. 

Tucson,  Arizona 
March  17, 1880 

To  His  Holiness,  the  Pope  of  Rome,  Italy : 
The  Mayor  of  Tucson  begs  the  honor  of  reminding  your  Holi- 
ness that  this  ancient  and  honorable  pueblo  was  founded  by 
the  Spaniards  under  the  sanction  of  the  Church,  more  than 
three  centuries  ago,  and  to  inform  your  Holiness  that  a  rail- 
road from  San  Francisco,  California  now  connects  us  with  the 
Christian  world. 

R.  N.  Leatherwood,  Mayor 
Asking  your  Benediction 

J.  B.  Salpointe,  Vic.  Ap.™ 

Thus,  Bishop  Salpointe's  duties  and  office  often  brought 
him  into  contact  with  the  civic  leaders  of  city  and  state  as  the 
highest  local  representative  of  the  Church  exercising  juris- 
diction in  Tucson  and  the  Territory  of  Arizona. 

In  1883,  Archbishop  Lamy  went  to  St.  Louis  with  Bishop 
Salpointe.  From  there,  at  the  request  of  Archbishop  Lamy, 
he  went  to  Rome  to  attend  the  meeting  of  the  Archbishops 
of  the  United  States.  The  purpose  of  the  Roman  conference 
was  to  prepare  the  agenda  for  the  Third  Plenary  Council  of 
Baltimore  to  be  held  the  following  year.80 

On  April  4,  1884,  Bishop  Salpointe  was  back  in  Tucson 
where  a  reporter  obtained  the  following  statement  from  him. 

...  "I  have  been  in  Tucson  such  a  length  of  time.  How  long? 
Eighteen  years,  from  February,  1866,  I  came  to  America  in 
October,  1859,  and  my  time  has  been  spent  in  New  Mexico  and 
Arizona."  "Had  you  made  a  previous  trip  to  the  old  world"? 
"Yes,  in  1869.  You  might  add  .  .  .  that  I  brought  with  me 


78.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  pp.  265-266. 

79.  Arizona  Weekly  Star,  (Tucson),  March  25,  1880,  (10),  p.  4,  col.  4. 

80.  Warner,  Archbishop  Lamy,  An  Epoch  Maker,  op.  cit.,  p.  282. 


SALPOINTE  147 

from  France,  Father  Monfert  and  Reverend  Lebreton  who 
will  assist  in  missionary  work  in  this  Diocese.  Two  more  will 
come  the  latter  part  of  the  year,  when  they  have  finished  their 
theological  studies.  One  is  in  Baltimore,  the  other  at  the  Amer- 
ican Seminary  at  Louvain,  Belgium."81 

The  article  goes  on  to  say,  "The  Bishop  is  enjoying  excel- 
lent health,  and  has  already  resumed  his  duties  in  Tucson, 
with  the  same  vigor  as  that  of  the  past.82 

On  April  22, 1884,  Bishop  Salpointe  received  his  appoint- 
ment as  coadjutor  to  the  Most  Reverend  John  B.  Lamy  of 
Santa  Fe  with  the  right  of  succession.  He  remained  in  Tucson, 
as  administrator  of  the  Vicariate,  until  his  successor,  the 
Reverend  Peter  Bourgade,  pastor  of  Silver  City,  was  ap- 
pointed to  succeed  him  on  February  7, 1885.83 

In  leaving  Arizona  to  labor  in  the  Archdiocese  of  Santa 
Fe,  Bishop  Salpointe's  work  was  not  forgotten.  The  founda- 
tions he  laid  for  the  future  Diocese  of  Tucson,  the  impression 
he  made  on  his  contemporaries,  and  the  example  he  showed  in 
his  own  private  life  are  lasting  tributes  to  him.  A  favorable 
impression  of  the  frontier  Bishop  Salpointe  is  thus  recorded 
by  one  who  observed  him  at  this  time. 

Another  important  factor  in  the  formative  period  of  Ari- 
zona's growth  is  this  figure  walking  briskly  by,  clad  in  a  cas- 
sock of  an  ecclesiastic.  It  is  Bishop  Salpointe,  a  man  of  learn- 
ing, great  administrative  capacity,  and  devoted  to  the  interests 
of  his  people.  He  preaches  little,  but  practices  much.  In  many 
ways  unknown  to  his  flock  he  is  busy  with  plans  for  their 
spiritual  and  worldly  advancement,  and  the  work  he  accom- 
plishes in  establishing  schools,  both  in  Tucson  and  in  the 
Papago  village  of  San  Xavier  is  something  that  should  not  soon 
be  forgotten  by  the  people  benefited.  He  is  very  poor.  All  that 
one  can  see  in  his  house  is  a  crucifix  and  a  volume  of  precious 
manuscript  notes  upon  the  Apaches  and  Papagoes.  He  seems 
to  be  always  cheerful.  His  poverty  he  freely  shares  with  his 
flock,  and  I  have  often  thought  that  if  he  ever  had  any  wealth 
he  would  share  that  too.84 


81.  Preacott  Weekly  Courier,  April  12,  1884  (HI,  15),  p.  1,  col.  7. 

82.  Ibid. 

83.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  p.  271 ;  Code,  op.  cit.,  p.  25. 

84.  John  G.  Bourke,  On  the  Border  With  Crook,  (2d  ed. ;  New  York:  Charles  Scribners' 
Sons,  1902),  p.  77. 


148  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

IV.  Archbishop  of  Santa  Fe,  1 884-1 894 

During  the  time  when  Bishop  Salpointe  was  awaiting  in 
Arizona  the  appointment  of  his  successor,  he  was  raised  on 
October  11, 1884,  to  the  dignity  of  a  Titular  Archbishop  being 
given  the  ancient  See  of  Anazarba.  He  also  attended  the 
Third  Plenary  Council  of  Baltimore  in  company  with  Arch- 
bishop Lamy  and  Bishop  Machebeuf  in  November,  1884. 

It  was  February  19,  1885,1  before  Archbishop  Salpointe 
arrived  in  Santa  Fe  to  assume  his  duties  as  coadjutor  to 
Archbishop  Lamy.  During  the  preceding  twenty  years  Arch- 
bishop Lamy  had  endeavored,  without  success,  to  obtain 
government  aid  which  would  enable  him  to  open  Indian 
schools.2  Archbishop  Salpointe  took  up  the  work  and  began 
corresponding  with  the  Indian  Bureau  in  Washington,  D.  C., 
in  an  effort  to  supply  New  Mexico  and  Arizona  with  govern- 
ment support  and  to  have  Indian  Agents  appointed  for  Ari- 
zona and  New  Mexico.3 

Meanwhile  May  1,  1885,  the  appointed  day  for  the  con- 
secration of  Bishop  Bourgade  arrived.4  Archbishop  Lamy 
was  the  consecrator  in  the  Santa  Fe  Cathedral,  assisted  by 
Archbishop  Salpointe  and  Bishop  Machebeuf  of  Denver. 

The  procession  having  entered  the  Cathedral  the  imposing 
ceremonies  of  consecration  commenced.  The  venerable  Arch- 
bishop himself  addressed  the  vast  assembly  in  Spanish,  and 
Rt.  Rev.  Bishop  Machebeuf  [stc]  in  English.  After  the  cere- 
monies the  procession  returned  to  the  Archepiscopal  residence, 
and  the  balance  of  the  day  was  spent  in  festivities  termina- 
tion [sic]  in  the  evening,  as  on  the  eve,  by  a  fine  display  of 
fireworks  and  the  booming  of  the  cannon.  A  day  never  to  be 
forgotten  in  Santa  Fe,  as  it  was  the  first  ceremony  of  the  kind 
that  ever  took  place  in  the  ancient  city.5 

During  the  summer  of  that  year,  on  August  6, 1885,  Arch- 
bishop Salpointe  received  letters  from  Rome  giving  him  no- 

1.  Diary  Account  of  Archbishop  Salpointe,  (A.A.S.F.). 

2.  The  Old  Faith  and  Old  Glory,  op.  cit.,  p.  14. 

8.  Diary  Account  of  Archbishop  Salpointe,  (A.A.S.F.).  Notation,  March  30,  1885. 

4.  The  Weekly  Arizona  Star.  (Prescott),  May  1,  1886,  (XXI,  8),  p.  1,  col.  7. 

6.  Defouri,  Historical  Sketch  of  the  Catholic  Church  in  New  Mexico,  op.  cit.,  p.  151. 


SALPOINTE  149 

tice  of  his  appointment  as  Archbishop  of  Santa  Fe.6  On 
August  26,  1885,  Archbishop  Lamy  formally  resigned  his 
office.  This  resignation  was  read  in  all  the  churches  of  the 
archdiocese  on  September  6,  1885.  The  introduction  of  it 
follows. 

For  some  years  past  we  have  asked  for  a  coadjutor  from 
the  Holy  See  to  take  from  us  the  great  responsibility  which 
weighted  [sic]  on  our  feeble  shoulders  since  the  year  1850, 
when  the  supreme  authority  of  the  Church  thought  fit  to  make 
a  new  Diocese  of  New  Mexico,  and  regardless  of  our  little  ca- 
pacity to  elect  us  as  its  first  Bishop.  Now  our  petition  and  res- 
ignation have  been  accepted.  We  rejoice  to  have  for  our  succes- 
sor Most  Rev.  Archbishop  Salpointe,  well  known  in  this 
archdiocese  and  very  worthy  to  administer  it  for  the  good  of 
souls  and  the  greater  glory  of  God.7 

This  resignation  and  farewell  to  the  clergy  and  faithful 
besides  being  read  in  all  the  Churches  was  printed  in  various 
secular  newspapers  of  the  Territory,  testifying  to  the  im- 
portance and  esteem  in  which  Archbishop  Lamy  was  held8 

Archbishop  Lamy  conferred  the  pallium  on  Archbishop 
Salpointe  on  November  21,  1885,  in  the  chapel  of  the  Loretto 
Sisters  in  Santa  Fe.9  After  this  Archbishop  Lamy  retired  to  a 
small  country  place  north  of  Santa  Fe  which  he  had  pur- 
chased in  1853.  There  he  had  built  a  small  house  and  chapel 
and  as  he  said  in  his  farewell  he  would  "profit  by  the  days 
left  ...  to  prepare  ourselves  the  better  to  appear  before  the 
tribunal  of  God,  in  tranquility  and  solitude."10 

Having  resumed  negotiations  to  receive  government  aid 
to  open  Indian  schools,  Archbishop  Salpointe  thought  it  ad- 
vantageous to  go  to  Washington,  D.  C.,  in  January,  1886, 
for  this  purpose.  He  and  Mr.  Charles  Lusk,  Secretary  of  the 
Bureau  of  Catholic  Indian  Missions,  saw  Mr.  Oberly,  the 
Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs,  and  obtained  from  him 


6.  Diary  Account  of  Archbishop  Salpointe,  (A.A.S.F.). 

7.  Introduction  of  Archbishop  Lamy's  Resignation,  August  26,  1885,  (A.A.S.F.). 

8.  The  St.  Johns  Herald,  September  17,  1885,  p.  1,  col.  4. 

9.  Defouri,  op.  cit.,  p.  157. 

10.  Archbishop  Lamy's  Resignation,  op.  cit. 


150  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

contracts  for  four  day  schools,  with  the  promise  of  four  more, 
as  soon  as  the  department  had  the  money  to  dispose  of  for 
these  contracts.  Mr.  Oberly  kept  his  promise  and  shortly  after 
sent  through  the  Bureau  of  Catholic  Indian  Missions  con- 
tracts for  seven  day  schools  and  one  for  a  boarding1  industrial 
school  for  Indian  boys.  Day  schools  were  established  at  the 
pueblos  of  Isleta,  Acoma,  Pahuate,  Santo  Domingo,  Jemez, 
San  Juan,  Taos  and  the  village  of  Laguna.  The  boarding 
school  for  boys  was  first  established  at  Bernalillo.  It  was  not 
permanently  located  there  because  it  was  impossible  to  find  a 
convenient  place  for  sale.  Therefore,  it  was  moved  to  Santa 
Fe,  using  the  priests'  house  for  its  quarters  until  St.  Cather- 
ine's Indian  School  was  completed.11 

St.  Catherine's  Indian  School  was  commenced  in  the 
spring  of  1886  and  the  corner  stone  was  blessed  by  the  retired 
Archbishop  Lamy  on  June  17,  1886.  This  school  was  con- 
structed under  the  auspices  of  the  Bureau  of  Catholic  Indian 
Missions  and  was  financed  by  Mother  Katherine  Drexel,12 
after  whom  it  was  named. 

The  construction  of  the  school  was  slow  and  brought  the 
Director  of  the  Bureau  of  Catholic  Indian  Missions,  Reverend 
Joseph  A.  Stephan,13  to  Santa  Fe  to  determine  the  causes  of 
the  delays.  He  placed  the  blame  on  the  weather,  the  workmen, 
and  lastly  Archbishop  Salpointe,  as  his  letter  to  Miss  Cather- 
ine Drexel  brings  out. 

11.  Salpointe,  Soldiers  of  the  Cross,  op.  cit.,  pp.  272-273. 

12.  Mother  Katherine  Drexel  was  born   in   1859,   the  daughter  of  Francis   Anthony 
Drexel,  one  of  Philadelphia's  leading;  financiers  and  philanthropists.  She  renounced  personal 
wealth  and  social  position  and  dedicated  her  life  and  income  from  a  seven  and  one-half 
million  dollars  inheritance  to  educational  and  charitable  works.  In  May,  1891,  she  founded 
the  Sisters  of  the  Blessed  Sacrament  for  Indians  and  Colored  People.  She  died  on  March  3, 
1955.  Cf.  Elinor  Tong  Dehey,  Religious  Orders  of  Women  in  the  United  States,  Catholic 
Accounts  of  Their  Origin,  Works,  and  Most  Important  Institutions.  Inwoven  with  His- 
tories of  Many  Famous  Foundresses,  (Rev.  ed. ;  Hammond,  Indiana:  W.  B.  Conkey,  1930), 
pp.  692-694;  Time,  65 (March  14,  1955),  92;  and  John  La  Farge,  S.J.,  "Mother  Drexel: 
Great  American,"  America,  92  (March  19,  1955),  645. 

13.  Joseph  Andrew  Stephan,    (         -1901),  after  laboring  in  various  places  served  as 
military  chaplain  during  the  whole  Civil  War  with  the  troops  of  General  Thomas.  He  then 
chose  the  life  of  an  Indian  Missionary  and  in  1884  was  appointed  Director  of  the  Bureau 
of  Catholic  Indian  Missions.  It  was  he  who  organized  the  work  of  establishing  the  mission 
schools  and  secured  contracts  for  their  support.  He  died  in  1901.  Cf.  McGuire,  ed.,  Catholic 
Builders  of  the  Nation:  A  Symposium  on  the  Catholic  Contribution  to  the  Civilization  of 
the  United  States.  (Boston:  Continental  Press,  Inc.,  1923),  II,  77 ;  V,  145. 


SALPOINTE  151 

St.  Catherine's  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico,  is  progressing 
slowly.  Constant  rain  for  nearly  three  weeks,  kept  the  work- 
men idle  and  thus  the  building  was  only  ready  for  roofing  at 
the  8th  inst.  I  push  everything  as  fast  as  I  possibly  can,  but 
must  candidly  say  matters  were  not  managed  well.  Everybody 
out  here  is  naturally  lazily  inclined.  Instead  of  getting  the  con- 
tracts signed  by  the  respective  contractors,  as  I  had  demanded 
of  him,  in  order  to  have  the  bridle  in  hands  to  hold  them  up  to 
time,  the  good-natured  Archbishop  neglected  that  part  and  the 
contractors  took  advantage  of  it,  worked  on  other  buildings  at 
the  same  time  and  treated  St.  Catherine's  stepfather  like.  Be- 
sides the  Archbishop  had  assured  me  that  he  would  get  the 
lumber  cheaper  in  Santa  Fe,  and  at  the  saw  mill,  than  I  could 
ship  it  from  Chicago,  but  he  was  sadly  mistaken!  When  I  ar- 
rived here  I  found  to  my  greatest  sorrow  that  he  could  not 
obtain  the  quantity  of  lumber,  as  he  had  expected  and  bar- 
gained for,  and  they  charged  him  higher  prices  than  I  could 
have  got  it  delivered  in  Santa  Fe  from  Chicago;  thus  the  car- 
penters were  delayed  and  complained  to  me.  I  rectified  matters 
at  once  and  furnished  all  materials  needed  to  finish  the  building. 

.  .  .  The  building  is  a  fine,  imposing  structure  and  when  fin- 
ished will  be  a  great  ornament  to  Santa  Fe,  and  an  everlasting 
credit  to  the  donor.14 

The  school  was  completed  and  dedicated  on  April  11, 1887, 
with  the  retired  Archbishop  Lamy  again  performing  the  cere- 
mony. The  Indian  boys  residing  at  the  priests'  house  were 
moved  to  the  school  which  was  placed  in  charge  of  the  Sisters 
of  Loretto.15 

Catholic  Indian  Schools  had  to  be  constantly  compet- 
ing with  Protestant  and  government  operated  schools  so  as 
to  retain  the  government  contract  which  allowed  financial 
aid.  Father  Anthony  Jouvenceau,  Superintendent  of  the  In- 
dian Schools  of  the  Santa  Fe  diocese,  explained  this  in  the 
following  letter. 

.  .  .  Manual  labor  is  the  instruction  that  can  be  given  to  the 
Indians.  We  do  not  wish  to  make  lawyers,  physicians,  or  scien- 
tists of  them, — our  only  ambition  is  to  make  them  good  Chris- 


14.  Joseph  A.  Stephan,  Santa  Fe,  to  Miss  Catherine  M.   Drexel,  October   11,   1886, 
(Archives  of  the  Sisters  of  the  Blessed  Sacrament  For  Indians  and  Colored  People,  Corn- 
wells  Heights,  Pa.  Hereafter  referred  to  as  A.S.B.S.). 

15.  Sister  Richard  Marie,  Light  in  Yucca  Land,  op.  cit.,  p.  44. 


152  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

tians  and  honest  men,  to  teach  them  how  to  earn  their  bread 
and  become  useful  members  of  society. 

.  .  .  We  must  by  all  means  at  the  next  session  have  our  indus- 
trial department  well  organized;  it  is  the  only  way  to  compete 
with  the  Government  and  protestant  [sic\  schools.16 

Father  Anthony  Jouvenceau  and  the  Loretto  Sisters  re  • 
mained  in  charge  of  St.  Catherine's  for  two  years.  In  1889. 
Father  Stephan  did  not  think  that  the  school  was  being  prop- 
erly managed  as  the  following  statistics  given  by  him  indicate. 

.  .  .  The  Archbishop  Salpointe  is  no  manager  and  told  me  that 
he  had  a  deficit  of  $3,000  last  year  in  keeping  up  the  school. 
He  gets  $12,000  annually  and  ought  to  be  able  to  save  $2,000 
at  least  of  that  sum  instead  of  spending  $3,000  more.  The 
trouble  is  this:  Father  Antonio  Jouvenceau  is  careless,  2  male 
teachers  are  paid  $80  and  also  each  Sister  per  month,  and  board 
besides,  all  the  washing  is  given  to  the  Chinese  laundry,  and 
paid  for,  and  the  mending  likewise.  The  Sisters  don't  care  and 
have  not  more  interest  in  the  Indians  than  an  old  Jew  in  a  hog. 
Nothing  is  raised  to  support  the  house — no  vegetables,  no 
cereals,  etc.,  and  therefore  I  told  the  Archbishop  that  I  will 
send  teachers  there  myself  and  run  the  school  if  he  allows  me 
to  do  so  and  he  consented  gladly.  .  .  ,17 

The  Benedictine  Fathers  from  Atchison,  Kansas,  took 
charge  of  St.  Catherine's  Industrial  School  in  July,  1889,  but 
were  there  only  for  one  year  at  which  time  they  were  recalled. 
It  was  then  placed  under  the  supervision  of  lay  teachers  and 
Father  Jouvenceau  until  the  Sisters  of  the  Blessed  Sacrament 
For  Indians  and  Colored  People,  founded  by  Mother  Cather- 
ine Drexel,  took  charge  of  it  in  September,  1895.18  The  gov- 
ernment had  suppressed  the  contract  for  St.  Catherine's 
School  in  1893  because  due  to  the  lack  of  good  farming  land 
and  water  it  was  proved  unsuitable  as  an  industrial  school. 
Therefore,  Mother  Catherine  Drexel  had  to  conduct  the 
school  without  any  government  compensation. 

16.  Anthony   Jouvenceau,    Santa   Fe,   to  Miss   Catherine   M.   Drexel,   June   19,    1887, 
(A.S.B.S.). 

17.  Joseph  A.  Stephan,  Barstow,  California,  to  Miss  Catherine  Drexel,  February  27, 
1889,  (A.S.B.S.). 

18.  Mother  Catherine  Drexel  arrived  in  Santa  Fe  on  April  9,  1894,  to  arrange  for  her 
Sisters  to  take  charge  of  St.  Catherine's  Industrial  School,  Cf.  Lamy  Memorial,  op.  tit., 
p.  98. 


SALPOINTE  153 

Archbishop  Lamy  lived  in  retirement  for  two  and  a  half 
years.  On  January  7,  1888,  he  sent  word  to  Archbishop  Sal- 
pointe  that  he  felt  ill  of  a  cold  and  wished  to  be  taken  to  Santa 
Fe.  Archbishop  Lamy  was  immediately  brought  to  St.  Vin- 
cent's Hospital,  conducted  by  the  Sisters  of  Charity,  and 
given  constant  care  by  the  Sisters.  On  February  14,  1888,  at 
the  age  of  seventy-three,  Archbishop  Lamy  died  and  after 
the  funeral  Mass,  said  by  Archbishop  Salpointe,  his  remains 
were  placed  in  a  vault  which  is  now  covered  by  the  main  altar 
of  the  cathedral.19 

One  of  the  problems  that  confronted  Archbishop  Sal- 
pointe in  Santa  Fe  and  which  he  did  not  have  to  cope  with  in 
Arizona  was  the  opposition  of  the  Brotherhoods,  called  "Los 
Penitentes."  These  were  societies  of  men  who  practiced 
bloody  flagellations  and  similar  tortures  on  Fridays  during 
Holy  Week,  and  on  other  occasions.  This  was  not  a  new  prob- 
lem in  the  archdiocese. 

Bishop  Lamy  knew  right  away  that  these  penitents  did  not 
fit  in  with  Church  discipline  in  modern  times  and,  noting  the 
greater  shock  and  scandal  created  among  the  ever-increasing 
numbers  of  people  "from  the  states,"  both  Catholic  and  other- 
wise, he  felt  a  still  greater  urgency  to  remedy  the  situation  as 
soon  as  possible. 

Judging  from  the  decrees  of  his  successors,  we  may  as- 
sume that  Lamy  tried  at  first  to  abolish  the  Penitentes,  and 
failed.  The  problem  was  complicated  by  the  fact  that  most  of 
these  people  were  good  men,  sincerely  and  deeply  Catholic  in 
their  own  simple  faith,  who  believed  that  they  were  carrying  on 
an  old  Spanish  Catholic  heritage.  Furthermore,  he  could  not 
tell  them  that  their  penances,  performed  by  Saints  in  the  past, 
were  wrong  in  themselves.  There  simply  was  no  common  meet- 
ing grounds  of  minds  whereby  he  could  make  them  understand 
that  he  was  not  trying  to  destroy  their  Spanish  heritage,  and 
that  their  peculiar  practices  were  not  only  contrary  to  present 
ecclesiastical  order,  but  most  harmful  to  their  religion  under 
the  present  circumstances.20 


19.  Cf.  Sister  Richard  Marie,  op.  cit.,  p.  44 ;  Salpointe,  op.  eft.,  pp.  275-276 ;  and  Prea- 
cott  Morning  Courier,  February  16,  1888,  p.  1,  coL  3. 

20.  Father  Angelico  Chavez,  O.F.M.,  "The  Penitentes,"  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  RE- 
VIEW, XXIX  (1954),  99. 


154  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

In  the  first  Synod  of  the  Archdiocese  of  Santa  Fe,  May  17, 
1888,  called  by  Archbishop  Salpointe,  he  firmly  condemned 
the  Penitentes  "as  not  to  be  fostered  in  the  least."21  Arch- 
bishop Salpointe  urged  the  pastors  to  guide  the  groups  in 
their  parishes  into  embracing  the  Rule  of  the  Third  Order  of 
St.  Francis  from  which  he  believed  they  had  departed.  He 
likewise  commanded  the  priests  to  refuse  to  celebrate  Mass 
in  the  chapels  of  the  groups  which  continued  their  abuses  and 
to  deny  the  Sacraments  to  those  who  insisted  on  observing 
their  old  wakes  for  the  dead  and  those  who  opposed  his 
legislation.22 

Not  much  success  was  met  in  this  matter  for  as  Father 
Chavez  explains 

.  .  .  the  Penitentes  erroneously  considered  their  Brotherhoods 
an  essential  part  of  Spanish  Catholicism  and  a  heritage  from 
earliest  times  to  be  kept  intact.23 

The  controversies  between  the  Catholic  pastors  and  their 
local  Penitentes  were  in  many  cases  fomented  by  Protestant 
ministers,  who  were  trying  either  to  win  over  the  Penitentes 
or  to  cause  trouble  for  the  Catholic  Church.24 

In  October,  1891,  Archbishop  Salpointe  received  a  peti- 
tion from  the  Penitentes  of  the  county  of  San  Miguel  to 
the  effect  that  they  wished  him  to  consider  them  as  a  Catho- 
lic Sodality.  They  wanted  the  Archbishop  to  impose  on  their 
group  the  rules  and  restrictions  which  would  make  them  ac- 
ceptable to  the  Catholic  Church.  Believing  them  to  be  in  good 
faith,  the  Archbishop  laid  down  certain  rules  for  their  society 
also  offering  to  approve  with  these  rules  any  details  the  group 
might  deem  necessary,  provided  they  would  not  oppose  his 
directions. 

(continued) 


21.  Synodus  Sanctae  Fidei  Prima.  (Original  in  Latin),  May  17,  1888.  (A.A.S.F.). 

22.  Chavez,  "The  Penitentes,"  op.  eft.,  p.  100. 

23.  Ibid.,  p.  101. 

24.  Loc.  cit. 


Book  Reviews 

Florentine  Codex:  General  History  of  the  Things  of  New 
Spain.  By  Fray  Bernardino  de  Sahagun.  Translated  from 
the  Aztec  into  English,  with  notes  by  Charles  E.  Dibble 
and  Arthur  J.  O.  Anderson.  Santa  Fe:  The  School  of 
American  Research  and  the  University  of  Utah,  1961. 

After  having  previously  reviewed  six  of  the  twelve  Books 
into  which  Sahagun's  General  History  is  divided,  one  might 
be  expected  to  have  run  out  of  comments.  But  the  renewed 
pleasure  and  stimulation  are  as  keen  now,  on  receiving  Book 
Ten,  as  they  were  over  a  decade  ago  on  first  seeing  Book  One. 
There  is  no  need  to  repeat  here  the  data  about  the  nature  of 
the  great  scholarly  enterprise  which  Dibble  and  Anderson 
have  now  brought  through  the  tenth  of  its  eventual  thirteen 
units,  since  that  material  by  now  is  familiar  (this  Review, 
Vol.  XXIX,  No.  2 ;  Vol.  XXX,  No.  1 ;  Vol.  XXXI,  No.  4 ;  Vol. 
XXXI V,  No.  1). 

It  is  tempting  to  look  in  Book  Ten  for  clues  not  only  to 
Aztec  mentality,  but  to  the  thinking  habits  of  16th  century 
Spain  as  well,  for  in  what  Fray  Bernardino  de  Sahagun  seem- 
ingly considered  a  logical  unit  ("which  treateth  of  the  general 
history,  in  which  are  told  the  different  virtues  and  vices  which 
were  of  the  body  and  of  the  soul,  of  whosoever  practiced 
them")  there  are  what  seem  to  us  to  be  three  obviously  very 
different  sections. 

Chapters  First  through  Twenty-Sixth  list  characteristics 
considered  good  and  bad  in  Aztecs  filling  a  list  of  roles :  first 
of  kinship,  then  of  age  groupings,  then  of  social  class,  then  of 
occupation.  The  Twenty-Sixth  Chapter  "telleth  of  the  atole 
sellers,  and  the  sellers  of  prepared  chocolate,  and  the  sellers 
of  saltpeter ;"  and  without  any  transition  at  all,  the  next  and 
much  longer  chapter  is  "of  the  intestines,  and  of  all  the  in- 
ternal organs,  and  of  all  the  external  organs,  [and]  of  the 
joints  pertaining  to  men  and  pertaining  to  women."  There 

155 


156  NEW    MEXICO   HISTORICAL   REVIEW 

follows  another  long  chapter  about  human  ailments  and  Az- 
tec treatments  for  them ;  but  the  final  chapter,  somewhat  less 
extensive,  shifts  abruptly  to  descriptions  and  histories  of 
"the  various  kinds  of  people  .  . .  who  came  to  cause  the  cities 
to  be  founded,"  listing  fifteen  more  or  less  distinct  ethnic 
groups  of  northern  and  central  Mesoamerica. 

To  be  sure,  virtues  and  defects  are  listed  as  characteristic 
of  these  several  peoples,  thus  creating  a  partial  parallel  with 
the  first  twenty-six  chapters ;  but  what  are  the  virtues  and 
vices  in  Aztec  anatomical  terminology,  in  ailments  and  treat- 
ments? There  is  no  explicit  suggestion  that  illnesses  are  as- 
sociated with  moral  standards,  and  most  of  the  anatomical 
terms  are  clearly  neutral  in  such  a  regard.  It  may  be  that  the 
role  of  virtue  and  vice  in  illness  was  too  obvious  to  Sahagun 
(perhaps  also  to  the  Aztecs)  to  deserve  mention. 

Sahagun  felt  it  necessary  to  suppress  the  totality  of  the 
long  Twenty-Seventh  Chapter  in  preparing  his  Spanish  ver- 
sion of  this  Book;  the  title  was  translated,  but  instead  of 
translating  the  long  list  of  anatomical  terms  he  wrote  in 
Spanish  a  discussion  (which  ought  to  be  a  prime  source  for 
students  of  cultural  dynamics)  of  the  problems  of  early  mis- 
sionaries in  Mexico.  For  this  discussion  he  recurs  to  the 
theme  of  virtues  and  vices,  comparing  the  state  of  affairs 
when  he  was  writing  (about  1570?)  with  that  of  pre-Con- 
quest times,  and  attempting  some  analysis  of  causes  of  the 
conditions  in  both  periods. 

There  are  many  places  throughout  his  work  when  Saha- 
gun either  failed  to  translate  all  of  his  original  Nahuatl 
version,  as  in  the  present  case ;  or  translating,  added  some- 
thing to  the  Spanish  which  did  not  appear  in  the  Nahuatl ;  or 
even,  at  times,  seems  to  have  changed  a  meaning  in  trans- 
lating. When  he  decided,  for  what  ever  reason  (the  Aztec 
anatomical  terms  may  well  have  been  too  exhaustive  for 
presentation  to  churchmen  less  sophisticated  than  Sahagun) , 
that  the  Aztec  vision  of  the  human  body  should  not  be  trans- 
lated for  his  readers  in  Spain,  Sahagun  of  course  told  us 
something  by  implication  about  his  own  culture.  His  need 


BOOK  REVIEWS  157 

to  conceal  the  Twenty-Seventh  Chapter  gave  us,  too,  an  essay 
in  its  place  which  is  of  great  potential  utility. 

Together  with  the  interesting  suppression  of  the  Twenty- 
Seventh  Chapter  must  be  considered  the  fact  that  Sahagun 
did  not  find  it  necessary  to  mince  words  in  the  repeated  men- 
tions and  discussions  of  prostitutes,  panders,  and  various 
sorts  of  perverts.  The  many  16th  century  illustrations  of 
course  are,  as  always,  full  of  data — some  obvious,  some  to  be 
discovered  only  by  search  and  analysis — about  Aztec  and 
Spanish  elements  in  post-Conquest  life  and  attitudes  during 
the  decades  when  these  were  being  transformed  from  a  raw 
mixture  into  a  new  way  of  life. 

Mexico  City  College  JOHN  PADDOCK 

Km.  16,  Carretera  Mexico-Toluca 
Mexico  10,  D.F. 

Captive  Mountain  Waters:  A  Story  of  Pipelines  and  People. 
By  Dorothy  Jensen  Neal.  El  Paso :  Texas  Western  Press, 
1961.  Pp.  103.  Illustrations,  maps  and  index.  $2.50. 

This  is  an  exceptional  book.  Its  authenticity  is  impressive 
despite  the  lack  of  footnotes  that  are  usually  looked  for  to  give 
authority  to  a  text.  It  is  a  story  of  people  and  that  most  preci- 
ous of  all  commodities  in  New  Mexico,  water.  The  style  of 
writing  is  not  that  of  a  literary  artist,  but  straightforward 
with  a  simplicity  that  keeps  the  reader  always  sensitive  to  the 
subject  matter — enlivened  occasionally  with  a  touch  of  humor 
or  a  story  that  in  itself  reveals  the  time,  place  and  the  folks 
about  whom  the  authoress  writes.  When  a  rancher  tapped  the 
railroad's  wooden  pipe  line  because  he  needed  water,  the  leak 
was  eventually  discovered ;  but  the  rancher  was  quite  willing 
to  pay :  "I  don't  have  no  money,  but  I  got  three  hogs  and  nine 
kids.  Take  your  pick." 

The  water  came  from  the  Rio  Bonito.  The  people  involved 
in  the  story  raised  log  houses  on  their  homesteads  in  the 
White  and  Sacramento  Mountains  or  built  towns  in  the  des- 


158  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

ert;  served  the  railroad  in  its  multiple  needs;  admired  the 
rugged  individual  building  a  cattle  empire;  and  envied  the 
first  comers,  the  Mescaleros,  who  were  not  fond  of  railroad 
men,  or  white  men  in  general.  The  common  thread  that 
brought  them  into  contact  was  the  need  for  water,  and  the 
wooden  pipe  line  held  together  by  iron  bands  carried  it  from 
the  mountain  to  the  desert  for  steam  engines,  crops,  and  folks 
— and  occasionally  caused  some  one  to  get  shot  because  the 
story  began  when  men  were  toting  six  shooters. 

The  significance  of  water  in  the  arid  southwest  is  a  com- 
monplace bit  of  knowledge  and  has  been  dealt  with  in  many  a 
printed  word,  but  this  book  makes  it  a  human  interest  story 
because  those  who  created  the  history  of  water  development 
in  the  Tularosa  Basin  are  also  the  prime  sources  of  informa- 
tion. They  illustrate  Shakespeare's  theory  of  the  world  as  a 
stage.  When  drawing  upon  well-known  major  episodes  in  the 
history  of  New  Mexico,  such  as  the  ruckus  around  Oliver  Lee 
and  Albert  B.  Fall's  misstep,  the  authoress  treats  them  ade- 
quately in  relation  to  her  story  and  no  more;  they  were  just 
people  interested  in  water. 

When  the  atomic  bomb  exploded  at  Trinity  Site  in  1945, 
it  brought  a  revolution  in  the  affairs  of  Alamogordo,  origin- 
ally a  railroad  and  cattleman's  town.  The  Federal  Govern- 
ment needed  water  for  Holloman  Air  Force  base  and  had  to 
tap  the  long  used  source,  the  mountain  water  brought  to  the 
desert — now  including  the  underground  flow. 

Those  born  around  the  turn  of  the  century  should  have  a 
touch  of  nostalgia  for  the  horse  and  buggy  days  when  they 
see  the  several  photographs.  The  descendants  of  the  pioneers 
should  rejoice  at  the  record  now  available  of  their  ancestors, 
and  the  informants  should  be  pleased  that  their  minds  were 
induced  to  reveal  knowledge  based  on  having  been  there.  And 
Judy,  to  whom  the  book  is  dedicated,  should  feel  happy  that 
she  persuaded  her  mother  to  write  a  book  rather  than  just  an 
article  on  an  old  wooden  pipeline. 

Although  a  paper  back  publication  that  can  sell  for  a  low 
price,  the  manuscript  attracted  the  talent  of  Carl  Hertzog, 


BOOK  REVIEWS  159 

designer,  and  Bob  Staggs  artist  who  provided  several  black 
and  white  drawings. 

F.D.R. 

Bahia:  Ensenada  and  Its  Bay.  By  Thaddeus  R.  T.  Brenton. 
Los  Angeles :  Westernlore  Press,  1961.  Pp.  xiv,  158.  $5.50. 

By  focusing  an  understanding  and  sympathetic  eye  on  one 
small  corner  of  Mexico,  and  on  the  hearts  of  the  Mexicans  who 
live  there,  Mr.  Brenton  has  succeeded  in  penetrating  into  the 
inner  and  hidden  chambers  of  Mexican  intimacy.  His  book  is 
a  catalog  of  affection  for  the  people,  and  the  land,  and  the 
sea  of  Mexico,  yes,  and  the  dust,  and  the  mud,  and  the  rain. 
There  is  an  enthusiastic  tenderness  flowing  through  and  per- 
vading every  page  and  every  line  that  can  only  be  qualified 
as  youthful,  and  the  reader  wishes  he  could  be  so  lucky  when 
retirement  comes  to  him. 

The  author  speaks  knowingly  and  fondly  of  the  strange 
customs,  the  history  and  the  oddments  of  Mexico.  He  bridges 
for  us  the  cultural  gap  between  the  United  States  and  Mexico, 
making  it  possible  for  the  Mexican  and  the  Gringo  to  shake 
hands  across  the  many  misunderstandings  that  have  sepa- 
rated us. 

The  "Day  of  the  Dead"  with  all  its  apparently  morbid 
aspects  does  not  appear  quite  so  strange  after  Mr.  Brenton 
explains  it.  Other  religious  practices,  the  bullfight,  attitudes, 
appear  more  reasonable  when  he  gives  us  their  inner  logic. 

The  chapter  on  the  Mexican  woman  is  magnificent  in  its 
insight.  He  says,  rightly,  I  believe:  "I  believe  her  mind  sur- 
passes that  of  the  Mexican  man.  In  many  ways  the  women  of 
Mexico  are  like  our  bahia — they  can  take  a  bleak  and  gray 
negative  mood,  or  they  can  scintillate  in  brilliance ;  they  are 
omnipresent  in  quietude  and  submissiveness,  or  in  turbu- 
lence to  the  danger-point ;  historically  constituting  a  feature 
of  the  ages,  they  are  actually  dominant  without  fanfare." 

Mexico  affects  citizens  of  the  United  States  two  ways 
mostly.  There  are  those  who  fall  in  love  with  Mexico  and 
refuse  to  see  anything  wrong  with  it.  There  are  those  who 


160  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

hate  it  and  can't  find  anything  good  in  it.  The  former  are 
maudlin  and  gushy.  The  latter  are  vitriolic.  Neither  one  can 
be  trusted. 

Mr.  Brenton  does  not  belong  to  either  group.  He  loves 
Mexico  but  is  not  blinded  to  its  demerits.  There  is  a  healthy 
stream  of  satire  throughout  his  book  which  sets  off  the  weak- 
nesses and  foibles  of  the  people,  the  government,  and  their 
ways.  He  criticizes  with  gentle  humor  and  kindly  tolerance. 
There  is  no  condescending  tone,  no  "higher  than  thou" 
attitude. 

There  is  one  major  defect  in  his  book :  his  constant  use  of 
Spanish  in  the  corniest  manner.  "Twenty  blocks  from  my 
casa."  (p.  19)  This  sort  of  thing  appears  in  almost  every 
page.  This  may  be  considered  cute  or  picturesque,  but  I  found 
it  most  annoying.  Every  time  a  casa  or  an  olla  or  a  ventana 
came  up  I  had  the  sensation  of  a  pesky  fly  that  just  wouldn't 
let  me  enjoy  my  reading.  There  were  also  any  number  of 
errors  in  Spanish  grammar,  syntax,  spelling,  interpretation. 
Mr.  Brenton  would  be  ahead  if  he  stuck  to  English. 

University  of  New  Mexico  SABINE  R.  ULIBARRI 


ERRATA 

The  item  on  The  New  Mexico  Territory  Assembly,  1852- 
1859,  published  in  Notes  and  Documents,  January,  1962  (vol. 
37,  no.  1)  was  submitted  by  Ralph  A.  Wooster,  Lamar  State 
College  of  Technology,  Beaumont,  Texas. 


TS[ew  ^Mexico 
Historical 


Palace  of  the  Governors,  Santa  Fe 


July,  1962 


Editors 

FRANK  D.  REEVE  PAUL  A.  F.  WALTER 

Associates 

PERCY  M.  BALDWIN  GEORGE  P.  HAMMOND 

FRANCE  V.  SCHOLES  ELEANOR  B.  ADAMS 

BRUCE  T.  ELLIS 

VOL.  XXXVII  JULY,  1962  No.  3 


CONTENTS 

Page 

Statehood  for  New  Mexico,  1888-1912 

Robert  W.  Larson 161 

Sheep  Husbandry  in  New  Mexico,  1902-1903 

William  J.  Parish,  Editor 201 

John  Baptist  Salpointe,  1825-1894 

Sister  Edward  Mary  Zerwekh,  C.S.J.  (concluded)        .       .       .     214 

Book  Reviews        ....  230 


THE  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW  is  published  jointly  by  the 
Historical  Society  of  New  Mexico  and  The  University  of  New  Mexico. 
Subscription  to  the  REVIEW  is  by  membership  in  the  Society — open  to  all. 
Dues,  including  subscription,  $5.00  annually,  in  advance.  Single  num- 
bers, except  a  few  which  have  become  scarce,  are  $1.00  each.  For  further 
information  regarding  back  files  and  other  publications  available,  see 
back  cover. 

Membership  dues  and  other  business  communications  should  be  ad- 
dressed to  the  Historical  Society  of  New  Mexico,  Box  1727,  Santa  Fe, 
N.  M.  Manuscripts  and  editorial  correspondence  should  be  addressed 
to  Prof.  Frank  D.  Reeve,  The  University  of  New  Mexico,  Albuquerque, 
N.M. 

Entered  as  second-class  matter  at  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico 
PRINTED  AT  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  NEW  MEXICO,  ALBUQUERQUE 


NEW  MEXICO    HISTORICAL 
REVIEW 

VOL.  XXXVII  JULY,  1962  No.  3 

STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW  MEXICO,  1888-1912 
By  ROBERT  W.  LARSON  * 

A  FIERCE  political  struggle  lasting  more  than  sixty  years 
preceded  New  Mexico's  1912  entry  into  the  union  of 
states.  As  part  of  that  great  tract  of  southwestern  territory 
ceded  by  Mexico  in  the  Treaty  of  Guadalupe  Hidalgo,  New 
Mexico  became  part  of  the  United  States  in  1848.  On  March  3, 
1851,  she  received  territorial  status.  At  that  time  Arizona 
comprised  the  western  half,  but  received  separate  status  in 
1863.  New  Mexico  had  high  hopes  for  early  statehood.  An 
area  rich  in  resources  and  vast  in  acreage  her  prospects 
seemed  promising,  but  discouragement  and  disappointment 
were  to  be  felt  many  times  before  the  coveted  goal  was 
achieved. 

Many  of  the  more  significant  events  leading  to  New  Mex- 
ico's statehood  took  place  in  the  two  decades  just  before  ad- 
mission. The  frontier  period  of  the  West  had  ended  and  the 
modern  era  was  beginning.  Populations  in  all  the  western 
territories  were  increasing  and  so  was  the  demand  for  state- 
hood. In  New  Mexico  there  were  probably  not  more  than  a 
thousand  residents  in  the  territory  in  1850  who  had  been  born 
in  the  United  States  and  the  population  was  then  over  65,000. 
Thirty-eight  years  later,  in  1888,  Spanish-speaking  people 
still  held  a  majority,  but  the  number  of  easterners  had  swelled 
the  so-called  American  population  considerably.  Many  of 

*  Prof.  Larson,  Colorado  State  College  at  Greeley,  has  summarized  his  doctoral  disserta- 
tion. University  of  New  Mexico,  1960,  in  this  article. 

161 


162  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

these  newcomers  who  flocked  to  the  territory  were  farmers, 
while  others  were  merchants  or  traders,  not  to  mention  the 
railroad  men  and  those  interested  in  mining.  Of  all  who  came, 
however,  the  group  which  was  to  play  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant roles  in  influencing  the  course  of  New  Mexico's  fight  for 
statehood  proved  to  be  the  lawyers — lawyers  of  varying  capa- 
bilities, but  almost  without  exception  men  who  had  strong 
opinions  regarding  statehood. 

Many  of  the  lawyers  were  quick  to  see  what  a  vast  fortune 
could  be  built  in  so  rich  a  country.  They  looked  with  unre- 
strained ambition  upon  the  obscure  titles  of  ownership  to 
thousands  of  acres  in  the  territory.  The  original  owners  of 
the  land  had  received  their  titles  under  the  Spanish  and  then 
Mexican  rule  which  preceded  the  Treaty  of  Guadalupe  Hi- 
dalgo. Now,  with  many  of  the  titles  to  these  grants  clouded  in 
doubt  after  generations  during  which  more  and  more  mem- 
bers of  the  original  family  lived  on  the  land,  the  American 
lawyers  saw  that  they  could  use  their  legal  skill  to  acquire  a 
great  deal  of  the  land  for  themselves.  Their  success  in  this 
endeavor  as  well  as  in  various  other  economic  enterprises 
undertaken  over  the  years  was  amazing.  Because  of  the  con- 
stant and  close  cooperation  of  these  lawyers,  their  opponents 
soon  labeled  them  as  members  of  a  "ring."  The  term  generally 
referred  to  the  Santa  Fe  Ring,  although  there  were  others  of 
less  importance. 

Edmund  G.  Ross,  appointed  territorial  governor  by  Gro- 
ver  Cleveland  in  1885,  showed  toward  the  Santa  Fe  Ring  the 
same  outspoken  courage  he  had  shown  in  casting  a  decisive 
vote  against  the  removal  of  Andrew  Johnson  in  1868.  In  a 
letter  to  a  friend  in  St.  Louis  Ross  described  the  rings  as  the 
"curse  of  this  Territory."  Quoting  an  unnamed  veteran  of  the 
Mexican  war  he  pictured  the  land  ring  as  being  "composed  of 
Americans  possessed  of  some  legal  lore  with  a  large  amount 
of  cheek  and  an  unusual  quantity  of  low  cunning  and  astute- 
ness that  always  had  an  inclination  to  run  in  a  crooked  direc- 
tion." The  original  grant  holders  were  described  as  "simple 
Mexicans  who  never  would  have  thought  of  claiming  more 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  163 

than  their  papers  called  for,  but  the  ring1  soon  taught  them  a 
few  tricks  they  had  never  thought  of."  The  result  of  this  col- 
laboration was  that  a  number  of  Americans  were  given  size- 
able shares  of  these  grants  in  return  for  their  legal  service. 
At  the  same  time,  Mexicans  were  voting  the  lawyers  to  Con- 
gress, thus  giving  them  "federal  as  well  as  territorial  power." 

The  political  makeup  of  the  land  grant  ring,  as  well  as  the 
many  other  rings,  was  bipartisan  because  "nearly  every  law 
and  commercial  firm  especially  the  former,  contained  a  Demo- 
crat and  a  Republican,  apparently  for  prudential  reasons,  so 
that  whichever  side  might  come  uppermost,  the  dominant 
party  was  represented,  and  there  was  an  average  of  one  law- 
yer for  every  ten  Americans." 

The  numerical  predominance  of  lawyers  gave  the  Santa 
Fe  Bar  a  position  of  great  influence.  Its  members  controlled 
and  dominated  the  activities  of  the  Santa  Fe  Ring  which,  in 
turn,  dictated  to  all  lesser  rings.  Rings  were  found  in  towns 
throughout  the  territory,  but  all  were  subservient  to  the  "cen- 
tral head."  Ross  regarded  the  Santa  Fe  Bar  as  a  closed  cor- 
poration, manipulating  the  bulk  of  the  territory's  legislation. 

Facts  verify  much  of  what  the  governor  said  about  the 
Santa  Fe  Ring.  Especially  revealing  were  the  careers  of  two 
attorneys,  Catron  and  Elkins,  whom  Ross  called  the  principal 
"originators  and  manipulators"  of  the  land  grant  ring. 
Stephen  B.  Elkins,  the  first  to  come  to  New  Mexico,  arrived 
in  1865,  two  years  before  Catron.  As  a  lawyer  he  recognized 
the  necessity  of  speaking  Spanish,  and  soon  became  proficient 
in  that  tongue.  In  1866  he  was  elected  a  member  of  the  lower 
house  of  the  territorial  legislative  assembly,  and  in  1868 
President  Andrew  Johnson  appointed  him  U.  S.  Attorney  for 
New  Mexico.  From  1873  to  1877  he  served  as  the  territory's 
delegate  to  Congress.  In  that  capacity  he  nearly  achieved 
statehood  in  1875  but  Southern  Congressmen  killed  the  bill 
by  reversing  their  votes  when  Elkins  unwittingly  congratu- 
lated a  Northern  senator  after  he  had  delivered  a  bitter  politi- 
cal speech  dealing  with  events  following  the  Civil  War.  Elkins 
did  succeed  in  getting  a  bill  through  the  Senate  the  next  year 


164  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

but  failed  to  obtain  the  support  of  the  House  Committee  on 
Territories. 

Elkins  had  only  been  in  the  territory  a  short  time  when 
he  moved  to  Santa  Fe  and  formed  a  law  partnership  with 
Thomas  B.  Catron,  an  old  friend  and  classmate  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Missouri.  If  any  man  could  be  pointed  to  as  the 
leader  of  the  Santa  Fe  Ring  that  man  was  Catron.  After  El- 
kins  left  the  territory  to  live  in  New  York  he  looked  to  Catron 
to  represent  his  economic  interests.  Catron's  name  was  con- 
tinually associated  with  the  Ring,  and  when  the  Ring  was 
blamed  for  certain  activities,  Catron  was  often  the  scapegoat. 
A  stout  man  with  a  gruff  manner,  he  had  moved  to  Santa  Fe 
in  1867  to  practice  law.  Shortly  after  his  arrival  the  governor 
told  him  he  would  be  appointed  attorney  of  the  third  district 
if  he  could  learn  to  speak  Spanish.  Catron  at  once  moved  to 
Rio  Arriba  County  where  he  encountered  few  English-speak- 
ing persons,  and  learned  to  speak  Spanish  fluently  in  six 
months.  After  receiving  the  appointment,  he  continued  to 
use  his  newly  acquired  ability  and  his  legal  background  to 
satisfy  his  insatiable  hunger  for  land.  By  1883  he  was  one 
of  the  largest  land  owners  in  the  nation. 

Elkins  also  came  to  own  much  land.  He  was  owner  of  a 
sizeable  chunk  of  the  large  Mora  Grant  in  Northern  New 
Mexico  and  was  one  of  the  principal  owners  of  the  Ortiz 
Grant.  Catron  acquired  240,000  acres  of  the  Mora  Grant,  tak- 
ing in  most  of  the  northern  portion  of  this  extensive  tract. 
His  holdings  in  the  Antonio  Ortiz  Grant  eventually  amounted 
to  a  hundred  thousand  acres.  But  his  biggest  holding  by  far 
was  the  Tierra  Amarilla  Grant,  comprising  593,000  acres  of 
land  located  in  northern  New  Mexico  and  in  southern 
Colorado. 

Another  important  member  of  the  Ring,  despite  the  fact 
that  he  was  often  at  loggerheads  with  Catron,  was  Le  Baron 
Bradford  Prince.  Prince,  a  New  Yorker,  was  appointed  Chief 
Justice  of  New  Mexico  in  1879,  and  while  serving  in  that  posi- 
tion was  accused  of  being  a  Ring  member.  Prince's  public 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  165 

career  was  matched  by  a  legal  and  commercial  career  in  which 
he  managed  to  acquire  a  great  deal  of  land  in  the  territory. 
Prince  was,  however,  above  all  else,  an  unceasing  fighter  for 
New  Mexico  statehood.  Some  have  felt  that  he  deserves  to  be 
called  "The  Father  of  New  Mexico  Statehood." 

Although  Catron,  Elkins,  and  Prince  were  Republicans, 
there  were  several  prominent  Democrats  active  in  Ring  af- 
fairs including  two  of  Catron's  law  partners,  Charles  C.  Gil- 
dersleeve  and  William  C.  Thornton.  In  a  memo  from  Ross' 
personal  papers,  Gildersleeve  was  accused  of  heading  a  clique 
of  "land  grabbers"  in  which  Antonio  Joseph,  New  Mexico's 
delegate  to  Congress  in  1884,  was  a  member.  Gildersleeve 
was  alleged  to  have  bought  the  chairmanship  of  the  Demo- 
cratic Central  Committee  and  also  to  have  gotten  his  hench- 
man, Joseph,  elected  delegate  with  the  help  of  the  Santa  Fe 
Ring.  Gildersleeve  was  also  accused  of  collaborating  with 
Catron  in  buying  many  native  claims  to  the  Ritaca  Land 
Grant.  Antonio  Joseph's  holdings  in  the  Chama  and  Ojo  Cali- 
ente  Grants  were  thought  to  be  largely  due  to  his  taking  ad- 
vantage of  "poor  ignorant  Mexicans."  Joseph  himself  was 
of  native  extraction  but  this  did  not  make  him  unique  among 
Ring  members.  Other  native  politicians  such  as  J.  Francisco 
Chaves,  Mariano  S.  Otero,  and  Pedro  Perea  had  close  con- 
nections with  the  Ring. 

The  Santa  Fe  Ring  was  not  without  stalwart  opponents, 
and  Governor  Ross  was  chief  among  them.  When  President 
Cleveland  refused  to  withdraw  his  appointment  despite  Ring 
members'  objections,  a  conspiracy  to  elect  a  legislature  hos- 
tile to  the  new  governor  was  effectively  carried  out  by  the 
Santa  Fe  Ring.  The  governor  was  supported  in  his  battle  by 
such  Democratic  politicians  as  Harvey  B.  Fergusson,  and  out- 
spoken Democratic  newspapers  such  as  the  Albuquerque 
Morning  Democrat  and  the  Socorro  Industrial  Advertiser. 
Native  New  Mexicans  weren't  inactive  either  as  indicated 
by  a  secret  Catholic  Society  called  the  "Association  of  the 
Brotherhood  for  the  Protection  of  the  Rights  and  Privileges 


166  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

of  the  People  of  New  Mexico"  which  vowed  its  purpose  was 
"to  oppose  rings,  cliques,  monopolies  and  official  corruption 
of  all  kinds." 

Despite  the  efforts  of  these  forces  to  effectively  deter  the 
Santa  Fe  Ring,  they  faced  a  powerful  and  vocal  opponent  in 
Max  Frost,  the  editor  of  the  Santa  Fe  New  Mexican,  who 
acted  as  spokesman  for  the  Ring.  Frost,  who  was  at  one  time 
during  his  active  career  indicted  in  a  land  fraud  prosecution, 
effectively  used  the  power  of  the  press  to  discredit  the  foes 
of  the  Ring  and  place  the  activities  of  the  Santa  Fe  clique  in 
the  most  favorable  light. 

The  project  most  dear  to  the  Ring  was  the  acquisition  of 
statehood.  All  Ring  members,  especially  Catron,  Elkins,  and 
Prince,  were  persistent  advocates  of  this  step.  And  their 
major  motive  is  not  difficult  to  discern.  One  need  only  peruse 
the  correspondence  of  Catron.  In  a  letter  to  J.  M.  Freeman, 
Catron  offered  to  secure  a  loan  of  $200,000  with  his  vast 
holdings  in  the  Tierra  Amarilla  Grant,  stating  that  this  prop- 
erty is  the  "finest  large  body  of  land  in  the  arid  region  of  the 
United  States"  and  that  his  "selling  price  for  the  same  is 
three  dollars  per  acre  and  with  the  passage  of  the  statehood 
bill  for  New  Mexico  it  will  be  advanced  to  not  less  than  $5 
per  acre."  Referring  to  another  tract  of  land  Catron  in  a  sec- 
ond letter  opined  "if  New  Mexico  is  admitted  as  a  State,  each 
acre  of  that  land  would  be  worth  three  pesos  otherwise  it  is 
not  worth  more  than  one  now." 

As  important  as  this  motive  was,  it  does  not  adequately 
explain  all  the  desires  of  individual  Ring  members.  The  lead- 
ers of  this  clique  being  prominent  and  influential  naturally 
had  political  ambitions,  and  statehood  would  mean  two  sena- 
torships  and  a  representative  to  the  lower  house,  plus  a  host 
of  state  officials  to  be  elected.  Sensing  this,  one  newspaper, 
the  Hillsboro  Advocate,  stated  that  everyone  was  opposed  to 
statehood  in  southern  New  Mexico,  except  for  "a  few  self- 
seeking  politicians." 

The  desire  for  a  feeling  of  equality  was  no  doubt  another 
important  motive.  A  majority  of  the  Ring  members  had  come 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  167 

from  eastern  states  where  statehood  had  been  achieved  and 
they  felt  that  territorial  status  was  a  form  of  second  class  citi- 
zenship. This  view  was  often  expressed  in  their  correspond- 
ence and  public  utterances,  always  louder  and  longer  than 
warranted  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  economic  and 
political  reasons  they  probably  felt  to  be  more  vital  to  them, 
yet  were  careful  to  hide  from  the  public. 

Whatever  the  real  objectives  of  the  Ring  members  in  so 
eagerly  desiring  statehood  for  New  Mexico,  they  never  left 
room  for  doubt  as  to  their  position  in  this  matter.  Their  policy 
was  forcibly  stated  by  Frost  in  the  New  Mexican  when  he 
wrote :  "As  long  as  we  obtain  statehood  we  do  not  care  how 
it  comes  or  who  brings  it  about.  Statehood  is  what  the  people 
of  New  Mexico  want  and  statehood  they  must  have  in  order 
to  prosper  and  advance." 

Although  members  of  the  Santa  Fe  Ring  and  various 
other  rings  were  almost  always  supporters  of  statehood,  not 
all  their  opponents  were  against  statehood.  On  the  contrary, 
many  of  them  protested  their  second  rate  status  as  vigorously 
as  Catron  or  Prince.  They  were,  however,  very  concerned 
about  statehood  being  granted  on  the  "land  grabbers"  terms, 
which  they  felt  would  be  disastrous  for  New  Mexico.  Ross, 
for  instance,  was  opposed  to  immediate  statehood  because 
the  territorial  legislature  had  failed  to  enact  an  adequate 
school  bill,  and  he  felt  that  congressional  action  must  estab- 
lish a  public  school  system  before  admission  would  be  wise. 
He  accused  Ring  members  in  general  and  Catron  specifically 
of  killing  the  Kistler  Bill,  which  would  have  established  such 
a  school  system.  He  reasoned  that  the  Ring  deliberately 
wanted  to  keep  the  people  ignorant  so  they  could  remain  in 
control.  Thus  the  forces  for  statehood  were  divided  against 
themselves  and  could  not  wage  an  effective  battle  for  a  place 
of  equality  in  the  Union  of  States. 

Despite  sentiment  for  Statehood  in  New  Mexico,  action  in 
that  direction  did  not  originate  in  the  territory  but  rather  in 
Congress.  On  March  13,  1888,  Congressman  William  M. 
Springer  of  Illinois,  chairman  of  the  Committee  on  the  Terri- 


168  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

tories,  reported  an  omnibus  bill,  H.R.  8466,  which  would  "en- 
able the  people  of  Dakota,  Montana,  Washington  and  New 
Mexico  to  form  Constitutions  and  State  governments,  and  to 
be  admitted  into  the  Union  on  an  equal  footing  with  the 
original  States."  This  was  the  first  serious  attempt  to  admit 
a  western  territory  since  1876,  when  Colorado  was  granted 
statehood. 

During  the  1880's,  prior  to  the  introduction  of  the  Springer 
Omnibus  Bill,  New  Mexico  had  been  almost  ignored  while 
the  attention  of  Congress  was  directed  largely  to  the  struggle 
for  statehood  being  waged  in  Dakota.  This  was  only  just  be- 
cause with  its  rapidly  increasing  population  this  area  had 
the  best  claim  to  admission.  Congress'  preoccupation  with 
Dakota  and  a  feeling  that  politically  this  was  the  wrong  time 
to  press  her  cause  probably  contributed  to  New  Mexico's  lack 
of  initiative  during  this  decade. 

Springer  in  introducing  his  omnibus  bill  was  doubtlessly 
more  interested  in  New  Mexico's  Democratic  leanings  than 
he  was  in  her  cause.  New  Mexico  was  the  only  territory  of 
the  four  named  in  the  bill  in  which  Democratic  politics  had 
a  chance  for  success.  This  assumption  was  based  primarily 
upon  the  election  and  re-election  of  a  Democratic  delegate  to 
Congress. 

Springer's  omnibus  bill  was  definitely  New  Mexico's 
brightest  chance  thus  far.  For  one  thing,  Dakota's  unceasing 
demands  for  statehood  could  no  longer  be  ignored.  It  was 
assumed  that  the  northwestern  territories  would  all  be  Re- 
publican and  that  the  first  act  of  the  next  Congress  would  be 
to  admit  them.  With  this  in  mind  the  Democrats,  who  con- 
trolled the  House,  were  willing  to  bargain  with  the  Republi- 
can Senate.  They  would  remove  all  opposition  to  the  admis- 
sion of  Dakota,  Washington,  and  Montana,  if  the  Republi- 
cans would  allow  New  Mexico  into  the  Union.  After  the  Re- 
publican victory  at  the  polls  in  November,  1888,  the  Demo- 
crats were  especially  anxious  to  secure  such  an  agreement. 

But  New  Mexico  was  not  allowed  to  slip  quietly  into  the 
Union.  She  had  been  for  some  time  under  constant,  often 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  169 

slanderous  attack  by  a  group  of  eastern  and  midwestern 
newspapers  led  by  the  Chicago  Tribune.  The  momentum  of 
this  attack  was  greatly  accelerated  after  the  1888  Republi- 
can success.  The  attempt  to  incorporate  New  Mexico  was 
looked  upon  as  an  eager  effort  "to  secure  a  couple  of  Demo- 
cratic Senators,  which  will  offset  the  Senators  from  Dakota. 
..."  The  Tribune  regarded  New  Mexico's  population  as 
"not  American,  but  'Greasers,'  persons  ignorant  of  our  laws, 
manners,  customs,  language,  and  institutions."  Its  attacks  on 
the  territory's  statehood  aspirations  were  similar  to  the  ones 
frequently  uttered  by  opponents  of  the  Ring,  such  as  the 
charge  that  under  state  government  the  greater  portion  of 
the  population,  being  unfamiliar  with  the  English  language, 
would  be  at  the  mercy  of  "unscrupulous  rings  of  politicians." 

Despite  the  bitter  attacks,  Springer,  a  good  and  loyal 
Democrat,  remained  undaunted.  His  omnibus  bill  finally  re- 
placed all  the  separate  bills  of  statehood  for  Dakota,  Mon- 
tana and  Washington.  The  bill,  as  finally  introduced,  was 
comparatively  short  and  simple.  The  provisions  pertaining 
to  New  Mexico  called  for  a  75-delegate  constitutional  conven- 
tion, empowered  to  create  a  full  state  government.  Other  pro- 
visions dealt  with  land  grants  for  public  schools,  land  for 
the  support  of  public  institutions,  and  land  for  the  establish- 
ment of  permanent  water  reservoirs  for  irrigation.  A  sugges- 
tion that  New  Mexicans  vote  on  changing  the  name  of  New 
Mexico  to  Montezuma  brought  instant  anger  from  residents 
of  the  territory  and  a  series  of  resolutions  were  presented 
to  the  Senate  demanding  that  the  old  name  be  kept. 

Accompanying  the  Springer  bill  were  a  majority  and  a 
minority  report,  each  of  which  reached  an  entirely  different 
conclusion.  The  minority  report  recommended  that  each  ter- 
ritory stand  on  its  own  merits  rather  than  be  incorporated 
into  the  omnibus  bill,  and  that  New  Mexico  should  remain 
a  territory.  Extracts  from  W.  H.  H.  Davis'  El  Gringo  and 
critical  reports  of  such  former  governors  as  Lew  Wallace 
were  reprinted.  Citizens  of  New  Mexico  were  pictured  as  be- 
ing largely  illiterate,  superstitious,  and  morally  delinquent. 


170  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Moreover,  they  were  presented  as  having  no  desire  for 
statehood. 

The  majority  report  tried  to  answer  this  latter  charge  by 
presenting  recent  newspaper  discussion  showing  that  a  com- 
manding majority  of  papers  in  the  territory  favored  state- 
hood. Statehood  memorials  and  petitions  also  were  presented 
by  New  Mexico's  delegate  to  Congress. 

Despite  the  strong  differences  of  opinion  in  Congress,  the 
Springer  bill  was  passed  by  the  House  in  late  January,  1889. 
New  Mexicans  were  elated.  The  Silver  City  Enterprise  con- 
fidently predicted  that  the  Senate  would  follow  suit.  The  leg- 
islative assembly  passed  a  memorial  requesting  statehood  and 
a  statehood  convention  was  held  at  Santa  Fe  the  same  month 
as  House  action. 

But  only  disappointment  came  when  the  Republican  Sen- 
ate dropped  New  Mexico  from  the  bill.  Consequently  on  Feb- 
ruary 14  the  House  had  to  consider  the  conference  report  of 
the  House  and  the  Senate  and  reconcile  differences  between 
the  two  bodies.  There  were  three  major  ones.  First,  the  House 
declared  for  New  Mexico,  while  the  Senate  opposed  inclusion 
of  that  territory.  Second,  the  House  wanted  to  submit  the 
question  of  the  Dakota's  division  to  her  voters  while  the  Sen- 
ate opposed  such  an  action.  And,  thirdly,  the  Senate  in  order 
to  prevent  delay  favored  a  proclamation  by  the  President  to 
bring  in  these  northern  territories. 

The  deadlock  was  finally  broken  when  Congressman  Sam- 
uel S.  Cox  of  New  York  offered  an  amendment  proposing 
that  the  House  recede  from  its  original  position  of  favoring 
New  Mexico.  The  amendment  also  called  for  the  admission  of 
South  Dakota  by  presidential  proclamation  without  a  new 
vote  on  the  question  of  division.  North  Dakota,  Washington 
and  Montana  also  were  to  be  admitted  by  presidential  procla- 
mation. A  roll  call  vote  was  then  taken  which  would  decide 
whether  New  Mexico  would  be  included  in  the  statehood  bill. 
The  result  was  134  votes  in  favor  of  New  Mexico's  omission, 
105  against,  with  84  abstentions. 

Prior  to  the  decisive  roll  call,  New  Mexico  was  strongly 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  171 

defended  in  a  speech  by  Antonio  Joseph,  who  argued  that  the 
United  States  Congress  was,  at  its  discretion,  obligated  under 
the  Treaty  of  Guadalupe  Hidalgo  to  admit  New  Mexico  at 
an  early  date.  He  also  contended  that  statehood  was  the  only 
solution  for  settling  the  titles  of  more  than  10,000,000  acres 
of  land  in  Spanish  and  Mexican  grants. 

Opponents,  on  the  other  hand,  insisted  that  if  the  House 
did  not  recede  from  its  position  but  continued  to  insist  on  the 
inclusion  of  New  Mexico,  it  would  impair  the  chances  of  the 
other  territories  for  admittance.  Republicans  denied  any  po- 
litical motives  in  this  regard,  asserting  that  New  Mexico's 
last  two  territorial  legislatures  were  heavily  Republican.  But 
Congressman  Francis  B.  Spinola  of  New  York  did  not  be- 
lieve them.  The  Republicans  would  oppose  anything  which 
would  have  "the  least  shadow  of  a  tendency"  to  strengthen 
the  Democrats.  He  also  accused  statehood  opponents  of  trying 
to  prevent  New  Mexico's  admission  because  of  the  religious 
opinions  of  a  large  number  of  its  inhabitants. 

The  Democratic  Party  had  held  out  for  New  Mexico  as  its 
lone  hope  for  partisan  advantage,  but  when  it  realized  that 
the  jig  was  up  it  surrendered  and  the  four  northwestern  ter- 
ritories minus  New  Mexico  were  admitted  into  the  Union  on 
February  22, 1889. 

Although  the  Springer  bill  had  failed  to  secure  statehood 
for  New  Mexico  it  did  clarify  various  shades  of  opinion  in 
the  territory.  The  local  press,  led  by  the  Santa  Fe  New  Mexi- 
can, was  entirely  favorable  to  the  statehood  movement.  Ac- 
cording to  the  New  Mexican,  the  two  strongest  local  objec- 
tions to  statehood  seemed  to  be  the  increased  taxation  which 
supposedly  would  accompany  the  increased  expenses  brought 
by  statehood,  and  fear  that  native  people  would  control  the 
state. 

During  the  congressional  proceedings  it  had  been  sug- 
gested at  least  twice  that  New  Mexico  was  not  interested  in 
statehood  because  her  people  had  not  made  the  effort  to  draft 
a  constitution  to  present  Congress  for  inspection.  To  remedy 
this  situation  the  territorial  council  on  February  28,  1889, 


172  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

authorized  a  convention  in  September  to  draft  such  a  docu- 
ment. The  bill,  introduced  by  Colonel  George  Pritchard,  an 
influential  Republican  from  San  Miguel  County,  provided  for 
73  delegates  to  be  apportioned  among  the  counties  of  the 
territory. 

No  sooner  had  the  bill  been  introduced  when  it  became 
the  center  of  a  lively  partisan  controversy.  Democratic  lead- 
ers attacked  the  bill's  apportionment  provision,  which  they 
felt  gave  too  much  representation  to  Republican  counties. 
Governor  Ross  allowed  the  bill  to  reach  the  statute  books 
without  his  signature,  but  other  Democratic  leaders  remained 
adamant  and  a  deadlock  soon  developed.  Despite  attempts  by 
leaders  of  both  parties  to  achieve  a  compromise,  Democratic 
cooperation  was  not  secured,  and  the  Democratic  Central 
Committee  on  June  22,  1889,  attacked  the  "inequalities  of 
representation"  and  expressed  fear  regarding  the  effect  of 
Republican  apportionment  on  the  political  complexion  of  the 
new  state  legislature. 

Although  the  Republican  party  tried  to  insert  a  note  of 
nonpartisanship  into  the  election  of  convention  delegates, 
lack  of  Democratic  cooperation  led  to  a  very  small  vote  in  the 
territory.  The  vote  was  so  inconsequential  in  Las  Vegas  that 
the  Las  Vegas  Daily  Optic  predicted  that  any  constitution 
drafted  by  the  convention  would  not  be  carried  if  left  to  a 
vote  of  the  people.  Nonetheless,  a  number  of  prominent  terri- 
torial political  figures  were  elected  to  the  convention,  includ- 
ing Catron,  Frank  Springer,  Bernard  S.  Rodey,  Pedro  Perea, 
and  Judge  L.  S.  Trimble,  the  lone  Democrat.  J.  Francisco 
Chaves  of  Valencia  County  was  elected  to  preside  over  the 
convention. 

The  convention  assembled  on  September  3,  and  immedi- 
ately went  to  work  to  frame  a  suitable  instrument  of  govern- 
ment for  the  territory.  Twelve  committees  were  organized  to 
handle  such  topics  as  the  legislative  and  executive  depart- 
ments, the  judiciary,  a  Bill  of  Rights,  and  election  procedures. 

The  establishment  of  a  secular  school  system  was  per- 
haps the  knottiest  of  the  convention's  problems.  The  Roman 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  173 

Catholic  Church  had  enjoyed  a  position  of  primacy  in  this 
field  and  naturally  looked  with  suspicion  toward  any  incur- 
sions in  this  sphere.  The  Most  Reverend  J.  B.  Salpointe,  Arch- 
bishop of  Santa  Fe,  demanded  a  system  of  elementary  schools 
which  would  give  "citizens  of  the  territory,  of  every  shade 
of  belief,  equal  facility  to  educate  their  children  in  a  manner 
they  believe  will  conduce  to  bring  about  their  happiness." 

Whether  the  archbishop's  statement  was  a  plea  for  a 
measure  of  church  control  in  educational  affairs  or  a  hint  for 
state  support  of  church  schools  was  not  made  clear;  but, 
whatever  its  intention  it  was  totally  ignored.  Instead,  a  school 
clause  was  enacted  in  which  a  system  of  public  schools  was 
established  "under  the  absolute  control  of  the  state,  and  free 
from  sectarian  or  church  control ;  and  no  other  or  different 
schools  shall  ever  receive  any  aid  or  support  from  public 
funds."  One  observer  wrote  Prince  that  he  could  name  a  hun- 
dred people  who  would  stick  to  the  Church  on  the  school  ques- 
tion. Yet  all  the  native  delegates  supported  the  school  clause. 

There  are  several  apparent  reasons  for  the  strong  school 
clause.  Undoubtedly  there  was  strong  pressure  from  the 
"anglo"  population,  imbued  as  it  was  with  the  tradition  of 
separation  of  Church  and  State.  An  article  appearing  in  the 
New  York  Tribune  a  month  or  so  after  the  convention  re- 
vealed another  reason.  The  delegates  to  the  constitutional 
convention  were  writing  a  constitution  as  much  for  the  eyes 
and  approval  of  the  rest  of  the  nation  as  for  the  people  of 
their  territory.  They  were  very  conscious  of  the  many 
charges  by  outsiders  that  the  new  state  government  would 
be  unduly  influenced  by  the  priesthood. 

Opposition  to  the  new  constitution  in  the  territory  was 
largely  caused  by  the  school  provision,  but  there  were  other 
kinds  of  opposition.  Antonio  Joseph,  on  the  floor  of  Congress, 
attacked  the  apportionment  of  delegates  to  the  convention  as 
an  act  of  "outrageous  partisanship."  He  pointed  out  that  of 
32,000  voters  in  New  Mexico  only  7,000  participated  in  the 
election  of  convention  delegates.  Joseph's  stand  could  only  be 
explained  in  terms  of  politics.  Economically  he  had  a  great 


174  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

deal  to  gain  by  immediate  statehood,  as  his  landholdings  and 
Ring  affiliation  would  testify. 

Democratic  sniping  soon  had  its  effect.  One  proponent  of 
the  constitution,  former  Governor  Axtell,  later  asserted  that 
while  in  Washington  he  had  been  told  in  so  many  words  to 
submit  the  constitution  to  the  people  for  ratification,  after 
which  the  territory  would  be  admitted  if  the  people  gave  their 
approval.  Consequently,  on  August  18,  1890,  a  meeting  of 
convention  delegates  was  held  and  October  7,  rather  than  the 
regular  election  day  in  November,  was  set  for  a  vote  on  the 
constitution  by  the  people. 

Lively  controversy  preceded  the  October  7  vote.  Support- 
ers of  the  constitution  were  accused  by  having  made  an  in- 
strument which  would  further  their  own  "land  grabbing" 
inclinations  by  allowing  the  land  grant  holder  to  almost  com- 
pletely escape  taxation.  The  Socorro  Industrial  Advertiser 
warned  of  future  Ring  control  and  charged  that  because  of 
unscrupulous  manipulation  assessments  on  large  land  grants 
would  be  kept  down  to  one-tenth  of  their  value,  and  taxes 
would  be  kept  small  by  a  constitutional  limit  of  one  percent 
on  taxable  property. 

But  the  most  explosive  issues  by  far  were  the  apportion- 
ment and  public  school  provisions.  Despite  the  fact  that  con- 
vention delegates  at  the  August  18  meeting  had  amended  the 
education  article  to  make  only  a  vague  and  general  reference 
about  raising  adequate  school  taxes,  opposition  was  still 
lively.  An  alarmed  Catron  in  discussing  the  school  issue 
wrote  Senator  William  Stewart  of  Nevada  that  "many  of  the 
priests  of  the  Catholic  Church  have  been  delivering  sermons 
against  it  [the  constitution]."  Democrats  were  accused  of 
using  this  issue  to  turn  the  Spanish-speaking  people  of  the 
territory  against  the  proposed  instrument. 

The  result  was  a  convincing  defeat  for  the  Constitution 
of  1889.  The  vote  was  16,180  against  and  only  7,493  in  favor. 
Governor  Prince,  fearful  of  adverse  reaction  in  Washington, 
forcefully  denied  that  this  vote  was  any  indication  of  a  "dis- 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  175 

inclination  on  the  part  of  the  people  to  assume  the  condition 
of  statehood." 

Defeat  of  the  Constitution  embittered  Republicans  and 
undoubtedly  weakened  the  statehood  movement.  The  admis- 
sion of  Idaho  and  Wyoming  the  following  year,  however, 
brought  Prince  back  into  the  fray.  "We  have  a  greater  popu- 
lation than  Wyoming  and  Idaho  combined  and  in  wealth  and 
natural  resources  surpass  either  of  these  states." 

During  the  next  few  years,  Delegate  Joseph  was  more  ac- 
tive than  anyone  else  as  he  introduced  a  number  of  statehood 
bills.  Among  the  factors  responsible  for  the  ultimate  failure 
of  these  bills  was  the  fact  that  many  easterners,  including 
President  Cleveland,  blamed  the  Panic  of  1893  on  the  drain 
of  gold  reserves  caused  by  "cheap"  silver.  New  Mexico's  sil- 
ver sentiments  did  not  endear  her  with  this  faction.  Joseph's 
alleged  obstinancy  may  have  weakened  statehood  chances, 
too.  In  1893  during  House  debate  on  H.R.  353  Joseph  was 
pressed  to  incorporate  into  the  bill  the  phrase:  ".  .  .  in  all 
of  which  public  schools  the  English  language  shall  be  taught." 
Joseph  objected  vigorously  because  this  suggestion  had  been 
made  7  or  8  years  ago  and  since  that  time  the  educational  sys- 
tem had  been  expanded  so  that  English  was  taught  in  each  of 
the  619  public  schools  in  the  territory. 

The  failure  of  Joseph's  last  statehood  bill  was  not  only  a 
setback  for  the  statehood  movement  but  it  probably  cost 
Joseph  his  re-election  as  well.  Having  served  the  territory  as 
delegate  for  ten  years,  he  based  his  campaign  almost  exclu- 
sively upon  the  statehood  issue.  His  Republican  opponent, 
Catron,  campaigned  for  the  restoration  of  protective  tariffs 
on  wool  and  mining  products,  and  won  handily  in  the  1894 
election. 

Catron's  one  term  as  territorial  delegate  was  not  a  par- 
ticularly satisfying  or  successful  one,  despite  his  many  con- 
nections in  the  Senate  and  his  unceasing,  energetic  work  for 
statehood.  The  silver  question  was  now  sweeping  the  country, 
and  most  New  Mexicans  did  not  find  Catron's  moderate  views 


176  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

on  this  issue  pleasing.  A  conservative,  high  tariff  Republican, 
Catron  was  inclined  to  oppose  the  free  and  unlimited  coinage 
of  silver,  while  New  Mexico  was  definitely  a  "free  silver" 
territory.  Despite  the  fact  that  he  did  everything  in  his  power 
to  make  statehood  and  tariff  the  chief  issues  in  the  territorial 
election  of  1896,  free  silver  could  not  be  totally  erased  from 
the  minds  of  New  Mexicans.  The  Democrats  nominated  Har- 
vey B.  Fergusson,  an  unequivocal  advocate  of  free  silver,  who 
eventually  received  the  support  of  the  territorial  Populist 
Party.  Catron's  reputation  suffered  too  as  he  was  vigorously 
attacked  by  opponents  for  his  Ring  connections.  Criticism 
even  reached  Congress,  where  letters  from  New  Mexicans  ac- 
cused Catron  and  Elkins,  now  a  senator  from  West  Virginia, 
of  land  grabbing.  Consequently,  it  was  no  shock  when  Fer- 
gusson triumphed  in  the  territorial  delegate  race. 

Fergusson's  serious  handicap  as  delegate  was  that  he 
went  to  Washington  as  a  Democrat  during  a  Republican 
year.  Nonetheless,  he  was  loyal  to  the  cause,  introducing  two 
unsuccessful  statehood  bills  during  his  term  in  Congress.  He 
did  secure  the  passage  of  two  significant  laws.  The  first  was 
a  measure  which  permanently  located  the  capitol  of  the  terri- 
tory at  Santa  Fe.  The  second  was  the  famous  land  law  of  1898 
which  paved  the  way  for  New  Mexico's  admission  into  the 
Union. 

The  land  measure,  called  the  Fergusson  Act,  gave  the  Ter- 
ritory of  New  Mexico  immediately,  before  admission,  sec- 
tions 2, 16,  32,  and  36  of  every  township  for  educational  pur- 
poses. In  addition,  100,000  acres  of  land  were  granted  for 
educational  and  other  public  purposes.  Ordinarily  such 
grants  were  conferred  only  upon  admission,  but  the  opera- 
tions of  the  recently  created  Court  of  Private  Land  Claims 
had  opened  up  for  public  entry  thousands  of  acres  of  land  on 
Spanish  and  Mexican  grants  which  would  be  taken  quickly  if 
the  school  system  were  not  provided  for  immediately.  After 
submission  to  the  Committee  on  Public  Lands  the  Act  was 
reported  favorably,  but  altered  to  grant  only  2  land  sections 
from  each  township. 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  177 

During  Fergusson's  term  as  delegate,  a  new  governor  was 
chosen  in  the  territory.  Miguel  Otero's  unexpected  appoint- 
ment by  President  McKinley  ushered  in  a  new  era  in  New 
Mexico  politics.  Catron,  the  old  Republican  boss,  now  faced  a 
real  challenge.  Although  he  had  strongly  supported  Pedro 
Perea  of  Bernalillo  rather  than  Otero,  Catron  at  first  accepted 
the  President's  decision  with  little  complaint.  But  soon  the 
independent  "Little  Governor,"  as  Otero  was  called,  began  to 
aggravate  Catron,  and  Republicans  in  the  territory  were 
forced  to  take  sides  in  the  bitter  feud  that  followed.  Most  of 
the  young  political  leaders — Colts  as  they  were  called — threw 
in  their  lot  with  Otero. 

The  feud  had  special  significance  for  the  statehood  cam- 
paign. The  election  of  Catron's  close  friend,  Perea,  over  Fer- 
gusson  in  1898,  placed  the  new  delegate  right  in  the  middle 
of  the  crossfire.  Otero,  recognizing  him  as  a  Catron  man,  op- 
posed and  later  dismissed  his  term  in  Congress  as  a  do- 
nothing  one.  Perea  in  turn  accused  the  governor  of  working 
against  him.  The  result  was  that  little  was  accomplished  at 
this  time  in  the  struggle  for  statehood. 

Perea  was  succeeded  by  Bernard  S.  Rodey,  whose  per- 
sistent, driving  personality  lent  strength  to  any  cause  he 
undertook.  In  alliance  with  Otero  the  two  men  silenced  almost 
completely  all  opposition  to  statehood  which  had  existed  in 
the  territory  since  the  failure  of  the  Constitution  of  1889.  It 
became  unpatriotic,  to  say  the  least,  to  be  anything  but  en- 
thusiastically for  New  Mexico  statehood.  "Every  man  who 
doesn't  want  statehood  is  our  enemy,"  warned  Rodey.  He  was 
backed  by  the  New  Mexican  which  again  took  leadership  in 
the  statehood  movement.  Of  two  thousand  bills  introduced  in 
the  house  the  first  day  of  the  new  session  Rodey's  statehood 
measure  was  number  two.  This  dynamic  approach  continued 
throughout  his  term  as  delegate. 

Other  developments  seemed  to  favor  New  Mexico's  cause. 
Roosevelt's  succession  to  the  presidency  after  McKinley's 
death  was  regarded  as  significant.  Otero  had  earned  the  new 
president's  gratitude  by  extending  complete  cooperation  in 


178  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

raising  Roosevelt's  beloved  Rough  Rider  regiments  in  New 
Mexico.  During  the  first  Rough  Rider  reunion  at  Las  Vegas 
in  June,  1899,  Roosevelt,  who  was  then  governor  of  New 
York,  promised  his  full  support  if  New  Mexico  wanted  to  be- 
come a  state. 

Economic  developments  at  the  start  of  the  twentieth  cen- 
tury were  also  important.  The  depressed  conditions  which 
had  produced  such  movements  as  Free  Silver  and  Populism 
had  also  caused  great  suffering  in  New  Mexico.  The  impor- 
tant industries — railroads,  mining,  and  cattle — were  at  a  low 
ebb  as  the  result  of  a  series  of  depressions  during  the  eighties 
and  nineties.  By  1900  a  gradual  revival  of  these  industries 
had  begun.  The  population,  which  had  been  declining,  started 
to  rise  again.  Optimism  soon  replaced  gloom.  The  change  was 
generally  regarded  as  a  good  omen  for  statehood. 

New  Mexicans  once  again  actively  pushed  their  cause.  A 
statehood  convention  in  1901  passed  a  series  of  resolutions 
at  the  governor's  request.  But  far  more  important  was  the 
introduction  of  H.R.  12543,  an  omnibus  statehood  bill  bear- 
ing the  name  of  William  S.  Knox  of  Massachusetts,  chairman 
of  the  House  Committee  on  the  Territories.  Rodey  took  credit 
for  having  convinced  the  delegates  of  Arizona  and  Oklahoma 
that  their  only  chance  for  statehood  within  the  near  future 
lay  in  combining  their  resources  with  New  Mexico  and  mak- 
ing the  fight  together. 

The  House  began  consideration  of  the  Knox  Bill  on  May  7, 
1902.  "Praise  the  Lord  from  whom  all  blessings  flow"  tele- 
graphed an  enthusiastic  Rodey.  Only  two  days  of  debate  were 
consumed  before  the  House  passed  the  measure.  With  the 
prestige  of  Knox's  committee  chairmanship  behind  it,  influ- 
ential Republicans  as  well  as  Democrats  backed  the  bid.  Knox 
pointed  to  the  affirmative  stand  on  statehood  in  both  party 
platforms  and  emphasized  the  bipartisan  aspect  of  the  move- 
ment. But  perhaps  the  most  interesting  development  during 
debate  was  the  proposal  by  Jesse  Overstreet  of  Indiana  to 
admit  Arizona  and  New  Mexico  as  one  state  to  be  called 
Montezuma.  It  was  argued  that  this  would  bring  the  two  ter- 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  179 

ritories  into  the  Union  on  such  a  basis  as  would  make  their 
representation  in  Congress  bear  some  fair  relation  to  their 
population. 

When  the  bill  reached  the  Senate,  the  figure  of  Senator 
Albert  J.  Beveridge  cast  an  ominous  shadow.  The  Indianan 
had  been  appointed  chairman  of  the  Senate  Committee  on 
Territories  in  December,  1901,  following  a  colorful  career  in 
the  upper  house  which  began  in  1889.  His  enthusiastic  ad- 
vocacy of  American  imperialism  had  brought  him  into  close 
communion  with  President  Roosevelt  and  other  expansion- 
ists. His  oratorical  ability  had  given  him  national  reputation. 
The  Senator  also  had  positive  ideas  on  statemaking.  The  cre- 
ation of  a  new  state  was  to  him  of  paramount  concern  because 
once  admitted  the  act  could  not  by  constitutional  arrange- 
ment be  rescinded. 

Although  he  was  deluged  by  letters  from  citizens  in  the 
territories  asking  that  favorable  action  be  taken  on  the  omni- 
bus measure,  Beveridge  was  very  hesitant  because  of  the  un- 
usual concern  for  New  Mexico  shown  by  certain  corporate 
interests.  He  was  especially  curious  as  to  why  one  of  his  com- 
mittee members,  Matthew  S.  Quay,  was  so  deeply  interested. 

Quay  was  a  shrewd  and  unscrupulous  politician  who  dom- 
inated politics  in  Pennsylvania  as  if  the  state  were  his  per- 
sonal bailiwick.  During  Cleveland's  second  administration 
he  had  admittedly  speculated  in  sugar  stocks  while  manipu- 
lating the  sugar  schedule  of  the  Wilson-Gorman  tariff.  Con- 
sequently, when  Quay  tried  to  discharge  the  Committee  on 
Territories  from  further  consideration  of  the  Knox  Bill  on 
June  23,  Beveridge  balked. 

Despite  Quay's  insistence  that  the  bill  be  considered  by 
the  Senate  immediately,  he  was  finally  forced  to  withdraw 
his  demand  when  it  was  agreed  unanimously  that  the  bill 
should  be  taken  up  on  December  10  and  made  the  regular 
order  of  unfinished  business  until  disposed  of  by  the  upper 
chamber. 

Beveridge  determined  to  precede  any  further  debate  of 
the  Knox  Bill  with  a  thorough  on-the-spot  investigation  of 


180  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

the  territories.  With  the  clever  Quay  as  an  adversary  he  be- 
lieved extensive  documentation  would  be  necessary.  Despite 
assertions  to  the  contrary  his  investigation  was  not  to  be  an 
impartial  one.  Beveridge  had  close  friends  in  the  journalistic 
fraternity  and  through  them  he  hoped  to  influence  public 
opinion.  For  instance,  he  wanted  Dr.  Albert  Shaw,  editor  of 
the  Review  of  Reviews,  to  contact  university  professors  who 
by  their  experiences  could  testify  as  to  "the  soil,  its  aridity, 
the  impossibility  of  further  population  till  irrigation  shall 
have  done  its  work[,]  and  the  character  of  the  present  popu- 
lation" of  the  southwest  territories. 

The  investigation  began  when  Beveridge's  committee  of 
three,  accompanied  by  a  staff  of  stenographers  and  interpre- 
ters, held  its  first  hearing  in  East  Las  Vegas,  New  Mexico, 
on  Wednesday,  November  12.  As  the  group  continued  on  to 
Albuquerque,  Las  Cruces,  and  Santa  Fe,  most  New  Mexicans 
presented  a  fairly  united  front  in  favor  of  statehood,  al- 
though one  volunteer  witness,  Martinez  Amador,  claimed  na- 
tive New  Mexicans  were  not  ready  for  statehood  yet  "because 
most  of  the  people  here  is  [sic]  ignorant." 

Arizona  and  Oklahoma  were  also  visited  on  the  "flying 
trip."  More  than  a  third  of  the  witnesses  questioned  in  Ari- 
zona were  census  enumerators  who  were  asked  about  nation- 
alities in  the  territory  and  the  need  for  interpreters.  The 
aridity  of  the  soil  and  provisions  for  irrigation  were  also  a 
source  of  interest  to  the  committee.  In  Oklahoma  the  major 
line  of  questioning  pertained  to  the  willingness  of  the  Okla- 
homa and  Indian  Territories  to  unite  and  seek  admission  as 
a  single  state. 

Beveridge  continued  to  be  suspicious  of  Quay,  attributing 
the  Pennsylvanian's  interest  in  New  Mexico  to  a  desire  to 
help  an  old  friend  and  lieutenant,  William  H.  Andrews,  se- 
cure a  seat  in  the  U.  S.  Senate  and  sell  bonds  for  a  new  rail- 
road being  built  in  New  Mexico.  Andrews,  having  been 
retired  from  office  by  the  voters  of  his  Pennsylvania  county, 
had  moved  to  New  Mexico  to  pursue  an  interest  in  gold  min- 
ing. Later  he  became  involved  in  railroading  and  the  result 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  181 

was  the  Santa  Fe  Central  Railway,  of  which  "Bull"  Andrews 
was  made  president.  Capital  for  the  railroad  was  supplied 
by  a  group  of  Pennsylvania  investors  headed  by  W.  H.  Tor- 
ranee,  and  a  Sierra  county  cattleman,  Willard  S.  Hopewell. 
The  road,  which  was  completed  in  December,  1903,  stretched 
116  miles  from  Torrance  to  Santa  Fe.  According  to  the  Chi- 
cago Tribune  the  road  was  part  of  a  syndicate  which  wanted 
to  see  statehood  for  both  territories  because  if  it  came  the 
railway  would  be  assisted  by  the  two  new  states  "to  the 
amount  of  $15,000,000."  The  bonds  of  the  railroad  would  also 
be  sold  "for  several  points  higher." 

When  Congress  convened  in  December,  1902,  Beveridge 
was  ready  with  the  majority  report  of  the  committee  which 
recommended  that  Oklahoma  and  the  Indian  Territory  be  ad- 
mitted as  one  state,  but  that  statehood  for  New  Mexica  and 
Arizona  be  withheld  indefinitely.  His  major  objection  to  the 
latter  territories  was  that  they  lacked  sufficient  population  to 
become  states.  Other  criticisms  were  that  a  majority  of  peo- 
ple in  New  Mexico  were  Spanish,  and  a  large  percentage 
could  speak  only  their  native  tongue.  Illiteracy  was  high,  and 
the  arid  conditions  of  the  southwest  imposed  serious  limita- 
tions on  agriculture. 

Quay  and  the  Democratic  minority  submitted  separate  re- 
ports which  did  not  allow  Beveridge's  conclusions  to  go  un- 
challenged. Territorial  papers  joined  in  an  attack  on  the  Sen- 
ator's methods  of  investigation.  The  Optic  criticized  the 
closed-door  procedure  used  by  Beveridge  and  likened  his  re- 
fusal to  receive  voluntary  statements  to  the  course  of  a  paid 
lawyer  trying  to  secure  evidence  to  justify  an  argument. 

Quay,  confident  that  he  had  enough  support,  called  for  a 
vote  on  the  Knox  Bill  the  day  after  the  Beveridge  Report  was 
given.  But  Beveridge  was  able  to  hold  off  the  vote  until  after 
Christmas  vacation.  When  the  holiday  recess  was  over  he 
began  a  three  months  filibuster  described  by  the  New  York 
Evening  Post  as  the  "longest  continuous  hold-up  in  the  his- 
tory of  the  country."  Beveridge  cleverly  used  his  supporters 
in  relays  to  keep  the  filibuster  going  continually.  His  backers 


182  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

constituted  the  power  block  in  the  Senate  and  included  such 
men  as  Nelson  Aldrich,  Henry  Cabot  Lodge,  Mark  Hanna, 
and  Knute  Nelson. 

Quay  did  not  stand  alone  in  his  fight  to  admit  the  terri- 
tories, but  was  ably  supported  by  such  Republicans  as  Sena- 
tor Joseph  B.  Foraker  of  Ohio  and  Senator  Elkins.  Foraker 
had  a  brother,  a  former  New  Mexico  stockman  who  was  now 
United  States  Marshal  for  the  territory,  and  this  may  have 
been  one  of  his  reasons  for  supporting  the  omnibus  measure. 
He  contended,  however,  that  he  was  just  being  true  to  the 
Republican  platform  of  1900  which  pledged  the  admission 
of  the  remaining  territories.  The  Democratic  minority  was 
almost  unanimously  in  favor  of  statehood.  Conspicuous 
among  this  group  was  Henry  M.  Teller  of  Colorado,  the  "De- 
fender of  the  West." 

On  March  4,  1903,  Congress  adjourned  without  taking 
action  on  the  Knox  Bill,  despite  the  fact  that  Quay  had  made 
a  total  of  twenty-seven  motions  to  secure  action  on  the  mat- 
ter. Beveridge  had  successfully  used  every  parliamentary  de- 
vice possible  to  keep  the  issue  from  coming  to  a  vote.  He  had 
even  hidden  secretly  in  Gifford  Pinchot's  home  for  a  week 
knowing  that  no  vote  could  be  taken  unless  he,  as  chairman 
of  the  Committee  on  Territories,  was  present. 

During  the  lengthy  proceedings,  joint  statehood  for  the 
two  southwestern  territories  was  again  considered,  but  re- 
jected, as  a  compromise  measure.  Yet  the  strength  for  this 
movement  did  not  subside.  There  were  strong  motives  behind 
the  effort.  The  East  had  long  been  jealous  of  the  growing  po- 
litical power  of  the  West.  Admission  of  New  Mexico,  Arizona, 
Oklahoma,  and  Indian  Territory  separately  would  mean  eight 
new  western  senators.  In  addition,  western  tendencies  to  ac- 
cept radical  ideas  such  as  Free  Silver  and  Populism  made  this 
area  suspect.  Easterners  saw  no  reason  to  give  the  West  any 
more  power  than  necessary,  and  consolidation  of  territories 
would  limit  new  representation. 

Joint  statehood  as  a  solution  was  definitely  not  the  result 
of  any  desire  on  the  part  of  residents  of  Arizona  and  New 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  183 

Mexico.  Each  territory  had  pressed  for  statehood  but  always 
single  statehood.  There  was  no  animosity  between  the  two 
areas,  but  rather  a  lack  of  mutual  interests.  New  Mexico  in 
her  business  and  trade  relations  faced  east,  while  Arizona 
faced  west. 

One  of  the  first  important  territorial  figures  in  New  Mex- 
ico to  be  converted  to  jointure  was  her  congressional  delegate, 
Bernard  Rodey.  Rodey  had  reached  the  conclusion  that  sepa- 
rate statehood  was  impossible,  and  that  joint  statehood  was 
better  than  remaining  a  territory.  "I  am  going  to  agree  to 
jointure,  if  terms  are  favorable  and  we  can  get  it." 

Rodey's  support  was  timely,  for  two  months  later  on  April 
1,  1904,  Edward  L.  Hamilton,  chairman  of  the  House  Com- 
mittee on  Territories,  introduced  a  bill  providing  for  the  ad- 
mission of  Oklahoma  and  Indian  Territory  as  one  state,  and 
Arizona  and  New  Mexico  as  another.  The  latter  two  were  to 
come  into  the  Union  under  the  name  Arizona  with  the  capital 
at  Santa  Fe.  The  bill,  a  Republican  measure,  passed  the  House 
on  April  19,  and  was  sent  to  the  Senate  the  following  day.  But 
when  Congress  adjourned  a  week  later  no  action  had  yet  been 
taken. 

Territorial  politicians  largely  remained  opposed  to  join- 
ture, although  many  of  them  like  Catron  might  have  gained 
financially  by  the  acquisition  of  statehood.  Catron  estimated 
that  the  value  of  his  immense  land  holdings  would  double  six 
months  after  admission.  Yet  he  and  Otero  agreed  for  once  in 
their  belief  that  New  Mexico  must  have  single  statehood. 
Otero  broke  with  Rodey  saying  jointure  was  neither  accept- 
able nor  desirable. 

The  following  year  jointure  was  again  considered  in  the 
Senate,  and  this  time  the  audacious  Foraker  offered  an 
amendment  requiring  a  separate  referendum  on  the  matter 
in  each  territory.  Thus,  jointure  could  not  become  law  with- 
out the  consent  of  both  New  Mexico  and  Arizona.  This  was 
to  have  a  significant  bearing  on  the  future  of  jointure. 

Meanwhile  New  Mexico  politics  were  far  from  peaceful. 
The  split  between  Otero  and  Rodey  over  jointure  and  other 


184  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

political  matters  led  Otero  to  support  Andrews  in  the  next 
election.  Although  Andrews  defeated  Rodey  in  1904,  Otero's 
political  career  was  damaged  by  the  chaos  and  bitter  feuding 
within  the  Republican  party.  To  restore  harmony  President 
Roosevelt  requested  Otero's  resignation  in  terms  that  could 
not  be  refused  and  the  governor  acceded. 

New  Mexico's  fortunes  were  to  be  affected  adversely  by 
Andrews'  election  as  delegate.  Before  he  had  completed  a  year 
in  office,  Andrews  was  blamed  for  a  $300,000  shortage  found 
in  the  Enterprise  National  Bank  of  Allegheny,  Pennsylvania. 
In  a  suicide  note  left  by  the  bank  cashier  it  was  claimed  that 
funds  were  advanced  to  Andrews  to  finance  the  Santa  Fe  Cen- 
tral Railway.  The  revelation  brought  about  an  investigation 
and  a  suit  for  $52,000  against  Andrews  for  money  the  dele- 
gate allegedly  received.  The  Pittsburgh  Post  had  no  doubt 
about  his  guilt  and  felt  that  the  incident  would  "materially 
affect  the  whole  action  of  congress  on  the  question  of  making 
new  states." 

An  even  more  serious  threat  to  jointure  than  Andrews' 
character  was  the  bitter  and  vocal  opposition  of  Arizonans 
to  jointure.  Beveridge,  now  an  enthusiastic  advocate  of  join- 
ture, was  especially  angered  by  Arizona  Governor  J.  H.  Kib- 
bey's  opposition.  "Does  it  not  .  .  .  appear  to  you  that  it 
would  be  well  for  the  governors  of  these  territories  to  keep 
their  hands  off  this  question  which  is  a  policy  affecting  the 
nation?"  he  wrote  Roosevelt.  Arizonans  were  even  able  to 
convince  a  group  of  touring  congressmen  led  by  Representa- 
tive James  A.  Tawney  of  Minnesota  that  jointure  was  not  for 
Arizona. 

Despite  these  efforts  to  obstruct  joint-statehood,  the 
jointure  campaign  opened  with  real  force  during  the  59th 
Congress.  On  December  5,  1905,  President  Roosevelt  recom- 
mended jointure  in  his  presidential  message  to  Congress. 
Although  this  action  was  attributed  to  the  President's  love 
of  the  West,  he  later  wrote  a  friend :  "The  only  reason  I  want 
them  in  as  one  state  now  is  that  I  fear  the  alternative  is  hav- 
ing them  as  two  states  three  or  four  years  hence." 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  185 

Senator  Foraker  urged  that  his  amendment  calling  for 
a  separate  referendum  in  each  territory  be  adopted.  Bev- 
eridge,  fearing  the  power  of  special  interests  in  Arizona, 
violently  opposed  the  Foraker  amendment  declaring  that  it 
would  give  10,000  people  in  Arizona  an  opportunity  to  control 
the  destinies  of  300,000  to  400,000  people  in  both  territories. 
He  reasoned  that  there  were  only  21,000  voters  in  Arizona, 
and  because  it  was  impossible  to  get  all  registered  ones  to 
the  polls,  10,000  could  determine  the  outcome  of  jointure. 
There  were  10,000  men  employed  by  the  powerful  Copper 
Queen  Mining  Company  alone. 

The  Indiana  Senator  firmly  believed  that  Arizona's  oppo- 
sition to  jointure  was  inspired  by  "nothing  in  the  world  ex- 
cept a  desire  to  escape  taxation."  To  a  certain  extent  this  was 
the  case  in  both  New  Mexico  and  Arizona.  A  very  light  tax 
burden  was  carried  by  railroad  companies  in  the  two  terri- 
tories. Mining  companies  were  under  assessed.  Arizona  cattle 
barons,  realizing  that  the  public  domain  which  they  had  long 
used  would  be  affected  with  statehood,  already  had  sent  an 
anti-jointure  memorial  to  Congress.  Lumber  barons  in  New 
Mexico  opposed  statehood  because  their  large  land  holdings, 
such  as  those  in  Valencia  and  McKinley  counties,  were  as- 
sessed at  less  than  one-tenth  their  true  value. 

There  were,  however,  reasons  for  opposing  jointure  that 
could  not  be  categorized  as  strictly  selfish.  New  Mexico's 
population  in  1900  was  195,310,  certainly  sufficient  to  war- 
rant separate  statehood.  The  contrast  between  New  Mexico's 
predominantly  Spanish-speaking  population  and  Arizona's 
"anglo"  majority  would  create  an  incompatible  combination. 

Proponents  of  jointure  felt  that  together  the  territories 
would  balance  each  other  by  supplying  a  variety  of  minerals, 
farm  produce,  and  land.  The  tax  burden  although  greater 
would  be  shared  by  more  people,  and  the  number  of  state  offi- 
cials would  be  only  half  as  many  as  in  single  statehood,  thus 
the  people  would  pay  fewer  salaries. 

Senate  action  on  joint  statehood  during  the  59th  Congress 
led  to  a  deadlock  between  the  House  and  the  Senate.  The  Sen- 


186  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

ate  surprisingly  chose  to  eliminate  all  mention  of  New  Mex- 
ico and  Arizona  in  the  bill;  the  House  held  to  the  original 
proposition.  A  conference  of  House  and  Senate  leaders  in 
June,  1906,  resulted  in  the  Carter  Compromise.  Whereas  the 
Foraker  proposal  allowed  the  people  of  Arizona  and  New 
Mexico  to  vote  as  separate  territories  at  a  special  election 
solely  on  the  question  of  consolidation,  the  compromise 
amendment  suggested  that  each  territory  should  not  only 
vote  on  the  jointure  question  but  should  at  the  same  time 
choose  candidates  for  a  constitutional  convention  and  elect 
officers  for  the  proposed  state.  It  was  hoped  that  candidates 
for  state  offices  would  influence  voters  to  support  joint  state- 
hood. 

Expediency  was  the  key  word  in  describing  the  attitude 
of  New  Mexico  Republican  leaders.  Prior  to  the  enactment 
of  the  Carter  Compromise,  newspapers  such  as  the  New 
Mexican  and  the  Optic  were  hostile  to  jointure.  But  four  days 
after  the  Carter  Compromise  Max  Frost,  editor  of  the  New 
Mexican,  declared  that  his  paper  was  now  strongly  in  favor 
of  jointure.  This  was  significant  because  on  March  9,  1906, 
two  very  prominent  Republicans,  Holm  O.  Bursum  and  Solo- 
mon Luna,  had  purchased  18,750  shares  of  capital  stock  in 
the  New  Mexico  Printing  Company  which  published  the  New 
Mexican.  Perhaps  the  strategy  of  Republican  leaders  was 
best  expressed  by  Major  W.  H.  H.  Llewellyn,  Republican  and 
Rough  Rider  friend  of  Roosevelt,  during  the  debate  over  the 
Hamilton  bill.  If  the  Foraker  amendment  is  adopted,  he  ad- 
vised, Arizona  will  vote  the  jointure  proposal  down  and  then 
New  Mexico  can  make  her  demand  for  separate  status.  Thus 
the  full  burden  of  opposing  the  administration-sponsored 
jointure  measure  would  be  borne  by  Arizona,  while  New 
Mexico  would  support  the  measure  and  be  admitted  later  on 
the  basis  of  her  loyalty  to  the  national  administration. 

Once  the  party  had  committed  itself  to  jointure  its  prob- 
lem was  to  win  the  backing  of  party  workers  and  a  majority 
of  voting  citizens  in  the  territory.  Bursum,  as  chairman  of 
the  Republican  Central  Committee,  carried  on  correspond- 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  187 

ence  with  New  Mexico  leaders  and  prominent  citizens  urging 
their  support.  Frost,  through  the  New  Mexican,  hoped  to  con- 
vince the  average  citizen  by  blanketing  the  territory  with 
pro-union  literature. 

Bursum's  efforts  were  hampered  because  of  a  bitter  feud 
between  him  and  the  new  territorial  governor,  Herbert  J. 
Hagerman.  Bursum  believed  that  Hagerman  was  opposed  to 
the  re-election  of  Andrews,  and  equated  this  resistance  with 
opposition  to  the  jointure  movement.  This  was  unfair  for  as 
the  Albuquerque  Morning  Journal  reported,  the  governor 
used  every  spare  moment  to  campaign  for  statehood. 

Jointure  men  were  at  a  great  disadvantage  in  Arizona 
where  the  two  major  parties  were  united  in  opposition  to 
joint  statehood.  At  both  party  conventions,  held  September 
6, 1906,  in  Bisbee,  jointure  men  found  their  efforts  thwarted. 
Pro-jointure  delegations  were  refused  recognition,  while  con- 
testing delegations  pledged  against  joint  statehood  were 
seated. 

When  voting  day  finally  arrived,  on  November  6,  1906, 
Arizona  surprised  no  one  by  killing  the  jointure  proposal 
with  a  convincing  vote  of  16,265  to  3,141.  New  Mexicans, 
however,  responding  to  pressure  from  Republican  leaders 
approved  the  proposed  union  by  a  vote  of  26,195  to  14,735. 
Only  northern  counties  like  Santa  Fe,  Taos,  Rio  Arriba,  Si- 
erra and  Union  recorded  majorities  against  it,  probably  re- 
flecting the  opposition  of  Catron  and  Otero.  But  consolidation 
efforts  were  not  a  complete  failure  as  Oklahoma  and  the  In- 
dian Territory  accepted  jointure.  This  resulted  in  Oklahoma's 
admission  into  the  Union  on  November  16,  1907. 

New  Mexicans  were  not  particularly  disappointed  as 
they  had  rather  expected  a  negative  vote  in  Arizona.  New 
Mexico's  acceptance  of  jointure  could  only  be  interpreted  as 
a  victory  for  Bursum  and  the  territorial  Republican  organi- 
zation. But  in  the  delegate  race  there  was  cause  for  concern, 
as  Andrews  squeaked  by  his  Democratic  opponent,  Octaviano 
A.  Larrazola,  by  the  narrow  vote  of  22,915  to  22,649. 

There  were  charges  of  irregular  procedure  and  actual  dis- 


188  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

honesty,  but  efforts  for  a  new  referendum  were  soon  dropped. 
Even  Senator  Beveridge  seemed  willing  to  concede  that  join- 
ture as  a  movement  was  dead.  The  question  remaining  then 
was  whether  the  two  ill-fated  territories  would  soon  have 
another  opportunity  for  admission. 

Notwithstanding  relief  on  the  part  of  many  that  the 
jointure  attempt  had  failed,  pessimism  characterized  the 
thinking  of  most  New  Mexicans.  The  Albuquerque  Morning 
Journal  quoted  an  unnamed  senator  who  declared  that  no 
other  conditions  for  statehood  would  be  considered  except 
jointure.  Moreover  Beveridge  still  remained  adamant  in  his 
attitude  toward  New  Mexico  and  Arizona,  believing  that 
their  populations  would  never  fully  entitle  them  to  four 
senators. 

Especially  detrimental  to  future  statehood  prospects  were 
the  New  Mexico  land  fraud  cases  of  1907  which  culminated  in 
the  much  publicized  Hagerman  Affair.  As  a  reform  governor, 
Hagerman  was  appointed  with  the  idea  that  as  an  outsider 
he  would  not  be  aligned  with  any  of  the  factions  that  had 
been  formed  as  a  result  of  Otero's  feuds  with  Hubbel,  Rodey, 
and  Catron.  Roosevelt  had  given  Hagerman  a  free  hand  to 
deal  with  leaders  of  the  territorial  "machine."  But  when  Hag- 
erman removed  Bursum  from  his  job  as  superintendent  of 
the  state  penitentiary  for  "inefficient  and  irregular"  admin- 
istration, he  was  severely  criticized  by  many  including  Max 
Frost  of  the  New  Mexican.  From  that  time  on,  the  governor's 
reform  movement  was  greatly  weakened,  as  his  political  ene- 
mies included  such  potent  figures  as  Delegate  Andrews, 
Major  Llewellyn,  and  Wallace  Raynolds,  secretary  of  the  ter- 
ritory. Democrats,  needless  to  say,  did  all  they  could  to  widen 
the  breach. 

Enemies  of  the  new  chief  executive  received  their  oppor- 
tunity for  revenge  when  Hagerman  delivered  land  deeds  to 
the  Pennsylvania  Development  Company.  The  Fergusson  Act 
contained  a  section  which  restricted  the  sale  of  public  lands 
to  one  quarter  section  per  individual,  corporation,  or  associa- 
tion. In  1901,  "Bull"  Andrews,  on  behalf  of  himself  and  his 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  189 

associates,  wished  to  buy  some  ten  thousand  acres  of  timber- 
land  in  Valencia  County  at  three  dollars  per  acre.  After  his 
offer  was  refused  by  the  Board  of  Public  Lands,  it  was  sug- 
gested that  he  arrange  to  have  various  individuals  file  appli- 
cations for  the  land,  each  person  asking  for  not  more  than 
one  quarter  section.  This  was  done  by  Andrew's  friend,  W.  S. 
Hopewell,  who  represented  the  Pennsylvania  Development 
Company,  a  corporation  made  up  of  Pennsylvania  politicians 
and  capitalists.  Much  land  was  acquired  in  this  fashion  by 
employees  of  the  Pennsylvania  Development  Company,  the 
Santa  Fe  Central  Railway,  or  the  New  Mexico  Fuel  and  Iron 
Company,  corporations  apparently  under  the  control  of  the 
same  men.  Deeds  for  the  property  were  recorded  in  the  Terri- 
torial Land  Office  but  not  delivered  to  the  applicants.  In  Au- 
gust of  1906,  Hopewell  asked  Hagerman  to  give  him  the 
deeds,  which  he  did,  accepting  for  them  a  check  totaling  about 
$11,000. 

Although  Andrews  was  a  principal  figure  in  this  affair, 
he  was  among  the  opponents  of  Hagerman  who  used  this 
episode  to  discredit  the  governor.  Had  Hagerman  not  con- 
summated a  transaction  which  was  clearly  fraudulent?  Was 
his  action  not  in  violation  of  the  Fergusson  Act?  On  March  4, 
1907,  the  territorial  legislature  passed  a  resolution  charging 
Hagerman  with  misconduct  in  the  Pennsylvania  Develop- 
ment Company  matter.  This  report  eventually  reached  the 
President  and  put  Hagerman  in  a  very  bad  light.  Meanwhile 
Andrews  was  doing  everything  he  could  in  Washington  to 
make  it  appear  that  unless  the  Governor  were  removed  he 
would  ruin  the  Republican  party  in  New  Mexico.  Hagerman 
was  called  to  Washington  to  explain  his  position  and,  on 
April  13,  1907,  the  day  after  his  arrival,  was  asked  by  the 
President  to  submit  his  resignation. 

Hagerman  had  to  accede  to  the  President's  request,  but 
he  conducted  a  stout  defense  of  his  position  in  a  series  of  long 
letters  which  passed  between  him  and  the  President.  He 
maintained  that  his  reason  for  turning  over  the  deeds  to 
Hopewell  was  to  secure  compensation  for  valuable  timber 


190  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

already  cut.  But  the  assistant  attorney  general,  Alvord  W. 
Cooley,  advised  the  President  that  this  was  unnecessary.  The 
territory  had  "ample  power  under  the  statutes  to  proceed 
either  civilly  or  criminally"  to  recover  the  value  of  the  timber 
cut.  Actually  there  is  evidence  of  political  expediency  in  Hag- 
erman's removal.  The  President  had  remarked  to  a  friend, 
"Hargerman  is  a  good  fellow,  but  has  made  an  impossible 
Governor."  Hagerman's  father  wrote  Elihu  Root  on  April 
27, 1907,  saying  that  Major  Llewellyn  had  "stated  to  several 
reputable  men  that  he  knew  .  .  .  six  weeks  before  that  the 
President  would  remove  Hagerman.  .  .  ."  Moreover,  George 
Curry,  Hagerman's  successor,  admitted  later  that  the  gover- 
norship was  tendered  to  him  as  early  as  February,  1907. 

Unquestionably  Hagerman  was  a  political  liability,  but 
Roosevelt  was  highly  sensitive  to  hints  that  he  had  been  un- 
fair or  discriminating.  He  dispatched  two  attorneys  from  the 
Department  of  Justice,  Ormsby  McHarg  and  Peyton  Gordon, 
to  investigate  the  situation.  The  two  men  proved  extremely 
energetic,  bringing  suit  against  a  number  of  corporations  al- 
legedly involved  in  the  illegal  purchase  of  lands  and  timber 
from  the  territory.  Newspapers  in  the  territory  were  soon 
attacking  the  two  investigators  as  friends  of  the  "late,  fake 
reform  ex-governor." 

When  McHarg  almost  vindicated  Hagerman  by  ordering 
distribution  of  the  money  received  from  the  Pennsylvania 
Development  Company,  Roosevelt  took  decisive  action.  Curry 
was  furious  and  threatened  to  resign.  Consequently  the  two 
agents  were  instructed  by  the  President  to  complete  their 
investigation  the  following  month  and  turn  all  unfinished 
business  over  to  Captain  David  H.  Leahy,  appointed  to  suc- 
ceed Major  Llewellyn  as  United  States  District  Attorney. 
Moreover,  nineteen  indictments,  which  had  been  brought  in 
connection  with  alleged  fraudulent  coal  land  entries  uncov- 
ered in  the  investigation,  were  eventually  dropped.  Both  men 
were  quite  unhappy,  with  McHarg  becoming  a  rather  out- 
spoken critic  of  the  President. 

Curry's  friendship  with  Roosevelt,  dating  back  to  their 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  191 

Rough  Rider  days,  prompted  the  Albuquerque  Citizen  to  in- 
terpret his  appointment  as  presidential  willingness  to  at  last 
support  single  statehood.  But  Roosevelt  told  Curry  that  "be- 
fore you  can  get  statehood  you  must  clean  house  in  New  Mex- 
ico. .  .  ."  Despite  the  President's  admonition,  New  Mexicans 
had  reason  to  be  pleased  the  following  year  when  the  National 
Republican  Convention  included  for  the  first  time  an  unequi- 
vocal statehood  pledge  in  the  party  platform.  On  December 
8,  1908,  Roosevelt  recommended  separate  statehood,  saying : 
"This  should  be  done  at  the  present  session  of  Congress."  In 
response  to  his  call  a  bill  for  separate  admission  of  New  Mex- 
ico and  Arizona  passed  the  House  unanimously  on  February 
15  and  was  sent  to  the  Senate. 

In  the  upper  house,  Beveridge  made  use  once  again  of 
every  detrimental  piece  of  evidence  available  in  a  last  stand 
against  New  Mexico  and  Arizona.  The  land  fraud  scandal 
was  sprung  during  hearings  of  his  committee,  and  derogatory 
statements  made  by  McHarg  and  Hagerman  were  submitted 
with  effectiveness.  The  60th  Congress  and  Roosevelt's  term 
both  ended  with  no  statehood  for  New  Mexico. 

Taf t,  anxious  to  please  his  predecessor,  had  no  idea  of  de- 
serting the  statehood  cause  although  New  Mexicans  were 
rather  fearful  before  his  inauguration.  It  soothed  their  wor- 
ries when  Representative  Hamilton,  still  chairman  of  the 
House  territorial  committee,  introduced  on  January  14, 1910, 
H.R.  18166,  a  bill  to  enable  the  people  of  New  Mexico  and  Ari- 
zona to  form  separate  governments  and  be  admitted  into  the 
Union.  New  Mexico  was  permitted  two  representatives  to  the 
lower  house  and  was  to  receive  two  sections  of  nonmineral 
land  in  each  township  in  addition  to  the  two  previously 
granted  for  common  schools  under  the  Fergusson  Act.  Ap- 
proximately 3,000,000  acres  of  nonmineral  land  for  the  pay- 
ment of  valid  debts  would  be  granted  the  new  state. 

Although  the  Outlook,  a  magazine  supporting  Beveridge, 
brought  up  the  old,  time-worn  argument  that  New  Mexico's 
insufficient  population  did  not  entitle  her  to  statehood,  Bev- 
eridge himself  was  tiring  of  the  long  campaign.  The  party 


192  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

platform,  the  stand  of  the  Taf t  administration,  and  the  vote 
on  jointure  all  made  further  opposition  seem  quite  futile. 
Beveridge  accepted  the  inevitable,  but  determined  to  push  a 
statehood  measure  free  of  "jokers"  hurting  the  people's  in- 
terests. Thus  the  Hamilton  bill,  having  already  passed  the 
House,  was  reported  favorably  by  his  committee,  but  altered 
by  an  amendment  which  left  nothing  of  the  original  bill  ex- 
cept the  enacting  clause. 

The  generous  land  provisions  were  cut  drastically  and  the 
process  of  constitution-making  was  placed  under  the  close 
supervision  of  the  federal  government.  For  the  first  time  a 
new  state  was  required  to  return  its  ratified  constitution  to 
both  the  President  and  Congress  for  final  approval.  Rigid 
safeguards  on  the  disposal  of  public  land  were  inserted  in  the 
amended  bill,  no  doubt  reflecting  suspicion  caused  by  the  land 
fraud  scandal. 

The  Senate  version  of  the  bill  represented  the  eastern 
viewpoint  to  a  greater  degree  than  had  the  original  House 
measure.  Whereas  the  House  bill  permitted  the  teaching  of 
languages  other  than  English,  the  Senate  version  provided 
that  schools  should  be  conducted  in  English  only.  State  legis- 
lators as  well  as  state  officers  were  required  to  read,  write  and 
understand  the  English  language  well  enough  not  to  need  in- 
terpreters. A  more  stringent  polygamy  restriction  was  incor- 
porated because  of  fear  of  Mormonism,  particularly  in 
Arizona  Territory. 

New  Mexicans  naturally  disliked  the  Senate  version,  but 
saw  no  alternative  but  to  support  it.  Bursum  wrote  Bev- 
eridge :  "I  have  told  our  friends  down  here  that  New  Mexico 
will  obtain  statehood  by  the  grace  and  good  offices  of  Sena- 
tor Beveridge." 

After  waiting  for  an  administration-backed  conservation 
bill  to  be  passed,  the  Senate  on  June  16  finally  voted  on  the 
Beveridge  amendments  to  the  statehood  bill.  The  vote  closely 
followed  party  lines,  Democrats  preferring  the  original  mea- 
sure, but  the  amended  version  was  accepted.  Now  the  views 
of  the  two  houses  had  to  be  reconciled.  The  President  had 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  193 

been  reported  to  favor  the  House  version  and  Representative 
Hamilton  felt  confident  of  support  when  he  called  upon  the 
President  a  day  later  to  discuss  the  matter.  But  to  Hamilton's 
amazement  and  chagrin  he  was  told  that  the  Senate  measure 
was  preferred  and  that  the  House  should  accede. 

Therefore,  on  June  18, 1910,  the  lower  house  unanimously 
accepted  the  Senate  version.  The  long  document  was  taken 
to  the  President  on  June  20  where  in  the  presence  of  Senator 
Beveridge,  the  territorial  delegates,  and  other  prominent 
figures,  Taft  affixed  his  signature  to  the  enabling  act.  "Re- 
joice together  in  the  new  day  that  is  borned  unto  us,"  trum- 
peted the  territorial  Melrose  Enterprise  in  response. 

In  complying  with  her  enabling  act,  New  Mexico's  first 
duty  was  to  hold  a  constitutional  convention.  An  attempt  for 
a  nonpartisan  convention  failed  because  the  Republicans,  as 
the  dominant  party,  refused  to  enter  into  any  such  agreement 
with  the  Democratic  central  committee.  The  lack  of  coopera- 
tion between  the  two  major  parties  only  aggravated  the  fun- 
damental problems  faced  by  citizens  of  the  Southwest.  New 
Mexico  and  Arizona,  as  the  last  continental  territories  to  be 
admitted  to  the  Union,  were  soon  to  become  a  battleground 
for  the  great  issues  of  the  Progressive  Movement,  particu- 
larly direct  legislation  in  the  form  of  initiative,  referendum, 
and  recall.  While  Harvey  Fergusson,  a  Democrat  swept  by 
the  mood  of  the  times,  led  the  fight  for  progressive  reform  in 
New  Mexico,  the  Republican  party  apparently  preferred  to 
remain  noncommittal  on  many  of  the  key  political  and  social 
issues.  According  to  the  party  platform  of  Dona  Ana  County, 
the  questions  of  "initiative  and  referendum,  statewide  prohi- 
bition or  local  option"  were  to  be  left  to  the  vote  of  the  people, 
not  written  into  the  constitution. 

Republicans  had  dominated  New  Mexico  since  the  turn 
of  the  century,  and  it  was  no  surprise  when  more  than  two- 
thirds  of  the  delegates  present  for  the  convention  opening 
on  October  3  were  Republicans.  A  number  of  familiar  faces 
were  in  evidence  at  the  Santa  Fe  meeting :  the  aging  Catron, 
Solomon  Luna,  chief  representative  of  the  native  element; 


194  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

and  Fergusson,  leader  of  the  so-called  "irreconcilables"  who 
demanded  a  "thoroughly  progressive  constitution."  Other 
prominent  leaders  included  Bursum,  Fall,  Charles  A.  Spiess, 
Charles  Springer,  and  Jose  Sena. 

Thirty-two  lawyers  comprising  the  largest  occupational 
group,  reflected  the  leading  role  played  by  tough  frontier 
lawyers.  Because  law  and  land  had  long  been  associated  in 
New  Mexico,  one  delegate  was  prompted  to  remark  that  the 
land  grant  clique  was  the  most  powerful  special  interest 
group  at  the  convention.  There  also  was  a  sizeable  delegation 
of  Spanish-speaking  people.  This  group  had  an  understand- 
able concern  for  the  welfare  of  traditional  native  customs 
and  culture. 

Republicans  were  assured  control  of  the  convention  on  the 
third  day  when  a  26-member  Committee  on  Committees  was 
formed  with  Solomon  Luna  as  chairman.  This  group  estab- 
lished 27  lesser  committees  assigned  to  draft  the  various  sec- 
tions of  the  constitution.  Each  committee  had  a  Republican 
chairman  and  majority  to  ensure  the  enactment  of  favorable 
provisions. 

Although  the  Republican  majority  looked  with  askance 
at  the  comparatively  new  and  untried  instruments  of  direct 
legislation,  they  dared  not  give  too  negative  a  response  to  the 
most  popular  issues  of  the  day.  Consequently  the  convention 
drafted  a  watered  down  referendum  measure  and  difficult 
amending  provision.  Constitutional  safeguards  also  were  in- 
serted to  guarantee  the  rights  of  Spanish-speaking  people. 
Woman's  suffrage  and  prohibition,  the  other  two  key  issues, 
failed  because  of  Republican  reluctance. 

Control  of  corporate  institutions  and  legislative  appor- 
tionment were  hotly  contested  issues.  The  progressives 
wanted  monopoly  regulation  and  restrictions  on  Big  Busi- 
ness. But  Holm  Bursum,  chairman  of  the  Corporation  Com- 
mittee, was  opposed  to  any  measure  which  might  discourage 
corporations  from  coming  into  the  new  state.  The  result  was 
the  establishment  of  a  weak  corporation  commission,  limited 
in  power  to  function. 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  195 

The  controversy  over  legislative  apportionment  took  its 
traditional  American  form.  A  "Gerrymandering"  operation 
was  so  effectively  employed  by  the  Republican  majority  that 
although  the  Democrats  in  the  first  state  election  elected  the 
governor  and  one  of  their  candidates  to  Congress,  the  Repub- 
licans achieved  a  two-thirds  majority  in  both  the  senate  and 
house  of  the  state  legislature. 

January  21, 1911,  was  set  by  New  Mexico's  governor,  Wil- 
liam J.  Mills,  as  the  date  of  ratification  for  the  constitution. 
The  Democrats  drew  up  a  list  of  objections  to  the  conserva- 
tive constitution  at  Santa  Fe  on  December  19,  1910,  but  did 
not  bind  party  members  to  vote  against  it.  It  thus  remained 
for  individuals  to  carry  on  the  fight  against  ratification.  Har- 
vey Fergusson  was  foremost  in  the  battle,  continually  chal- 
lenging the  lack  of  one  sincerely  progressive  measure.  He 
described  the  amendment  article  as  'difficult  and  improbable" 
and  the  referendum  measure  as  "mere  make  believe." 

But  the  constitution  had  many  defenders.  Newspapers 
commended  the  convention  for  having  drafted  a  worthy  docu- 
ment, and  the  threat  that  statehood  would  be  delayed  if  the 
constitution  were  not  approved  was  effectively  employed.  As 
expected,  it  was  ratified  by  a  vote  of  31,742  to  13,309. 

New  Mexicans  considered  their  conservative  constitution 
a  likely  candidate  for  approval  despite  the  Democratic  vic- 
tory in  the  congressional  election  of  1910.  At  the  time  the 
constitution  was  completed,  a  "lame  duck"  Republican  Con- 
gress was  still  in  session,  and  a  President  known  to  be  con- 
servative was  in  the  White  House.  But  New  Mexico  had  not 
reckoned  with  the  effect  of  Arizona's  newly  framed  and  very 
liberal  constitution.  It  contained  measures  for  initiative,  ref- 
erendum, and  recall,  and  a  child  labor  provision.  Most  contro- 
versial, however,  was  a  provision  for  the  recall  of  judges. 
Many  prominent  politicians  felt  that  these  radical  ideas  could 
only  lead  to  a  breakdown  of  American  government,  but  Ari- 
zonans  did  have  one  important  figure  on  their  side ;  Theodore 
Roosevelt  gave  the  new  document  his  wholehearted  support. 

Despite  the  raging  controversy  over  Arizona's  constitu- 


196  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

tion,  President  Taf t  did  approve  New  Mexico's  effort,  and  the 
constitution  was  sent  to  Congress  for  approval  on  March  1. 
A  reluctant  Beveridge  was  forced  to  let  the  document  leave 
his  committee  and  be  reported  on  the  floor  of  the  Senate.  At 
this  point,  Senator  Robert  Owen,  a  Democrat  from  Oklahoma, 
objected  to  passing  the  resolution  until  it  included  approval 
of  the  controversial  Arizona  constitution.  A  lengthy  filibuster 
by  Owen  finally  moved  the  worried  President  to  tell  Owen 
that  an  extraordinary  session  of  Congress  would  be  called 
immediately  after  the  close  of  the  61st  Congress.  Owens 
ended  his  filibuster  but  New  Mexico  had  to  wait  until  the 
extra  session.  A  disappointed  and  embittered  Fall  saw  parti- 
san politics  in  Owens'  action.  "Naturally,  the  Democrats 
want  Arizona  admitted  along  with  New  Mexico,  as  the  latter 
will  probably  send  two  Republican  senators  and  the  former 
two  Democrats." 

At  the  extra  session  of  Congress  a  series  of  hearings  were 
held  on  the  merits  of  New  Mexico's  constitution,  which  forced 
the  territory  to  air  its  dirty  linen  in  public.  Opponents  such 
as  Fergusson  and  J.  D.  Hand,  Democrats;  and  Hagerman 
and  Richard  Hanna,  insurgent  Republicans,  were  on  hand 
to  criticize  the  new  document.  Former  Senator  Henry  W. 
Blair  of  New  Hampshire  was  there  to  repeat  a  charge  made 
earlier  by  prohibition  groups  that  the  ratification  election 
was  crooked.  Eventually  the  House  agreed  on  the  Flood  Reso- 
lution, a  provision  that  New  Mexico  should  vote  on  an  easier 
amending  procedure  at  the  first  state  election,  while  Arizona 
would  vote  on  eliminating  the  recall  of  judges,  the  outcome 
of  each  vote  to  have  no  bearing  on  admission. 

In  the  upper  house  Senator  Nelson  offered  an  amendment 
which  would  have  made  it  mandatory  that  Arizona  give  up 
her  recall  of  judges  provision  before  admission.  Despite  real 
concern  for  a  free  and  independent  judiciary  as  expressed  by 
such  influential  men  as  Elihu  Root  and  William  Borah,  the 
Nelson  resolution  was  defeated  and  the  Flood  resolution 
accepted. 

Taft  could  not  in  accord  with  his  conscience  have  accepted 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  197 

the  Flood  Resolution  which  would  have  allowed  Arizona  to 
retain  her  provision  for  recall  of  judges.  Referring  to  the 
recall  in  his  veto  message  he  declared :  "This  provision  of  the 
Arizona  constitution,  in  its  application  to  county  and  state 
judges,  seems  so  pernicious  in  its  effect,  so  destructive  of  in- 
dependence in  the  judiciary,  .  .  .  that  I  must  disapprove  a 
constitution  containing  it."  The  reaction  was  explosive.  New 
Mexicans,  because  their  statehood  hopes  were  dashed  too  by 
the  veto,  were  bitter.  An  "act  of  wanton,  without  reason, 
without  justification  and  without  precedent"  screamed  the 
Roosevelt  County  Herald. 

There  was  talk  in  Congress  of  overriding  the  presidential 
veto,  but  cooler  heads  prevailed.  Senator  William  Alden 
Smith,  new  chairman  of  the  Senate  territorial  committee, 
presented  a  resolution  which  would  amend  the  Flood  measure 
by  requiring  that  the  recall  clause  be  eliminated  from  the  Ari- 
zona constitution  before  admission — such  action  to  be  voted 
upon  by  the  people  of  the  territory.  New  Mexico  would  still 
vote  on  an  easier  amending  clause,  but  be  admitted  regardless 
of  the  outcome  of  the  vote.  This  compromise  resolution  was 
approved  by  the  Senate  the  following  day  53  to  9.  The  House 
adopted  the  resolution  unanimously.  At  3:08  p.m.,  August 
21, 1911,  President  Taft  signed  the  resolution  admitting  New 
Mexico  and  Arizona  into  the  Union.  New  Mexicans  were 
overjoyed  as  evidenced  by  the  statehood  meetings  held 
throughout  the  territory. 

November  7,  1911,  was  the  date  set  in  New  Mexico  for 
election  of  governor,  two  representatives  to  Congress,  mem- 
bers of  the  first  state  legislature,  and  a  host  of  county  and 
state  officers.  New  Mexicans  would  also  vote  on  a  simpler 
amending  procedure  whereby  any  change  could  be  proposed 
by  a  simple  majority  in  each  legislative  house,  and  be  ratified 
by  a  majority  at  the  "next  election  after  adjournment,"  or 
in  a  special  election.  Amendment  ballots  would  be  separate 
and  "printed  on  paper  of  the  blue  tint,  so  that  they  might  be 
readily  distinguishable  from  the  white  ballots  provided  for 
the  election  of  county  and  state  officers.  .  .  ."  Because  of  the 


198  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

color  specification  this  amendment  became  known  as  the 
"Blue  Ballot"  amendment. 

Writing  William  Jennings  Bryan,  Fergusson  was  deeply 
concerned  over  the  approaching  election.  "As  a  willing  tool 
of  corruptionists  long  in  control  here,  the  governor  called  the 
election  for  November  7,  the  shortest  time  possible.  They 
know  their  machine  is  all  ready  with  abundance  of  money — 
that  we  are  without  money  or  effective  organization."  The 
letter  concluded  with  an  urgent  plea  for  money. 

Fergusson's  belief  that  money  could  do  the  trick  was  not 
without  substantial  basis.  Republicans  were  sharply  divided 
and  events  of  the  next  few  months  were  to  show  how  severe 
the  split  was.  Bursum's  selection  as  gubernatorial  candidate 
met  with  bitter  opposition,  and  the  choice  of  Curry  as  candi- 
date for  one  of  the  two  House  seats  did  not  satisfy  all  the 
delegates.  While  Elfego  Baca,  the  other  choice,  endorsed  the 
stand  taken  by  the  convention  against  the  Blue  Ballot  amend- 
ment, Curry  told  convention  members  that  condemnation  of 
the  Blue  Ballot  was  a  mistake. 

It  was  announced  October  2  at  the  Democratic  meeting 
in  Santa  Fe  that  a  group  of  "Independent  Republicans" 
headed  by  former  Governor  Hagerman  and  Hanna  would 
join  the  Democrats  in  forming  a  fusion  ticket.  They  were 
given  two  spots  on  the  ticket  while  top  jobs  went  to  leading 
Democrats.  William  C.  McDonald  was  nominated  for  Gover- 
nor and  Fergusson  and  Paz  Valverde  were  selected  as  candi- 
dates for  the  national  House  of  Representatives. 

The  combination  of  "Independent  Republicans"  and  Dem- 
ocrats was  strong  enough  to  defeat  Bursum  and  also  elect 
Fergusson  to  the  House.  Curry  was  elected  because  he  re- 
fused to  campaign  against  the  Blue  Ballot  amendment  which 
was  carried  by  a  vote  of  34,897  to  22,831.  The  apportionment 
provision  of  the  constitution  saved  the  day  for  Republicans 
who  won  handily  in  the  legislative  races. 

The  election  of  New  Mexico's  first  two  senators  had  been 
delegated  to  the  newly-elected  legislature  scheduled  to  con- 
vene in  the  spring.  These  two  posts  were  regarded  as  rightful 


STATEHOOD  FOR  NEW   MEXICO  199 

prizes  by  some  of  the  territory's  most  vigorous  statehood 
proponents.  Andrews,  Catron,  Fall,  and  Governor  Mills  were 
considered  top  contenders.  By  all  odds  Andrews  should  have 
secured  one  of  these  seats.  As  delegate  to  Congress  when  the 
enabling  act  was  achieved  he  had  increased  his  popularity 
with  the  people.  He  had  the  support  of  powerful  eastern 
financial  interests  as  well  as  influetnial  men  in  Congress. 
Senator  Boise  Penrose,  heir  to  Quay  as  political  boss  of  Penn- 
sylvania, had  assured  Taft  in  the  presence  of  Andrews  that 
he  would  support  the  Delegate's  political  aspirations. 

In  September,  1911,  apparently  sensing  a  lack  of  support 
for  his  candidacy  among  Republican  leaders  of  the  territory, 
Andrews  came  out  for  a  direct  primary  in  electing  senators. 
But  his  aspirations  were  doomed  to  failure.  Although  Mills 
was  not  an  active  candidate,  Fall  and  Catron  were,  and  two 
shrewder,  more  formidable  opponents  could  not  be  found. 

The  actual  account  of  how  Catron  and  Fall  won  the  two 
senate  seats  is  a  confused  one.  One  report  states  that  An- 
drews nobly  withdrew  his  candidacy  during  a  secret  meeting 
attended  by  Luna,  Bursum,  Catron,  and  others.  This  version 
fails  to  account  for  Andrews'  bitterness  following  the  selec- 
tion of  Catron  and  Fall.  He,  along  with  Governor  McDonald 
and  the  Albuquerque  Journal  Democrat,  questioned  the  le- 
gality of  Fall's  election.  Apparently  17  members  of  the  House 
joined  the  Senate  in  electing  Fall  the  night  before  the  joint 
assembly  ratified  the  action.  This  procedure  caused  an  uproar 
but  Fall  in  stubbornness  continued  in  public  life  destined  for 
a  career  which  in  all  respects  was  sensational. 

According  to  another  report  submitted  by  the  Burn's  De- 
tective Agency,  four  Spanish-speaking  legislators,  all  sup- 
porters of  Andrews,  were  lured  into  the  old  Palace  Hotel  in 
Santa  Fe  by  Elf  ego  Baca,  where  they  were  arrested  for  al- 
legedly trying  to  sell  their  votes.  The  four  were  forced  to 
resign  their  offices  and  jailed.  A  request  by  the  sergeant-at- 
arms  that  they  be  released  was  ignored  for  18  hours,  although 
the  four  were  later  exonerated  of  charges  preferred  against 
them  and  declared  entitled  to  their  seats.  The  conclusion  of 


200  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

this  report  was  that  the  whole  incident  was  a  frame-up  ini- 
tiated by  Baca,  Spiess,  Sena,  Springer,  Llewellyn,  and  Bur- 
sum  to  advance  the  candidacy  of  Fall,  who  would  be  assured 
of  victory  if  the  four  were  removed. 

Statehood  had,  however,  been  safely  achieved  before 
Catron  and  Fall  were  elected  senators.  Arizona  had  complied 
with  the  wishes  of  the  President  by  eliminating  the  recall 
provision,  at  least  until  she  had  been  admitted  as  a  state.  On 
January  5,  while  crowds  gathered  in  Santa  Fe  to  hear  the 
eagerly  awaited  news  that  Taf  t  was  signing  the  proclamation 
of  statehood,  the  last  delay  occurred.  The  Department  of  Jus- 
tice wanted  the  signing  of  the  statehood  proclamation  de- 
layed until  it  could  dismiss  some  of  the  actions  taken  in  the 
old  timber  cases.  Taft  was  very  displeased  at  this  and  his 
irritation  caused  the  Justice  Department  to  dismiss  the  cases 
immediately. 

On  January  6, 1912,  a  delegation  including  Andrews  and 
the  two  congressmen-elect  from  New  Mexico  witnessed  the 
signing  which  occurred  at  1 :35  p.m.  Taft  then  turned  and 
smilingly  said :  "Well,  it's  all  over.  I'm  glad  to  give  you  life. 
I  hope  you  will  be  healthy."  Arizona,  so  long  associated  with 
New  Mexico  in  the  fight,  was  proclaimed  a  state  on  February 
14, 1912.  Consequently  almost  sixty-four  years  after  the  sign- 
ing of  the  Treaty  of  Guadalupe  Hidalgo  the  sister  territories 
of  the  Southwest  were  brought  into  the  Union. 


SHEEP  HUSBANDRY  IN  NEW  MEXICO,  1902-1903 

Edited  by  William  J.  Parish* 

Introduction 

The  American  Shepherd's  Bulletin,  from  which  this  series 
of  articles  is  reprinted,  was  near  the  end  of  a  lineage  of  mag- 
azines devoted  to  the  sheep  and  wool  industry  in  the  United 
States.  The  first  of  the  group  (although  there  was  an  ante- 
cedent) was  the  Quarterly  Bulletin  of  the  National  Wool 
Growers'  Association  of  the  United  States1  of  which  Volume 
1,  No.  1,  was  published  July,  1896.  Central  offices  were  in 
Washington,  D.C.  and  branch  offices  in  Boston,  Philadelphia, 
Chicago,  and  New  York  City.  S.N.D.  North,  Secretary  of  the 
National  Wool  Manufacturer's  Association,  was  the  editor. 
He  had  been  the  editor  of  the  Bulletin  of  the  National  Wool 
Manufacturer's  Association  since  November,  1864.  With  Vol- 
ume 3,  No.  3,  of  March  1898,  the  new  magazine  became  the 
Monthly  Bulletin  of  the  National  Wool  Growers'  Association 
of  the  United  States  with  headquarters  in  Boston  and  branch 
offices  in  Philadelphia,  Chicago,  New  York  City,  Atlanta  and 
San  Francisco.  It  had  a  Legislative  and  Association  office  in 
Washington,  D.C.  Frank  P.  Bennett  became  the  editor  and 
remained  the  editor  of  the  series  of  publications  that  followed. 

Franklin  Pierce  Bennett  (who  signed  his  name  and  re- 
ferred to  himself  as  Frank  P.  Bennett)  learned  the  typeset- 
ting trade  as  a  very  young  man  and,  as  a  journeyman,  traveled 
extensively  through  the  Middle  West  and  out  to  the  range 
states  where  he  became  well  acquainted  with  people  in  those 
areas  who  were  sheep  raisers.  He  became  editor  of  several 
newspapers  and  eventually  turned  this  experience,  together 
with  his  interest  in  the  sheep  industry,  toward  the  found- 
ing, in  1887,  of  the  American  Wool  Reporter.  This  publica- 
tion soon  became  the  American  Wool  &  Cotton  Reporter  and, 
subsequently,  America's  Textile  Reporter,  a  current  publica- 

*  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business  Administration,  University  of  New  Mexico. 

1.  The  titles  of  this  lineage  of  publications  were  obtained  from  the  mastheads  of  a 
bound  set  loaned  by  the  library  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Washington  D.C. 

201 


202  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

tion.  A  few  years  after  the  founding  of  the  American  Wool 
Reporter,  Bennett  also  started  the  United  States  Investor,  a 
periodical  still  being  published.2 

Frank  P.  Bennett,  grandson  of  Franklin  Pierce  Bennett, 
wrote :  "Because  of  my  grandfather's  interest  in  sheep  hus- 
bandry, plus  his  acquaintanceship  with  the  late  Senator  War- 
ren, the  late  Senator  Reed  Smoot  and  the  second  elder  Smith 
of  the  Mormon  Church,  he  got  himself  into  the  sheep  raising 
business.  He  started  the  Associated  Wool  Growers'  Company 
with  elder  Jesse  Smith  and  in  1896,  commenced  the  publica- 
tion of  the  American  Shepherd's  Bulletin  with  offices  in  Bos- 
ton, Chicago  and  Salt  Lake  City."3 

The  Shepherd's  Bulletin  of  the  National  Wool  Growers' 
Association  of  the  United  States  was  the  new  name  (Vol.  3, 
No.  12,  Dec.  1898)  for  the  series  of  sheep  and  wool  magazines 
which  stemmed  from  the  Bulletin  of  the  National  Wool  Manu- 
facturer's Association  published  as  early  as  1864.  With  Vol- 
ume 6,  No.  1,  January  1901,  the  title  was  changed  again  to 
The  National  Shepherd's  Bulletin  of  the  National  Wool  Grow- 
ers' Association.  Since  November  1899,  the  publishing  offices 
had  been  Atlanta  and  Boston.  A  Salt  Lake  City  office  had  been 
added.  With  the  April,  1901,  issue  the  name  of  the  National 
Wool  Growers'  Association  disappears  from  the  masthead, 
although  the  Legislative  and  Association  offices  in  Washing- 
ton, D.C.  remains.  With  Volume  6,  No.  9,  September  1901,  the 
title  was  changed  to  The  American  Shepherd's  Bulletin.  By 
September,  1902,  the  Legislative  and  Association  office  in 
Washington,  D.C.  was  not  being  mentioned.  From  Volume  12, 
No.  7,  July,  1907  until  May  1908,  the  magazine  was  entitled 
The  National  Livestock  Bulletin. 

The  only  near  complete  set  of  these  volumes  generally 
available  is  to  be  found  in  the  library  of  the  Department  of 
Agriculture,  Washington,  D.C.,  although  a  partial  set  may  be 
found  at  the  University  of  Massachusetts  library,  Amherst, 
Massachusetts. 


2.  Letter  to  Wm.  J.  Parish  from  Frank  P.  Bennett,  Boston,  Jan.  22,  1958. 

3.  Ibid. 


"The  Young  Observer"  In  New  Mexico* 

Sheep  Raising  and  Ranch  Life  in  the  Territory — 
Albuquerque,  Las  Vegas  and  Wagon  Mound. 

SPRINGER,  N.  M.,  Jan.  10,  1902.  After  reaching  the  town 
of  Albuquerque,  which  is  surrounded  on  two  sides  by  high 
mountains,  and  located  in  the  fertile  valley  of  the  upper  Rio 
Grande  river,  I  went  immediately  to  call  on  the  management 
of  the  scouring  mill  of  that  town.  They  are  a  pleasant  set  of 
whole-souled  fellows  to  talk  to,  and  always  seem  to  be  willing 
to  give  all  the  information  you  wish  on  the  country  and  the 
conditions  that  govern  sheep  raising  and  wool  producing. 

Mr.  Jas.  Wilkinson,1  the  manager,  kindly  took  me  all 
through  the  mill,  and  showed  me  the  different  processes,  from 
sorting,  which  is  done  by  Mexican  women,  to  where  the 
scoured  wool  is  put  into  sacks,  and  trucked  into  the  cars  that 
are  waiting  on  the  side  track.  They  run  one  scouring  machine 
NIGHT  AND  DAY,  most  of  the  year,  and  this  year  they  rolled 
up  a  grand  total  of  3,683,533  pounds  of  wool  scoured.  The 
mill  was  started  in  1879  [1897]  by  the  present  manager,  Mr. 
Wilkinson.2  He  ran  it  for  two  years  alone,  and  then  took  in 

•  (From  Our  Traveling  Staff  Correspondent)  The  American  Shepherd's  Bulletin,  voL 
7,  no.  2,  February,  1902. 

At  this  writing  "The  Young  Observer"  has  not  been  identified.  By  his  own  admission 
he  was  not  the  same  person  as  "The  Old  Observer"  (Mar.  1902  article,  p.  8  manuscript) 
whose  articles  on  the  sheep  industry  in  various  states  and  territories  appeared  contempo- 
raneously. Unless  he  was  being  facetious  in  one  remark,  he  must  have  been  a  very  heavy 
man  (ibid,  p.  12  manuscript).  "The  Young  Observer"  was  neither  as  expressive,  as  observ- 
ing, or  as  accurate  as  "The  Old  Observer."  Some  of  the  inaccuracies  of  "The  Young 
Observer"  must  be  ascribed  to  either  a  difficult  handwriting  or  a  careless  editing  of  his 
manuscripts  after  they  had  been  mailed  to  the  publishing  office. 

1.  Louis  A.  McCrae,  who  came  to  Albuquerque  from  Nova  Scotia,  March  29,   1891, 
remembers  Wilkinson  "as  a  jovial  fellow"  (Interviewed  by  Wm.  J.  Parish,  July  20,  1955, 
Albuquerque).  See  R.  E.  Twitchell,  The  Leading  Facts  of  New  Mexican  History,  Vol.  8, 
The  Torch  Press,  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa,  1917,  p.  62  for  biographical  sketch. 

2.  Wilkinson  began  his  proprietorship  in  1897.  He  does  not  appear  in  the  Albuquerque 
City  Directory  of  1896  though  he  does  in  1897  (City  of  Albuquerque  Directories,  Hughes  & 
McCreight,  Press  of  the  Daily  Citizen,  Albuquerque,  UNM  Library,  p.  78).  The  business 
was  incorporated  in  1900  with  John  H.  Bearrup  as  President,  V.  P.  Edie  as  Secretary- 
Treasurer,  and  James  Wilkinson,  Vice- President  and  General-Manager.  The  minutes  state : 
"Whereas,  Bearrup,  Edie  &  Wilkinson  have  heretofore  carried  on  a  copartnership  business 
under  the  name  and  style  of  the  Albuquerque  Wool  Scouring  Mills  .  .  .  each  partner  win 
now  receive  83-1/8  shares  each  in  corporation  .  .  .  fully  paid  and  non-assessable."  Rather 

203 


204  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

two  partners,  Mr.  J.  H.  Bearup  [Bearrup]3  and  Mr.  V.  P. 
Edie,4  both  of  Albuquerque.  The  capacity  is  12,000  pounds  in 
10  hours.  They  hire  35  women  and  14  men. 

They  make  a  market  for  all  of  the  tallow  in  the  country 
around,  as  they  make  their  own  soap  for  scouring  purposes. 
THE  BUSINESS  OF  THIS  MILL  is  steadily  increasing  on  account 
of  the  practical  and  honest  methods  of  doing  business,  which 
prevail  there.  The  wool  that  is  scoured  is  a  grade  wool,  short 
in  staple,  and  quite  a  few  fall  clips  are  still  marketed,  but  the 
majority  shear  only  once  a  year. 

I  have  heard  of  one  man  who  will  shear  three  times  in 
two  years  as  an  experiment. 

In  and  around  Albuquerque  there  are  still  many  native 
sheep  that  have  never  been  graded  with  Merinos.  Some  clips 
that  I  have  seen  have 

A  MIXTURE  OF  LINCOLN  BLOOD,  but  where  they  are  graded 
they  are  generally  with  Merinos.  There  is  also  a  firm  in  Albu- 
querque (Chadwick  &  Hamm) 5  which  does  a  large  business  in 
supplying  eastern  feeders  with  lambs  for  feeding  purposes. 
The  members  of  the  firm  are  hustling  young  men.  There  is  a 
free,  openheartedness  about  the  people  of  New  Mexico  which 
an  eastern  man  cannot  help  but  liking.  They  take  every  man 
to  be  a  gentleman  until  he  has  proven  himself  otherwise.  You 
go  to  a  man's  ranch  and  stay  as  long  as  you  want  to,  ride  his 
horses,  and 

large  dividends  were  paid  in  January  of  1903  and  1904.  Wilkinson  bought  Bearrup's  interest 
on  December  17,  1904  and  Edie's  interest  on  January  10,  1911  (Albuquerque  Wool  Scouring 
Mitt  Minute  Book,  UNM  Library).  The  business  became  less  profitable  as  the  years  went  by. 
In  1916,  Wilkinson  left  the  business  and  W.  E.  Rogers  became  manager.  In  1922,  the  last 
year  of  the  company's  existence,  Rogers  was  listed  as  "Agent"  (Albuquerque  City  Direc- 
tories, op  cit,  1917,  p.  326  ;  1922,  p.  433). 

3.  In  1904,  Bearrup  founded  the  Rio  Grande  Woolen  Mills  Company  of  Albuquerque,  a 
cooperative,  which  manufactured  blankets,  dress  goods,  mens  fabrics  and  clothing  (Ameri- 
can Shepherds  Bulletin,  Vol.  11,  No.  4,  April,  1906,  p.  334,  UNM  microfilm).  The  Company 
disappears  from  the  1909  listing  of  the  Albuquerque  City  Directory  although  Bearrup  was 
listed  in  that  year  as  a  resident.  Bearrup  was  a  candidate  for  Lit.  Governor  of  New  Mexico 
on  the  Socialist  ticket  in  1916.  He  received  2,069  votes  out  of  66,747  cast   (see  Twitchell, 
opcit,  Vol.  5,  p.  422). 

4.  V.  P.  Edie  was  formerly  a  partner  in  Hamm    (Fred  W.)   &  Edie,  wool  dealers  in 
Albuquerque  (Albuquerque  City  Directory,  op  cit,  1896,  p.  112). 

6.  Charles  Chadwick  and  Fred  W.  Hamm,  Sheep  Commission  Brokers.  Successors  to 
Hamm  &  Edie  (Albuquerque  City  Directory,  op.  cit.,  1901,  p.  68.  See  note  4  above). 


SHEEP  HUSBANDRY   IN   NEW   MEXICO  205 

MAKE  YOURSELF  AT  HOME,  generally,  and  the  way  in 
which  they  go  at  business  here  is  enough  to  take  the  breath 
away  from  a  tenderfoot. 

The  streets  of  Albuquerque  are  crowded  with  Americans, 
Spaniards,  Negroes,  Chinese  and  Indians.6  The  most  pic- 
turesque of  this  hustling  throng  is  the  Indian  with  his  bright- 
colored  blanket,  his  squaw  following  with  her  papoose.  The 
Indians  usually  have  in  their  hands  some  bows  and  arrows, 
pieces  of  pottery  or  other  articles  which  they  make  to  sell 
to  the  people  from  the  East,  and  in  that  way  pick  up  many 
striy  [sic]  nickels  and  dimes.  Many  of 

THE  RANCH  OWNERS  live  in  the  towns,  and  have  their 
ranches  anywhere  from  10  to  100  miles  out.  They  have  trusty 
foremen  whom  they  leave  in  charge  of  their  ranches  while 
they  enjoy  the  pleasures  and  privileges  of  town  life,  and  edu- 
cate their  childrren. 

The  skies  of  New  Mexico  are  nearly  always  blue,  the  air 
is  bracing,  and  the  people  loyal  to  their  territory.  There  are 
quite  a  number  of  ranch  men  in  and  around  Albuquerque 
whom  I  did  not  get  a  chance  to  see,  and  as  I  visited  them  later 
on,  I  will  describe  their  ranches. 

THE  ILFEL  [iLFELD]  BROTHERS7  do  a  thriving  business  in 
wool  and  pelts,  besides  being  among  the  largest  sheep  owners 
in  the  territory. 

I  made  a  pleasant  call  on  Mr.  Garcia,8  who  also  does  a  good 

6.  The  Twelfth  Census  of  the  United  States,  1900,  records  a  total  of  8  Chinese  in  the 
entire  Territory  (VoL  II,  p.  xxiv).  The  population  of  Bernalillo  County,  embracing  Albu- 
querque, was  28,630  of  which  332  was  stated  to  have  been  of  negro  extraction  and  4,758 
to  have  been  Indians  (Vol.  I,  p.  549) . 

7.  Noa  and  Louis  Ilfeld.  Noa  came  to  New  Mexico  from  Germany  about  the  first  of 
December  1871  and,  if  plans  materialized,  came  with  the  teams  of  A.  Letcher  and  Company 
from  Kit  Carson,  Colorado  to  Las  Vegas  where  his  elder  brother  Charles  was  a  partner  in 
that  firm.  Louis  came  in  1873   (Wm.  J.  Parish,  The  Charles  Ilfeld  Company:  A  Study  of 
the  Rise  and  Decline  of  Mercantile  Capitalism  in  New  Mexico,  Harvard  University  Press, 
1961,  p.  362,  fn.  52).  Each  joined  a  still  older  brother,  Herman,  in  Santa  Fe  in  a  firm  known 
as  Ilfeld  and  Company  (ibid.,  pp.  362-363,  fn.  58).  Herman  died  in  New  York  City,  May  15, 
1884  (Family  Prayer  Book,  Office  of  Louis  C.  Ilfeld,  Las  Vegas,  N.M.).  Subsequently,  the 
younger  brothers,  Noa  and  Louis,  moved  to  Albuquerque  where  they  founded  a  branch  in 
Old  Town  (Parish  op  cit,  pp.  362-363,  fn.  58).  By  1885  they  had  closed  the  Santa  Fe  store 
and  restyled  the  firm,  Ilfeld  Brothers   (Charles  Ilfeld  Collection,  UNM  Library,  Ledger  H, 
p.  252). 

8.  Probably  Elias  G.  Garcia,  sheep  dealer  who  had  a  partnership  with  a  Ben  Johnson 
(Albuquerque  City  Directories,  op  cit,  1897,  p.  42  and  1901,  pp.  87  and  103). 


206  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

business  in  wool  and  pelts,  and  runs  quite  an  extensive  band 
of  sheep. 

Leaving  the  town  of  Albuquerque  by  way  of  the  Santa  Fe, 
I  stopped  over  at  Laury  [Lamy],  where  is  located  the  great 
Onderdonk  [Onderdonck]9  Live  Stock  Company  and  goat 
ranch.  This  company  has 

THE  BEST  APPOINTED  RANCH  that  I  have  yet  visited,  up  to 
Jan.  10.  They  raise  the  common  goats,  and  for  the  past  two 
years  have  been  working  out  of  them  and  getting  into  An- 
goras. The  ranch  buildings  are  located  about  one  mile  east  of 
Laury  [Lamy]  in  a  small  creek  valley.  The  house  is  adobe, 
and  square,  having  an  open  court  in  the  centre.  The  true  old 
Spanish  type  of  house.  For  the  benefit  of  those  who  have  never 
seen 

AN  ADOBE  HOUSE,  I  will  say  that  it  is  constructed  of  sun- 
dried  brick,  built  into  a  very  thick  wall,  usually  about  two  feet 
thick.  It  is  then  plastered  inside  and  out.  The  roof  is  nearly 
flat,  and  usually  composed  of  mud  branches  and  poles.  Some 
are  made  better.  It  is  claimed  by  those  who  live  in  these  houses 
that  they  are  warmer  in  winter,  and  colder  in  the  summer, 
than  any  other  kind  of  a  house.  The  one  on  the  Onderdonk 
ranch  is  one  of  the  best  that  I  have  ever  seen.  Their  barns,  cor- 
rals, breeding  pens  and  stables  are  models  of  completeness 
and  handiness.  To  the  west  of  the  house  is  a  large,  long,  two 
story  building,  which  is  the  store  and  storehouse.  In  this 
house  I  found  almost  everything,  from  goat  pelts  to  groceries 
and  supplies  for  the  herders. 

THE  FOREMAN  on  the  ranch  is  an  educated  Spaniard,  and 
quite  an  entertaining  talker,  and  ready  to  explain  things 
about  the  ranch.10  The  breeding  season  was  on,  and  I  found 

9.  Charles  S.  Onderdonck  (Charles  Ilfeld  Collection,  op  eit.  Copy  Book  53,  May  8,  1899, 
p.  343). 

10.  Several  years  previous  to  this,  one  of  Onderdoncks  principal  employees  or  associates 
had  been  Montgomery  Bell,  a  negro,  who  became  a  confident  of  Charles  Ilfeld,  the  prosperous 
and  large  merchant  in  Las  Vegas.  Bell  evidently  had  acquired  a  substantial  competence 
as  early  as  1884,  although  it  is  generally  thought  that  he  added  to  it  in  the  ranching  business. 
Shortly  after  1898  or  1899,  Bell  bought  the  William  Frank  home  in  Old  Las  Vegas.  (Parish 
interview:  Karl  Wertz,  Las  Vegas,  retired  employee  of  Charles  Ilfeld,  Sept.  4,  1952).  He 
had  been  a  lender  of  funds,  usually  in  small  amounts,  since  1884  or  sooner  and  in  1889 


SHEEP  HUSBANDRY  IN   NEW   MEXICO  207 

them  using  five  different  bucks  with  their  Angoras,  breeding 
each  where  it  would  do  the  most  good.  Their  watering  system 
is  a  good  one.  They  have  windmills  to  pump  the  water  up  into 
large  tanks,  and  from  there  it  is  distributed  to  the  troughs 
placed  conveniently  around.  The  goats  are  driven  into  corralls 
[sic]  each  night  during  the  winter  season  to  get  them  into 
better  quarters  and  to  keep  them  away  from  the  coyotes  and 
mountain  lions.  They  run  about  650  Angoras  and  3,000  or 
4,000  common  goats. 

I  must  not  conclude  this  little  story  without  saying  some- 
thing about  THE  CHIEF  SECRETARY,  whose  name  at  this  writing 
has  escaped  my  memory,  but  it  is  sufficient  to  say  that  he  is 
a  business  man,  and  understands  what  ought  to  be  done  on 
the  ranch,  and  does  it.  At  the  time  of  my  visit  the  children 
were  out  from  town,  having  a  vacation  on  the  ranch,  and  right 
here  I  wish  to  say  that  they  kept  things  from  getting  dull 
in  the  least.  The  ranch  has  a  few  carloads  of  common  goats  for 
sale,  and  will  have  quite  a  number  of  yearling  Angoras  to  sell 
next  spring. 

LAS  VEGAS.  The  next  stop  was  Las  Vegas,  where  I  called  on 
the  scouring  mill  run  by  Gross,  Blackwell  &  Co.11  I  found 
that  they  had  scoured  about  3,000,000  pounds  this  last  year, 
and  were  still  at  it.  I  had  a  very  pleasant  call  on  the  foreman, 
who  showed  me  all  over  the  plant,  and  last,  but  not  least, 
some  very  fine  samples  of  scoured  wools.  They  make  a  prac- 

appears  to  have  had  outstanding:  a  balance  of  at  least  $2,000  due  from  Noa  Ilfeld  (Charles 
Ilfeld  Collection,  op  cit,  Copy  Book  11,  July  10,  1884,  p.  142 ;  Copy  Book  17,  June  27,  1889, 
p.  71 ;  Copy  Book  49,  Sept.  ?,  1898,  p.  419).  A  letter  from  A.  T.  Rogers,  Jr.,  of  Las  Vegas, 
Sept.  22,  1952  to  Parish  states  in  part :  "I  knew  Montgomery  Bell  very  well.  I  knew  him  in 
the  early  90s  when  he  was  in  the  cattle  and  sheep  business.  I  do  not  know  the  exact  date  of 
his  death.  His  house  on  Hot  Springs  Boulevard  used  to  be  quite  a  show  place.  He  was  used 
generally  as  go  between  or  agent  in  livestock  transactions.  He  was  a  man  of  great  probity 
and  everyone  here  had  the  utmost  confidence  in  his  honesty  and  integrity.  .  .  .  My  recollec- 
tion was  that  he  was  manager  of  the  stables  [at  the  Montezuma  Hotel,  Hot  Springs,  in  the 
early  days].  During  the  operation  of  that  hotel,  they  had  quite  extensive  stables  with  horses 
to  accommodate  the  guests  and  it  is  my  distinct  recollection  that  he,  either  alone  at  times 
and  later  associated  with  Ben  Bruhn,  had  charge  of  that  department  of  entertainment.  .  .  . 
Montgomery  Bell  was  not  dark  colored.  He  was  undoubtedly  a  mulatto  and  his  hair  was  not 
kinky.  He  undoubtedly  had  a  great  influx  of  Anglo  blood.  There  were  no  children  born  to 
Bell  and  his  wife." 

11.  Formerly  Otero  and  Sellar  &  Company  and  subsequently  Gross,  Kelly  &  Company. 


208  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

tice  of  taking  a  pound  sample  out  of  each  lot  of  wool  that  they 
scour,  and  have  it  handy  in  the  office  for  further  reference. 
There  are 

FOUR  OR  FIVE  SCOURING  MILLS12  in  this  place,  and  at 
present  there  is  being  erected  a  new  plant,13  and  a  fine  new 
steam  dryer  is  being  installed.  This  dryer  is  supposed  to  be 
the  finest  in  the  territory  and  to  have  the  greatest  capacity. 
There  is  a  thing  about  this  town  that  is  rather  misleading. 
There  are  two  towns,  Las  Vegas,  the  old  town,  and  East  Las 
Vegas,  the  new  town.  If  you  have  your  mail  directed  to  Las 
Vegas,  as  I  did,  and  many  others,  you  will  land  in  the  town 
and  go  to  the  post-office  and  inquire  for  your  mail  for  three  or 
four  days,  and  worry  why  it  does  not  come,  and  at  last,  as 
you  are  about  ready  to  leave  in  despair  the  clerk  may  ask 
you  if  you  have  been  over  to  post-office  in  the  old  town.  At 
this  hint,  you  proceed  in  hot  haste  to  the  post-office,  and  there 
find  your  bundle  of  mail  that  has  been  patiently  waiting  you 
all  of  the  week. 

There  is  one  thing  that  impressed  me  very  favorably,  and 
that  was  the 

EXTREME  POLITENESS  of  the  Spanish  people.  They  will  go 
out  of  their  way  any  day  to  do  a  stranger  a  favor,  and  seem 
to  enjoy  doing  it. 

The  largest  general  merchandise  store  in  Las  Vegas  is 
that  owned  and  controlled  by  Chas.  Ilfeld  &  Sons.14  They  in- 
formed me  that  it  was  twice  as  large  as  any  other  store  of 
its  kind  in  New  Mexico  territory.  After  a  stay  of  about  a 
week  in  Las  Vegas,  I  next  stopped  at 

WAGON  MOUND,  so  named  on  account  of  a  peculiarly- 
shaped  mountain  lying  to  the  east  of  the  town.  This  little 

12.  Ludeman  Wool  Company,  John  Bobbins  Wool  Scouring  Mill,  James  Bobbins  Wool 
Washing  Mill,  Arnot  Wool  Company  (Gross,  Blackwell  &  Co.)  and  the  Ross  and  Browne 
Wool  Scouring  Company  (Frst  Annual  Directory  of  Las  Vegas,  N.M.  for  1895-1896,  J.A. 
Curruth,  Printer,  1895,  and  City  and  Business  Directory  of  Las  Vegas,  1900,  Directory 
Publishing  Company,  Las  Vegas,  Highlands  University  Library,  Las  Vegas,  N.M.  The 
Shepherd's  Bulletin  of  the  National  Wool  Growers'  Association  of  the  United  States,  VoL  6, 
No.  12,  December,  1901,  microfilm,  UNM  library). 

18.  Ross  and  Browne  Wool  Scouring  Company  was  incorporated  in  December,  1901. 
ibid. 

14.  The  correct  name  was  Charles  Ilfeld,  Proprietor  (Wm.  J.  Parish,  op  cit). 


SHEEP  HUSBANDRY   IN   NEW   MEXICO  209 

mountain  is  nearly  7,000  feet  above  the  sea  level,  and  can  only 
be  ascended  by  one  narrow  and  dangerous  trail.  The  reason 
it  is  called  Wagon  Mound  is  because  the  top  is  shaped  like  the 
top  of  a  prairie  schooner.  While  there  I  called  on  the  Voren- 
berg  Mercantile  Co.,15  who,  according  to  some  accounts,  are 
doing  about  $360,000  worth  of  business  a  year.  They  handle 
a  large  number  of  carloads  of  wool  besides  doing  a  good  big 
business  in  general  merchandise.  The  postmaster,  Mr.  J.  R. 
Aquilar,16  has 

A  FINE  FLOCK  of  about  9,000,  and  is  one  of  the  most  careful 
handlers  of  sheep  in  this  locality.  He  has  leased  and  owns 
about  3,500  acres  of  land,  besides  his  government  range.  Last 
year  he  raised  83  per  cent  of  a  crop  of  lambs.  He  puts  from 
2,000  to  2,500  sheep  in  each  camp  with  two  herders.  The  sheep 
are  driven  to  water  every  day  in  summer,  and  every  other 
day  in  winter.  These  sheep  average  him  four  pounds  of  wool 
to  the  head,  and  the  wool  shrinks  about  40  per  cent  in  scour- 
ing which  leaves  2.4  pounds  of  scoured  wool  to  each  sheep 
which  at  the  current  price  brings  a  little  over  a  dollar  a  head. 
You  can  easily  figure  up 

THE  GROSS  INCOME  of  a  sheep  ranch  man,  but  when  you 
come  to  getting  at  the  expense  and  the  net  gain,  you  have  a 
more  complex  problem  on  your  hands.  They  generally  hire 
their  Spanish  herders  for  $15  or  $16  per  month,  and  board 
them,  which  would  bring  the  cost  up  to  $25  a  piece.  Most  of 
them  have  two  herders  for  every  2,000  sheep. 

EXPENSES.  Then  for  herders  for  a  year  we  might  count 
$600;  for  shearing  and  marketing,  $175;  for  rams  at  $10, 
$150;  for  general  hand,  $20,  $240;  for  wear  and  tear  on 
wagons,  horses,  etc.,  $100 ;  total  expense,  $1,265. 

INCOME.  For  wool,  $2,000;  for  wether  lambs  to  sell, 
$1,400 ;  total  income,  $3,400 ;  total  expenses,  $1,265 ;  net  gain 
or  income,  $2,135,  under  the  most  favorable  circumstances. 

15.  Simon  Vorenberg.  He  had  purchased  the  Wagonmound  firms  of  A.  M.  Adler  and 
G.  W.  Bond  &  Bro.  Company  (See  Twitchell,  op  cit,  Vol.  3,  p.  430),  G.  W.  Bond  &  Bro.  was 
purchased  Aug.  3,  1903  (Frank  Grubbs,  "Frank  Bond:  Gentleman  Sheepherder  of  Northern 
New  Mexico,  1883-1915,"  New  Mexico  Historical  Review,  36:149). 

16.  Biographical  reference  in  Twitchell,  op  cit,  Vol.  3,  p.  432. 


210  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Take  it  one  year  with  another:  $1,000  to  $1,500  would  be  a 
fair  estimate.  If  any  reading  ranch  men  wishes  to  send  his 
figures  for  the  past  year,  I  would  gladly  stand  corrected  or 
enlightened.  There  are  quite  a  number  of  items  that  have 
been  left  out,  such  as  maintenance  of  family,  interest  on  the 
investment,  etc.  I  would  like  to  hear  from  any  ranchmen  on 
this  question. 

OTHER  SHEEP  MEN.  The  other  sheep  men  whom  I  met  in  the 
towns  are  as  follows :  Vincente  Mares,  who  owns  2,000  sheep ; 
Placido  Garcia  who  owns  2,000  sheep;  E.  Martinus  [Mar- 
tinez?], 3,000  sheep;  J.  D.  Medina,  2,500  sheep;  Mrs.  Mc- 
Keller,  400;  Amedor  Martinez,  3,000;  Eugenio  Idulph,  [Ru- 
dulph] 17,  2,000  sheep ;  Daniel  Gallegos,  2,000 ;  Lusiano  Lobez 
[Lopez?],  3,000;  L.  A.  Rawlins,  2,000;  Herbert  D.  Romero, 
on  the  point  of  buying  2,000 ;  Cleopes  Romero,  sheriff  of  San 
Miguel  county  runs  4,000  or  over.  The  First  National  Bank, 
of  Las  Vegas,  do  a  general  banking  business  all  over  that  part 
of  the  territory ;  J.  D.  McGrath  has  2,000 ;  Esperidion  Garcia, 
2,500 ;  Alexandro  Arellano,  2,000  or  over. 

These  gentlemen  were  all  met  in  the  towns,  and  were  very 
much  interested  in  our  work. 

THE  JARITAS  RANCH  OWNED  BY  FLOERSHEIM  &  ABBOTT.18 

Nearly  the  first  man  I  met  in  Springer  was  Mr.  Abbott,  who 
is  part  owner  and  boss  at  the  ranch.  The  ranch  is  beautifully 
situated  on  a  mesa  or  high  tableland  in  the  northeastern  part 
of  New  Mexico.  The  ranch  buildings  are  situated  about  16 
miles  from  Springer,  which  is  their  nearest  post-office.  Mr. 
Abbott  nearly  always  drives  the  16  miles  in  two  hours,  and 
has  frequently  made  it  in  one  hour  and  55  minutes.  As  one 
approaches  the  Jaritas  ranch,  the  view  is  very  pretty.  The 
house  is  adobe  with  walls  nearly  two  feet  thick,  which  keep 
them  warm  in  winter  and  cool  in  summer. 


17.  A  prominent  family  in  the  1870's  by  this  name  lived  at  Rincon  del  Tecolote,  north- 
west of  Las  Vegas.  One  branch  spelled  its  name  Rudolph  (See  W.  A.  Keleher,  Violence  in 
Lincoln   County,    1869-1881,   University   of    New   Mexico   Press,    Albuquerque,    1957,    pp. 
349-351). 

18.  These  gentlemen  were  described  in  detail  by  the  "Old  Observer"  (American  Shep- 
herd's Bulletin,  Vol.  11,  No.  9,  Sept.  1906,  pp.  823-825,  microfilm,  UNM  library). 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  IN   NEW   MEXICO  211 

THE  HOUSE  has  green  shutters,  a  red  roof  and  a  porch  in 
front,  96  feet  long1.  One  hundred  yards  from  the  house  is  a 
pretty  little  artificial  lake,19  from  which  in  winter  they  get 
ice,  and  in  summer  use  for  irrigation.  All  the  water  used  at 
the  ranch  comes  from  a  sanitary  still,  so  that  all  of  the  deadly 
alkali  is  taken  out.  The  first  question  a  person  involuntarily 
asks  is, 

WHERE  ARE  THE  SHEEP?  Although  there  are  some  25,000 
or  30,000  sheep  and  lambs  on  the  ranch,  we  had  to  drive  some 
10  or  12  miles  to  see  5,000  of  them.  They  are  well  graded  up 
with  Merinos,  and  shear  from  five  to  six  pounds  of  wool  to 
the  head.  In  the  last  four  years  they  have  raised  64,700  lambs. 
The  proprietors  of  the  ranch  own  and  control  over  50  miles 
of  water ;  that  is,  they  own  the  land  on  both  sides  of  50  miles 
of  streams  or  lakes.  They  keep  about  50  men  the  year  around, 
and  in  lambing  have  180  busily  at  work. 

THEIR  HELP  is  all  Spanish  except  the  book-keeper,  Mr. 
Divine,20  who  is  an  American.  The  shearing  house  is  132  feet 
long  by  30  feet  wide.  Nine  feet  of  this  width,  the  whole  length, 
is  used  for  packing  the  wool,  seven  feet  is  a  raised  platform 
to  shear  on,  and  the  other  14  feet  is  for  pens  for  the  sheep. 
Each  pen  is  12  feet  in  width,  and  holds  50  to  60  sheep.  There 
are  generally  three  or  four  shearers  in  each  pen,  one  being  the 
boss.  They  count  the  shorn  sheep  as  they  go  out,  and  the 
shearers'  tally  must  correspond  with  that  of  the  owner  or 
there  is  a  mistake  some  where. 

THE  DIPPING  PLANT,  which  is  hard  by,  consists  of  four 

19.  This  artificial  lake  still  exists. 

20.  This  individual  might  well  have  been  a  member  of  the  family  of  Matthew  Devine. 
"M.  Devine"  was  operating  a  store  near  Fort  Bascom  in  1878  and  keeping  an  eye  on  some 
cattle  owned  by  Charles  Ilfeld.  In  1881,  "M.  Devine"  was  a  partner  with  Charles  Ilfeld  in  the 
cattle  business  in  the  Red  River  country.  This  joint  venture  was  closed  out  in  1882  (Charles 
Ilfeld  Collection,  op  cit,  Copy  Book  4,  Nov.  23,  1878,  p.  184  ;  Copy  Book  6,  May  31,  1881, 
p.  245  and  Jan.  6,  1882,  p.  602).  On  February  1,  1883,  lands  situated  at  "Arroya  Sellado 
[Arroyo  Salado  or  Salado  Draw]  in  Range  23,  East  Township  4  North,  San  Miguel  County, 
were  deeded  by  Matthew  Devine  and  wife,  Susan,  to  partnership,  Fuller,  Devine  and  Com- 
pany." Actually  the  land  in  question  was  in  Sections  1  through  4  which  would  seem  to  be  on 
the  Pecos  River  north  of  the  presently  marked  Salado  Creek.  On  May  2,  1891,  Susan  E. 
Devine,  guardian  of  Matthew's  two  children,  sold  the  Devine  interest.  Mrs.  Devine  and  the 
children  were  then  residents  of  Mora  County.  Legal  Papers  in  office  of  Louis  C.  Ilfeld,  Las 
Vegas,  N.M. 


212  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

large  boilers,  each  holding  650  gallons  of  dip,  and  a  swimming 
vat,  80  feet  long.  The  dip  is  kept  at  105  degrees  to  110  degrees 
all  of  the  time  to  get  the  best  results;  2,500  to  3,000  are 
thoroughly  dipped  each  day.  This  firm  is  also  large  dealers 
in  feeding  lambs  and  sheep,  as  Mr.  Abbott  was  at  one  time 
in  the  commission  business  in  Kansas  City.  This  gave  him  a 
large  reputation,  and  an  acquaintance  with  nearly  all  of  the 
sheep  men  of  the  West.  In  the  past  four  years  they  have 
handled  over  100,000  sheep.  Francisco  Romero, 

THE  TRUSTY  FOREMAN,  spends  most  of  his  time  riding 
from  camp  to  camp  to  see  that  the  sheep  have  plenty  of  fresh 
grazing  ground  within  reach  of  water.  The  sheep  are  driven 
to  water  every  other  day  at  this  time  of  year.  Every  few 
miles  as  you  ride  over  the  range,  you  see  what  they  call 
A  CHIMNEY  CORNER.  These  are  built  of  stones  by  the  Spanish 
herders,  and  greatly  resemble  the  old-fashioned  fireplace.  In 
the  winter  the  herders  pitch  their  tents  close  to  these  open 
fireplaces,  so  that  with  dry  cedar  and  pine  knots  which  they 
bring  down  from  the  mountains  on  their  burros,  they  can 
start  a  fire  at  short  notice. 

On  the  foot-hills  one  often  sees  a  pile  of  rock  work,  five  or 
six  feet  high,  and  about  two  feet  square.  These  are  called  by 
the  herders  "MAJONERAS,"  or  monuments,21  indicating  that 
water  is  near.  The  herders  lead  a  lazy,  listless  sort  of  life, 
and  a  Spaniard  is  better  adapted  to  this  business  than  men 
of  any  other  nationality.  If  a  Spaniard  owns  a  small  bunch 
of  sheep  grazing  around  his  home,  his  boys  begin  to  learn  at 
five  years  how  to  take  care  of  sheep,  so  that  often  they  are 
brought  up  to  do  and  know  nothing  else.  This  condition,  how- 
ever, is  changing,  and  the  Spanish  children  are  nearly  all 
sent  to  school,  when  there  is  a  school  near  enough.  Those  I 
have  met,  for  the  most  part,  were  well  educated  or  were 
anxious  to  learn.  All  day  long  in  the  summer  time 

THE  HERDERS  sit  and  watch  the  sheep  as  they  eat  grass  or 
lie  down  to  rest.  At  sundown  their  duties  are  over,  and  the 
"Majordomo"  assumes  the  care  of  the  herd  that  are  usually 

21.  "Majanos"  is  the  Spanish  word  for  "a  pile  of  rocks." 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  IN   NEW   MEXICO  213 

lying  close  around  the  tent,  and  there  they  stay  till  morning 
unless  their  slumbers  are  disturbed  by  a  storm  or  the  barking 
of  a  coyote. 

The  amount  of  provisions  required  to  run  the  Abbott  & 
Floersheim  ranch  is  surprising  to  an  easterner.  Their  com- 
missary adjoins  the  house,  and  here  the  book-keeper,  Mr. 
Divine,  [Devine?]  deals  out  the  provisions  to  the  herders, 
who  come  in  the  first  of  each  month  for  supplies.  During  the 
year  they  consume  3,000  pounds  of  coffee,  6,000  pounds  of 
bacon,  25,000  pounds  of  flour,  500  gallons  of  molasses,  5,000 
pounds  of  Spanish  beans,  1,000  pounds  rice,  3,000  pounds  of 
prunes  and  1,000  pounds  of  hominy;  600  sheep  are  killed  for 
mutton.  These  are  the 

STAPLE  ARTICLES  OF  DIET  for  the  year.  Potatoes  are  allowed 
only  in  the  month  of  May  when  50  100-pound  sacks  are  dealt 
out  to  the  men.  In  the  commissary  are  kept  clothing,  shoes, 
tobacco  and  notions,  which  are  sold  to  the  herders,  and 
charged  against  their  monthly  pay. 

THE  SPANISH  KITCHEN  adjoins  the  commissary,  and  is 
presided  over  by  a  very  efficient  Spanish  cook,  who  for  eight 
years  was  employed  by  a  wealthy  Spanish  family  as  cook  and 
housekeeper.  His  kitchen  is  immaculate,  and  you  can  look  in 
any  day  and  find  everything  in  order  and  shining. 

After  taking  a  few  views  of  the  ranch  buildings  and  one 
flock  of  rams,  having  spent  a  day  and  a  half  at  Jaritas  ranch, 
I  bade  my  kind  hostess,  her  little  daughter,  and  Mr.  Divine, 
"adios,"  and  in  two  hours  Mr.  Abbot  had  landed  me  again  in 
the  little  town  of  Springer. 

(Continued) 


JOHN  BAPTIST  SALPOINTE,  1825-1894 

By  SISTER  EDWARD  MARY  ZERWEKH,  C.S.J. 

(Concluded) 

On  his  return  from  a  trip  East,  it  was  reported  to  Arch- 
bishop Salpointe  that  some  men  were  making  use  of  his  name 
before  the  Penitentes  as  endorsing1  their  political  views. 
These  men  told  the  groups  that  the  Archbishop  had  approved 
or  was  about  to  approve  all  their  rules.  To  contradict  these 
statements  and  to  clarify  the  situation  Archbishop  Salpointe, 
on  February  7,  1892,  issued  a  circular  which  was  read  in  all 
the  Churches  the  following  Sunday. 

In  this  circular  the  Archbishop  pointed  out  that  the  rules 
being  exhibited  by  certain  men  were  not  the  ones  that  he  had 
formulated,  nor  had  he  been  present  at  the  General  Council 
of  the  Counties  of  San  Miguel,  Mora  and  Taos  on  June  7, 
1890,  when  these  rules  had  been  formulated.  Furthermore, 
the  Archbishop  added  that  he  did  not  intend  to  approve  of 
the  Council's  rules.25  The  Archbishop  continued  to  state  his 
views  as  follows : 

.  .  .  the  oath26  that  is  asked  of  the  Penitentes  is  immoral  and 
unjust  for  it  deprives  man  from  obeying  God  according  to  the 
dictates  of  his  conscience,  and  subjects  him  to  the  will  of  men. 
And  for  what  reason  do  they  require  this  oath  ?  In  order  that 
the  members  obligate  themselves  to  protect  each  other  against 
imaginary  enemies  and  above  all  against  the  Church  which 
does  not  want  to  admit  and  approve  the  disorderly,  indecorous 
and  indecent  practices  of  the  Fraternity.  And  the  oath  of  the 
youth  of  fourteen  years  of  age,  will  it  be  a  moral  oath  ?  It  is 
so  declared  by  the  supreme  chiefs  of  the  Fraternity.  .  .  .  Not 


25.  Letter  of  the  Most  Reverend  Don  Juan  Bautista  Salpointe  [sic]  to  the  Clergy  and 
Faithful  of  Our  Archdiocese,  (Original  in  Spanish),  February  1,  1892,  (A.A.S.F.). 

26.  Archbishop  Salpointe  likens  the  Fraternity  to  Masonry  because  of  the  following 
oath:  "Under  their  oath  and  honesty  to  defend  persistently  and  unitedly,  the  honor,  privi- 
leges, and  immunities  of  the  members  of  the  Fraternity,  against  any  person  or  persons, 
who  due  to  their  conduct  may  show  themselves  enemies  of  the  Fraternity,  or  any  of  its 
members  ...  to  protect  themselves  mutually  and  unitedly  in  all  and  for  all,  and  to  all 
that  which  might  be  just  and  beneficial  .  .  .  and  to  this  each  one  is  compromised  from 
now  to  the  future  and  forever,  according  to  the  principle  of  the  ancient  rules  of  the 
Fraternity."  Cf.  Circular  Letter  to  the  Clergy  and  Faithful,  op,  cit. 

214 


SALPOINTE  215 

withstanding  all  this,  they  consider  themselves  humble  and 
submissive  sons  of  the  Church  and  want  to  defend  themselves 
against  whom  (singular  or  plural)  may  be  opposed  to  any  of 
their  practices. 

With  what  has  been  said  we  have  sufficient  to  confirm  the 
idea  which  we  have  had  for  more  than  thirty  years,  that  those 
who  take  so  much  interest  in  making  themselves  the  protectors 
of  the  Penitentes,  are  doing  so  more  for  political  reasons  than 
any  other  thing.  For  them  the  religion  which  they  introduced 
is  only  a  pretention,  what  they  are  looking  for  is  the  vote  of 
the  members  of  the  Fraternity,  for  political  ends.27 

In  concluding  his  circular  Archbishop  Salpointe  again 
states  that  all  who  resist  his  directives  and  orders  are  rebels 
to  their  mother  the  Church,  and  until  such  time  as  they  sub- 
mit, they  will  be  deprived  of  the  Sacraments.28 

Entered  in  Archbishop  Salpointe's  Diary  Account  under 
November  4, 1889,  is  the  following  sentence. 

I  left  Santa  Fe  for  a  journey  to  Europe  mainly  to  see  the 
Holy  Father  about  the  residence  of  the  Jesuit  Fathers  in  the 
town  of  Las  Vegas  after  the  removal  of  their  College  from  said 
town  to  Denver.29 

The  Archbishop's  decision  to  go  to  Rome  was  the  culmina- 
tion of  a  controversy  which  had  existed  between  the  Jesuits 
and  the  diocesan  clergy  of  New  Mexico.  Four  longstanding 
reasons  are  given  for  the  strained  relationships  existing  be- 
tween the  two.  First,  after  the  Jesuits  became  known  to  the 
laity  of  New  Mexico,  through  preaching  and  missions,  their 
ministrations  in  many  instances  were  preferred  to  those  of 
the  pastor  and  they  also  received  donations  from  the  people. 
Second,  occasionally  a  Jesuit  would  perform  a  marriage,  bap- 
tism or  funeral  service  in  a  parish  at  the  request  of  a  pa- 
rishioner, but  not  always  with  the  permission  of  the  pastor. 

27.  Circular  Letter  to  the  Clergy  and  Faithful,  op.  tit. 

28.  This  and  other  circulars,  and  the  uncompromising  position  of  the  Archbishops  of 
New  Mexico  have  succeeded  in  greatly  diminishing  the  influence  and  number  of  the  Peni- 
tentes although  they  still  persist  to  the  present  day.  Cf.  Chavez,  "The  Penitentes,"  NEW 
MKXICO   HISTORICAL   REVIEW,   XXIX    (1954),   97-123;   Erna   Fergusson,   New   Mexico,   A 
Pageant  of  Three  Peoples,   (New  York:  Knopf,  1951),  pp.  79-108;  "Flagellation,  Inc.," 
Time  48  (April  22,  1946) ,  48. 

29.  Diary  Account,  op.  tit. 


216  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Third,  the  jealousy  evoked  at  various  times  when  Bishop 
Lamy  asked  the  Jesuit  Fathers  to  administer  various  par- 
ishes. Fourth,  the  difference  in  the  nationality  and  tempera- 
ment of  the  two  groups,  the  diocesan  clergy  being  largely 
French,  while  the  Jesuits  were  mostly  Italian.30 

The  proximate  occasion  of  the  controversy  involved  the 
Jesuits  after  they  had  founded  a  College  at  Las  Vegas,  New 
Mexico.  The  local  pastor,  Reverend  Joseph  Marie  Coudert, 
complained  of  certain  practices  of  the  Jesuits  and  declared 
that  these  infringed  upon  his  pastoral  rights.  One  of  these 
practices  which  assumed  much  importance  was  the  First 
Communion  Exercises  held  annually  in  the  Chapel  of  the 
Jesuit  College. 

The  accusations  against  the  Jesuits  at  Las  Vegas  were 
summed  up  as  follows : 

1.  They  assumed  power  they  had  no  right  to. 

2.  They  collected  money  in  a  manner  contrary  to  the  laws 
of  the  Church. 

3.  They  forbid  the  day  students  from  confessing  to  the 
parish  priest. 

4.  They  admitted  some  to  First  Communion  whom  the 
pastor  later  found  insufficiently  prepared. 

The  Jesuits  replied  that  the  first  accusation  was  brought 
forth  without  proof.  As  for  the  second,  fairs  were  a  regular 
custom  among  Americans  for  raising  money  for  the  Church. 
.  .  .  The  third  accusation  was  entirely  unfounded.  As  for  the 
fourth,  the  Fathers  at  the  College  stated  that  they  were  in  a 
better  position  to  judge  the  fitness  of  the  youth  than  was  the 
pastor.31 

In  April,  1886,  Archbishop  Salpointe  asked  the  Superior 
of  the  New  Mexico-Colorado  Mission,  Father  Gentile,  S.  J.,  to 
prevent  the  faculty  of  Las  Vegas  College  from  holding  First 
Communion  Exercises.  Father  Gentile  ordered  the  Fathers 
to  allow  the  day  scholars  to  receive  First  Holy  Communion 
in  the  parish,  but  the  order  was  too  late  and  they  had  already 
made  their  First  Communion  in  the  College  Chapel.  In  1887, 

80.  Edward  R.  Vollmar,  S.J.,  History  of  the  Jesuit  Colleges  of  New  Mexico  and  Colo- 
rado, 1867-1919.  (M.A.  Thesis,  St.  Louis  University,  1939),  p.  46. 
SI.  Vollmar,  op.  cit.,  p.  49. 


SALPOINTE  217 

the  Jesuits  at  the  College  asked  Archbishop  Salpointe  if  they 
could  hold  the  same  Exercise.  For  their  reasons  they  stated 
that  at  the  College  Chapel  there  were  fewer  distractions  for 
their  students,  the  ceremony  was  held  with  less  inconvenience 
to  the  pupils  and  teachers,  and  there  was  no  law  compelling 
the  attendance  at  the  parish  church.  They  stated  that  Jesuit 
schools  were  not  parochial  schools  and  that  Canon  Law  did 
not  reserve  for  pastors  the  right  to  distribute  First  Holy 
Communions.  The  Jesuits  closed  their  case  by  saying  that 
in  all  lands  the  Jesuits  gave  First  Holy  Communion  in  their 
own  Chapels — something  which  would  not  be  allowed  if  it  in- 
fringed upon  the  rights  of  a  pastor.32 

Archbishop  Salpointe  refused  to  grant  the  Jesuits  the  per- 
mission and  said  in  his  answer  to  their  request : 

1.  It  was  a  cause  of  wonder  that  this  affair  should  be 
brought  up  again  as  it  was  settled  last  year. 

2.  All  those  erred  who  took  from  the  pastors  the  right  of 
ministering  First  Communion. 

3.  The  Jesuit  schools  were  on  the  same  level  as  the  pa- 
rochial schools,  and  therefore 

4.  It  was  the  right  and  duty  of  the  pastor  to  examine  and 
admit,  or  reject,  youth  to  their  First   Communion, 
though  they  may  have  been  prepared  by  the  Jesuits. 

5.  Finally  he  again  called  attention  to  the  custom  in  New 
Mexico. 

The  Archbishop  then  added  that  unless  the  Jesuits  ceased 
disturbing  the  affairs  of  the  parish  in  Las  Vegas,  and  obey  him, 
he  would  refer  the  whole  matter  to  the  Holy  See.33 

Since  the  Jesuits  planned  on  closing  Las  Vegas  College 
in  1888,  and  merging  it  with  the  one  at  Morrison,  Colorado, 
they  decided  "to  yield  to  the  Archbishop  for  the  time  being."34 
When  the  news  spread  abroad  that  the  Jesuits  were  moving 
their  College,  the  people  of  Las  Vegas  used  every  means  to 
try  to  prevent  it,  even  asking  Archbishop  Salpointe  to  inter- 
fere. The  Archbishop  stated  that  the  Jesuits  were  free  to  stay 
or  leave,  and,  that  if  they  left,  it  was  because  they  thought  the 

32.  Vollmar,  op.  cit.,  pp.  48-50. 

33.  Ibid.,  pp.  50-51. 

34.  Loc.  cit. 


218  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

College  would  prosper  better  elsewhere.  The  Archbishop  also 
asked  the  Jesuits  to  make  clear  that  the  sole  reason  for  their 
withdrawal  from  Las  Vegas  was  not  the  strained  relation- 
ship between  the  prelate  and  the  Fathers.35 

The  controversy  again  arose  when  the  question  came  up 
concerning  the  Revista  Catolica36  press  which  was  operating 
in  Las  Vegas.  The  Archbishop  did  not  want  any  Jesuits  to 
stay  in  Las  Vegas  after  they  closed  their  college. 

After  much  correspondence,  and  several  interviews  be- 
tween Archbishop  Salpointe  and  Father  Marra,  the  Arch- 
bishop offered  the  Jesuits  permission  to  keep  the  Revista 
Catolica  press  in  Las  Vegas  provided  that  they  did  not  cele- 
brate Mass  on  Feast  Days  at  the  same  hour  as  the  pastor,  and 
that  they  conduct  a  parochial  school.  There  was  no  difficulty 
about  accepting  the  first  condition,  but  the  second  was  im- 
possible.37 

The  Jesuits  refused  the  second  condition  and  decided  to 
wait  for  an  answer  from  Rome  before  taking  any  action. 
However,  the  citizens  of  Las  Vegas  this  time  took  matters 
into  their  hands  and,  after  three  public  meetings,  sent  a  peti- 
tion signed  by  about  four  thousand  people  to  the  Archbishop, 
and  also  wrote  to  the  Pope.  Archbishop  Salpointe  told  the 
Jesuits  that  the  day  their  College  closed  he  would  deprive 
them  of  all  jurisdiction  in  Las  Vegas.  So,  the  Jesuits  were 
deprived  of  their  diocesan  faculties  on  Commencement  Day.38 

This  was  the  state  of  affairs  that  prompted  Father 
Stephan's  remark  to  Miss  Drexel  in  a  letter. 

...  he  [Salpointe]  is  very  much  harassed  by  the  Jesuits  who 
battle  against  him  in  Rome  so  that  he  intends  to  resign,  al- 
though he  is  in  the  full  right  before  God  and  men.39 


85.  Vollmar,  op.  cit.,  pp.  51-53. 

36.  In  1873  Father  Donate  M.  Gasparri,  S.J.,  (1834-1884),  founded  the  Revista 
Catolica  Press  in  Albuquerque,  New  Mexico.  It  was  moved  to  Las  Vegas,  New  Mexico,  in 
1874.  The  Press  publishes  Revista  Catdlica,  a  Spanish  weekly  newspaper,  and  since  its 
establishment  has  published  thousands  of  pamphlets,  textbooks  and  a  Spanish  translation 
of  the  Bible.  The  Press  is  at  present  located  in  El  Paso,  Texas. 

87.  Vollmar,  op.  cit.,  p.  58. 

88.  Vollmar,  op.  cit.,  p.  54. 

39.  J.  A.  Stephan,  Barstow,  California,  to  Miss  Kate  [Drexel],  February  22,  1889, 
(A.S.B.S.). 


SALPOINTE  219 

Archbishop  Salpointe  returned  from  Rome  on  March  28, 
1890,40  but  it  was  several  years  after  the  College  closed  before 
the  controversy  between  the  Jesuits  and  the  Archbishop  was 
settled.  The  final  settlement  allowed  the  Jesuits  to  continue 
the  publication  of  the  Revista,  Catolica  in  Las  Vegas.  How- 
ever, the  parish  they  had  in  East  Las  Vegas  was  given  to  the 
diocesan  clergy.41 

To  fill  the  need  for  a  school  caused  by  the  removal  of  the 
Las  Vegas  College,  Archbishop  Salpointe  built  a  school  at  the 
expense  of  the  diocese.  It  was  called  La  Salle  Institute  and 
was  conducted  by  the  Christian  Brothers.  It  opened  on  Sep- 
tember 11, 1888.  The  cost  of  the  building,  the  school  furniture 
and  maintenance  for  a  period  of  two  years  amounted  to  about 
twelve  thousand  dollars.  The  main  part  of  the  building  was  a 
two  story  stone  structure.  For  two  years,  in  addition  to  teach- 
ing tuition  students,  the  Brothers  used  one  of  the  classrooms 
for  a  public  school.  In  1890,  this  was  discontinued  because 
the  county  was  unable  to  pay  the  rent  or  teacher's  salary.42 

With  all  his  duties  and  obligations  as  Archbishop,  Sal- 
pointe always  retained  his  historical  interest  in  the  section 
of  the  United  States  which  he  served,  and  was  eager  for  in- 
formation which  would  deepen  his  understanding  of  the  cul- 
ture of  the  Southwest.  During  1887  and  1888,  Archbishop 
Salpointe  asked  Adolphe  Bandelier43  to  prepare  an  elaborate 
history  of  the  Southwest  which  would  be  offered  to  Pope  Leo 
XIII  on  his  jubilee.  It  was  a  manuscript  history  of  fourteen 
hundred  pages,  illustrated  with  four  hundred  water  colored 
sketches  of  the  colonization  and  the  missions  of  Sonora,  Chi- 
huahua, New  Mexico  and  Arizona  to  the  year  1700.  This  his- 
tory is  now  preserved  in  the  Vatican  Library.44 

Archbishop  Salpointe  also  encouraged  the  temperance 
movement  of  his  era.  In  1886,  when  two  laymen  of  his  Arch- 


40.  Diary  Account,  op.  eft.,  Notation  of  March  28,  1890. 

41.  Vollmar,  op.  cit.,  p.  57. 

42.  75  [sic"]  Years  of  Service,  1859-1934,  op.  cit.,  pp.  101-102. 

48.  Adolphe  Francis  Alphonse  Bandelier,  born  August  6,  1840,  at  Bern,  Switzerland, 
was  a  Southwest  archaeologist  and  ethnologist.  He  died  on  March  18,  1914,  at  Seville,  Spain. 

44.  F.  W.  Hodge,  "Biographical  Sketch  and  Bibliography  of  Adolphe  Francis  Alphonse 
Bandelier,"  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW,  VII  ( 1932 ) ,  358. 


220  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

diocese,  Don  Guadalupe  Otero  and  E.  A.  Dow,  organized  a 
branch  of  the  Catholic  temperance  movement,  the  Arch- 
bishop formulated  the  rules  and  regulations  for  the  group.45 

August  6, 1889,  was  an  important  day  for  Archbishop  Sal- 
pointe  because  on  that  day  he  became  a  naturalized  citizen  of 
his  adopted  country.46  It  was  a  wise  move  because  New  Mex- 
ico at  this  time  was  striving  for  statehood,  although  it  was 
going  to  be  a  long  struggle. 

On  September  7,  1889,  while  the  Constitutional  Conven- 
tion of  New  Mexico  was  in  session,  Archbishop  Salpointe 
contributed  a  letter  to  the  territorial  press  which  attracted 
wide  attention.  There  was  much  pressure  and  demand  being 
put  on  the  members  of  the  Convention,  both  privately  and 
publicly,  regarding  political  and  economic  measures.  The 
Archbishop's  statement  concerned  the  educational  provisions 
of  the  Constitution  as  can  be  discerned  from  the  following 
portion  of  his  letter. 

.  .  .  The  Catholics  of  the  territory  demand  of  the  Constitu- 
tional Convention  a  fundamental  school  law  which  shall  be 
truly  liberal,  in  the  right  sense  of  this  word,  by  recognizing  the 
right  of  the  parent  to  educate  his  child  according  to  the  dictates 
of  his  conscience.  We  demand  a  system  of  elementary  schools 
which  will  give  the  citizens  of  the  territory,  of  every  shade 
of  belief,  equal  facility  to  educating  their  children  in  such  a 
manner  they  believe  will  conduce  to  bring  about  their 
happiness.47 

In  the  editorial  of  the  same  issues  of  the  newspaper  it  was 
admitted  that  the  Archbishop's  letter  was  "an  adept  argu- 
ment in  favor  of  denominational  schools,  that  is  to  say  that 
public  school  funds  be  divided  between  the  different  religious 
denominations,  or  that  the  dominant  church  be  permitted  to 
select  the  teacher."48 


45.  Santa  Fe  Daily  New  Mexican,  December  28,  1886.  Cf.  Paul  A.  F.  Walter,  "First 
Meeting  of  the  New  Mexico  Education  Association,"  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW, 
II  (1927),  76. 

46.  Naturalization  Certificate  of  John  Baptist  Salpointe,   (A.A.S.F.). 

47.  Rio  Grande  Republican,  September  7,  1889.  Cf.  Marion  Dargan,   "New  Mexico's 
Fight  for  Statehood,  1895-1912,"  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW,  XV  (1940),  176. 

48.  Dargan,  op.  cit.,  p.  177. 


SALPOINTE  221 

The  reply  of  the  Convention  to  Archbishop  Salpointe's  ap- 
peal was  given  in  the  first  section  of  Article  IX  of  the  Con- 
stitution, as  adopted  at  that  time,  which  states : 

Provision  shall  be  made  by  law  for  the  establishment  and 
maintenance  of  a  uniform  system  of  public  schools,  which  shall 
be  open  to,  and  sufficient  for,  the  education  of  all  the  children 
of  the  state,  and  shall  be  under  the  absolute  control  of  the 
state,  and  free  from  sectarian  or  church  control ;  and  no  other 
or  different  schools  shall  ever  receive  any  aid  or  support  from 
public  funds.  No  sectarian  tenet,  creed  or  church  doctrine 
shall  be  taught  in  the  public  schools.49 

The  Constitution  of  the  state  of  New  Mexico  as  drawn  up 
by  the  Convention  was  put  to  a  vote  of  the  people  on  October 
7, 1890,  and  it  was  defeated  by  a  vote  of  sixteen  thousand  one 
hundred  eighty  to  seven  thousand  four  hundred  ninety- 
three.50  Because  of  the  Catholic  Church's  objection  to  the  pro- 
posed Constitution  on  religious  and  educational  grounds,  an 
attempt  was  made  to  lay  the  blame  for  its  failure  entirely  on 
the  Catholic  Church. 

The  Albuquerque  Daily  Citizen,51  however,  declared  that 
this  was  not  just.  As  evidence  it  declared  that  90  per  cent  of 
the  whole  population  of  Valencia  County  were  Catholics,  al- 
though it  had  given  "the  Constitution  the  largest  majority  it 
received  in  any  portion  of  the  territory."  There  can  be  little 
doubt  that  the  role  of  the  Catholic  in  the  election  has  been 
exaggerated  and  that  political  and  economic  objections  to  the 
Constitution  did  much  to  swell  the  adverse  majority.52 

The  year  1891  was  marked  by  two  important  events.  On 
June  25, 1890,  Archbishop  Salpointe  had  begun  the  construc- 
tion of  a  new  archepiscopal  residence  in  Santa  Fe.  This  build- 
ing which  was  built  without  contributions  being  solicited  was 
finished  and  blessed  on  February  19, 1891.  Because  of  failing 
health,  Archbishop  Salpointe  asked  that  the  Reverend  Placid 


49.  The  Constitution  of  the  State  of  New  Mexico,  Adopted  by  the  Constitutional  Con- 
vention, Held  at  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico,  September  S-21,   1889,  and  Amended  August 
18-20,  1890,  (Santa  Fe),  p.  23.  Cf.  Marion  Dargan,  op.  cit.t  p.  177. 

50.  Dargan,  op.  cit.,  p.  185. 

51.  Albuquerque  Daily  Citizen,  October  13,  1890. 
62.  Dargan,  op.  cit.,  p.  186. 


222  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Louis  Chapelle,53  rector  of  St.  Matthew's  Church  in  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.,  be  appointed  his  coadjutor.  Archbishop  Sal- 
pointe  requested  this  because  of  Father  P.  L.  Chappelle's  ac- 
quaintance with  the  problems  confronting  the  Indian  mis- 
sions, the  latter  having  held  the  office  of  Secretary  of  the 
Bureau  of  Catholic  Indian  Missions.  Therefore,  on  August 
21,  1891,  Father  Chapelle  was  appointed  Archbishop  Sal- 
pointe's  coadjutor,  Cum  jure  successionis.54 

Before  coming  to  Santa  Fe,  Bishop  Chapelle  was  conse- 
crated by  Cardinal  Gibbons  on  November  1,  1891,  in  the 
Cathedral  of  Baltimore.  He  arrived  in  Santa  Fe  on  December 
7,  1891.  Bishop  Chapelle  began  his  work  of  assisting  Arch- 
bishop Salpointe,  especially  by  visiting  the  various  parishes 
to  confer  the  Sacrament  of  Confirmation.65 

Early  in  1893,  Archbishop  Salpointe  asked  Bishop  Cha- 
pelle to  go  to  Europe  to  recruit  volunteers  for  the  archdiocese 
because  there  were  several  parishes  without  priests.  While 
the  Bishop  was  in  Europe,  he  had  his  visit  with  the  Pope, 
who  on  May  10,  1893,  elevated  him  to  the  rank  of  an  arch- 
bishop with  the  Titular  See  of  Sebaste.56 

On  April  30, 1893,  Archbishop  Salpointe  left  with  Father 
Stephan  to  visit  Los  Angeles,  San  Diego,  and  Tucson.57  This 
was  Archbishop  Salpointe's  last  visit  as  the  Ordinary  of 
Santa  Fe  because  on  January  7,  1894,  he  resigned  the  office 
he  had  held  since  August  6, 1885. 

V.  Retirement  and  Death  1 894-1 898 

Returning  in  1893  from  his  trip  to  Los  Angeles  and  San 
Diego  with  Father  Stephan,  Archbishop  Salpointe  remained 

63.  Placid  Louis  Chapelle  was  born  in  France,  August  28,  1842 ;  educated  in  Belgium 
and  at  St.  Mary's  Seminary,  Baltimore,  Maryland.  He  did  pastoral  work  in  Baltimore, 
1865-1891 ;  he  was  Secretary  of  the  Bureau  of  Catholic  Indian  Missions  and  was  active  in 
the  founding  of  the  Catholic  University  of  America.  From  Santa  Fe  he  was  translated 
to  the  metropolitan  See  of  New  Orleans,  December  1,  1897.  He  was  Apostolic  Delegate  to 
Cuba  and  Puerto  Rico  from  1891  to  1905.  He  died  on  August  9,  1905,  at  New  Orleans.  Cf. 
Code,  op.  tit.,  pp.  45-46. 

54.  Salpointe,  op.  cit.,  p.  278. 

55.  Ibid.,  pp.  278-279. 

56.  Ibid.,  p.  279. 

57.  J.  A.  Stephan,  Bernalillo.  New  Mexico,  to  Mother  Catherine   [Drexel],  April  30, 
1893,  (A.S.B.S.). 


SALPOINTE  223 

for  some  time  in  Tucson  because  of  ill  health.  His  presence 
in  Tucson  did  not  go  unnoticed  and  the  following  article 
shows  that  his  absence  of  nearly  ten  years  had  not  diminished 
his  popularity  in  the  Old  Pueblo. 

.  .  .  The  Most  Reverend  Archbishop  J.  B.  Salpointe  ...  is 
now  in  Tucson  for  his  health.  This  prominent  figure  in  religious 
circles,  whose  benevolent  face  is  known  to  all  and  whose  per- 
sonality is  one  of  the  most  respected  in  Arizona  and  New 
Mexico,  came  to  Arizona  as  a  missionary  in  1866.  He  estab- 
lished the  first  school  at  San  Xavier,  where  for  a  time  he  taught 
himself  [sic"].  Next  he  built  another  school  in  this  city,  and 
afterward  in  the  same  year  began  the  construction  of  the  pres- 
ent Cathedral.  Mgr.  Salpointe  was  consecrated  in  1869.  In 
1870  he  brought  to  this  territory  the  Sisters  of  St.  Joseph  who 
have  ever  since  served  nobly  in  the  cause  of  education,  and  of 
relief  to  those  who  are  ill.  It  was  Bishop  Salpointe,  too,  who 
built  St.  Mary's  Hospital  which  was  opened  in  1180  [sic]  and 
which  has  done  so  much  to  alleviate  suffering  humanity. 

Mgr.  Salpointe  was  appointed  by  Pope  Leo  XIII,  coadjutor 
and  later  Archbishop  of  Santa  Fe.  This  necessitated  his  re- 
moval to  New  Mexico,  and  it  is  but  lately  that  his  venerable 
figure  is  once  more  with  us.  While  speaking  on  the  subject  of 
this  remarkable  man,  who  has  done  so  much  for  Tucson,  it  may 
be  here  stated  that  it  is  owing  to  the  high  esteem  in  which  his 
merit  is  held  in  the  church  that  the  French  Society  of  "Propa- 
gation of  the  Faith"  has  been  sending  from  five  to  six  thou- 
sand dollars,  every  year,  to  the  Territory  of  Arizona,  for  the 
support  of  the  Catholic  clergy,  the  schools  and  the  churches.1 

Archbishop  Salpointe's  resignation  had  been  accepted  and 
acknowledged  by  the  Holy  See  by  February  26,  1894,  as  de- 
termined from  a  letter  to  his  successor,  Archbishop  Capelle. 
"...  I  suppose  you  know  that  Archbishop  Salpointe's  resig- 
nation has  been  accepted  and  I  am  now  in  charge  of  the  Arch- 
diocese."2 Archbishop  Salpointe  had  retired  to  Tucson  as 
Archbishop  of  the  Titular  See  of  Tomi.3 

Archbishop  Salpointe  was  not  one  to  long  remain  inac- 
tive. During  the  thirty-six  years  which  marked  his  endeavors 

1.  The  Arizona  Enterprise,  December  21,  1893  (XIII,  37),  p.  6,  col.  2-8. 

2.  Chapelle  to  Reverend  Jos.  Gourey,  February  26,  1894,  (A.A.S.F.). 

3.  Santa  Fe  Daily  New  Mexican,  February  19,  1894,  p.  4,  col.  2.  "Archbishop  Salpointe 
is  now  and  has  been  for  some  time  in  Tucson,  Arizona  Territory." 


224  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

to  accomplish  God's  work  for  souls  in  Arizona  and  New  Mex- 
ico, his  unflagging  interest  in  the  history  of  the  Southwest, 
coupled  with  an  ardent  admiration  for  the  early  Jesuit  and 
Franciscan  missionaries,  urged  the  Archbishop  to  record  that 
history  to  the  best  of  his  ability.  Since  his  arrival  in  New 
Mexico,  in  1859,  he  had  studied  every  available  source  of 
information  and  had  maintained  contact  with  historical  so- 
cieties and  individuals,  who,  like  himself,  wanted  the  knowl- 
edge of  the  ancient  cultures  preserved.  It  is  no  wonder  then 
that  this  period  of  the  Archbishop's  life  should  prove  as  use- 
ful and  beneficial  to  posterity  as  his  former  active  ministry 
in  the  Territories  of  New  Mexico  and  Arizona  had  been  to 
his  people. 

The  old  adobe  house  in  Tucson  where  he  lived  and  worked, 
called  by  him  his  "palace,"  reflected  the  Archbishop's  detach- 
ment from  worldly  goods  and  his  love  for  the  modest  and  sim- 
ple manner  of  living.  Mother  Catherine  Drexel,  who  visited 
Archbishop  Salpointe  in  the  spring  of  1894,  described  his 
room  as  poorly  furnished.  The  entire  contents  consisted  of  a 
small  iron  bed  and  three  yellow  chairs — no  carpets,  not  even 
a  rug.  A  crucifix  hung  above  the  bed.4  It  was  here  at  his  "pal- 
ace" that  Archbishop  Salpointe  began  to  make  progress  in 
organizing  the  many  notes  he  had  accumulated  on  the  In- 
dians, the  missions  and  the  missionaries  of  the  Southwest, 
the  "Kingdom  of  St.  Francis."5 

In  the  fall  of  1895,  Archbishop  Salpointe  determined  to 
make  a  journey  to  Europe.  On  his  way  East,  he  was  given  a 
grand  farewell  at  Santa  Fe  by  his  friends  who  gathered  to  bid 
him  God-speed  and  a  safe  return.  On  this  occasion  the  Arch- 
bishop was  presented  with  a  beautiful  gold  headed  cane.  In 
Europe  he  visited  his  relatives  and  friends  in  France  and 
then  spent  much  time  in  the  historical  archives  in  Madrid, 
Spain,  delving  into  the  records  of  the  past  data  relative  to 
the  early  history  of  the  Church  in  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  and 
Mexico.6 

4.  Report  of  St.  Catherine's  Industrial  School,  Introduction,  (A.A.S.F.). 

5.  See  p.  133. 

6.  Santa  Fe  Daily  New  Mexican,  November  9,  1895,  p.  4,  col.  2. 


SALPOINTE  225 

Returning  to  Tucson,  Archbishop  Salpointe  resumed  the 
writing  of  his  book.  The  following  interesting  public  an- 
nouncement concerning  his  book  was  published  a  number  of 
months  before  the  book  was  completed. 

...  It  will  be  pleasing  to  those  interested  in  the  early  history 
of  this  region  to  learn  that  the  Archbishop  is  now  and  has  been 
for  many  months  engaged  in  the  preparation  of  a  book  on  the 
early  Catholic  missionaries  and  the  founding  of  the  missions, 
the  christening  of  the  valleys,  and  the  mountains,  and  thus 
perpetuating  the  names  of  the  saints  in  this  region,  in  the 
names  of  our  valleys  and  mountains.  The  publication  will  be 
one  of  much  value  for  its  authenticity  and  historical  research. 
The  publication  will  be  issued  during  the  next  six  months,  and 
will  contain  about  three  hundred  pages.  It  will  be  looked  for 
with  much  interest.  The  title  of  the  book  will  be  The  [sic] 
Soldiers  of  the  Cross,  which  is  both  significant  and  suggestive 
of  the  scope  of  the  work.7 

Archbishop  Salpointe's  book  was  finished  in  the  spring  of 
1898,  and  he  had  it  published  at  St.  Boniface's  Industrial 
School,  Banning,  California.  This  school,  like  St.  Catherine's 
Industrial  School,  Santa  Fe,  was  also  a  Catholic  boarding 
school  for  Indians.  The  book,  Soldiers  of  the  Cross,  is  a  valu- 
able source  of  information  for  all  those  interested  in  South- 
west history,  and  it  is  for  this  achievement  that  Archbishop 
Salpointe  merits  the  title,  Historian  of  the  Kingdom. 

In  June,  1898,  Archbishop  Salpointe  lost  the  power  of 
speech  although  his  general  health  continued  fairly  good. 
However,  in  the  following  month  on  July  15th,  he  died. 

.  .  .  Monday  he  [Archbishop  Salpointe]  received  visitors  and 
was  in  excellent  spirits,  but  the  storm  of  Tuesday  prostrated 
him  and  he  passed  quietly  and  peacefully  away  in  St.  Mary's 
Hospital,  3  a.m.,  July  15th. 

Bishop  Bourgade  was  absent  in  Prescott  at  the  time.  He 
was  advised  by  telegraph  and  is  expected  to  reach  home  in  the 
morning  [sic~\,  when  final  arrangements  for  the  funeral  will 
be  made.  It  will,  it  is  expected,  take  place  Monday  morning 
about  10  o'clock. 

Tomorrow  afternoon  the  body  will  be  placed  in  the  Cathe- 


7.  Arizona  Daily  Star,  (Tucson),  July  28,  1897  (XXIX,  169),  p.  4,  col.  3. 


226  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

dral  where  all  may  take  a  last  look  at  a  "Soldier  of  the  Cross" 
who  has  done  so  much  to  make  Arizona  what  it  is  today.8 

As  Bishop  of  Tucson,9  Bishop  Bourgade  officiated  at  the 
funeral  ceremonies  and  Archbishop  Salpointe's  remains  now 
lie  under  the  sanctuary  of  St.  Agustin  Cathedral  in  Tucson, 
Arizona.10 

That  Archbishop  Salpointe  was  a  humble  man  and  one 
who  never  pressed  his  achievements  or  stressed  his  accom- 
plishments to  gain  favor  or  acknowledgment  was  recognized 
in  both  cities,  Santa  Fe  and  Tucson,  where  the  Archbishop 
spent  most  of  the  years  of  his  priestly  life.  The  daily  papers 
of  both  cities  reflect  this  truth  in  the  following  articles. 

Owing  to  circumstances  possibly  on  account  of  the  great 
popularity  of  Archbishop  Lamy,  whom  he  succeeded,  also  be- 
cause of  his  radical  [sic]  modesty,  Archbishop  Salpointe,  in 
some  social  circles,  has  passed  almost  unobserved  and  possibly 
full  credit  has  not  been  given  to  his  labors.11 

There  died  yesterday  at  the  ripe  old  age  of  73,  a  Godfear- 
ing and  an  upright  man.  With  the  death  of  this  man,  the  Right 
Reverend  J.  B.  Salpointe,  there  passes  away  one  of  the  most 
important  figures  in  all  the  early  history  of  Arizona.  He  was  a 
quiet  and  an  unassuming  gentleman  and  his  personal  interests 
were  liable  to  be  overlooked  in  the  bustle  and  make  up  of  fron- 
tier life,  but  his  influence  and  handiwork  was  ever  present. 
He  was  the  man  of  God  and  he  moved  among  men  doing  good 
always.12 

VI.  Conclusion 

Below  the  shield  on  Archbishop  Salpointe's  coat  of  arms 
is  the  one  word,  Fides,  faith.  This  motto  he  chose  for  himself, 
and  it  emphasizes  the  characteristic  and  governing  virtue 
of  this  pioneer  prelate  of  Arizona  and  New  Mexico. 

8.  Arizona  Daily  Citizen,  (Tucson),  July  16,  1898,  (XXXIV,  73),  p.  4,  coL  4. 

9.  The  Vicariate  Apostolic  of  Arizona  was  erected  as  the  Diocese  of  Tucson  on  May  10, 
1893.  Bull,  of  Erection  by  Pope  Leo  XIII  (A.A.S.F.). 

10.  New  Mexico;  A  Guide  to  the  Colorful  State,  compiled  by  Writers'  Program  of  the 
Work  Projects  Administration  in  the  State  of  New  Mexico   (New  York:  Hasting  House, 
1940),  p.  202.  This  book  erroneously  states  that  Archbishop  Salpointe  is  buried  under  the 
high  altar  of  the  Cathedral  of  St.  Francis,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico. 

11.  Santa  Fe  New  Mexican,  November  9,  1895,  p.  4,  col.  2. 

12.  Arizona  Daily  Citizen,  (Tucson),  July  16,  1898,  (XXXIV,  73),  p.  4,  col.  4. 


SALPOINTE  227 

That  the  Archbishop's  faith  was  deep  and  strong  was 
manifested  continually  in  his  priestly  life.  The  Archbishop's 
desire  to  carry  that  Faith  to  distant  peoples  and  to  share  that 
Faith  with  them  was  evident  from  the  first  time,  in  the  sum- 
mer of  1859,  that  he  heard  Father  Peter  Eguillon  speak  of 
the  need  for  priests  in  the  Southwest  area  of  the  United 
States.  Authorized  by  Bishop  Lamy  of  the  Santa  Fe  Diocese, 
Father  Eguillon  recruited  a  number  of  young  Frenchmen, 
priests  and  Brothers,  as  volunteers  to  serve  in  his  far  away 
American  diocese.  Among  these  volunteers  was  Father  John 
Baptist  Salpointe.  It  took  a  lively  faith  to  enable  these  young 
men  to  leave  the  country  of  their  birth  and  to  journey  to  a 
land  comparatively  uncivilized  and  infested  with  hostile  In- 
dians. The  volunteers  proved  themselves  equal  to  the  chal- 
lenge, and,  after  the  experiences  of  ocean  and  overland  prai- 
rie travel,  they  arrived  on  October  27,  1859,  at  the  scene  of 
their  future  labors,  Santa  Fe,  the  City  of  Holy  Faith.  This 
city  was  the  See  City  of  the  Diocese  of  Santa  Fe  which  com- 
prised the  Territories  of  New  Mexico  and  Arizona. 

Father  Salpointe  was  given  the  task  of  teaching  a  few 
seminarians.  In  1860,  assigned  to  the  parish  of  Mora  as  pas- 
tor, he  repaired  the  Church  and  built  schools.  The  Faith  nur- 
tured in  these  schools  would  show  its  effects  in  future 
generations. 

A  far  greater  field  for  the  exercise  of  his  faith  presented 
itself  when  Father  Salpointe  was  accepted  as  a  volunteer 
for  the  Mission  of  Arizona  in  1866.  In  the  Arizona  Territory 
there  was  a  twofold  mission.  There  were  the  many  inhabi- 
tants who  already  possessed  the  gift  of  faith ;  some  families 
having  retained  it  for  centuries.  However,  even  these  needed 
their  faith  to  be  enkindled  and  nourished.  In  addition  to  these 
there  were  many  who  lacked  the  gift  of  Faith.  These  had  to 
be  reached,  and  were  reached  through  the  zealous  priestly 
activities  of  Father  Salpointe. 

To  accomplish  these  ends,  Father  Salpointe,  who  was  ele- 
vated to  the  episcopal  dignity  on  September  25,  1868,  cease- 
lessly devoted  all  his  energies.  He  secured  more  priests,  built 


228  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

churches,  schools  and  a  hospital.  He  obtained  Sisters  to  staff 
the  schools,  the  hospital  and  to  instruct  the  Indians  at  Mission 
San  Xavier  del  Bac.  As  the  bishop  exercising-  jurisdiction  in 
the  Vicariate  Apostolic  of  Arizona,  he  faithfully  visited  the 
parishes  and  missions,  to  encourage  the  priests  and  people 
and  to  administer  the  Sacrament  of  Confirmation.  The  visita- 
tions which  Bishop  Salpointe  made  during  these  years  usually 
lasted  from  three  to  four  months  and  the  Prelate  had  to  travel 
with  the  very  least  of  conveniences  and  comfort.  There  was 
also  the  ever  present  dread  of  attacking  Apaches.  Bishop  Sal- 
pointe admitted  that  he,  himself,  "always  experienced  a  kind 
of  painful  apprehension  for  a  few  days  before  starting  on  a 
journey."  He  goes  on  to  say,  however,  that  "they  [priests  who 
were  his  co-laborers]  must  acknowledge  that  there  has  been 
a  special  Providence  watching  over  them."1  Faith  in  this 
Divine  Providence  was  the  key  to  his  life. 

Having  been  appointed  coadjutor  to  Archbishop  Lamy  of 
Santa  Fe  on  April  22,  1884,  Bishop  Salpointe  succeeded  to 
that  See  on  August  6,  1885,  upon  the  resignation  of  Arch- 
bishop Lamy.  During  the  nine  years  that  Archbishop  Sal- 
pointe performed  his  duties  as  Ordinary  of  the  Archdiocese 
of  Santa  Fe,  his  faith,  strengthened  by  previous  trials  and 
successes,  enabled  him  to  administer  the  affairs  of  the  Church 
with  the  assurance  of  God's  help.  He  faced  the  problem  of 
"Los  Penitentes"  and  attempted  a  solution.  He  instituted  the 
first  of  the  Archdiocesan  Synods  to  regulate  and  systematize 
both  the  spiritual  and  temporal  business  of  the  Church.  He 
succeeded  in  securing  Government  support  for  Indian  schools 
and  also  saw  the  erection  of  St.  Catherine's  Industrial  School 
for  Indians,  built  with  funds  from  Mother  Catherine  Drexel. 
He  expanded  the  number  of  parishes  and  schools,  and  when 
the  Jesuit  Fathers  moved  their  College  from  Las  Vegas,  New 
Mexico,  in  1888,  he  had  a  diocesan  College,  staffed  by  Chris- 
tian Brothers,  built  to  replace  it. 

During  the  years  he  spent  in  Tucson  after  he  had  resigned 
his  office  as  Archbishop  of  Santa  Fe  on  January  7, 1894,  Arch- 

1.  Salpointe,  Soldiers  of  the  Croat,  op.  cit.,  pp.  255-256. 


SALPOINTE  229 

bishop  Salpointe,  ever  the  scholar,  collected  and  preserved  for 
posterity  that  story  of  the  spread  of  the  Catholic  faith  that 
inspired  and  encouraged  the  early  missionaries  in  the  South- 
west region  of  the  United  States.  In  his  volume,  Soldiers  of 
the  Cross,  although  not  a  definitive  study,  the  story  of  the 
Roman  Catholic  Church  in  the  Southwest  is  traced  from  its 
earliest  beginnings  down  to  1896.  The  events  mentioned  to- 
wards the  end  of  the  volume  are  rather  sketchy,  which  can 
no  doubt  be  accounted  for  when  it  is  realized  that  Archbishop 
Salpointe  commenced  this  work  when  he  was  sixty-nine  years 
old  and  completed  it  a  few  months  before  his  death  on  July 
15,  1898,  at  seventy-three  years  of  age. 

The  Faith,  which,  in  1866,  as  Vicar  General  of  Bishop 
Lamy,  Father  Salpointe  labored  to  plant  and  extend  in  the 
Arizona  Territory  has  today  multiplied  itself  one  hundred 
fold.  In  the  Diocese  of  Tucson,  according  to  the  last  official 
records,  there  are  one  hundred  eighty-eight  priests,  governed 
by  the  Ordinary  of  the  Diocese  who  is  assisted  by  an  Auxili- 
ary Bishop.  There  are  sixty-seven  parishes,  fifty-six  chapels 
and  fifty-eight  missions.  Four  hundred  fifty-six  Sisters  of 
seventeen  different  Religious  orders  staff  the  schools  and  hos- 
pitals. In  the  forty-four  Catholic  high  and  elementary  schools 
over  twenty-eight  thousand  youths  are  enrolled.2 

These  statistics  are  ample  proof  that  the  seeds  of  the  Faith 
planted  and  nourished  by  Archbishop  Salpointe  in  the  fertile 
area  of  Tucson  have  blossomed  and  are  monuments  of  recog- 
nition to  Archbishop  Salpointe  and  the  other  Soldiers  of  the 
Cross.  This  present  study  has  endeavored  to  demonstrate  the 
complete  appropriateness  of  the  one  word  embossed  below 
the  shield  on  Archbishop  Salpointe's  coat  of  arms,  Fides, 
faith. 


2.  Official  Catholic  Directory,  (New  York:  P.  J.  Kennedy,  1965),  pp.  657-660, 


Book  Reviews 

Guide  to  Materials  on  Latin  America  in  the  National  Ar- 
chives. By  John  P.  Harrison.  Washington :  The  National 
Archives,  1961.  Vol.  I,  Pp.  246. 

"The  purpose  of  the  guide,"  states  Dr.  Harrison,  "is  to 
describe  and  assist  the  investigator  in  locating  the  materials 
in  the  National  Archives  concerned  with  Latin  America." 
This  is  a  comprehensive  regional  supplement,  the  first  such 
issued  to  the  general  Guide  to  the  Records  in  the  National  Ar- 
chives (1948).  It  is  the  first  of  two  volumes  to  be  issued  on 
Latin  America  and  covers  the  "general"  records  of  the  Gov- 
ernment and  of  the  Departments  of  State,  Treasury,  War, 
and  Navy. 

This  is  an  impressive,  detailed  survey ;  it  is  the  fruit  of 
Mr.  Harrison's  half-dozen  years  of  employment  as  Latin 
American  specialist  for  the  National  Archives.  The  guide 
makes  intelligible  the  complex  organizational  breakdown  of 
the  archives  and  describes  the  magnitude,  nature,  general 
substance,  and  possible  research  value  of  Latin  American 
materials  extant  in  the  numerous  record  groups.  The  tech- 
nique used  is  to  describe  representative  documents  in  each 
record  group  in  sufficient  detail  to  suggest  the  possible  value 
and  interest  the  individual  collection  might  have  for  the 
researcher. 

Described  under  the  section  "General  Records  of  United 
States  Government"  are  the  reports  of  the  claims  commis- 
sions, of  the  boundary  commissions,  and  of  United  States  par- 
ticipation in  all  the  Inter-American  Conferences  and  Com- 
missions since  1826. 

In  the  State  Department  section,  to  which  about  40  per 
cent  of  the  guide  is  devoted,  Mr.  Harrison  places  the  descrip- 
tive emphasis  upon  little  known  and  seldom  used  collections. 
Definitely  not  in  the  latter  category  are  the  Diplomatic  In- 
structions and  Diplomatic  Dispatches,  both  of  which  are  now 
available  on  microfilm.  But  for  the  person  who  wishes  to  dig 

230 


BOOK  REVIEWS  231 

deeply  this  guide  will  suggest  to  him  the  mine  of  untapped 
information  hidden  in  the  voluminous  consular  materials  and 
post  records.  There  is  also  a  section  on  the  Territorial  Papers. 

The  Treasury  Department  section  deals  mainly  with  the 
problem  of  customs  collections  at  various  Gulf  Coast  ports. 
This  includes  the  activities  of  the  Coast  Guard.  In  the  general 
report  of  treasury  agents,  there  is  a  special  section  (pp.  145- 
146)  dealing  with  smuggling  and  other  activities  along  the 
Rio  Grande. 

Of  main  interest  to  Southwest  historians,  however,  will 
be  the  War  Department  section,  for  the  records  described 
herein  relate  mainly  to  the  Mexican  border  area.  Main  cate- 
gories include  the  Mexican  War,  the  subsequent  border  trou- 
bles (both  Mexican  and  Indian)  in  the  latter  part  of  the  nine- 
teenth century,  and  the  Mexican  Revolution  (1910-1921). 
Also  listed  herein  are  fairly  complete  records  of  the  activi- 
ties of  the  United  States  Army  in  Cuba  and  the  Canal  Zone. 

The  final  section,  that  dealing  with  the  Navy  Department, 
is  the  best  organized.  The  reports  from  ship  captains  have  a 
special  importance,  says  Mr.  Harrison,  for  "after  1830,  when- 
ever there  was  a  revolution  of  national  importance  or  a  local 
political  disturbance  in  Latin  America  that  threatened  the 
lives  or  investments  of  United  States  citizens,  a  United  States 
naval  vessel  was  likely  to  be  on  the  spot."  There  is  also  a  de- 
tailed account  of  the  records  available  on  the  extensive  Ma- 
rine Corps  activity  in  the  Caribbean  and  Central  America 
during  the  years  1915-1932. 

This  guide  is  an  indispensable  research  tool  both  for  his- 
torians dealing  with  Latin  America,  and  with  Latin  America 
and  the  United  States.  In  addition,  it  should  be  of  special  in- 
terest to  scholars  doing  research  on  the  southwest  since  1830 
because  of  the  large  amount  of  North  Mexican  and  border- 
land materials  described.  Use  of  this  first  volume  of  the  guide 
will  be  greatly  facilitated  by  the  publication  of  Volume  2, 
which  is  to  contain  the  index  for  both. 

University  of  New  Mexico  EDWIN  LIEUWEN 


232  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

The  Cattle  Kings.  By  Lewis  Atherton.  Bloomington :  Indiana 
University  Press,  1961.  Pp.  xii,  308.  Ills.,  maps,  index. 
$6.95. 

Richard  Trimble,  a  recent  Harvard  graduate  turned  cat- 
tleman, wrote  home  to  his  parents  in  New  York  City  on 
February  22, 1883, 

I  am  sorry  thee  has  so  little  confidence  in  my  ability  to  judge 
whether  it  is  for  my  advantage  to  stay  on  the  ranch  or  in  Chey- 
enne. There  are  two  sides  to  the  cattle  business,  the  theory  and 
the  practice,  one  of  which  is  better  learned  in  Cheyenne  where 
men  congregate  and  the  other  on  the  ranch. 
(Trimble  Collection,  Western  History  Research  Center,  Uni- 
versity of  Wyoming) 

These  two  sentences  summed  up  in  graphic  manner  the 
dilemma,  theoretically  speaking,  which  faced  many  eastern 
would-be  cattlemen.  A  quick  perusal  of  their  annual  reports 
is  all  the  evidence  that  is  necessary  to  discover  that  most  cat- 
tlemen were  not  troubled  by  alternatives  of  theory  and  prac- 
tice. As  for  Trimble,  more  conscientious  than  many  of  his 
friends,  he  alternated  between  the  two  cultures  for  three 
years  before  returning  to  Wall  Street  where  he  eventually 
became  the  first  secretary  of  the  U.  S.  Steel  Corporation. 

Lewis  Atherton  has  written  a  socio-cultural  study  of  the 
cattlemen  with  an  added  dash  of  economic  analysis.  Who  was 
this  figure  of  a  cattleman  ?  He  came  from  a  diverse  and  cosmo- 
politan eastern  background.  The  motivations  for  leaving  the 
East  were  as  varied  as  the  backgrounds ;  health,  excitement, 
visions  of  economic  rewards,  or  just  plain  wanderlust  re- 
sulted in  the  easterner  appearing  on  the  frontier. 

Once  in  the  West  he  developed  a  way  of  life  which  was 
noted  for  both  stability  and  paradoxes.  A  pragmatist,  the 
cattleman  had  a  live  and  let  live  philosophy.  Yet  when  he 
was  pressed  by  economic  circumstances  his  laissez-faire  ap- 
proach could  easily  vanish.  A  firm  believer  in  discipline,  he, 
on  occasion  would  succumb  to  lawlessness,  as  the  studies  of 
Wayne  Gard  and  John  Caughey  have  shown.  Hard  in  his  per- 


BOOK  REVIEWS  233 

sonal  business  dealings,  he  was  often  generous  with  his  fam- 
ily and  philanthropies  (though  the  latter  was  frequently  left 
to  his  wife).  In  that  overworked  phrase,  he  was  a  rugged 
individualist,  who  would  co-operate  with  other  cattlemen  in 
forming  stock  growers  associations  for  the  purpose  of  solv- 
ing problems  of  mutual  concern.  Yet  his  allegiance  to  these 
organizations  was  to  tenuous  that  he  would  readily  resign  his 
membership  (after  the  disastrous  winter  of  1886-1887,  the 
cattlemen  resigned  wholesale  from  the  Wyoming  Stock 
Growers  Association,  a  study  in  futility  as  well  as  econom- 
ics) .  There  was  a  more  finely  balanced  mixture  of  individual- 
ism and  co-operation  than  has  been  generally  admitted. 

The  author  offers  his  most  viable  contribution  in  reveal- 
ing the  common  denominators  between  the  Western  cattle- 
men and  the  Eastern  businessman.  Was  there  as  much  of  a 
clash  of  culture  as  has  been  assumed?  An  Eastern  culture 
often  did  thrive  when  transplanted  to  the  West.  However 
the  reverse  process  of  the  Western  facade  being  grafted  onto 
the  East  could  be  as  artificial  as  false  fronted  architecture. 

What  seems  to  disturb  the  author  most  is  why  the  central 
figure  of  the  range  economy  has  been  neglected,  when  the 
cowboy  has  been  transformed  into  a  folk  hero.  The  author 
suggests  several  reasons:  there  was  a  general  distrust  of 
business  in  the  late  nineteenth  century,  the  cowboy  was  a 
more  generally  identifiable  species  than  the  individualistic 
cattleman,  and  the  cowboy  was  good  copy  for  writers — action 
rather  than  character  subtleties  were  conducive  to  a  uncom- 
plicated plot.  What  Atherton  has  left  unanswered  is  why  so 
much  of  this  western  range  fiction  is  so  inferior  in  literary 
quality.  Little  historical  imagination  is  necessary  to  note  that 
the  cattleman  may  well  have  had  a  better  fate  in  being  ne- 
glected than  the  cowboy  has  received  by  being  embalmed  by 
hordes  of  pulp  writers. 

Atherton's  announced  aim  of  placing  the  cattleman  in 
American  culture  has  been  achieved  successfully  with  an  ease 
of  literary  style  that  many  historians  might  well  envy. 

University  of  Wyoming  GENE  M.  GRESSLEY 


234  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

An  Affair  of  Honor.  Woodrow  Wilson  and  the  Occupation  of 
Veracruz.  By  Robert  E.  Quirk.  Lexington :  University  of 
Kentucky  Press,  1962.  Pp.  vi,  184.  $5.00. 

Since  the  United  States  has  been  reaping  in  Latin  Amer- 
ica an  unhappy  harvest  sown  in  an  age  of  exuberant  adoles- 
cence, the  historian  of  diplomacy  has  virtually  a  mandate  to 
berate  the  shapers  and  misshapers  of  an  abortive  foreign  pol- 
icy with  the  irreverence  and  zeal  for  expose  which  charac- 
terized the  muckrakers  of  the  Progressive  Era.  Alas,  poor 
Wilson!  Once  revered  as  a  towering  idealist,  he  has  been 
steadily  reduced  in  stature  until  one  suspects  he  may  subse- 
quently appear  in  history — until  resurrected  by  neo-idealists 
— as  merely  the  first  in  a  line  of  golfplaying  presidents.  In- 
deed, when  the  golf  scores  of  chief  executives  are  compared — 
a  research  task  not  yet  accomplished — it  is  probable  we  shall 
learn  that  Wilson  was  as  impervious  to  advice  on  the  links  as 
he  was  in  the  White  House,  thereby  accruing  shamefully  high 
scores  and  falling  into  innumerable  sandtraps,  while  insist- 
ing on  using  his  old  No.  3  iron  despite  the  would-be  peer 
group's  advice  to  use  a  putter.  Such  is  the  inevitable  fate,  as 
David  Riesman  might  say,  of  an  inner-directed  man  in  a  so- 
ciety moving  toward  the  other-directedness  typified  by  War- 
ren G.  Harding. 

Robert  E.  Quirk  is  unquestionably  one  of  the  most  able 
and  talented  of  those  presently  engaged  in  exposing  the  fables 
and  foibles  of  United  States  foreign  policy  in  the  interven- 
tionist period  in  Latin  America.  The  present  work,  awarded 
$1,000  by  the  Mississippi  Valley  Historical  Association,  was 
preceded  by  the  author's  The  Mexican  Revolution,  1914-1915 
(Indiana  University  Press,  1960),  which  received  the  Bolton 
prize  of  the  American  Historical  Association. 

Since  Professor  Quirk  seems  unable,  or  at  least  unwilling, 
to  write  anything  less  than  a  prize  winner,  one  may  wonder 
as  to  the  secrets  of  his  success.  In  the  opinion  of  this  reviewer, 
the  excellence  of  An  Affair  of  Honor  rests  on  two  qualities. 
One  is  thoroughness  of  research.  The  author  has  carefully 


BOOK  REVIEWS  235 

examined  an  impressive  quantity  of  sources — Navy  logbooks, 
newspapers,  diaries,  private  papers,  and  appropriate  files  in 
the  National  Archives,  the  Departments  of  the  Army,  Navy, 
and  Interior,  and  the  Mexican  archives.  Like  Justin  Smith 
before  him,  who  walked  the  routes  of  the  United  States  army 
in  the  war  with  Mexico,  Professor  Quirk  has  viewed  at  first 
hand  the  site  of  the  Tampico  incident  and  has  absorbed  by 
observation,  interviews  with  old  residents,  and  intensive 
reading,  the  atmosphere  of  Veracruz  in  1914,  scene  of  the 
seven  months'  occupation  by  United  States  military  forces. 

Secondly,  the  author  sketches  his  characters  and  scenes 
convincingly  and  with  frequent  evidence  of  artistry.  One 
does  not  soon  forget,  even  if  one  does  not  entirely  agree  with, 
Quirk's  Wilson — so  convinced  of  his  own  Tightness  that  it 
was  a  standing  joke  at  the  White  House  that  complete  ignor- 
ance of  Mexico  was  an  indispensable  qualification  for  talk- 
ing to  Wilson  about  it.  About  Wilson,  Quirk  observed  that 
"nothing  bolsters  a  man's  confidence  in  his  own  rectitude 
more  than  scanty  information." 

Equally  vivid  are  portrayals  of  Nelson  J.  O'Shaughnessy, 
the  charge  d'affaires  in  Mexico  and  his  wife,  for  whom  diplo- 
matic life  was  a  "mad  whirl  of  entertainment."  They  are 
glimpsed  most  often  in  proximity  with  Victoriano  Huerta — 
the  Mexican  president  whom  Wilson  was  trying  to  eject  from 
power.  O'Shaughnessy  is  pictured  exchanging  "abrazos"  and 
jokes  with  Huerta ;  his  wife,  on  many  occasions,  is  seen  "look- 
ing almost  regal"  when  entering  salons  on  the  arm  of  the 
Mexican  president.  Rear  Admiral  Henry  T.  Mayo,  "firm- 
jawed  with  a  scraggly  mustache,"  is  unforgettable  as  the 
commander  off  Tampico  who  demanded  official  apologies  for 
the  arrest  of  some  American  sailors,  while  Secretary  of  State 
Bryan  is  portrayed  as  cheerfully  misreading  and  misinter- 
preting dispatches  from  Mexico. 

Nor  will  readers  soon  forget  Quirk's  description  of  Vera- 
cruz in  1914  where  "sea  and  sky  strive  to  match  or  surpass 
each  other  with  azure  blue  for  emerald  green,  filmy  cloud  for 
whitecap  and  spume."  One  may  almost  smell  the  city  where 


236  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

vultures  reeked  of  carrion  as  they  hopped  about  in  the  meat 
market  feeding  on  waste  scraps  tossed  on  the  floor.  The  occu- 
pation of  Veracruz  by  some  7,000  troops  is  excellently  pre- 
sented— the  massive  cleaning  up  of  garbage,  of  venereal  dis- 
ease, and  of  the  vile  prison  of  San  Juan  de  Ulua.  Quirk  is  can- 
did in  his  revelation  of  United  States'  soldiers  abroad — lin- 
ing up  by  the  scores  for  their  favorite  prostitute.  One  almost 
suspects  that  humor  won  out  over  verity  in  the  sources  to 
read  that  American  and  other  foreign  prostitutes,  barred 
from  operating  in  Veracruz  out  of  respect  for  Mexico's  na- 
tional feelings,  protested  that  such  restriction  was  in  viola- 
tion of  freedom  of  trade. 

An  Affair  of  Honor  does  not  so  much  reinterpret  the 
events  in  United  States  relations  with  Mexico  between  April 
and  November,  1914,  as  it  demonstrates  that  American  repre- 
sentatives abroad,  whether  of  the  military  or  diplomatic 
corps,  distorted  facts  in  their  reporting  of  incidents  which  in- 
flamed the  nationalism  of  which  Mayo,  Wilson  and  others 
were,  in  their  various  ways,  an  expression.  One  does  learn 
that  the  munitions  cargo  of  the  German  ship,  Ypiranga,  origi- 
nated with  Remington  in  New  York  rather  than  in  Germany 
as  scholars  familiar  with  only  the  documents  in  the  Foreign 
Relations  of  the  United  States  have  supposed.  But  in  general 
the  main  outline  of  developments,  which  have  to  do  with  Wil- 
son's efforts  to  extricate  himself  from  the  sandtrap  of  uphold- 
ing United  States'  honor,  remains  unchanged. 

There  are  a  few  statements  which  tend  to  be  misleading. 
In  the  preface,  p.  v,  to  point  out  that  military  occupation  sup- 
pressed civil  rights  is  to  assume  that  such  rights  previously 
existed  in  practice.  It  is  also  only  a  partial  explanation  to  say 
that  Mexican  resentment  in  1914  was  due  to  Wilson's  injec- 
tion of  a  moral  issue  into  his  non-recognition  policy.  It  would 
appear  that  rising  Mexican  nationalism,  rather  than  Wilson's 
moralism,  was  responsible  for  the  reaction  in  Mexico  which 
was  so  different  than  that  displayed  in  1847-48.  The  author 
also  is  inconsistent  in  saying  that  Wilson  would  sacrifice 
American  property  owners  in  Tampico  to  his  policy  of  oust- 


BOOK  REVIEWS  237 

ing  Huerta  (p.  48) ,  when  on  p.  18  he  had  stated  it  was  Wil- 
son's general  policy  (Huerta  or  no  Huerta)  not  to  protect 
property  owners  abroad.  The  author  also  yields  rather  too 
much  to  effect  in  saying  the  Americans  "killed  hundreds  of 
Mexicans  to  take  Veracruz"  (p.  154)  when  he  had  earlier 
stated  the  figure  was  about  200,  or  possibly  somewhat  more. 
"Hundreds"  imply  many  more  than  200  as  a  descriptive 
statement  of  quantity.  Lastly,  those  nurtured  on  Ray  Stan- 
nard  Baker's  Woodrow  Wilson,  6  vols.  (New  York,  1946) 
will  find  it  difficult  wholly  to  replace  the  favorable  if  biased 
image  of  Wilson  in  that  work  with  the  crochety,  egotistical, 
golf  player  reflected  in  Quirk's  book. 

The  virtues  of  An  Affair  of  Honor,  however,  vastly  out- 
weigh any  defects.  For  a  picture  of  how  individuals  shape  for- 
eign policy,  of  conduct  and  misconduct  abroad,  and  of  the 
motivations  and  manners  of  leading  figures  in  American  di- 
plomacy, this  work  achieves  a  high  standard.  The  histori- 
ography of  United  States  diplomacy  has  been  greatly  en- 
riched by  this  contribution. 

University  of  New  Mexico  TROY  S.  FLOYD 

El  Morro:  Inscription  Rock,  New  Mexico.  By  John  M.  Slater. 
Los  Angeles :  The  Plantin  Press,  1961.  Pp.  xiv,  157.  Illus- 
trations, maps,  bibliography  and  index.  $30.00. 

El  Morro  is  introduced  to  the  reader  by  Lawrence  Clark 
Powell  with  his  usual  poetic  sensitivity  to  the  Southwestern 
scene.  He  is  followed  by  a  brief  historical  sketch  for  the  Span- 
ish-Mexican period,  beginning  with  Cabeza  de  Baca,  that  dis- 
cusses the  various  travelers  who  passed  by  the  rock  and 
presents  a  translation  of  their  inscriptions  (pp.  1-25) .  The 
American  Period  (p.  27-50)  includes  selective  inscriptions, 
largely  before  1875,  and  an  account  of  the  establishment  of 
El  Morro  as  a  National  Monument. 

A  list  of  the  inscriptions  with  a  reference  system  to  a  map 
whereby  the  reader  can  locate  the  site  of  a  particular  item 
on  the  rock  fills  pp.  53-72,  followed  by  pictures  of  the  rock, 


238  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

pueblo  ruins,  and  inscriptions  (pp.  74-133) .  These  are  photo- 
graphs with  a  few  reprints  of  sketches  from  older  publica- 
tions. The  artistry  is  of  the  highest  quality. 

The  book  is  an  invaluable  reproduction  of  an  historical 
record  that  will  be  destroyed  eventually  by  nature  with  its 
dedicated  purpose  of  changing  the  face  of  the  earth.  El  Morro 
is  a  monument  of  sandstone  and  cannot  endure  forever,  least 
of  all  the  recordings  of  travelers  who  pasaron  por  aqui. 

F.D.R. 

The  United  States  and  Poncho  Villa:  a  Study  in  Unconven- 
tional Diplomacy.  By  Clarence  C.  Clendenen.  Ithaca:  Cor- 
nell University  Press.  1961.  Pp.  xiv.  352.  $5.75. 

Whether  as  an  object  of  wild  adulation  or  bitter  hatred, 
or  as  a  leading  character  in  a  Broadway  musical,  Pancho  Villa 
has  always  evoked  strong  emotions.  A  winner  of  the  Ameri- 
can Historical  Association's  Beveridge  Award  for  1961,  this 
scholarly  book  subjects  one  phase  of  Villa's  colorful  career 
to  objective  scrutiny.  Its  author  is  a  retired  colonel  who  began 
his  army  service  on  the  Mexican  border  soon  after  World 
War  I.  Focussing  primarily  on  the  diplomatic  relations  be- 
tween the  Mexican  leader  and  American  officials  during  the 
Wilson  era,  Clendenen  seeks  to  explain  why,  despite  a  half 
century  of  border  clashes  before  1914,  a  diplomatic  crisis 
then  developed.  A  large  portion  of  the  book  traces  the  rever- 
berations of  the  Mexican  revolution  in  American  foreign 
policy.  Patiently  the  author  fills  in  details  to  indicate  Wilson's 
shifting  attitudes  towards  Villa  and  Carranza.  Clendenen 
feels  that  once  the  complicated  patchwork  of  Mexican  poli- 
tics during  the  revolution  is  laid  bare  Wilson's  policies  are 
fully  vindicated. 

This  volume  makes  at  least  two  contributions  towards  a 
better  understanding  of  United  States-Mexican  relations.  As 
a  student  of  diplomacy,  Clendenen  is  able  to  ignore  many  of 
Villa's  barbarities  which  are  only  incidental  in  this  account, 
and  to  paint  a  more  favorable  portrait  of  the  Revolutionary 


BOOK  REVIEWS  239 

leader.  Until  Wilson's  recognition  of  Carranza  in  1916,  Villa 
was  consistently  friendly  towards  the  United  States.  Among 
the  political  figures  in  Mexico  there  was  none  who  was  more 
favorably  inclined  towards  the  big  neighbor  in  the  north.  In 
contrast,  Carranza  is  pictured  here  not  as  a  benign  democrat, 
but  as  an  implacable  and  obstinate  foe  of  American  policies, 
good  or  bad.  Perhaps  the  greatest  contribution  of  the  book  is 
to  place  the  Mexican  troubles  into  their  proper  context  within 
American  diplomacy.  The  author  shows  that  these  difficulties 
were  of  much  greater  concern  to  Wilson  than  has  been  re- 
alized by  historians  who  have  concentrated  on  his  relations 
with  German  and  European  statesmen.  The  bandit  raids  of 
Villa  had  ramifications  that  were  global.  German  military 
leaders,  especially  Ludendorff  and  Bernstorff,  were  convinced 
by  Wilson's  "watchful  waiting"  that  the  United  States  was 
weak,  incompetent  and  indecisive  and  would  not  resort  to  war 
even  under  extreme  provocation.  This  impression  contributed 
heavily  towards  the  decision  to  renew  unrestricted  submarine 
warfare  in  January,  1917,  and  to  the  ill-fated  Zimmerman 
Telegram.  If  the  skirmishes  along  the  Texas  border  were 
sometimes  of  small  magnitude,  their  implications  were  of 
world-wide  significance. 

Scholars  will  welcome  Clendenen's  book.  In  many  parts 
the  style  is  clear  and  the  documentation  adequate.  Dr.  Clen- 
denen  has  relied  primarily  on  American  sources  including 
State  Department  publications,  Army  records  in  the  National 
Archives,  and  personal  manuscripts  like  those  of  Pershing. 
Unfortunately  he  has  not  used  Mexican  sources.  In  Mexico 
City  the  personal  archives  of  General  Roque  Gonzales  Garza, 
president  of  the  Convention  in  1914,  contain  much  pertinent 
correspondence  with  Villa.  There  are  no  references  to  ma- 
terials in  the  Ejercito  Nacional  or  the  Relaciones  Exteriores. 
The  absence  of  citations  to  Mexican  or  Southwestern  news- 
papers indicates  that  the  author  has  not  extensively  used  vast 
and  fruitful  collections  in  the  Hemeroteca  Nacional  and  the 
Biblioteca  de  Mexico,  or  in  the  Library  of  Congress  and  the 
Universities  of  Texas,  Arizona  and  New  Mexico.  Neverthe- 


240  NEW   MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

less,  this  is  a  useful  account  which  can  be  read  with  profit  not 
only  by  students  of  the  Southwest,  and  of  American  diplo- 
macy, but  also  by  specialists  in  Latin-American  studies.  It 
illuminates  the  complicated  web  of  domestic  politics  and  di- 
plomacy on  both  sides  of  the  border  in  a  period  when  both 
nations  were  in  the  throes  of  crisis. 

University  of  New  Mexico  GERALD  D.  NASH 


^Mexico 


Historical  "Review 


Palace  of  the  Governors,  Santa  Fe 


October,  1962 


CITY,  MO. 
UBLIC  LIBRARY 


FRANK  D.  REEVE 

PERCY  M.  BALDWIN 
FRANCE  V.  SCHOLES 


Editors 
Associates 

BRUCE  T.ELLIS 


PAUL  A.  F.  WALTER 

GEORGE  P.  HAMMOND 
ELEANOR  B.  ADAMS 


VOL.  XXXVII 


OCTOBER,  1962 


No.  4 


CONTENTS 


The  Great  New  Mexico  Cattle  Raid — 1872 
Charles  L.  Kenner      .... 


Page 


243 


Sheep  Husbandry  in  New  Mexico,  1902-1903 
Edited  by  William  J.  Parish  (continued) 


260 


The  Triangle  and  the  Tetragrammaton 
Floyd  S.  Fierman      .... 


310 


Notes  and  Documents 322 


THE  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW  is  published  jointly  by  the 
Historical  Society  of  New  Mexico  and  The  University  of  New  Mexico. 
Subscription  to  the  REVIEW  is  by  membership  in  the  Society — open  to  all. 
Dues,  including  subscription,  $5.00  annually,  in  advance.  Single  num- 
bers, except  a  few  which  have  become  scarce,  are  $1.00  each.  For  further 
information  regarding  back  files  and  other  publications  available,  see 
back  cover. 

Membership  dues  and  other  business  communications  should  be  ad- 
dressed to  the  Historical  Society  of  New  Mexico,  Box  1727,  Santa  Fe, 
N.  M.  Manuscripts  and  editorial  correspondence  should  be  addressed 
to  Prof.  Frank  D.  Reeve,  The  University  of  New  Mexico,  Albuquerque, 
N.M.  

Entered  as  second-class  matter  at  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico 
PRINTED  AT  THE  UNIVERSITY  OP  NEW  MEXICO,  ALBUQUERQUE 


NEW  MEXICO    HISTORICAL 
REVIEW 

VOL.  XXXVII  OCTOBER,  1962  No.  4 

THE  GREAT  NEW  MEXICO  CATTLE  RAID— 1872 
By  CHARLES  L.  KENNER* 

IN  THE  autumn  of  1872  there  occurred  one  of  the  most  auda- 
cious events  in  New  Mexico's  turbulent  history.  John 
Hittson — a  true  Titan  of  the  Texas  cattle  country1 — led  a 
slashing  raid  into  the  territory  searching  for  cattle  which 
the  Comancheros  had  stolen  from  his  native  ranges.  For  at 
least  six  weeks  Hittson's  armed  bands  terrorized  the  eastern 
outskirts  of  settlement  rounding  up  and  then  brazenly  driv- 
ing several  thousand  cattle  northward  to  Colorado.  The  raid's 
unsurpassed  boldness  has  led  writers  from  Joseph  McCoy 
in  1873  down  to  the  present  to  comment  on  it,  but  a  synthe- 
sized account  has  never  been  published.  The  lack  of  one  has 
led  to  the  publication  of  much  misleading  data  as,  for  in- 
stance, an  account  by  the  talented  Mari  Sandoz  in  her  popu- 
lar history,  The  Cattlemen.  Miss  Sandoz  describes  two  raids 
— the  first  being  led  by  H.  M.  Childress  in  1872  which  encour- 
aged William  Hittson,  the  Texas  cowman  known  as  Colonel 
John,  to  try  his  own  raid  in  1873.  It  supposedly  was  carried 
out  successfully  with  the  aid  of  only  "three  very  good  men 
with  guns."2  However,  there  was  only  one  raid  and  that  was 
led  by  John  Hittson  with  at  least  ninety  instead  of  three  gun- 


*  Department  of  History,  San  Angelo  College,  2600  West  Avenue  N,  San  Angelo,  Texas. 

1.  For  an  account  of  Hittson's  rise  to  prominence  see  the  author's  "John  Hittson, 
West  Texas  Cattle  King,"  accepted  for  publication  by  West  Texas  Historical  Association 
Year  Book. 

2.  Mari  Sandoz,  The  Cattlemen  from  the  Rio  Grande  Across  the  Far  Mar  as    (New 
York:  Hastings  House,  1958),  215. 

243 


244  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

men  present.  William  Hittson,  John's  brother  and  an  out- 
standing ranchman  in  his  own  right,  was  not  even  associated 
with  it  and  H.  M.  Childress  was  only  a  subordinate  on  the 
raid. 

When  he  decided  to  lead  an  armed  expedition  into  New 
Mexico  to  recapture  his  stolen  cattle,  John  Hittson  was  pre- 
paring to  meet  head-on  a  movement  that  had  long  scourged 
the  Texas  border,  the  Comanchero  trade  in  stolen  cattle.  The 
Comancheros  themselves  had  originated  innocently  enough 
soon  after  the  conclusion  of  a  lasting  peace  between  the 
Comanches  and  New  Mexicans  in  1786,  serving  as  small- 
time purveyors  of  civilization  to  the  Indians.  As  early  as  the 
1820's  they  probably  began  to  accept  cattle  along  with  the 
buffalo  hides  they  regularly  received  in  payment  for  their 
trade  goods.3  Until  the  outbreak  of  the  Civil  War,  however, 
the  number  traded  was  so  small  as  to  go  completely  unno- 
ticed ;  then  the  situation  changed  radically. 

The  Indians  may  well  have  been  encouraged  to  raid 
Texas  by  some  federal  military  officials  in  New  Mexico  hoping 
thus  to  injure  the  Texans'  war  effort;4  but  a  more  significant 
incentive  was  the  decreasing  buffalo  population  on  the  plains 
which  forced  the  Comanches  to  seek  a  substitute  staple  of 
exchange  for  the  Comanchero's  guns,  ammunition,  and  whis- 
key, upon  which  they  had  grown  dependent.  Regardless  of 
what  motivated  the  Indians,  the  lush  Texas  ranges,  teeming 
with  practically  untended  cattle,  were  completely  vulnerable 
to  their  lightning-like  thrusts,  and  evidences  of  their  activi- 
ties multipled  as  the  Civil  War  continued. 

In  early  1864,  H.  T.  Ketcham,  a  special  Indian  agent,  vis- 
ited the  winter  camps  of  the  Comanches  to  vaccinate  them 
for  small  pox  and  reported  that  not  only  were  they  holding 
herds  of  cattle,  but  that  they  were  also  preparing  for  another 
raid  upon  Texas.6  Later  in  the  same  year  Lieutenant  Fran- 

8.  In  1871  some  New  Mexicans  said  the  cattle  trade  had  been  going  on  for  over  fifty 
years.  Santa  Fe  Weekly  Post,  June  17, 1871. 

4.  "Report  of  Indian  Agent  Lorenzo  Labadi,"  Annual  Report  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Indian  Affairs,  1867  (Washington:  Government  Printing  Office,  1868),  215. 

6.  "Report  of  H.  T.  Ketchum,  April  10,  1864,"  Annual  Report  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Indian  Affairs,  1864  (Washington:  Government  Printing  Office,  1865),  258. 


HITTSON  RAID  245 

cisco  Abreu,  the  Federal  commander  at  Fort  Bascom  in  east- 
ern New  Mexico,  stated  that  New  Mexican  traders  were 
bringing  in  large  numbers  of  cattle  from  the  plains.6 

Thus  started,  the  trade  was  not  injured  by  the  closing 
of  the  Civil  War ;  indeed,  it  was  given  a  shot  in  the  arm.  The 
vengeance-minded  Federals  blindly  stripped  the  border  of  all 
protection  for  a  time,  and  their  later  half-hearted  efforts  to 
stop  the  Indian  raiding  were  completely  unavailing.  Indica- 
tive of  the  raids  is  the  report  of  Lorenzo  Labadi,  a  veteran 
New  Mexican  Indian  agent,  who  visited  the  Comanches  try- 
ing to  persuade  them  to  stop  raiding  in  Texas.  Upon  his  re- 
turn he  reported  that  the  Indian  camps  were  "fairly 
swamped"  with  cattle  and  horses  and  that  no  less  than  eigh- 
teen war  parties  were  out  on  raids  against  the  Texas  fron- 
tier.7 Since  just  one  band  of  seventy-five  braves  were  reported 
to  have  stolen  4,100  cattle  in  a  single  week,8  the  damage 
caused  by  such  wide-spread  raiding  was  undoubtedly  tre- 
mendous. 

From  bitter  experience,  John  Hittson  probably  learned 
as  much  about  the  trade  as  anyone.  In  relating  an  account  of 
its  workings  to  a  Denver  reporter,  he  blamed  the  losses  he  and 
other  cattlemen  had  been  suffering  upon  three  classes  of 
people : 

First  and  chief  est,  are  a  set  of  men  in  New  Mexico — merchants, 
who  occupy  prominent  and  responsible  positions  before  the 
public.  Next,  are  what  are  termed  Comancheros,  a  low  des- 
perate class  of  Greasers,  who  are  in  the  employ  of  these  mer- 
chants to  perform  the  dirty  work  and  act  as  go-betweens.  Then 
come  the  Indians  I  have  spoken  of.  Their  plan  of  operation  is 
this:  The  merchants  .  .  .  furnish  the  Comancheros  with  pro- 
visions, blankets,  trinkets,  and  other  things  which  an  Indian 
admires  and  will  work  for.  The  Comancheros  go  to  the  tribes 
with  whom  they  are  on  friendly  footing,  being  half-blooded 
some  of  them,  and  make  known  their  wants — or  give  their 


6.  Lt.  Francisco  Abreu  to  Captain  Robert  Cutler,  October  10,  1864.   War  of  the  Re- 
bellion, Official  Records  (Series  I),  vol.  34,  part  4,  page  422. 

7.  "Report  of  Lorenzo  Labadi,"  op.  cit.,  215. 

8.  Weekly  New  Mexican  (Santa  Fe),  July  21,  1868. 


246  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

order,  as  it  were — for  a  nice  herd  of  Texas  cattle.  The  Indians, 
who  live  upon  this  business,  at  once  start  upon  their  thieving 
mission,  and  are  not  unf  requently  accompanied  by  these  Mexi- 
cans, who  are,  on  such  occasions  much  more  savage  and  expert 
than  the  Indians  themselves.9 


Hittson  undoubtedly  suffered  heavily  from  the  Comanche 
cattle  raids,  but  it  is  impossible  to  determine  the  exact  num- 
ber of  his  losses.  One  of  his  hired  hands  testified  many  years 
later  that  "the  number  [of  Hittson's  cattle]  was  lessened  by  a 
fourth,  or  possibly  a  half,"10  but  no  estimates  were  made  by 
Hittson  himself  of  his  losses.  Despite  his  reticence,  the  pos- 
sible scope  of  the  loss  he  suffered  can  be  surmised  from  the 
claims  put  forward  by  one  of  his  less  renowned  neighbors, 
Lewis  A.  Dickson,  of  Wise  County,  who  reported  losing  an 
estimated  $159,750  worth  of  cattle  and  horses  to  the  Indians 
between  1868  and  1873.11 

After  vainly  urging  that  the  Federal  authorities  take 
effective  measures  to  protect  the  cattlemen  by  stationing 
"troops  or  well  organized  companies  of  civilians  on  the  fron- 
tier with  orders  to  arrest  and  bring  to  strict  account  all  sus- 
picious looking  characters,"12  Hittson  decided  to  take  mat- 
ters into  his  own  hands  in  the  spring  of  1872.  He  was  con- 
vinced that  he  could  find  many  of  his  stolen  stock  in  the  val- 
leys of  the  Pecos  and  Canadian  rivers  in  New  Mexico  and 
determined  to  recapture  as  many  as  possible. 

Methodically  he  began  to  carry  out  the  plan.  First,  he  se- 
cured "powers  of  attorney"  from  "nearly  two  hundred"  of 
his  follow  ranchers  in  Texas  giving  him  the  right  to  repre- 
sent them  in  the  civil  courts  to  recover  their  cattle  as  well 
as  his  own.13  Next  he  went  to  Denver  and  "outfitted  three 
parties — about  thirty  men  each."  Arming  them  well,  he  sent 


9.  Rocky  Mountain  News  (Denver),  April  29,  1873. 

10.  Affidavit  of  M.  L.  Johnson,  May  2,  1908.  Indian  Depredation  Cases  #2996,  2997, 
and  3000.  Records  of  the  United  States  Court  of  Claims,  Washington,  D.  C. 

11.  "Indian  Depredation  Claims,"  House  Executive  Document,  49  Cong.,  1885-1886   (37 
vols.,  Washington:  Government  Printing  Office,  1886),  XXXI,  No.  125,  p.  134. 

12.  Colorado  Chieftain  (Pueblo),  July  11, 1872. 
18.  Ibid..  October  17. 1872. 


HITTSON  RAID  247 

them  south  into  New  Mexico  where  he  soon  joined  them  "and 
obtained  another  strong  guard"  in  that  territory.14 

To  assist  him  on  the  raid,  Hittson  recruited  as  lieutenants 
some  veteran  ranchers  only  slightly  less  notable  than  himself. 
Foremost  of  these  was  James  Patterson  who  had  operated 
the  first  large  ranch  on  the  Pecos  below  Fort  Sumner  while 
selling  beef  to  the  Navahos  at  Bosque  Grande  immediately 
after  the  Civil  War.  After  selling  his  property  there  to  John 
Chisum  in  1867,  he  ranched  elsewhere  in  New  Mexico,  rather 
uniquely  marketing  his  beef  through  his  own  meat  market 
in  Santa  Fe.  These  activities  together  with  his  continuing  to 
sell  beef  to  the  government  made  him  one  of  the  largest  Fed- 
eral income  tax  payers  in  New  Mexico  in  both  1867  and  1868. 
Sometime  around  1870  he  moved  to  Colorado,  and  when  the 
New  Mexican  newspapers  spoke  of  him  during  the  raid  his 
address  was  given  as  Denver.15 

One  of  Hittson's  more  colorful  aides  was  a  veteran  trail 
driver  named  H.  M.  Childress,  the  son  of  a  remarkable  pio- 
neer Methodist  circuit  rider  in  West  Texas.  He  had  estab- 
lished one  of  the  earliest  ranches  in  Coleman  County,  from 
which  he  drove  an  average  2,500  head  of  cattle  annually  to 
Abilene  between  1867  and  1871.  Instead  of  prospering,  how- 
ever, he  had  "recklessly  squandered  many  thousands  of  dol- 
lars" and  was  anxious  to  recoup  his  fortunes  when  he  met 
Hittson  and  decided  to  accompany  him  to  New  Mexico.  From 
his  description  he  would  seem  to  have  been  an  important  ad- 
dition to  Hittson's  forces : 

He  will  walk  boldly  into  death's  jaws  to  relieve  or  avenge  a 
friend;  has  a  nerve  of  iron,  cool  and  collected  under  fire.  Is 
a  deadly  pistol  shot,  and  does  not  hesitate  to  use  one  effectively 
when  occasion  requires ;  yet  would  always  rather  avoid  a  quar- 
rel than  seek  one,  but  will  not  shrink  from  facing  the  most  des- 
perate characters.  ...  to  his  enemies  he  presents,  in  anger, 


14.  Rocky  Mountain  News,  April  29,  1873.  Other  accounts  place  the  number  of  Hitt- 
son's men  at  sixty    (Weekly  New  Mexican,  September  24,   1872)    and  one  hundred  fifty 
(Colorado  Chieftain,  October  17,  1872). 

15.  James  Cox,  Historical  and  Biographical  Record  of  the  Cattle  Industry  and  the 
Cattlemen  of  Texas  and  the  Adjacent  Territory  (St.  Louis:  Woodward  and  Tierman,  1895), 
313 ;  Daily  New  Mexican,  September  19,  1868,  July  17,  1868,  and  May  19,  1869. 


248  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

that  peculiar  characteristic  of  smiling  demoniacally  whilst  he 
is  plainly  and  openly  maneuvering  to  shoot  them  through  the 
heart.16 


Rather  strangely  Childress  was  not  mentioned  by  the  con- 
temporary New  Mexican  newspapers.  Instead,  they  dwell  at 
length  on  the  accomplishments  of  a  Hittson  aide  named  Mar- 
tin Childers,  who  struck  terror  into  the  hearts  of  the  Mexi- 
cans. One  is  tempted  to  believe  Martin  Childers  and  H.  M. 
Childress  might  have  been  the  same  person,  and  either  McCoy 
or  the  New  Mexican  newspapers  misspelled  his  name ;  how- 
ever, just  as  there  was  an  authentic  Texas  rancher  named 
H.  M.  Childress,  there  was  also  one  named  Martin  Childers 
who  was  listed  as  one  of  the  leading  cattlemen  of  northwest 
Texas,  running  10,000  head  of  cattle  in  1870.17 

Hittson's  operations  in  New  Mexico  must  be  pieced  to- 
gether from  a  number  of  separate  and  often  conflicting  frag- 
mentary sources.  He  himself  only  stated  that  his  men  struck 
first  at  "Port  Dilune"  [Puerto  de  Luna]  on  the  Pecos  River 
in  July,  1872.  His  account  maddeningly  (to  the  historian) 
boxed  the  operations  of  the  entire  summer  into  one  terse 
sentence:  His  men  combed  the  countryside  and  "in  a  few 
weeks  time  recovered  from  four  to  six  thousand  of  my  cat- 
tle."18 Fortunately  other  contemporary  records  are  not  so 
scanty,  and  it  is  possible  to  fill  out  the  details  of  the  raid. 

An  unintended  result  of  Hittson's  operations  was  to  help 
spoil  a  summer's  campaigning  by  a  hard-hitting  army  officer 
named  R.  S.  Mackenzie.  Mackenzie  had  painfully  trailed  a 
large  herd  of  stolen  cattle  across  the  Staked  Plains,  hoping 
to  capture  the  Comancheros  who  had  taken  them.  Unfortu- 
nately for  him,  when  he  reached  the  New  Mexican  settlements 
he  found  that  the  robbers  "had  left  ...  to  escape  capture  by 
a  party  of  citizens  who  were  arresting  cattle  thieves,  and  tak- 


16.  Joseph  G.  McCoy,  Historic  Sketches  of  the  Cattle  Trade  of  the  West  and  Southwest 
(Washington :  The  Rare  Book  Shop,  1932) ,  346. 

17.  John   Ashton,    "Texas   Cattle  Trade  in   1870."   The  Cattleman,   XXXVIII    (July, 
1951),  76. 

18.  Rocky  Mountain  News,  April  29,  1873. 


HITTSON  RAID  249 

ing  possession  of  stolen  cattle."19  Mackenzie  was  only  the 
most  important  of  several  who  left  brief  notations  of  some 
aspect  of  the  Hittson  raid,  while  remaining  unaware  of  its 
over-all  nature. 

By  no  means  did  Hittson  always  act  in  a  ruthless  or  vio- 
lent manner  while  in  New  Mexico.  He  was  comparatively 
tactful  with  the  powerful  Romero  family,  who  were  both  the 
leading  ranchers  and  office  holders  of  San  Miguel  County — 
holding  such  lucrative  positions  as  sheriff  and  probate  judge 
as  virtual  personal  possessions.  When  Hittson  arrived  at  their 
ranch  he  diplomatically  offered  to  repurchase  any  stolen  ani- 
mals that  they  might  have  unwittingly  bought.  His  hosts, 
quite  happy  not  to  force  the  issue  with  the  well-armed 
Texans,  quickly  agreed  to  his  proposal  and  released  his  cattle 
with  fervent  expressions  of  regret — pocketing  any  rancor 
they  might  have  felt  along  with  his  money.20 

The  reasoning  behind  Hittson's  suave  behavior  is  found 
in  an  agreement  he  and  the  Romeros  made  as  part  of  their 
transaction.  The  Spanish  rico  agreed  to  keep  secret  the  fact 
that  he  had  been  paid  for  his  cattle.  Thus,  when  the  smaller 
Mexican  ranchers  saw  how  easily  Hittson  had  regained  his 
cattle  from  the  all-powerful  Romeros,  they  also  had  a  re- 
surgence of  courtesy  and  released  their  "cattle  with  Texas 
brands  .  .  .  hurriedly  with  tactful  Spanish  [apologies]  for 
the  lamentable  mistake."21  Not  all  proved  so  tractable,  as 
others  ran  their  stock  into  the  mountains  and  slaughtered 
them  for  their  hides  rather  than  docilely  wait  for  their  ill- 
gotten  fruits  to  be  stripped  from  them. 

Inevitably  resentment  towards  the  Anglo  invaders  grew 
as  Hittson's  activities  intensified  and  his  men  flaunted  their 
contempt  for  the  native  population.  At  Las  Vegas  a  delega- 
tion of  townsmen  petitioned  Don  Miguel  Otero,  formerly  New 
Mexico's  delegate  to  the  United  States  Congress,  to  use  his 


19.  Annual  Report  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  1872,  151. 

20.  Interview,  George  E.  Crammer  to  Edgar  McMechem,  May  7,  1934.  MS.  in  Colorado 
Historical  Museum  Library,  Denver,  Colorado. 

21.  Edgar  McMechem,  "John  Hittson,  Cattle  King,"  The  Colorado  Magazine,  XI  (May, 
1934),  169. 


250  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

prestige  and  prominence  on  the  Texans.  Reluctantly  Otero 
undertook  the  task  and — with  his  two  teen-age  sons — went 
to  the  raider's  camp  where  he  urged  their  leader  "to  have 
greater  regard  for  the  property  of  the  citizens  of  New 
Mexico."22 

The  Texan,  remembered  by  young  Miguel  Jr. — the  future 
territorial  governor  of  New  Mexico — as  a  "large,  red-headed 
man  with  chin  whiskers,  weighing  fully  two  hundred  and 
twenty-five  pounds,"  answered  Otero  harshly : 

"These  God  damn  greasers  have  been  stealing  our  horses  and 
cattle  for  the  past  fifty  years,  and  we  got  together  and  thought 
we  would  come  up  this  way  and  have  a  grand  round-up,  and 
that  is  why  we  are  here.  What  is  more  we  intend  to  take  all  the 
horses  and  cattle  we  come  across  and  drive  them  back  to  Texas 
where  they  belong.  My  advice  to  your  fellows  is :  Don't  attempt 
to  interfere  with  what  we  are  doing  unless  you  are  looking  for 
trouble."  23 

That  ended  the  conversation. 

More  violent  encounters  between  the  native  population 
and  Hittson's  forces  have  been  passed  down  by  some  of  the 
veteran  settlers  there.  Not  too  unexpectedly,  it  was  more 
often  the  American  element  than  the  Mexican  that  resisted. 
J.  Evetts  Haley  relates  that  Jim  Duncan,  an  early  freighter, 
recalled  that  a  rancher  named  Simpson  asserted  that  the 
Texans  were  not  going  to  take  the  cattle  he  had  bought  from 
the  Comancheros.  As  the  Texans  jerked  open  the  gate  to  the 
corral  where  the  cattle  were  located,  Simpson  jumped  into 
the  opening.  Undaunted,  the  Texans  shot  him  down  and  cold- 
bloodedly drove  the  cattle  out  over  his  body.24 

A  similar  incident  concerning  an  Anglo  rancher  near 
Anton  Chico,  who  had  long  done  a  thriving  business  in  stolen 
cattle,  was  also  recalled  long  years  afterwards  by  an  old 
Comanchero.  With  apparent  gusto  the  old  Mexican  related 

22.  Miguel  Otero,  MV  Life  on  the  Frontier  1864-188i  (New  York:  Press  of  the  Pio- 
neers, 1935),  62. 

23.  Ibid.,  63. 

24.  J.   Evetts  Haley,   "The  Comanchero  Trade,"   Southwestern  Historical  Quarterly, 
XXXVin  (January,  1935),  173. 


HITTSON  RAID  251 

his  tale  of  the  inevitable  clash  when  the  Texans  arrived  at 
the  Anglo's  ranch  in  their  methodical  search  for  cattle: 

The  Tejanos  recovered  about  fifteen  hundred  head  of  cattle 
with  their  brands  but  not  without  a  fight.  The  cowboys  hired 
by  the  Americanos  brought  out  their  guns  and  there  was  real 
war.  The  Tejanos  were  victorious  and  besides  recovering  their 
cattle,  they  took  one  of  the  cowboys  of  the  Americanos  and 
lynched  him.  They  left  him  hanging  from  a  pine  tree  close  to 
the  house.25 

While  the  above  accounts  may  have  acquired  more  than  a 
little  garnishment  during  the  many  years  before  they  were 
written  down,  at  least  one  sensational  clash  between  the  raid- 
ers and  the  New  Mexicans  is  substantiated  beyond  all  doubt. 
At  the  little  town  of  Loma  Parda,  located  about  twenty-five 
miles  north  of  Las  Vegas,  the  populace,  led  by  their  police 
chief  and  postmaster,  Edward  Seaman,  decided  to  defend 
their  cattle  against  the  encroachments  of  the  Texans.  At  the 
first  they  were  successful  for,  when  some  of  the  Texans  ar- 
rived on  September  8,  they  found  seven  head  of  Hittson's 
cattle,  but  were  prevented  from  driving  them  off.  The  next 
day  they  returned  twenty  strong  "but  found  the  police  of  the 
precinct  awaiting  them  and  they  left."  The  Texans  gave  the 
villagers  little  time  in  which  to  celebrate  their  apparent  vic- 
tory for  the  next  day  a  raiding  party  of  sixty  gunmen  ap- 
peared, ready  to  brook  no  show  of  resistance. 

Of  the  violent  tragedy  that  followed,  two  lengthy  but  con- 
flicting reports  exist.  According  to  the  Mexican's  official  in- 
quest,26 the  immediate  trouble  began  when  Julian  Baca,  a 
resident,  refused  to  surrender  two  horses.  He  tried  to  run 
into  his  house  to  escape  the  Texans  but  "was  seized  from 
behind  and  pounded  with  pistols  .  .  .  until  his  body  was 
black."  A  neighbor,  Toribo  Garcia,  attracted  by  Senora  Baca's 
screams  that  her  husband  was  being  killed,  dashed  into  the 
street,  gun  in  hand.  Over-awed  by  the  sight  of  the  armed 


26.  Fabiola  Cabeza  de  Baca,  We  Fed  Them  Cactus  (Albuquerque:  University  of  New 
Mexico  Press,  1954),  60. 

26.  Weekly  New  Mexican,  September  24, 1872. 


252  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Texans,  he  hastily  retreated  towards  the  protection  of  his 
home  but  was  shot  through  the  back  by  one  of  the  raiders, 
dying  almost  instantly. 

By  this  time  Seaman  had  arrived  at  the  scene  with  unfor- 
tunate consequences  to  himself.  One  of  the  Texans  immedi- 
ately accosted  him  with  the  remark,  "What  are  you  doing 
here,  you  d — son  of  a  b — h,"  and  following  it  up  with  a 
slashing  blow  with  his  rifle  across  Seaman's  face,  "cutting 
a  deep  gash  across  the  cheek  bone,  and  putting  out  the  left 
eye."  Delirious  from  the  blow,  Seaman  unwittingly  ran  into 
the  corral  only  to  find  it  filled  with  his  adversaries.  When  he 
turned  to  escape,  he  was  dragged  back  into  it  by  a  Texan  who 
snarled  at  him,  "hold  on  you  son  of  a  b — h,  we  are  not  done 
with  you  yet."  Desperately  Seaman  wrenched  loose  and  stum- 
bled towards  the  door  of  the  house  when  he  was  "shot  from 
behind,  falling  forward  on  his  face — the  ball  entered  the 
back  part  of  the  head  and  came  out  just  above  the  forehead 
tearing  away  quite  a  large  piece  of  the  skull,  and  causing 
instant  death." 

After  doing  away  with  their  chief  foe,  the  Texans  raced 
up  and  down  the  streets,  firing  wildly  and  running  off  stock. 
When  the  local  alcalde  ventured  into  the  street  to  protest  he 
was  callously  shot  through  both  legs.  This  ended  the  Mexi- 
can's last  shred  of  resistance,  and  they  helplessly  huddled 
behind  their  adobe  walls  until  finally  their  tormentors  left 
the  tortured  town  to  its  misery. 

The  Mexican  was  not  the  only  side  of  the  story;  James 
Patterson  wrote  a  letter  to  the  editor  of  the  New  Mexican, 
in  which  he  explained  that  the  Texans  were  acting  purely  in 
self  defense.  According  to  him  Hittson's  men  were  at  the 
corral  where  the  shooting  took  place : 

.  .  .  demanding  the  cattle  of  the  men  claiming:  them  within 
the  enclosure,  when  Mr.  Seaman  rushed  into  their  midst  loudly 
calling  to  a  party  of  armed  followers  to  'come  on,'  and  without 
further  warning,  presented  a  revolver  in  the  face  of  Mr.  Chil- 
ders  with  a  threat  of  instant  death.  So  sudden  was  the  attack 
that  Childers  had  no  time  to  draw  and  defend  himself.  A  man 


HITTSON  RAID  253 

from  behind  seeing  the  peril  of  Mr.  Childers  .  .  .  shot  Seaman 
through  the  head  killing  him  instantly.  The  cowardly  crew  who 
were  to  have  helped  in  the  attack,  at  this  moment  turned  and 
fled,  leaving  the  ground  to  the  Texans.27 

Despite  the  Texan's  version  of  the  Loma  Parda  incident, 
a  storm  of  controversy  flared  through  the  newspapers  of  the 
state  as  angry  editors  sought  to  turn  their  readers  against 
the  invaders.  Bitterly  the  New  Mexico  Union  described  the 
Texans  as  coming  into  the  area  "with  braggadocio,  swagger- 
ing and  offers  of  violence,"  complaining  that  "too  often  these 
blowing  bullies  have  succeeded  with  their  pretensions."  It 
concluded  its  tirade  with  a  rousing  appeal  for  action : 

We  say  no  just  .  .  .  man  should  allow  himself  ...  to  be 
trampled  upon  by  the  disgusting,  cowardly  pretender.  The  time 
has  come  when  people  should  hold  their  rights  in  their  own 
hands.  We  repeat  our  wonder  at  the  submission  of  a  wronged 
people.  For  weeks,  men  in  bands  from  Texas  have  ranged  with 
pistols,  rifles  and  knives  and  have  taken  cattle  where  they 
pleased,  under  the  pretense  that  they  had  at  some  time  been 
unlawfully  taken  from  Texas.  Is  there  another  county  in  the 
United  States  where  the  whole  community  would  not  rebel  at 
the  outrage?  We  say  to  the  people,  take  care  of  your  own  inter- 
est. You  have  no  safety  but  in  your  own  hands.28 

While  this  overwhelmingly  represented  the  majority 
viewpoint  in  New  Mexico,  it  was  not  the  only  one.  The  New 
Mexican  in  the  same  issue  that  carried  an  account  of  the 
tragedy  was  surprisingly  moderate.  It  summed  up  its  opin- 
ion thusly :  "there  is  a  soreness  on  the  part  of  the  innocent 
purchasers  of  the  stock,  but  they  cannot  deny  the  justice  of 
the  Texan's  claims."29 

Regardless  of  the  justice  of  the  Texans'  claims  it  is  hard 
to  excuse  the  brutality  at  Loma  Parda.  Hittson  himself,  per- 
haps not  too  proud  of  it,  even  sought  to  deny  all  connection 
with  it.  The  next  year  he  told  a  Denver  reporter,  "I  had  no 
engagement  at  arms  with  any  parties,  as  they  saw  it  was 


27.  Ibid.,  October  1,  1872. 

28.  The  New  Mexico  Union  (Santa  Fe),  October  1,  1872. 

29.  Weekly  New  Mexican,  October  1,  1873. 


254  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

useless  to  interpose  against  my  outfit.  The  death  of  two  men 
was  laid  to  my  boys,  but  I  am  positive  other  parties  were  at 
fault."30 

As  can  be  concluded  from  the  above  incidents,  Hittson's 
raid  could  easily  have  degenerated  into  a  state  of  complete 
lawlessness.  Indeed  many  of  the  New  Mexicans  charged  that 
this  was  the  case.  A  standard  complaint  was  that  "when  they 
came  to  recover  their  cattle,  they  would  drive  every  cow 
which  was  in  their  path."31  Otero  made  no  bones  about  call- 
ing them  out  and  out  rustlers  and  made  the  charge  that  the 
leader  of  the  marauders  "took  the  proceeds  of  the  raid  and 
invested  it  in  Denver,  erecting  one  of  that  city's  largest  office 
buildings."82 

Despite  these  charges,  Hittson  was  not  a  furtive  character 
while  in  New  Mexico  and  was  careful  to  operate  within  the 
admittedly  lax  limits  of  the  law.  Both  he  and  Patterson  were 
listed  as  frequent  guests  at  the  Fonda  Hotel  in  Santa  Fe,33  and 
doubtlessly  visited  quite  openly  in  Las  Vegas  and  the  other 
leading  towns  of  New  Mexico.  Finally,  the  New  Mexicans, 
unable  to  cope  with  his  party  by  force,  did  turn  to  legal  means 
for,  in  Hittson's  words,  "some  of  the  parties  from  whom  I 
had  taken  my  own  cattle,  secured  indictments  against  me  to 
the  number  of  about  a  dozen."34  He  posted  bond  to  stay  out 
of  jail  until  the  district  court  would  meet  the  next  spring. 
On  top  of  this  two  of  the  area  ranchers,  Pribert  and  Kirchner 
by  name,  had  obtained  writs  of  replevin  preventing  their 
cattle  from  being  driven  from  the  state  until  the  courts  had 
decided  their  proper  owner.35 

Bad  as  these  difficulties  were,  they  were  compounded  by 
other  sources  of  annoyment  to  Hittson  which  served  to  dis- 


30.  Rocky  Mountain  News,  April  29, 1873. 
81.  Cabeza  de  Baca,  We  Fed  Them  Cactus,  64. 

32.  Otero,  My  Life  on  the  Frontier,  63.  It  is  interesting  to  note  in  regard  to  this  charge 
that  in  1888  Hittson's  sons-in-law  did  build  Denver's  first  modern  office  building — Otero's 
account  was  first  published  some  sixty  years  after  the  raid. 

33.  Daily  New  Mexican,  July  30,  1872 ;  August  8,  1872 ;  August  19,  1872 ;  September  14, 
1872. 

34.  Rocky  Mountain  News,  April  29,  1873. 

35.  Daily  New  Mexican,  October  4, 1872. 


HITTSON  RAID  255 

tract  his  attention  throughout  the  time  he  was  in  New  Mex- 
ico. He  had  left  his  son  Jesse  in  charge  of  the  home  ranch 
in  Texas  with  instructions  to  send  a  large  herd  over  the  Pecos 
Trail  to  Colorado.  This  was  done,  but  at  a  point  on  the  Pecos 
near  the  Texas-New  Mexico  boundary  a  party  of  Apaches 
stole  all  but  five  of  the  herders'  remuda.  Only  by  borrowing 
a  few  horses  from  another  trail  outfit,  that  luckily  was  close 
by,  did  Hittson's  crew  reach  Chisum's  ranch  near  Fort  Sum- 
ner  where  they  could  purchase  more  horses.  When  Hittson 
heard  of  the  robbery,  he  unsuccessfully  searched  for  the 
thieves  and  then  on  September  9  wrote  a  letter  to  the  Com- 
missioner of  Indian  Affairs  at  Washington,  requesting  com- 
pensation at  a  rate  of  one  hundred  fifty  dollars  per  horse 
and  two  hundred  dollars  per  mule,  for  a  grand  total  of 
$6,050.36  This  was  the  only  claim  for  compensation  he  ever 
made,  but  it  would  be  thirty  years  after  his  death  before  any 
restitution  would  be  secured. 

A  more  serious  worry  than  the  loss  of  his  horses  also 
plagued  Hittson  during  the  later  summer.  His  brother  Wil- 
liam arrived  in  New  Mexico  with  a  herd  of  cattle  and  re- 
ported that  Jesse  had  been  killed  by  Indians.37  Happily,  this 
later  proved  to  be  only  a  mistaken  rumor  started  by  a  cowboy 
who  had  fled  the  scene  of  an  all  day  battle  in  which  Jesse  and 
eleven  cowboys  held  off  some  seventy-five  Comanches  near 
the  present  town  of  Ballinger  in  July,  1872,  although  they 
were  unable  to  save  a  herd  of  seven  hundred  cattle  they  had 
been  tending.38  William  Hittson  apparently  heard  the  rumor 
about  the  time  he  left  the  Concho  country  on  his  trek  towards 
the  Pecos. 

Even  if  the  rumor  was  baseless,  Hittson  had  good  reason 
to  be  anxious  about  the  seventeen-year-old  son  upon  whom  he 
had  placed  so  much  responsibility.  On  September  14,  the 
Weatherford  Times  carried  a  report  that  young  Hittson  had 


86.  John  Hittson  to  Francis  A.  Walker,  September  9,  1872,  Indian  Depredation  Case 
#3001,  Records  of  the  United  States  Court  of  Claims,  Washington,  D.  C. 

37.  Daily  New  Mexican,  September  2, 1872. 

38.  Deposition  of  Sam  Gholson,  November  30,  1899,  Indian  Depredation  Case  #3000, 
Records  of  the  United  States  Court  of  Claims,  Washington,  D.  C. 


256  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

been  attacked  by  four  Indians  in  Stephens  County.  The  youth 
reportedly  killed  one  of  them  and  then  escaped  while  the  other 
three  were  carrying  off  their  comrade's  body.39  Lightly  in- 
deed did  the  frontiersmen  wear  their  scalps. 

Worry  about  the  happenings  in  Texas,  coupled  with  the 
fact  that  his  New  Mexican  operations  were  halted  until  the 
court  would  meet  the  next  spring,  prompted  Hittson  to  return 
to  Texas.  He  left  Santa  Fe  on  the  stage  on  October  25  after 
naming  James  Patterson  and  Thomas  Stockton  as  his  repre- 
sentatives in  charge  of  recovering  his  stolen  cattle  and  those 
for  whom  he  himself  held  "Powers  of  Attorney."40  The  ac- 
tivities of  these  two,  however,  were  sharply  curtailed  by  the 
legal  uncertainties,  and  troubles  steadily  mounted  for  their 
subordinates. 

In  December  Martin  Childers  and  several  others  were  ar- 
rested to  face  charges  of  horse  stealing  and  murdering  Sea- 
man and  Garcia.  They  were  placed  in  the  Las  Vegas  jail,  the 
"strongest  and  costliest  edifice  of  its  kind"  in  New  Mexico, 
but  escaped  within  three  days.  The  disappointed  New  Mexi- 
cans, suspecting  bribery,  imprisoned  the  jailor  and  four  of 
the  five  guards  on  duty  when  the  escape  occurred.  Then  woe- 
fully the  New  Mexican  observed  that  "Vigorous  efforts  will 
be  made  for  [Childer's]  recapture,  but  it  is  safe  to  say  that 
he  will  never  again  be  heard  of  in  our  Territory."41 

Meanwhile  in  Texas  Hittson  was  making  preparations  for 
moving  his  headquarters  to  a  ranch  he  owned  near  Deer  Trail, 
Colorado.  While  working  at  this  he  received  a  letter  from 
William  Veale,  the  chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Indian 
Affairs  of  the  Texas  legislature,  asking  for  a  detailed  state- 
ment of  his  experiences  and  findings  in  New  Mexico.  Hittson 
replied  that  he  had  only  partly  succeeded  in  accomplishing 
his  purposes  of  putting  "a  stop  to  the  Indian  depredations  as 
far  as  possible"  and  recovering  his  stolen  property.  He  had 
"got  possession  of  between  five  and  six  thousand  head  of 
cattle,  which  are  now  being  herded  in  ...  Colorado,  but  the 

39.  Copied  in  Galveston  Daily  News,  September  20, 1872. 

40.  Daily  New  Mexican,  October  26,  1872. 

41.  Ibid.,  December  28,  1872  and  January  5, 1873. 


HITTSON  RAID  257 

above  were  recovered  at  enormous  expense,  nearly  equal  to 
the  value  of  the  property  recovered."  In  relation  to  a  plea  for 
state  protection  "without  which  these  thieving  depredations 
will  continue  so  long  as  there  is  cattle  or  horses  on  our  fron- 
tier," Hittson  estimated  the  number  of  cattle  driven  from 
Texas  and  disposed  of  by  the  Comancheros  during  the  previ- 
ous twenty  years  was  one  hundred  thousand  head.42 

Even  while  Hittson  was  quietly  working  on  his  ranch  in 
Texas,  colorful  accounts  of  his  recent  raid  extolling  his  suc- 
cesses and  virtues  spread  rapidly  over  the  country.  Speaking 
of  reports,  the  Rocky  Mountain  News  stated :  "John  Hittson's 
operations  against  the  border  thieves  seem  to  have  attracted 
general  attention;  and  our  bold,  honest  and  wealthy  stock- 
man has  gained  a  national  reputation  by  the  effectiveness  of 
his  operations  and  its  entire  lack  of  'red  tape !'  "43 

A  particularly  vivid  report  was  published  in  the  New 
York  Evening  Post  under  the  striking  headline :  "Cattle  Jack 
— A  modern  Hercules  to  the  Rescue !"  Described  by  the  Colo- 
rado papers  as  "descriptive,  spicy,  and  entertaining,"  the 
story  outlined  Hittson's  exploits:  He  "scatters  his  spies 
over  [New  Mexico]  and  hears  of  thousands  of  cattle  with 
the  marks  he  is  seeking,  'drops  upon'  their  present  owner, 
and  .  .  .  says :  'You  have  got  my  cattle  and  those  of  my 
friends ;  I  have  come  after  them,  and  propose  to  take  them 
with  me.'"44 

Not  even  the  courts  were  able  to  bother  the  Hittson  of  the 
reports :  "He  attends  the  sittings  with  his  men  and  the  judge's 
eyes  are  opened  so  that  he  knows  good  from  evil  immediately 
and  every  animal  is  forthcoming."  The  article  concluded  with 
the  prediction  that  Hittson  was  likely  to  recover  a  million 
dollars  worth  of  property,  and  "let  us  hope  he  receives  a 
handsome  part  for  his  own." 

Unconcerned  with  the  grandiloquent  descriptions  of  his 


42.  The  Daily  Statesman  (Austin),  February  2,  1873.  In  contrast  to  this  Charles  Good- 
night stated  300,000  had  been  run  off  during  the  Civil  War  alone.  Haley,  Charles  Goodnight, 
138. 

43.  Rocky  Mountain  News,  January  5,  1873. 

44.  Copied  in  Colorado  Chieftain,  January  16, 1873. 


258  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

successes  and  attributes,  Hittson  returned  to  Las  Vegas  in 
March  for  the  meeting  of  the  district  court.  According  to 
his  own  statement  only  one  case  was  actually  tried.  When  it 
resulted  in  a  verdict  favoring  him,  the  district  attorney 
dropped  the  remainder  of  the  cases.45  Unfortunately  the  court 
records  were  apparently  destroyed  in  a  subsequent  fire  so  his 
account  cannot  be  amplified. 

The  results  of  Hittson's  New  Mexico  raid  have  been  dis- 
torted. It  has  been  generally  accepted  by  writers  that  he  re- 
covered eighteen  thousand  cattle  and  that  he  sold  them  for 
the  benefit  of  the  original  owners.46  Hittson  in  April  of  1873, 
however,  stated,  "I  recovered  between  five  and  six  thousand 
cattle  that  had  been  stolen  from  myself  and  immediate  neigh- 
bors,— worth  between  $60,000  and  $70,000, — and  we  have 
them  still  in  our  possession."47  There  is  no  indication  how 
much,  if  any,  the  Texans  who  granted  Hittson  "Powers  of 
Attorney"  benefitted  from  the  raid. 

It  is  also  difficult  to  gauge  the  effect  it  had  upon  the  sup- 
pression of  the  Comanchero  cattle  trade  with  the  Indians. 
Certainly  the  market  for  stolen  cattle  in  New  Mexico  would 
have  been  hurt  if  it  was  established  that  the  original  owners 
could  reclaim  their  stock  there.  Hittson's  efforts,  however,  did 
not  end  the  trade.  It  would  be  the  forcing  of  the  Indians  onto 
reservations,  the  killing  of  their  buffalo,  and  the  relentless 
patrolling  of  the  plains,  not  the  actions  of  individual  cowmen, 
that  would  do  that. 

According  to  Miguel  Otero,  an  unintended  outcome  of  the 
Hittson  raid  was  an  increase  in  race  antagonism  between  the 
native  New  Mexicans  and  the  Texans.  He  stated  that  the  raid 

.  .  .  revealed  that  hostile  and  vengeful  feeling  displayed  by  the 
Texans  which  produced  acts  of  lawlessness  calculated  to  make 
the  name  "Tejano"  a  hated  word  among  the  New  Mexicans. 
It  is  said  that  mothers  were  in  the  habit  of  censuring  their 


45.  Rocky  Mountain  News,  April  29,  1873. 

46.  McMechem,   "John   Hittson,   Cattle  King,"  Colorado  Magazine,   XI,    169;  Walter 
Prescott  Webb,  editor,  The  Handbook  of  Texas,   (2  vols.,  Austin :  Texas  State  Historical 
Association,  1951),  I,  818;  McCoy,  Historic  Sketches  of  the  Cattle  Trade,  345. 

47.  Rocky  Mountain  News,  April  29,  1873. 


HITTSON  RAID  259 

children  with  the  dire  threat :  "If  you  are  not  good,  I'll  give  you 
to  the  Tejanos,  who  are  coming  back."48 

It  is  difficult  to  arrive  at  definite  conclusions  on  Hittson's 
raid.  In  the  absence  of  absolute  information  on  his  motives, 
a  number  of  interpretations  could  be  placed  on  his  actions.  He 
might  be  considered  a  rancher  trying  to  make  the  frontier  a 
safer  place  to  live,  a  hard-pressed  cowman  lashing  out  against 
his  enemies  furiously  and  blindly,  or — as  the  New  Mexicans 
seemed  to  think — a  ruthless  villain  out  to  make  as  much  profit 
as  possible  from  an  unfortunate  situation.  Whatever  the  case, 
it  was  an  interesting,  unique,  and  little-noticed  episode  in  the 
history  of  the  southwestern  frontier. 


48.  Otero,  My  Life  on  the  Frontier,  63. 


SHEEP  HUSBANDRY  IN  NEW  MEXICO,  1902-1903 

Edited  by  WILLIAM  J.  PARISH 
(Continued) 

"The  Young  Observer"  in  Colorado  and  New  Mexico  * 

A  Drive  Across  the  Southwestern  Country 

From  Springer,  N.M.,  via  the  Santa  Fe,  back  thru  the 
tunnel  at  Raton  and  over  the  beautiful  white  mountains,  glis- 
tening in  the  sunlight,  past  the  noted  Spanish  Peaks,  I  came 
to  Trinidad,  Colo.  On  the  train,  I  asked  a  tall,  bearded  man 
how  he  liked  the  country.  "Well"  said  he,  "this  is  the  damned- 
est country  I  ever  saw.  Here  we  have  been  trying  to  get  past 
these  Spanish  peaks  all  day,  and  they  are  still  in  sight."  (This 
was  five  o'clock  PM)  "I  like  a  country  where  you  can  get 
some  place  some  time."  With  a  person  not  used  to  the  at- 
mosphere and  to  seeing  great  distances,  the  eye  is  easily 
deceived.  The  unsophisticated  easterner  often  starts  out  to 
take  a  little  stroll  to  a  mountain  which  is  18  or  20  miles  away, 
and,  after  walking  perhaps  an  hour  or  two  and  finding  the 
distance  apparently  not  lessening,  he  gives  up  in  despair  and 
goes  back. 

IN  TRINIDAD,  I  called  at  the  Trinidad  scouring  mills.1  I 
found  them  busy  scouring  last  spring's  clip  and  learned  that 
they  had  enough  on  hand  to  keep  them  engaged  for  some  time 
to  come.  The  wool  around  here  shows  a  longer  staple  and  more 
Merino  crosses  than  that  farther  South.  It  is  quite  common 
to  find  staple  wools  around  Trinidad,  and  nearly  all  the  flocks 


*  (From  Our  Traveling  Staff  Correspondent)  The  American  Shepherd's  Bulletin,  vol. 
7,  no.  3.  March.  1902  (pt.  1). 

1.  There  had  been  at  least  two :  the  Forbes  and  Primrose  scouring  mills  (Charles  Ilfeld 
Collection,  Copy  Book  33,  May  8,  1895,  p.  466  and  Incoming  Correspondence  Packet  35,  Nov. 
19,  1896,  UNM  Library).  In  later  years  Frank  Bond  of  Wagonmound  had  an  interest  in 
the  Forbes  Wool  Company  of  Trinidad  (Frank  Grubbs,  "Frank  Bond,  Gentleman  Sheep- 
herder  of  Northern  New  Mexico,  1883-1915,"  New  Mexico  Historical  Review,  35:298). 

260 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  261 

average  from  5  to  6  pounds  of  wool  to  the  head.  There  are 
many  rich  ranch  men  and  feeders  who  have  their  homes  in 
Trinidad.  The  school  advantages  here  are  fine,  and  Trinidad 
might  be  called  a  centre  of  refinement  for  southeastern  Colo, 
and  the  surrounding  country.  I  found  here  a  man  who  had 
the  courage  to  tell  me  wherein  eastern  stock  is  lacking  in  in- 
terest to  the  western  man.  Said  he, 

"YOUR  EASTERN  RAMS  are  all  right,  but  they  are  no  good 
to  us  here  until  they  are  acclimated."  "How  long,"  said  I, 
"does  it  take  an  Ohio  or  Michigan  ram  to  get  used  to  your 
climate?"  "Well,"  said  he,  "it  depends  upon  how  he  has  been 
taken  care  of  from  his  birth.  If  he  has  been  fed  all  he  wants 
from  the  time  he  was  weaned  till  we  get  him  ,and  never  had 
to  rustle  for  himself,  he  will  die  getting  acclimated ;  but  if, 
on  the  other  hand,  he  has  been  turned  out  to  pasture  most  of 
the  year  and  learned  to  rustle  for  himself,  he  will  get  used  to 
things  out  here  in  two  or  three  months  and  do  comparatively 
well  on  our  dry  gramma  grass  and  water  two  or  three  times 
a  week.  The  great  trouble  with  your  eastern  sheep  raisers  is 
that  they  treat  the  sheep  too  well,  and  thereby  destroy  their 
constitution  and  capability  of  standing  range  life."  Our  east- 
ern sheep  raisers  should  bear  this  fact  in  mind,  and  remem- 
ber that  the  western  ranch  man  can  use  these  eastern  sheep 
only  when  the  rams  know  what  it  is  to  live  on  grass  and  grass 
alone.  When  they  strike  the  range  and  are  turned  into  the 
flock,  they  are  more  than  liable  to  see  no  more  corn  or  grain 
again  in  their  lives.  Quite  a  few  of  the  feeders,  who  have 
their  homes  in  Trinidad,  have  feeding  pens  in  Las  Animas  or 
Fort  Collins.  These  sheep,  for  the  most  part,  are  fed  on  alfalfa 
hay  and  corn.  Some  growers  are  feeding  cotton  seed  meal  and 
cotton  hulls.  These  hulls  are  proving  quite  a  success  as  a  feed 
as  well  as  a  source  of  revenue  for  the  southern  cotton  mills. 
The  number  of  sheep  fed  in  the  above-mentioned  places  is  a 
great  many  less  than  last  year. 

I  have  asked  of  many  at  what  price  they  considered  they 
could  sell  their  lambs  and  obtain  a  profit,  say,  in  April.  The 
answer  of  nearly  every  one  was,  6%  to  7  cents  a  pound.  Some 


262  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

put  it  as  low  as  6*72  cents,  but  none  lower.  Everywhere  that  I 
have  been  in  New  Mexico,  there  are  numbers  of 

LAMBS  YET  UNSOLD.  This  will  in  the  estimation  of  some, 
increase  the  wool  clip  of  New  Mexico  nearly  14  above  that  of 
last  year.  On  account  of  the  long  spell  of  cold  weather,  there 
are  many  weak  lambs  and  cattle  on  the  range,  and,  if  the 
weather  does  not  turn  soon,  there  will  be  large  losses  among 
the  cattle  and  sheep  men  of  Texas  and  New  Mexico. 

Leaving  Trinidad,  Colorado,  I  came  to  Clayton.  CLAYTON 
is  ONE  OF  THE  MOST  PROGRESSIVE  and  business-like  towns 
in  New  Mexico.  In  fact,  I  believe  there  is  more  business  done 
in  Clayton  in  a  year  than  in  any  other  town  of  its  size  in  the 
territory.  The  business  men  are  progressive,  and  are  sup- 
ported by  a  rich  ranging  country  on  all  sides.  The  business  of 
the  town  is  divided  between  four  large  mercantile  companies, 
the  Lawrence  Mercantile  Company2  doing  the  most  busi- 
ness, M.  Herzstein3  ranking  next,  and  Phil  Denitz  and  Max 
Weil4  following  in  the  order  named.  The  Lawrence  Mercan- 
tile Company  and  M.  Herzstein  handle  the  bulk  of  the  wool 
and  pelts  which  come  into  Clayton.  The  contract  price  for 
wool  seems  to  be  about  13  cents. 

After  staying  in  the  town  for  some  little  time,  I  accepted 
the  kind  invitation  of  Mr.  Abel  Martinez  to  spend  a  week  at 
his  ranch,  which  is  located  some  32  miles  south  of  Clayton. 
We  started  for  the  ranch  on  a  fine  winter  day,  just  cold 
enough  to  have  a  bracing  effect.  We  traveled  south  at  a  merry 


2.  Albert  Lawrence  was  president  of  the  corporation.  Other  officers  were  A.M.  Black- 
well,  Vice-Pres.,  Solomon  Floersheim,  Sec.,  and  G.  A.  Franz,  Treas.  This  company,  along 
with  Floersheim  Mercantile  Company  of  Springer,  was  partially  owned  by  the  Gross, 
Blackwell  and  Company  of  Las  Vegas.  Albert  Lawrence  was  also  a  substantial  stockholder 
in  the  Floersheim  Company,  his  name  appearing  on  Jan.  20,  1903  in  place  of  Harry  W. 
Kelly  of  Gross,  Blackwell.  On  Jan.  21,  1914  his  stock  was  purchased  by  the  Company  in 
return  for  6%  notes  (Floersheim  Mercantile  Company  Minute  Book,  pp.  30,  58,  65,  UNM 
Library).  The  Lawrence  Mercantile  Company  was  sold  to  Christian  Otto  and  Charles 
Schleter  about  this  time  although  Twitchell  is  probably  incorrect  in  placing  the  date  about 
1910  (R.E.  Twitchell,  The  Leading  Facts  of  New  Mexican  History,  VoL  4.  Cedar  Rapids, 
Iowa,  1917,  p.  538). 

8.  Morris  Herzstein.  See  Twitchell,  op  tit,  voL  4,  pp.  542-543,  for  biographical  sketch. 

4.  Was  postmaster  at  Marguerita,  San  Miguel  County,  Mar.  19,  1891  to  Oct.  13,  1892 
(Sheldon  H.  Dike,  The  Territorial  Post  Offices  of  New  Mexico,  Copyright,  1958,  S.  H.  Dike. 
UNM  library). 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  263 

pace  and  reached  the  ranch  headquarters  at  about  three 
o'clock.  The  land  around 

THE  MARTINEZ  RANCH  is  somewhat  broken.  The  adobe 
house  is  located  at  the  side  of  his  water  hole,  which  is  large 
enough  to  water  one  herd  of  sheep.  It  is  fed  by  a  fine  spring 
of  pure  water,  and  is  an  elegant  place  for  watering  sheep.  Mr. 
Martinez,  with  his  father-in-law,  has  close  to  4,000  sheep  and 
several  hundred  head  of  cattle.  There  are  many  small  canyons 
on  their  range  where  a  good  well  can  be  dug,  and  where  water 
can  be  obtained  at  a  depth  of  from  eight  to  15  feet ;  so,  you 
see,  the  water  question  does  not  bother  them  greatly. 

As  Mr.  Martinez's  wife  was  in  town,  we  had  to  cook  our 
own  meals.  It  might  have  surprised  some  of  his  friends  to  see 
the  "Bulletin's"  representative  cooking  and  baking.  Talk 
about  biscuits !  The  Indian  herder  on  the  ranch  said  that  they 
would  be  a  nice  thing  to  kill  coyotes  with,  and  declined  my 
offer  to  let  him  have  a  batch  of  them  for  his  dog.  Some  of  our 
trips  out  from  the  ranch  were  made  on  horseback,  as  Mr. 
Martinez  owns  some  very  fine  riding  horses. 

RANCH  LIFE.  At  the  home  ranch  of  nearly  every  progres- 
sive ranch  man  there  is  a  corral  fitted  with  hay  racks  and 
corn  troughs  for  the  feeding  of  the  weak  lambs  and  the  old 
ewes  which  are  to  be  fatted  for  mutton.  Out  of  the  1,600  head 
of  lambs  Mr.  Martinez  raised  last  spring,  he  has  about  150  up 
on  feed.  They  are  fed  lightly,  this  year,  for  corn  and  alfalfa 
are  very  high  her  (sic)  (corn  being  worth  $1.50  per  hun- 
dred and  alfalfa  $12  per  ton) .  After  the  lambs  are  taken  out 
of  the  flock  there  are  few  that  die,  for  they  are  under  the  un- 
divided care  of  their  owner.  It  is  claimed  by  a  great  many 
that  an  Indian  herder  is  the  most  capable  man  that  they  can 
get  to  take  care  of  their  sheep.  This  is  a  disputed  point,  how- 
ever, among  sheep  men.  Let  it  be  said,  however,  that  the  In- 
dian herder  on  the  Martinez  ranch  is  certainly  a  fine  one  and 
takes  excellent  care  of  the  sheep.  Mr.  Martinez,  like  many 
other  sheep  men  in  this  locality,  has  his  lambs  yet  unsold. 
They  will  be  sold  any  time  after  shearing  when  the  price  is 
right.  Lambs  are  held  now  at  $1.25  to  $1.75  per  head,  accord- 


264  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

ing  to  the  quality.  The  Martinez  ranch  proper  consists  of  four 
claims.  In  addition  to  this  is  government  land  in  every  direc- 
tion as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach. 

After  a  pleasant  week  we  returned  to  Clayton,  where  I 
stayed  over  Sunday.  The  next  Monday  afternoon,  Robert  T. 
Mansker,  the  deputy  sheriff,  and  I  started  out  on  a  ten  day's 
trip  to  summon  jurors,  and  to  work  in  the  interest  of  the 
"Bulletin."  Leaving  our  Clayton  friends  behind,  we  sped  over 
the  brown,  sandy  prairie,  out  past 

CHRIS  OTTO'S  RANCH.5  It  is  said  by  those  who  know,  that 
some  15  years  ago,  the  above-mentioned  gentleman,  in  com- 
pany with  Charles  Schleter,  drove  a  herd  of  sheep  overland 
from  California  into  the  territory  of  New  Mexico.6  From  that 
small  beginning,  by  their  thrift  and  business  ability,  they 
have  made  themselves  the  largest  sheep  owners  in  Union 
county,  New  Mexico.  Their  fortunes  are  variously  estimated, 
but  it  will  suffice  to  say  that  they  produce  the  best  and  largest 
clips  of  wool  of  any  individual  owners  in  northeastern  NM. 
They  have  attained  this  end  by  the  careful  breeding  of  good 
stock  rams  and  by  taking  the  best  of  care  of  their  flocks.  They 
have  blood  in  their  flocks  that  has  come  from  many  of  the 
best  flocks  of  the  US,  including  the  eastern  and  north  central 
states.  Passing  the  Otto  ranch  we  drove  over  a  wide  mesa  and 
then  down  into  a  little  arroyo  where  the  post-office  of  Barney 
is  located.  We  stayed  all  night  with  a  man  by  the  name  of 
Con  Archuleta,  who,  with  George  Chavez,  of  the  same  local- 
ity, owns  about  800  fine  sheep.  Archuleta  started  with 
nothing.  For  a  long  time  he  cooked  for  cow  outfits,  and  fin- 
ally got  enough  ahead  to  start  in  the  sheep  business  for  him- 
self. This  is  an  example  of  what  a  man  can  do  if  he  tries  hard 
and  sticks  to  it. 

Several  miles  across  the  mesa  and  down  the  Tramperos 
canyon  we  came  to  Beenham,7  and  had  a  very  pleasant  call  on 

5.  Christian  Otto.  See  Twitchell,  op  cit,  vol.  4,  p.  538,  for  biographical  sketch. 

6.  Confirmed  in   Alvis  interview  of  Christian   Otto,   Sept.   8,   1934    (Berry  N.   Alvis, 
"History  of  Union  County,"  New  Mexico  Historical  Review,  22:256). 

7.  The  parties  must  have  traveled  alone  the  present  route  of  highway  58.  Beenham,  in 
which  a  post  office  had  been  established  April  29,  1890  (Dike,  op  cit)  must  have  been  just 
east  of  Pasamonte. 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  265 

the  jolly  postmaster,  an  Englishman  who  has  for  many  years 
been  staying  with  the  country  raising  cattle  and  sheep.  When 
you  talk  with  Charley  Bushnell8  you  cannot  help  feeling  bet- 
ter and  the  world  looks  brighter  because  of  him.  He  reported 
that  his  sheep  were  doing  well  and  that  he  had  had  but  few 
losses.  Climbing  out  of  the  canyon,  we  journeyed  across  the 
mesa  and  got  to  Pasamonte  for  dinner.  Our  host,  Carl  Gilg 
and  his  wife,  made  our  visit  a  pleasant  one,  and  the  dinner 
that  we  sat  down  to  would  certainly  do  credit  to  any  woman, 
a  true  German  dinner  and  one  that  was  hard  to  beat.  Mr. 
Gilg  runs  a  general  merchandise  store,  is  postmaster9  at 
Passamonte,  [Pasamonte]  and  a  regular  reader  of  the  "Bulle- 
tin." He  buys  hides,  pelt,  and  wool,  as  does  almost  every  gen- 
eral merchandise  store  in  New  Mexico.  After  a  small  size 
blizzard  had  passed,  we  traveled  south  to  the  home  of 

ROMULO  LUCERO  who  is  ex-assessor  of  Union  county  and 
a  prominent  man  in  politics,  as  well  as  a  successful  sheep 
man.  We  enjoyed  his  hospitality  that  night  and  listened  to 
many  an  exciting  tale  told  by  Mr.  Lucero  or  "Bob,"  the  genial 
deputy  sheriff  with  whom  I  was  traveling.  They  told  of  the 
wonderful  holdups  of  Black  Jack  and  his  gang,  how  the  Black 
Jack  gang  held  up  the  express  successfully  at  two  different 
times,  and  finally  of  the  capture  of  Black  Jack  himself  on 
his  attempt  to  hold  up  the  train  the  third  time.  They  told  of 

A  CERTAIN  GANG  OF  HORSE  THIEVES  and  bad  men  who  came 
through  Clayton  about  8  years  ago.  The  sheriff  organized  a 
posse  to  capture  them.  The  posse  started  out  bravely  with 
high  hopes  and  gallant  mien.  When  they  came  up  with  the 
gang  they  separated  so  as  to  surround  and  bag  the  game  nice- 
ly. But  they  reckoned  without  their  host.  The  bad  men  were 
fighters  from  the  word  go.  Only  one  of  the  posse  were 
wounded,  but  none  of  the  robbers  were  hit  or  captured,  and 
the  general  condition  of  mind  of  the  posse  was  told  in  the 
words  of  one  of  its  members.  Said  he,  when  he  got  back,  "I 
fired  my  pistol  many  times — six  miles,"  meaning,  I  suppose, 


8.  Charles  J.  H.  Bushnell. 

9.  Since  Feb.  18,  1899  (Dike,  op  tit). 


266  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

that  he  was  so  scared  that  he  forgot  to  fire  his  pistol  until 
he  was  six  miles  off.  It  is  told  of  another  of  the  posse — who 
always  wore  his  large  6-shooter  out  in  plain  view,  had  one  of 
his  pants  legs  out  of  his  boot  and  the  other  one  in,  wore  the 
largest  white  hat  that  the  town  afforded,  and  carried  his  bit 
red  brand  book  in  his  left  inside  coat  pocket — that,  when  the 
shooting  became  a  little  too  interesting,  he  pulled  out  the  big 
red  book  and,  carefully  looking  through  it  said,  "Boys,  I 
cannot  find  their  brand  anywhere  in  this  book,  so  I  think  we 
had  better  let  them  go." 

From  Palo  Blanco  canyon,  where  Romulo  Lucero  lives, 
we  drove  over  the  mesa,10  facing  a  biting  cold  wind.  About  10 
o'clock  we  descended  into  Ute  Creek  canyon,  which  at  this 
point  is  about  800  feet  deep,  and  made  a  short  call  on  Nicanor 
Romero,  who  is  quite  extensively  interested  in  the  sheep  busi- 
ness. Along  about  three  o'clock  we  pulled  into  DeHaven11 
where  the  post-office  and  general  merchandise  store  is  kept  by 
Walter  Traister,12  an  ex-cow-boy.  On  his  present  ranch  he  has 
dammed  up  the  creek  and  is  irrigating  about  forty  acres  of 
land,  which  is  partly  seeded  down  to  alfalfa.  On  another  part 
he  raises  sugar  cane,  and  one  small  part  is  given  up  to  an 
excellent  garden,  where  this  last  season  he  raised  onions, 
weighing  from  one  to  two  pounds,  cabbages,  carrots,  sugar 
beets,  and  other  kinds  of  "garden  sass"  too  numerous  to  men- 
tion. Said  he, 

"WATER  is  ALL  THE  LAND  NEEDS,  but  in  most  places  that  is 
the  hardest  thing  to  get."  We  accepted  his  kind  hospitality  for 
the  evening.  He  wanted  to  know  whether  I  was  the  "Old  Ob- 
server," and  I  had  to  confess  that  I  was  not.  That  evening  we 
were  entertained  by  our  genial  friend  with  many  a  tale  of 
bucking  broncho  or  eastern  tenderfoot ;  of  an  exciting  mid- 
night stampede  of  the  herd,  or  of  an  Indian  scare.  He  showed 
us  with  pride  his  30-30  rifle,  with  which  he  easily  shot  a  coyote 
through  the  heart  at  a  distance  of  325  yards.  The  next  morn- 

10.  Turned  south  approximately  in  the  vicinity  of  secondary  road  120. 

11.  Evidently  named  for  George  W.  DeHaven,  postmaster  from  Apr.  15,  1895  to  Aug. 
15,  1900  (Dike,  opcit). 

12.  Dike,  op  cit,  records  Daniel  C.  Traister  as  postmaster  as  of  Aug.  31,  1901. 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  267 

ing,  after  sleeping  soundly  in  our  host's  bed  while  he  slept 
on  the  floor,  we  continued  our  journey  southward,  still  in 
Union  county.  We  stopped  at  Oliverio  Lucero's  where  we  took 
dinner  and  looked  over  his  excellent  flock  of  800  ewes,  which 
were  well  bred  up  in  Merino  and  sheared  six  pounds  to  the 
head.  Almost  every  herd  has  from  five  to  25  goats  in  it  to 
lead  the  flock,  and  for  other  reasons  understood  only  by  their 
Spanish  owners. 

After  dinner  we  started  on  a  long  drive  over  another  mesa 
and  through  the  dry  bed  of  Laguna  Grande,  or  Big  Lake, 
south  to  La  Cinta  canyon.  There  we  had  the  steepest  descent 
of  our  trip.  The  road  is  about  two  miles  long  and  descends 
into  the  canyon,  900  to  1,000  feet  deep.  We  tied  both  wheels, 
got  out  and  walked  down,  and  I  assure  my  readers  this  was 
much  more  satisfactory  than  riding. 

We  spent  the  night  with  Parker  Wells  and  his  good  wife 
at  their  ranch  in  La  Cinta  canyon,  one  of  the  most  favored 
that  I  have  ever  seen.13  The  walls  of  the  canyon  surround 
them  on  all  sides  except  the  south,  thus  making  a  natural 
fence.  The  grass  in  this  canyon  starts  at  least  a  month  earlier 
than  up  on  the  mesa.  With  capital  and  industry  it  could  be 
made  a  paradise,  for  in  this  canyon  almost  any  fruit  known 
to  the  temperate  zone  can  be  raised.  With  alfalfa,  sorghum, 
kaffir  corn  and  other  rough  feeds,  it  is  the  best  ranching 
country  a  man  could  ask  for.  There  are,  however,  some  draw- 
backs. One  of  them  is 

THE  PRAIRIE  DOG.  I  saw  160  acres  here  almost  destroyed  by 
these  little  animals.  The  holes  were  so  thick  that  you  could 
almost  jump  from  one  to  the  other.  It  is  a  wonder  to  me  that 
the  ranch  men  do  not  poison  them,  for  this,  according  to  some, 
is  a  very  simple  matter.  By  dropping  a  teaspoonf ul  of  wheat 
soaked  in  a  solution  of  arsenic,  croton  oil,  and  a  little  molasses 
at  each  hole,  the  prairie  dog  is  put  to  death,  and  grass  will  be 


18.  La  Cinta  had  long  been  a  favorable  ranching  center.  From  1884  to  1887  Charles 
Ilf eld  dealt  with  the  following  ranchers  and  storekeepers  in  that  area :  Simon  Frankenthal, 
A.  H.  Sauter,  M.  Slattery,  Fritz  Eggert,  Charles  I.  Kohn,  and  F.  E.  Herd  (Charles  Ilf  eld 
Company  records,  op  cit). 


268  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

made  to  flourish  where  before  was  a  pasture  close  cropped  by 
the  pests. 

Entertained  by  the  Edison  gramophone  and  a  large  music 
box,  we  spent  what  will  be  long  remembered  as  one  of  the 
pleasantest  evenings  in  Union  county. 

The  next  night  we  stayed  at 

THE  RANCH  OF  T.  E.  MITCHELL,"  one  of  the  finest  cattle  and 
sheep  ranches  in  the  county,  excluding,  of  course,  the  famous 
Bell  ranch.  The  Mitchell  ranch  proper,  located  on  the  wide 
and  fertile  valley  of  the  Tequezquite  [Tequesquite]  Arroyo, 
supports  something  over  three  hundred  cattle  and  many 
thousand  sheep.  The  ranch  house  is  finely  appointed,  but 
would  be  incomplete  without  the  presence  of  Mrs.  Mitchell  and 
the  three  rollicking,  bright-faced  children,  who  show  the  pa- 
tient care  taken  in  their  bringing-up.  We  spent  the  evening 
talking  cattle  and  cowboy  life,  for  in  his  younger  days  Mr. 
Mitchell  followed  the  cattle  business  extensively.  The  reader 
must  not  think  from  this  that  our  friend  is  an  old  man,  for  as 
yet  he  shows  no  gray  hairs  and  is  as  young  and  active  as 
any  one.  He  has  the  largest  and  best-arranged  corrals  and 
horse  stables  that  I  have  yet  seen  in  Union  county.  Water  for 
the  house  is  supplied  by  a  large  windmill,  and  the  surplus 
flows  into  a  tank  from  which  it  is  conveyed  through  pipes 
to  the  corrals  and  pens.  Mr.  Mitchell  thinks  of  putting  in  a 
plant  to  irrigate  about  ten  acres  of  alfalfa. 

AT  THE  GALLEGOS  POST-OFFICE  and  plaza,  the  Gallegos 
Brothers  run  a  general  merchandise  store  and  are  reckoned 
among  the  richest  and  most  influential  men  in  this  part  of  the 
country.  They  own  vast  numbers  of  sheep  and  cattle,  and  it  is 
doubted  whether  they  themselves  know  just  how  rich  they 
are.  At  present  they  are  building  quite  a  few  small  irrigation 
dams,  and  several  windmills  to  water  their  cattle  and  sheep. 
We  pushed  south  to  the  ranch  of  Nepomoceno  Martinez,  ex- 
treasurer  of  Union  county,  and  one  of  the  prominent  men  of 


14.  This  must  have  been  the  Dubuque  (Iowa)  Cattle  Company  ranch  of  which  T.  E. 
Mitchell  was  manager  (Illustrated  History  of  New  Mexico,  Lewis  Publishing  Company, 
1895.  Chicago,  pp.  492-493). 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  269 

this  section.  It  was  after  dark  when  we  reached  his  home, 
but  he  welcomed  us  in  true  Spanish  style.  He  runs  quite  ex- 
tensive herds  of  cattle  and  sheep.  He  has,  just  back  of  the 
house,  a  fine  spring  which  supplies  drinking  water  for  the 
house,  and  also  for  his  stock.  The  last  summer  this  spring 
brought  to  its  owner  quite  a  little  revenue,  for  the  men  work- 
ing on  the  new  railroad,  some  eight  miles  away,  purchased  all 
of  their  drinking  water  here  at  the  rate  of  five  cents  a  barrel. 
This  and  other  springs  are  also  used  for  irrigation  purposes. 
Mr.  Martinez  runs  a  small  general  merchandise  store,  and 
does  his  own  freighting,  hauling  his  goods  and  supplies  from 
Clayton,  which  is  about  100  miles  away.  It  takes  seven  to  ten 
days  to  make  the  round  trip  with  a  wagon. 

The  next  morning  we  turned  our  faces  towards  Clayton 
and  traveled  back  north  towards  the  plaza  of  Gallegos,  stop- 
ping on  the  way  to  make  a  short  call  on  Martin  Lucero.  We 
found  him  just  coming  out  to  take  charge  of  his  flock  of  ewes 
that  were  quietly  grazing  in  the  arroyo  west  of  his  house. 
After  a  long  day's  drive,  we  reached  the  ranch  of  Don  Leon 
Pinard,  who  is  one  of  the  county  commissioners  and  a  promi- 
nent man  in  politics  and  ranching.15  He  runs  at  present  from 
10  to  15  thousand  head  of  sheep  and  about  three  hundred  cat- 
tle. Contrary  to  the  usual  custom  of  this  country,  he  has 
shipped  his  wool  to  Boston  for  many  years.  So  also  has  Nepo- 
moceno  [sic]  Martinez,16  and  they  are  of  the  opinion  that 
it  is  a  little  the  best  way,  if  you  can  get  an  honest  commission 

15.  Pedro  Leon  Pinard  had  been  a  partner  of  Mateo  Lujan   (See  biographical  sketch 
of  Mateo  Lujan.  These  men  dealt  extensively  with  Charles  Ilfeld  and  his  former  partner 
Adolph  Letcher.  Originally  Charles  Ilfeld  acquired  lands  on  the  Tramperos  from  Andres 
Sena  and  these  were  leased  to  Lujan  and  Pinard  who  also  had  land  holdings  of  their  own. 
Adolph  Letcher,  after  he  moved  permanently  to  Baltimore,  had  flocks  of  sheep  in  the  care 
of  Lujan  and  Pinard.  The  partnership  dissolved  in  Aug.  or  Sept.  1899  and  a  new  one, 
Pinard  and  Romero,  was  formed  with  a  post  office  at  Leon.  Mateo  Lujan  continued  to 
operate  at  Bueyeros.  A  third  center,  Baca  (Andred  Sena  had  married  into  the  Baca  family) 
separated  the  two  post  offices  (Representative  New  Mexicans,  C.  S.  Peterson,  Denver,  Colo., 
1912,  p.  183.  Charles  Ilfeld  Records,  op  cit,  Copy  Book,  14,  July  31,  1886,  pp.  275,  992-994 ; 
Copy  Book  55,  Aug.  26  and  28,  1899,  pp.  232  and  241 ;  Copy  Book  57,  Dec.  19,  1899,  p.  418. 
Berry  N.  Alvis,  op.  cit.,  22 :  256 ;  Parish  interviews  with  Eugene  D.  Lujan,  July  18,  1953, 
Santa  Fe,  and  Rodney  B.  Schoonmaker,  Aug.  21,  1947,  Las  Vegas). 

16.  Postmaster  of  Vigil,  N.M.  from  Apr.  21  to  July  17,   1882    (Dike,  op.  cit).  Vigil 
was  located  between  Mosquero  and  Bueyeros    (Parish  interview  with  Eugene  D.  Lujan, 
op  cit). 


270  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

firm  to  handle  it  for  you.  Mr.  Pinard  stated  that  he  had  re- 
peatedly tried  to  irrigate  the  land,  but  that,  on  his  sandy  soil, 
it  was  almost  impossible  to  get  enough  water  as  it  sunk  away 
and  evaporated  so  quickly.  He  said  he  had  continued  to  try 
to  get  alfalfa  started,  but  failure  had  always  attended  his 
efforts.  The  hot  sun  on  the  sand  had  always  burned  it  out  in  a 
year  or  two.  Right  here  I  must  confess  to 

STEALING  A  DOG  the  day  before.  He  was  a  fine  fellow,  and 
followed  us  all  day  through  the  sand  and  soap  weed.  He  pa- 
tiently gnawed  a  bone  at  our  door  all  through  the  long  night, 
interrupted  only  by  growls  and  small  frays  with  other  dogs, 
much  to  the  discontent  of  the  "bulletin"  men,  but  not  to  that 
of  Bob,  the  jolly  deputy  sheriff,  for  his  snores  sounded  right 
on  through  gnawings,  growls,  dog  fights,  and  smothered 
curses  from  the  other  occupant  of  the  bed.  The  next  morning 
we  looked  around  for  our  faithful  canine,  but  alas !  the  mis- 
tress of  the  house  had  taken  a  fancy  to  him,  and  the  gallant 
Bob  could  not  refuse  her. 

As  the  sun  began  to  get  high  in  the  heavens,  we  pulled 
up  at  the  general  store  of  J.  Doherty  &  Company.17  This  is 
one  of  the  best-stocked  general  merchandise  stores  that  we 
saw  while  out  on  our  trip.  Here  we  enjoyed  a  fine  dinner ;  and 
as  we  enjoyed  it  and  were  late,  we  had  to  eat  alone.  Such  ap- 
petites as  we  did  have!  All  we  ate  was  two  pounds  of  beef 
steak,  half  a  dozen  eggs,  coffee,  countless  slices  of  bread,  and 
we  finally  wound  up  on  pudding.  Of  course,  I  ate  the  most, 
for  Bob  is  small,  weighing  only  220  pounds. 

At  Bueyeros  we  met  the  postmaster,  M.  G.  Tixier18  (pro- 
nounced Teshay) ,  and  Don  Leandro  Vigil,  a  prominent  ranch 
man  of  Bueyeros.  That  night  we  spent  with  Don  Agustin 
Vigil.  We  were  royally  entertained  by  our  host,  who  is  50 


17.  Joe  Doherty.  See  Twitchell,  Vol.  4,  op  cit,  p.  547  for  biographical  sketch.   The 
"Young  Observer's"  experience  would  indicate  Doherty  had  a  store  near  Bueyeros.  Twitchell 
located  Doherty's  store  at  Folsom.  Yet  that  town  is  too  far  north  for  the  "Young  Observer" 
to  have  been  there  on  this  trip.  He  had  passed  through  Folsom  on  the  train  to  Clayton 
so  it  is  not  likely  he  could  have  erred  in  recording  the  approximate  location  of  this  store. 
It  is  possible  this  was  a  branch  store. 

18.  Miguel  G.  Tixier.  Was  appointed  May  81,  1898  (Dike,  op  eit). 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  271 

years  old  and  has  a  father  still  living  over  eighty  years  of  age. 
By  the  way, 

IN  THIS  HEALTHFUL  COUNTRY  it  is  not  uncommon  to  find 
people  of  that  age  or  upwards.  Mr.  Vigil  is  as  quick  and  active 
as  a  man  of  25.  He  understands  the  English  language  well 
and  reads  it  better  than  he  speaks  it.  Although  he  had  the 
privileges  of  a  school  for  only  four  months  in  his  life,  he  has 
by  his  own  efforts  made  himself  as  well-informed  a  man  as 
you  will  often  meet. 

The  next  morning,  after  a  hearty  breakfast  of  corned 
beef,  veal,  beans,  bread,  coffee,  chile,  etc.,  we  journeyed  north- 
ward to  the  post  office  at  Clapham,  where  we  arrived  at  about 
three  o'clock  and  put  our  tired  horses  into  a  corral  for  the 
night.  Mr.  V.  A.  Overbay,  who  is  the  postmaster  and  runs  a 
general  merchandise  store,  spent  the  early  part  of  his  life  as 
a  cowboy  on  the  plains  of  western  Texas  and  New  Mexico. 
He  now  has  a  fine  herd  of  graded  Heref  ords,  which  will  make 
him  a  handsome  profit  this  coming  season.  During  the  three 
hours'  time  till  sundown,  one  of  the  party  took 

A  HUNT  UP  THE  ARROYO  coming  back  with  three  quails  in 
his  pocket  and  a  fine  fat  duck  dangling  at  each  side. 

At  eight  o'clock  next  morning  we  were  speeding  on  our 
way  towards  Clayton.  Up  hills  and  where  the  sand  was  deep- 
est we  walked,  facing  a  stiff  breeze,  while  the  tired  team  took 
things  as  easy  as  it  was  possible  to  let  them.  Six  miles  south 
of  Clayton,  we  came  in  sight  of  the  ranch  of  Don  Francisco 
Maestas.  Mr.  Maestas  is  a  well  known  cattle  and  sheep  raiser. 
He  runs  from  two  to  three  thousand  of  sheep  and  quite  a  large 
herd  of  cattle.  This  ranch,  which  he  has  recently  bought,  is 
located  on  the  Perrico  [perico]  arroyo.  It  is  so  situated  that 
a  large  tract  of  the  land  can  be  easily  irrigated,  and  this,  to- 
gether with  its  proximity  to  Clayton,  makes  it  a  very  desir- 
able ranch. 

At  two  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  Wednesday,  February 
26,  two  weary,  unshaven,  and  generally  unkempt  travelers 
drove  into  Clayton,  to  be  greeted  by  their  many  friends,  and 
the  lucky  Bob  by  his  two  little  daughters. 


272  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

"The  Young  Observer"  in  New  Mexico  * 

Sheep  Ranches  and  Sheep  Men  in  and  Around  Folsom, 
Union  County 

UNION  COUNTY.  NEW  MEXICO.  March  25,  1902.  This  is  the 
windy  season  of  the  year  for  New  Mexico.  This  is  the  time 
when  the  shepherd  anxiously  looks  for  the  signs  of  an  ap- 
proaching storm.  The  storms  of  this  season  of  the  year  are 
usually  of  wet  snow,  cold  rain,  or  sleet.  They  usually  cause 
great  losses  among  the  poor  sheep  and  cattle.  The  pastures  of 
this  part  of  New  Mexico  have  been  refreshed  by  a  heavy  rain 
and  a  damp  snow,  and  as  soon  as  there  come  a  few  warm  days 
the  green  grass  will  begin  to  shoot  up  among  the  brown  and 
dead  stems.  Already,  on  the  south  sides  of  the  canyons,  where 
the  sun  strikes,  the  green  grass  is  appearing. 

After  returning  from  my  trip  mentioned  in  the  March 
number  I  accepted  the  kind  invitation  of  Tom  Gray1  (the  in- 
spector) to  go  out  to  his  ranch  and  spend  a  day  or  so. 

TOM  GRAY'S  RANCH.  Mr.  Gray's  ranch  is  situated  about  12 
miles  south  of  Clayton.  The  land  is  somewhat  sandy  and  the 
grass  here  starts  quite  a  little  earlier  than  it  does  at  Clayton. 
When  we  arrived  at  the  ranch,  we  found  the  ranch  buildings 
empty.  In  one  room  we  found  the  family  cat  nearly  starved 
and  the  house  dog  looked  rather  gaunt.  The  fact  of  the  matter 
was,  that  one  of  his  numerous  windmills  had  gotten  out  of 
order,  and  Pacos  (the  boss)  was  away  fixing  it.  After  appeas- 
ing the  hunger  of  the  well-nigh  starved  animals,  we  built  a 
fire  in  the  cook  stove  and  proceeded  to  cook  a  good,  substan- 
tial meal  as  we  were  somewhat  hungry  from  our  long  ride. 
About  that  time  Pacos  arrived  and  we  all  sat  down  and  en- 
joyed our  supper  together. 

That  night  about  midnight 

OUR  SLUMBERS  WERE  DISTURBED  by  some  one  pounding  on 
the  door.  On  going  to  the  door  we  found  two  men  there,  who 

*  The  American  Shepherd's  Bulletin,  vol.  7,  no.  3,  March,  1902  (pt.  2). 

1.  This  must  be  the  same  Tom  Gray  who  Alvis  interviewed  on  three  occasions  in  Sep- 
tember, 1933  on  the  early  history  of  Union  County  (Berry  Newton  Alvis,  "History  of  Union 
County,  New  Mexico,"  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW,  22:  249,  257,  270). 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  273 

were  looking  for  a  woman  who  had  started  across  the  mesa 
alone,  and  on  foot,  that  cold  day.  She  was  a  16-year-old  bride, 
who  had  become  dissatisfied  with  her  father-in-law's  mansion 
for  some  reason  or  other  and  had  left  to  find  her  18-year-old 
husband,  who  was  supposed  to  be  at  a  house  across  the  mesa, 
15  miles  away. 

The  men  (her  husband  and  brother-in-law)  soon  started 
out  again  into  the  night  hunting  for  her. 

At  this  writing  I  have  not  heard  whether  she  was  found 
dead  or  alive. 

The  next  morning  we  started  out 

TO  LOOK  OVER  THE  RANGE  and  incidentally  inspect  a  cou- 
ple of  Mr.  Gray's  flocks  of  sheep. 

The  land  around  the  Gray  ranch  is  very  sandy,  and  on  a 
windy  day  it  is  disagreeable  traveling.  The  fine  span  of 
blacks,  however,  did  not  seem  to  mind  it,  as  they  pranced 
along  over  the  mesa  and  down  the  dry  creek  bed. 

The  first  windmill  we  came  to  was  all  right,  and  pumping 
right  along.  The  second  one  had  the  pump  rod  broken.  After 
doing  the  best  we  could  for  this  one,  we  again  started  down 
the  creek  bottom  to  where  the  best  flock  of  sheep  were  graz- 
ing. It  was 

A  PRETTY  SIGHT  to  see  them  walking  through  the  grass  and 
sage  brush,  daintily  picking  the  grass  here  and  there.  The 
sheep  on  this  ranch  shear  about  six  pounds  of  wool  to  the 
head. 

I  also  saw  some  fine  rams,  which  would  shear  anywhere 
from  12  to  20  pounds.  Mr.  Gray  is  justly  proud  of  his  ram 
flock. 

After  a  pleasant  visit  we  turned  our  faces  northward  and 
soon  found  ourselves  at  the  cattle  ranch  of  Dr.  North,2  of 
Clayton.  He  has  a  fine  bunch  of  cattle  and  is  rapidly  becoming 
one  of  the  large  owners  of  this  county. 

After  eating  dinner  with  his  foreman,  we  were  again  be- 
hind the  swift  blacks  and  after  a  couple  of  hours  found  our- 

2.  Alvis  mentions  Dr.  S.  T.  North  on  two  occasions  and,  later,  a  Dr.  S.  I.  North  who 
he  states  was  the  first  physician  in  Clayton  and  the  owner  of  the  Clayton  House,  the  town's 
first  hotel  (Alvis,  op  cit,  pp.  260,  261,  270). 


274  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

selves  in  Clayton,  which  we  found  rather  dusty,  as  a  stiff 
wind  was  blowing,  and  that  condition  in  this  country  always 
brings  sand  with  it. 

Taking  the  train  Monday  morning  at  3:19  a.m.,  I  arrived 
in  the  town  of 

FOLSOM.  According  to  some  of  the  aspiring  Folsom  busi- 
ness men,  this  town  stands  at  least  next  to  Clayton  as  a  trad- 
ing centre.  There  are  three  mercantile  companies,  which  do 
all  of  the  business  of  the  town.  Folsom  is,  beyond  a  doubt,  an 
enterprising  town  and  does  a  large  business  in  the  handling 
and  shipping  of  cattle,  sheep  and  wool. 

In  this  town  some  enterprising  men  have  formed  what 
is  known  as 

THE  FOLSOM  MERCANTILE  CO.,  Limited,  incorporated  un- 
der the  laws  of  the  territory  of  New  Mexico.  They  now  have 
the  store  in  operation  and  as  the  season  advances  they  expect 
to  handle  large  numbers  of  sheep,  cattle,  and  a  large  quantity 
of  wool.  Their  business  is  steadily  increasing  and  if  their  ex- 
pectations are  realized,  they  will  do  an  immense  business  this 
year. 

With  Folsom  situated  as  it  is  in  the  midst  of  a  rich  ranch- 
ing country,  the  fertile  valley  of  the  Simeron  [Cimarron]  on 
one  side  and  the  rich  malipi  [malpais]  mesas  on  the  other, 
there  is  plenty  of  room  for  the  three  general  merchandise 
stores  of  this  enterprising  little  town. 

METHODS  OF  PLACING  STOCK.  They  are  now  for  the  first 
time,  placing  their  stock  on  the  markets  and  their  methods 
of  securing  it  and  guaranteeing  dividends,  and  paying  them 
are  as  follows : 

This  company  sells  at  present  only  unmatured3  stock,  50 
per  cent  of  which  must  be  secured,  or  paid  up,  by  the  pur- 
chaser, the  other  50  per  cent  of  which  the  purchaser  must 
mature  by  9  o'clock  a.m.,  January  18,  1905,  the  manner  of 
maturing  which  is  shown  in  the  accompanying  statement,  to 
trate  [  ?]  more  fully,  suppose  the  investor  which  the  reader  is 

3.  Common  stock  subscriptions  which  are  partially  paid  for.  The  balances  are  due  on  a 
succession  of  maturity  dates. 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  275 

referred.  For  cash  purchases  of  stock  the  company  proposes 
to  guarantee  or  insure  the  purchaser  against  loss  by  gilt  edge 
or  gold  bonds  placed  in  escrow  for  the  security  of  the  in- 
vestor, i.e.,  for  every  dollar  cash  the  investor  pays  on  the 
stock  of  this  company  he  may  have  an  interest-bearing  gold 
bond  back  of  it  to  secure  him  against  loss ;  provided  that  the 
investor  purchases  as  much  as  five  shares,  $500,  of  stock  and 
pays  50  per  cent  of  it  in  cash.  No  less  than  five  shares  will  be 
sold  on  a  guarantee  of  this  kind.  To  illustrate,  an  investor 
purchases  five  shares  of  unmatured  stock  in  this  company; 
he  must  pay  the  company  50  per  cent  or  $250  cash.  The  com- 
pany would  then  place  in  escrow  for  the  security  of  the  in- 
vestor an  interest-bearing  gold  bond,  interest  payable  semi- 
annually,  for  $250,  for  which  the  investor  can  exchange  50 
per  cent  of  his  stock  at  any  time  he  desires.  The  other  50  per 
cent  of  his  stock  he  is  required  to  mature  under  the  laws  of 
the  company  as  shown  in  the  statement,  the  maturity  of 
which  he  must  also  secure  to  the  company.  Thus  it  may  be  seen 
that  the  company  not  only  secures  itself,  but  is  willing  to 
secure  the  investor  also. 

Following  is  a  statement  of  how  stock  will  mature  in  the 
Folsom  Mercantile  Company.  The  statement  is  made  upon 
the  basis  of  ten  shares  or  $1,000 : 

STOCKHOLDER 

To  subscription  (for  stock)  _  _  $2,000.00 4 


—$2,000.00 

By  cash,  50  per  cent  paid  up $1,000.00 

By  rent  first  year 300.00 

By  rent  second  year 300.00 

By  rent  third  year 300.00 

By  rent  20  per  cent  of  50  per  cent  of  P.  V 100.00 


$2,000.00' 


4.  Either  the  "Young  Observer"  meant  to  imply  that  the  subscription  price  was  twice 
the  par  value  in  order  to  create  a  capital  surplus,  a  possibility  which  could  have  been  pat- 
terned after  the  national  banking  law,  or  his  figures  are  incorrect. 


276  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Note.  P.  V.  in  the  last  item  of  the  credit  side  of  the  above 
statement  means  par  value  of  stock. 

When  the  above  conditions  have  been  complied  with  by 
the  stockholder,  his  certificate  of  unmatured  stock  must  be 
exchanged  for  one  of  paid  up  stock.  Thus  the  stockholder  is 
given  three  years  in  which  to  mature  50  per  cent  of  his  stock. 

If  the  reader  is  interested,  he  can  gain  all  the  needed  in- 
formation by  writing  Mr.  G.  W.  Guyer,5  Folsom,  New  Mexico, 
manager  of  the  Folsom  Mercantile  Company. 

After  staying  in  Folsom  a  couple  of  days,  I  accepted  the 
kind  invitation  of  Mr.  T.  P.  James6  to  spend  a  few  days  at  his 
ranch. 

RANCH  OP  T.  P.  JAMES.  This  beautiful  ranch  is  located 
about  12  miles  southeast  of  the  town  of  Folsom.  Mr.  James 
has  a  fine,  well  furnished,  nicely  appointed  ranch  house  of 
nine  rooms,  with  high  ceilings  and  wide  verandas.  The  yard 
is  well  shaded  by  cottonwood  trees,  and  to  the  south  are  the 
barns  and  corrals  which  are  well  built  and  substantial. 
Farther  south  are  the  dipping  plant,  and  three  large  stone 
corrals,  each  of  which  will  hold  over  a  thousand  sheep.  Just 
west  of  the  house  is  the  fine  spring  and  spring  house.  From 
this  fine,  sparkling  spring  there  run  pipes  to  all  parts  of  the 
house  and  to  the  barns  and  the  dipping  plant  which,  in  all, 
make 

A  COMPLETE  WATER  SYSTEM.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  have 
been  blessed  with  quite  a  large  family.  Two  are  boys  and  the 
rest  girls.  One  son,  John,  is  upon  the  Arkansas  valley  feed- 
ing sheep  from  the  ranch,  and  the  other,  whose  name  is  Light, 
is  staying  home  taking  care  of  their  cattle  and  sheep. 

Mr.  James  is  a  great  believer  in  the  educating  of  children, 
and  has  always  hired  the  best  tutors  and  governesses  he  could 
secure,  besides  sending  his  children  to  suitable  colleges  and 
seminaries  when  they  became  of  the  proper  age.  So  all  in  their 


5.  Had  been  an  editor  of  the  Clayton  News  ( Illustrated  History  of  New  Mexico,  Lewis 
Publishing  Company,  1895,  Chicago,  pp.  632-633 ) . 

6.  Thomas  P.  James.  See  Representative  New  Mexicans,  C.  S.  Peterson,  Denver,  Colo., 
1912,  p.  156  for  biographical  sketch. 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  277 

turn  have  had  the  chance  of  obtaining  a  good  education,  and 
have  to  all  appearances  improved  their  opportunities. 

The  two  daughters,  Miss  Bird  and  Miss  May,  still  remain- 
ing under  the  parental  roof,  are  bright,  intelligent,  resource- 
ful young  ladies  with  the  world  still  bright  before  them  and 
their  school  days  nearly  finished.  Their  education  is  by  no 
means  limited  to  books,  for  there  is  not  a  thing  in  the  house 
or  around  the  ranch  which  they  do  not  understand  how  to 
do.  Much  of  this  practical  training  they  owe  to  their  mother, 
who  is  an  ideal  wife  and  careful  trainer  of  her  children  in 
the  ways  of  right  and  usefulness.  On  this  range  are  about 
10,000  sheep  and  some  750  cattle.  The  sheep  are  well  graded 
and  shear  about  six  pounds  of  fine  wool. 

Mr.  James  now  has  under  his  consideration  the  purchas- 
ing of  some  fine  bucks  from  Ohio  to  increase  the  weight  of 
fleece,  carcass  and  length  of  staple. 

Mr.  James,  though  not  an  old  man,  is 

OLD  IN  EXPERIENCE.  He  came  from  a  southern  state  some 
10  or  12  years  ago  with  almost  nothing  but  a  good  reputation 
and  good  credit,  and  to-day  by  his  thrift,  industry  and  hon- 
esty, is  one  of  the  richest  and  most  influential  ranchmen  in 
this  part  of  the  territory.  He  is  thinking  of  decreasing  his 
herd  and  improving  it  correspondingly.  He  is  also  thinking 
of  improving  his  cattle  by  getting  some  fine  Hereford  bulls 
to  take  the  place  of  the  grades  heretofore  used.  This  very  wise 
ranch  man  is  doing — cutting  down  and  improving  his  herds 
of  cattle  or  sheep. 

One  day  of  my  stay  here  was  spent  in  taking  a  trip  down 
to  the  ranch  of  Mr.  Ed.  Wight,7  who  owns  about  the  same 
number  of  sheep  as  Mr.  James. 

RANCH  OF  ED.  WIGHT.  What  most  attracted  my  attention 
here,  was  the  fine  shearing  and  wool  house.  The  day  I  was 
there  it  was  grub  day,  and  all  of  the  herders  were  in  to  get 

7.  E.  D.  Wight  purchased  a  half-page  advertisement  in  the  July  issue  of  The  Ameri- 
can Shepherd's  Bulletin  in  an  attempt  to  sell  his  ranch.  Four  pictures  of  his  ranch  were 
published  in  the  issue.  His  ranch  was  described  as  being  4,000  acres  with  grazing  privileges 
over  30  by  10  miles  and  having  10,000  head  of  sheep,  shearing  from  8  to  10  pounds  per 
head  (American  Shepherd's  Bulletin,  Vol.  7,  No.  7,  July  1902,  pp.  2381  and  2429,  microfilm, 
UNM  Library). 


278  NEW  MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

their  weekly  supply.  They  are  a  happy  lot,  and  with  many  a 
joke  and  friendly  jest  they  loaded  their  camp  burros  and  lei- 
surely wended  their  way  back  to  their  respective  camps. 

The  next  trip  we  took  was  over  to  the 

RANCH  OF  MR.  F.  D.  WIGHT,8  who  owns  some  15,000  sheep. 
We  found  no  one  at  home,  and  after  waiting  around  some 
time  we  went  into  the  house,  which  was  unlocked,  and  cooked 
ourselves  a  fine  dinner.  After  dinner  we  looked  over  the  fine 
flock  of  Lincoln  bucks  which,  I  understand,  came  from  the 
Patrick  Bros.,  of  Canada.  They  were  fine,  large  blocky  rams, 
and  will  no  doubt  improve  the  mutton  form  and  the  length  of 
staple  of  their  flock.  After  lingering  around  some  time  we 
mounted  our  faithful  little  ponies  and  soon  were  at  home 
again  without  seeing  foreman  or  ranch  owner. 

After  nearly  a  week  thus  pleasantly  spent  in  and  around 
the  James  ranch,  I  bade  my  kind  friends  adios  and  started 
for  the  McLaughlin  ranch  by  way  of  Folsom. 

THE  MC  LAUGHLIN  RANCH  is  situated  about  18  miles  west 
of  Folsom,  New  Mexico,  and  is  in  Coif  ax  county.  Here  I  saw 
the  best  flock  of  sheep  I  have  yet  seen  in  New  Mexico.  They 
are  large  Rambouillet  ewes,  called  by  some  here,  Arizona 
Delaines  or  Merinos.  In  fair  flesh  they  will  average  120 
pounds  and  shear  about  12  pounds  to  the  head. 

With  this  pure  bred  flock,  Mr.  McLaughlin  is  embarking 
in  the  stud  flock  business  and  hopes  in  a  couple  of  years  to  be 
able  to  furnish  300  to  500  bucks  a  year  to  the  surrounding 
ranch  men.  He  is  now  feeding  them  a  little  corn  each  day,  and 
they  are  doing  nicely. 

The  next  day  after  my  arrival,  we  started  to 

BULL  LAKE  on  a  hunt  for  a  new  herder  to  take  the  place  of 
a  sick  one.  This  lake  (it  is  said)  received  its  name  on  account 
of  a  curious  adventure  of  a  ranch  man  at  that  place.  It  seems 
that  he  had  been  out  on  a  buffalo  hunt  and  after  an  exciting 
hunt  had  wounded  a  large  buffalo  bull. 

8.  Frederick  D.  Wight  maintained  a  home  in  Denver  in  1900,  having  come  to  the  West 
28  years  previously  from  Maine.  He  had  been  a  lieutenant  in  the  Union  Army  (American 
Shepherd's  Bulletin,  op  cit,  p.  863).  He  had  been  ranching  on  the  upper  Corrumpa  in 
1880  with  Briggs  &  Leighton  as  partners  (Alvis,  op  cit,  22:251). 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  279 

Unfortunately  for  the  man,  his  last  load  was  spent  in 
slightly  wounding  the  large  bull  in  the  shoulder.  Thinking 
the  shot  fatal,  he  got  off  his  horse  to  dispatch  the  huge  fel- 
low with  his  hunting  knife,  but  alas,  the  bull  was  not  dead, 
but  taking  a  new  lease  of  life  plunged  after  the  unfortunate 
hunter.  It  was  all  done  so  quickly  that  his  only  escape  was  in 
the  icy  waters  of  the  lake.  There  he  remained  till  night  spread 
over  him  her  protecting  wings,  and  under  cover  of  the  dark 
he  found  his  pony  and  managed,  after  much  trouble,  to  gain 
shelter  with  a  friendly  Mexican.  This  lake  has  since  then  been 
known  as  Bull  lake. 

Just  as  Mr.  Mack  and  I  were  coming  off  a  small  bridge, 
we  felt  the  front  of  our  buggy  give  way  and,  getting  out,  we 
found  that  the  front  axle  had  broken.  It  was  half  an  hour's 
work  to  get  some  wire  and  a  small  fence  post,  which  we  wired 
under  the  axle  and  soon  we  were  again  on  our  hunt  after  the 
herder.  But 

OUR  TROUBLES  WERE  NOT  ENDED  for,  as  we  were  going  over 
the  rough  prairie  something  else  gave  way  and  nearly  let  us 
down  to  mother  earth.  After  wiring  this  up  (blessed  be  the 
man  who  first  made  wire)  we  climbed  a  small  mountain  and 
found  our  herder,  a  bright  Spanish  boy  of  17,  who  is  now 
earning  $17  a  month  taking  care  of  Mr.  Mack's  800  fine  ewes, 
of  which  he  is  justly  proud.  Mr.  McLaughlin  also  has  a  nice 
bunch  of  cattle,  which  he  intends  to  dispose  of,  as  he  is  able 
to  get  into  sheep. 

The  next  morning  when  we  awoke  we  found  the  air  full  of 
snow,  and  by  noon  the  ground  was  covered  to  the  depth  of 
four  inches.  This  upset  our  plan  of  visiting  Folsom  that  day, 
and  so  the  time  was  pleasantly  whiled  away  playing  "high 
five."9 

The  country  around  this  ranch  is  called  a  malipi  [mal- 
pais]  rock  country.  These  rocks  are  all  of  volcanic  origin,  and 
to  the  east  some  10  or  12  miles  is  an  extinct  volcano  with  a 


9.  One  of  a  group  of  games  known  as  "Cinch,"  "High  Five"  or  "Double  Pedro"  counts 
the  5  of  trumps  and  the  other  5  of  the  same  color  as  5  points  each.  The  only  other  points 
obtainable  are  one  each  for  the  Ace,  Jack,  ten,  and  deuce  of  trumps  (Hoyle'a  Complete  and 
Authoritative  Book  of  Games,  Blue  Ribbon  Books,  Garden  City,  N.  Y.,  1934,  p.  186). 


280  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

wide,  deep  crater  in  the  top.  The  scenery  is  beautiful  and 
wild ;  rocks  and  pine  trees  are  mingled  in  a  picturesque  way. 

The  fine  sheep  which  Mr.  McLaughlin  is  running  are 
owned  by  the  Arizona  Sheep  Company,  who  were  forced  to 
locate  in  New  Mexico  on  account  of  the  closing  of  the  forest 
reserves  of  Arizona.10 

There  is  much  discussion  pro  and  con  about  the  lease  law 
and  I  believe  that,  in  this  locality,  the  majority  are  in  favor 
of  a  just  law,  one  that  gives  the  right  ratio  between  the  cattle 
and  sheep  man  and  will  not  ruin  the  smaller  men. 

10.  The  closing  of  forest  reserves  stemmed  from  an  Act  of  Congress  in  1879  for  the 
establishment  and  control  of  national  forests  with  provisions  for  use  of  products.  The  Gen- 
eral Land  Office  had  issued  a  circular  in  1900  of  rules  and  regulations  governing  the  use 
of  reserves  for  stock  ranging.  Prior  to  this  time  the  policy  had  been  to  prohibit  grazing  in 
national  forest  reserves  (Benjamin  Horace  Hibbard,  A  History  of  the  Public  Land  Policies, 
New  York,  1924,  p.  337). 

In  February,  1901,  I.  B.  Hanna,  Superintendent  of  Forest  Reserves  in  Arizona  and 
New  Mexico,  received  an  order  from  the  Interior  Department  to  prohibit  sheep  grazing  on 
the  Black  Forest  Reserve  in  Arizona.  Grazing  had  previously  been  prohibited  on  the  Gila, 
Pecos,  and  Black  Mesa  Reserves.  It  was  estimated  that  as  many  as  300,000  sheep  had  been 
grazing  on  the  Black  Forest  Reserve  in  Arizona  the  previous  summer  and  that  great  hard- 
ship would  thereby  result  from  this  order  (The  National  Shepherd's  Bulletin  of  the  National 
Wool  Growers'  Association,  Vol.  6,  No.  2,  p.  116,  microfilm,  UNM  Library). 

A  new  policy  was  announced  and  was  rescinded  in  1902.  The  following  order  was  re- 
ceived by  Supervisor  McClure  and  the  Gila  River  Forest  Reserve  from  Hon.  Binger  Herman, 
Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office,  Washington,  D.  C. :  "On  page  nine  of  the  Forest 
Reserve  Manual,  it  is  stated  that  when  the  secretary  of  the  interior  has  allowed  sheep 
grazing  in  a  forest  reservation,  the  application  for  the  privilege  is  handled  in  two  ways: 
(a)  Where  a  wool  growers'  association  exists,  which  includes  a  majority  of  the  persons  who 
are  interested  in  the  use  of  the  reserve,  the  association  may  allot  the  range  and  sheep  among 
the  applicants,  (b)  Where  such  an  association  does  not  exist,  or  does  not  care  to  assume  the 
responsibility,  all  applications  are  made  to  the  supervisor  direct  (sic),  who  acts  upon  and 
forwards  the  same  to  the  commissioner  of  the  general  land  office,  with  his  approval  of  other 
recommendations.  The  said  rules  were  established  by  the  honorable  secretary's  order  of 
February  8,  1902.  You  are  now  advised  that  on  October  25,  1902,  the  honorable  secretary 
decided  that  in  the  future  the  wool  growers'  association  will  be  eliminated  from  the  matter 
of  allotment  or  other  control,  and  that  the  grazing  be  placed  directly  in  the  hands  of  the 
forest  supervisors,  under  existing  rules,  and  that  the  penalties  and  obligations  imposed  by 
department  order  of  February  8,  1902,  remain  in  force  against  all  permit  holders.  When 
sheep  grazing  is  allowed  for  1903,  and  the  supervisor  has  been  advised  of  the  number  of 
sheep  to  be  admitted,  applications  should  be  submitted  to  him  direct  (sic)"  (American 
Shepherd's  Bulletin,  op  cit,  Dec.  1902,  p.  3217. 

Upon  learning  of  this  order,  the  Sheepbreeders  Association  of  the  Gila  River  Forest 
Reserve  was  incorporated  in  early  1902  with  Solomon  Luna  of  Los  Lunas  as  President, 
and  Abran  ?  Abeuta  [Abeyta]  of  Socorro  and  Frank  A.  Hubbell  of  Albuquerque  as  associ- 
ates. The  association  controlled  200,000  sheep  and  150,000  were  to  graze  this  year  by  per- 
mission of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior.  The  American  Shepherd's  Bulletin  explained  such 
organizations  as  these  were  needed  because  the  government  had  had  no  one  to  hold  re- 
sponsible for  the  destruction  of  timber  by  fires  started  by  herders  and  "had  consequently 
prohibited  grazing  in  the  forest  reserve"  (American  Shepherd's  Bulletin,  op  cit.  Mar. 
1902,  pp.  3137  and  3139). 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  281 

In  my  next  I  expect  to  tell  you  something  of  eastern  New 
Mexico. 

The  Sheep  Ranges  of  New  Mexico* 

TUCUMCARI,  N.M.,  APRIL  28,  1902. 

The  location  of  Tucumcari  is  now  widely  known.  A  hun- 
dred thousand  people  would  like  to  know  something  definite 
concerning  its  environments.  It  is  almost  in  the  center  of  the 
largest  tract  of  land  occupied  almost  exclusively  by  sheep 
ranches  to  be  found  on  this  continent.  There  are  twenty-five 
million  acres  of  grazing  land  in  this  tract.  A  conservative 
estimate  fixes  the  number  of  range  cattle  now  held  on  this 
land  at  one  hundred  thousand.  They  would  require  two  and 
a-half  million  acres  for  their  subsistence.  Estimating  a  half 
million  acres  for  town  sites,  railroads,  corrals  and  other 
uses,  will  still  leave  the  sheep  ranches  in  possession  of  twenty- 
two  millian  acres,  which  is  UNPARALLELED  IN  EXTENT  in 
North  America. 

Eastern  New  Mexico,  from  the  Colorado  line  to  the  Texas 
boundary  on  the  south,  is  the  ideal  sheep  range. 

Three  things  primarily  essential  to  success,  are  climate, 
feed  and  water.  Pools  of  crystal  water,  springs  and  running 
brooks  abound  throughout  this  vast  region,  not  on  every  sec- 
tion, yet  in  such  proximity  that  almost  every  section  of  this 
vast  area  can  be  made  available  for  grazing  sheep. 

At  the  present  time,  large  tracts  of  this  land  are  not 
pastured  except  for  a  period  of  about  two  months  in  each 
year,  and  that  occurs  during  the  rainy  season. 

It  would  not  be  expensive  to  construct  dams  and  tanks 
on  these  lands,  whereby  stock  water  could  be  had,  during  the 
other  ten  months. 

A  FEASIBLE  PLAN  would  be  to  divide  the  flocks  into  small 
bands  of  800  head  and  haul  water  from  a  central  station  to 
the  vicinity  where  the  several  bands  are  grazing.  Pastures 
that  have  heretofore  been  a  loss,  could  in  this  way  be  made 
valuable. 


*  D.  J.  Aber  in  The  American  Shepherd's  Bulletin,  vol.  7,  no.  5,  May,  1902. 


282  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

In  the  vicinity  of  natural  watering  places,  pastures  have 
been  overstocked,  while  remote  districts  have  been  untouched 
by  the  flocks.  Certainly 

THE  WATERING  PLACES  could  be  multiplied  and  the  area 
of  grazing  land  could  be  increased  in  proportion,  besides 
which  the  stock  would  receive  better  care,  and  the  investment 
be  made  more  certain  and  more  profitable. 

The  sheep  industry  in  eastern  New  Mexico  is  not  new. 
With  some  exceptions,  the  primitive  ranching  methods, 
peculiar  to  a  new  country,  prevail.  Opportunity  now  presents 
to  resourceful  and  energetic  men,  to  secure  by  purchase,  the 
nucleus  of  a  large  and  profitable  sheep  ranch  in  this  country. 

These  pastures  are  ample  in  nutritious  grasses,  and  want- 
ing in  distribution  of  water.  It  is  believed  that  without  extra- 
ordinary expense 

THIS  DIFFICULTY  CAN  BE  OVERCOME.  The  successes  and 
occasional  reverses  attending  the  business  of  sheep  ranching 
in  this  locality  during  a  period  of  twenty  years  enable  one 
to  judge  correctly  of  its  hazards. 

The  aboriginal  shepherd  had  no  machinery  with  which 
to  drill  a  well,  nor  inclination  to  do  so.  Success  is  now  attend- 
ing those  who  have  made  proper  effort  to  secure  water. 
Artesian  water  has  been  obtained  in  many  different  localities. 
It  is  fair  to  presume  that  it  can  be  obtained  in  others,  and 
very  certain  that  the  drill  is  the  instrument  which  will  enable 
ranchers  to  have  water  wherever  desired. 

CLIMATE.  The  thirty-fifth  parallel  passes  near  Tucumcari. 
The  altitude  will  vary  between  3,000  and  5,000  feet.  Much 
of  the  surface  is  level  or  undulating  prairie.  Rains  occur 
most  frequently  between  May  and  November.  No  great  losses 
from  the  rigors  of  winter  are  ever  anticipated  by  those  who 
have  the  experience  of  years  in  this  country. 

True  it  is  that  storms  of  more  or  less  severity  reach  these 
plains  in  the  winter  months,  yet  the  losses  from  that  cause 
are  not  alarming.  Managers  of  large  flocks  are  alert  as  a  sea 
captain,  and  generally  succeed  in  making  all  things  snug 
before  the  storm  strikes  them. 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  283 

The  duration  of  a  storm  is  brief,  lasting  generally  from 
one  to  three  days,  when  the  flocks  can  resume  grazing  on 
the  open  country. 

CHANGES.  The  Chicago,  Rock  Island  and  Pacific  railroad 
is  a  recent  innovation,  cutting  this  great  country  in  twain. 
It  has  not  produced  disaster  to  the  country  nor  wrought  ruin 
to  the  people.  On  the  contrary,  it  is  the  artery  of  subsistence. 
It  is  the  smitten  rock  gushing  out  of  the  midst  of  plenty, 
giving  new  life  to  every  industry.  Marketing  products  or 
purchasing  supplies  can  be  accomplished  now  within  a  few 
hours,  which  required  days  to  accomplish  in  former  times. 
If  there  be  a  rise  in  the  wool  market  in  Boston  at  noon 
the  rancher  in  the  vicinity  of  Tucumcari  may  know  it  at 
eleven  o'clock  a.m.  the  same  day. 

THE  COMING  OF  THE  RAILROAD  does  not  make  more  grass 
grow  on  an  acre  of  land,  nor  increase  the  inches  of  rain  fall, 
yet  it  does  facilitate  travel  and  transportation,  and  mail 
service,  and  renders  even  ranch  life  a  pleasant  task. 

Seclusion  and  monotony  need  to  seek  other  haunts.  The 
headquarters  of  the  sheep  ranch  may  have  its  charms.  It  has 
its  library,  its  magazines  its  daily  papers  with  the  markets 
and  news. 

I  have  spread  before  you  the  environments  of  Tucumcari, 
N.M.  The  elevation  at  this  point  is  4,000  feet  above  sea  level. 
It  is  situated  on  the  last  wave  of  the  foot  hills  of  the  giant 
Rocky  Mountains. 

Come  up  and  see  us  and  satisfy  yourself  that  great  op- 
portunities are  opening  to  those  seeking  investments  and 
changes. 

"The  Young  Observer*'  in  New  Mexico  * 

The  Wool  and  Agricultural  Interests  of  San  Miguel  County. 

SAN  MIGUEL  CO.,  N.  M.,  May  28, 1902.  When  the  readers  of 

the  "Bulletin"  last  heard  from  me  I  was  in  Tucumcari,  Guada- 

lupe  Co.,  N.  M.  At  that  time  there  had  been  little  or  no  rain 


*  (From   our   Traveling   Staff   Correspondence)    The   American   Shepherd's   Bulletin, 
vol.  7,  no.  6,  June,  1902. 


284  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

or  snow  fall  in  any  part  of  New  Mexico  except  in  the  north- 
ern tier  of  counties,  at  or  in  the  Rocky  Mountains  around 
Trineda  and  Raton.  The  rest  of  the  territory  had  been  dry 
for  seven  or  eight  months. 

AT  THE  BEGINNING  OF  LAMBING  it  was  still  dry,  and  no 
grass,  consequently  the  lamb  crop  for  the  territory  this  year 
is  about  50  per  cent  on  an  average;  a  few  report  less,  and 
some  more.  But  as  a  whole  the  sheep  owners  do  not  seem  to  be 
badly  discouraged  on  account  of  their  heavy  losses  of  ewes 
and  lambs,  but,  on  the  contrary,  are  looking  forward  to  the 
shearing  with  pleasure  on  account  of  a  slight  advance  in  the 
price  of  wool  over  last  year. 

Nearly  all  the  conservative  buyers  are  holding  back  till 
the  season  opens,  but  a  few  of  the  plungers  have  taken  hold  of 
some  good-sized  lots.  After  leaving  Tucumcari  I  went  to 
Santa  Rosa  via  the  Rock  Island,  and  from  there  took  the 
Romero  stage  line  to  Las  Vegas.  This  is  one  of  the  fastest 
stage  lines  in  the  territory,  making  the  65  miles  in  less  than 
ten  hours  over  a  very  rough  road  one-half  of  the  way.  At  that 
time,  which  was  before  the  rains  commenced,  the 

PRAIRIE  WAS  DRY  AND  BROWN.  It  was  pastured  down  very 
close,  which  gave  evidence  of  one  of  two  things,  either  it  was 
unusually  dry  or  the  range  between  Santa  Rosa  and  Las 
Vegas  was  badly  overstocked.  I  think,  from  what  I  can  learn, 
that  the  latter  was  the  case.  There  are  about  250  sheep  owners 
in  San  Miguel  county,  New  Mexico,  and  they  own  somewhere 
around  450,000  to  one-half  a  million  sheep.  It  is  very  hard  to 
get  the  exact  number,  for  you  may  go  to  the  tax  list  and  find 
men  owning  2,000  sheep  with  only  200  turned  in  for  taxation. 
This  is  the  same  way  all  over  the  territory,  and  the  rate  of 
taxation  is  consequently  high.  Where  a  poor  man  has  only 
four  or  five  hundred  sheep  the  assessor  puts  them  all  in,  and 
thus  those  who  should  pay  the  bulk  of  the  taxes  gets  out  of  it 
and  the  small  property  and  stock  owners  pay  them. 

SAN  MIGUEL  COUNTY  is  one  of  the  most  properous  counties 
in  the  territory.  Its  largest  city  is  Las  Vegas,  of  about  eight 
to  nine  thousand  inhabitants,  and  a  fine  market  for  wool, 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  285 

hides,  pelts,  mutton  and  beef.  It  is  also  quite  a  distributing 
centre  for  miles  around,  but  the  Rock  Island,  coming  through 
Santa  Rosa,  cuts  off  nearly  one-fourth  of  its  tributary  terri- 
tory. The  stock  shippers  can  usually  ship  over  the  Rock 
Island,  on  account  of  slightly  better  freight  rates.  It  is 
thought  by  many  of  the  stock  men  and  shippers  that  the  com- 
ing of  the  Rock  Island  will  force  the  Santa  Fe  to  give  better 
rates.  This  is 

BY  NO  MEANS  A  SMALL  THING  when  you  consider  the  vast 
proportions  of  the  stock  interests  of  this  part  of  the  territory. 
Although  essentially  a  sheep  country,  there  are  large  num- 
bers of  cattle  kept  and  ranged  here  also.  San  Miguel  has  al- 
ways been  one  of  the  best  agricultural  counties  in  the  terri- 
tory and  has  always  paid  more  attention  to  the  raising  of 
crops  than  most  any  other  county  in  the  northern  half  of  the 
territory.  Irrigation  is  carried  on  quite  extensively  and  many 
crops  are  raised  without  irrigation,  such  as  the  native,  or 
Mexican  corn,  Mexican  beans,  sorghum,  kaffir  [kafir]  corn, 
etc.  In  many  places  you  will  find  excellent  peach  and  apple 
orchards,  which  raise  fine  crops  of  fruit. 

WEST  FROM  LAS  VEGAS  and  north  there  is  more  rainfall 
and  corn  is  nearly  a  sure  crop.  Especially  south  of  "Old  Baldy 
mountain"  it  rains  quite  frequently  in  the  latter  part  of  May, 
all  through  June  and  July ;  in  fact,  they  often  have  too  much 
rainfall  and  floods  occur  in  the  narrow  valleys  and  carry  the 
pine  bridges  down  stream.  South  and  west  of  Las  Vegas  are 

MANY  FINE  FARMS  AND  RANCHES  which  for  the  most  part 
are  owned  and  cultivated  by  the  native  Spanish  people.  They 
plough  with  one  horse  or  two  burros.  They  use  a  six  or  seven- 
inch  plough  and  drop  the  corn  every  fourth  or  fifth  furrow 
and  plow  it  under.  Some  use  a  boat  or  clod  crusher,  but  many 
of  them  have  neither  a  clod  crusher  nor  harrow.  When  the 
corn  gets  to  the  height  of  two  or  three  inches  and  higher,  the 
women  and  children  hoe  it  and  cut  out  weeds.  This  is  usually 

ALL  THE  CULTIVATION  which  the  corn  gets.  In  the  fall, 
when  it  is  ripe,  they  cut  the  stalks  just  above  the  ear,  bind 
them  into  bundles  and  put  them  in  some  old  adobe  house  to 


286  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

be  used  next  spring,  or  often  to  be  sold.  I  have  known  cases 
where  the  corn  and  fodder  were  all  sold  and  the  horses  went 
without  anything  but  the  dry  prairie  grass.  These  Spanish 
farmers  also  raise 

THE  NATIVE  MEXICAN  BEAN  which  is  even  more  nutritious 
than  the  so-called  army  bean.  The  beans  are  usually  planted 
with  a  hoe  in  hills  three  to  four  feet  apart,  putting  from  three 
to  five  beans  in  a  hill.  They  are  usually  hoed  more  than  the 
corn.  In  the  fall  when  they  are  ripe  and  dry,  the  owner  or 
owners  scrape  the  sod  off  a  round  place  usually  50  to  75  feet 
in  diameter. 

THIS  THRESHING  FLOOR  greatly  resembles  a  show  or  cir- 
cus ring ;  it  is  sprinkled  and  patted  down  till  it  is  quite  hard. 
The  beans  are  then  scattered  evenly  all  over  it  and  a  small 
flock  of  sheep  or  goats  (the  latter  being  the  best)  are  driven 
round  and  round  till  the  beans  are  trampled  or  threshed  free 
of  the  pods.  They  then  gather  beans,  dust  and  all,  except  the 
pods  and  vines,  which  are  raked  off,  put  the  beans  into  sacks, 
and  on  some  windy  day  they  are  fanned  free  of  dust  and  dirt 
and  the  beans  are  then  ready  for  the  kettle  or  market.  Many 
of  these  small  farmers  own  a  small  flock  of  one  to  five  hun- 
dred sheep,  which  are 

TAKEN  CARE  OF  BY  THE  CHILDREN  and  which  usually  shear 
from  four  to  five  pounds.  In  the  summer  they  are  taken  away 
to  the  free  government  range  and  in  the  winter  kept  as  close 
as  possible  to  the  home  ranch.  Some  also  keep  goats,  mostly 
the  common  goat,  whose  pelt  is  far  superior  to  that  of  the  An- 
gora goat,  but  does  not  shear  a  fleece.  They  are  often  kept  as  a 
milk  herd  and  the  writer  has  used  nothing  but  goats'  milk  for 
the  last  three  weeks  and  does  not  hesitate  to  pronounce  it 
superior  to  Jersey  milk. 

When  one  is  traveling  over  a  country  like  this,  with  so 
many  undeveloped  resources,  it  almost  makes  him  angry  to 
see  the  canyons  that  might  be  dammed  up  and  make  fine  irri- 
gating plants. 

UNDEVELOPED  RESOURCES.  There  are  a  thousand  and  one 
places  in  every  county  in  New  Mexico  where  the  surface  wa- 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  287 

ter  might  be  caged  and  made  to  serve  man  instead  of  running 
away  to  waste.  When  these  things  are  looked  into  intelligently 
and  such  improvements  instituted,  there  will  be  green  fields 
of  alfalfa  where  now  there  is  only  sparse  gramma  grass,  and 
the  sheep  that  early  die  by  the  thousands  from  no  other  cause 
than  starvation  will  be  fed  corn  and  hay  raised  at  home,  and 
thus  will  be  saved,  and  also  thousands  of  dollars'  freight 
which  are  annually  paid  to  the  railroad  companies  for  haul- 
ing grain  and  hay.  Do  not  think  from  what  I  have  said  that 
New  Mexico  is  still  a  desert,  for  it  is  not.  The  old  cowboys  will 
tell  you  of  a  time  when  there  was  nothing  but  here  and  there 
a  low  adobe  house  and  over  the  trackless  plain  nothing  but 
grass,  cattle  and  a  few  sheep.  The  sheep  have  come  to  stay, 
and  so  have  the  farmers  and  the  irrigation  dams  and  ditches, 
and  each  year  will  see  more  land  irrigated  and  cultivated, 
but  there  is  still  room  for  irrigation  dams  and  good  hustling 
farmers  to  raise  corn  and  hay  for  winter  feeding. 

"The  Young  Observer"  In  New  Mexico  * 

Echoes  From  San  Miguel  County — Sheep  and  Cattle  Raising 
— Resources  of  the  Territory. 

EAST  LAS  VEGAS,  N.  M.,  June  13, 1902.  Since  my  last  letter 
to  the  "Bulletin"  quite  an  interest  has  been  manifested  in 
New  Mexican  aff airs. 

The  last  month,  the  month  of  May,  was  spent  on  a  ranch, 
which  is  situated  six  miles  from  Las  Vegas.  This  ranch  has 
within  its  borders  1,004  acres,  one  hundred  of  which  is  fine, 
rich,  sandy  loam,  and  has  been  broken  up  and  tilled  for  many 
years.  One  hundred  or  more  is  pine  forest  with  some  trees 
two  and  a  half  feet  in  diameter  and  the  rest  is  fine  grazing 
land.  The  present  owner  has  out  about  40  acres  of  corn  and 
some  four  acres  of  Mexican  beans,  of  which  I  spoke  in  my 
last  letter. 

At  this  writing  (June  13)  the  corn  is  six  inches  high  and 
has  that  rich,  dark  green  color,  which  every  farmer  loves  to 

*  (From  our  Traveling  Staff  Correspondent)  The  American  Shepherd's  Bulletin, 
vol.  7,  no.  7,  July,  1902. 


288  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

see.  The  beans  are  just  coming  through  the  ground  and  some 
of  the  neighbors  have  not  even  stirred  the  ground  for  theirs. 
The  reason  for  planting  so  late  is  to  avoid  the  early  hail 
storms  which  come  any  time  up  to  June  5,  and  sometimes  a 
lattle  later.  The  ranch  is 

WELL  SUPPLIED  WITH  WATER,  having  within  its  borders 
three  good  wells.  Attached  to  the  best  of  these  wells  is  a  good 
windmill,  which  throws  a  two-inch  stream  all  the  time,  and 
does  not  seem  to  affect  the  supply,  which  is  only  six  feet  be- 
low, and  is  the  finest  kind  of  water. 

The  present  owner  has  bargained  for  350  fine  ewes  and 
with  these  for  a  foundation  flock  he  will  go  into  the  raising 
of  good  range  bucks.  His  idea  is  to  breed  for  mutton  and  wool 
with  wool  as  the  main  object.  He  will  want  in  October  ten  of 
the  finest  bucks  in  the  United  States,  as  he  is  going  to  start 
right.  With  his  home  range,  the  free  government  range  and 
the  fodder  which  he  will  have,  his 

LOSSES  WILL  BE  VERY  LIGHT,  and  his  next  spring's  lambing 
will  be  well  up  to  100  per  cent.  This  is  one  of  the  best  located 
spots  in  New  Mexico  for  this  purpose,  having  the  large  num- 
ber of  range  sheep  within  a  short  distance  of  the  ranch,  being 
on  the  road  between  Las  Vegas  and  Santa  Rosa,  and  having 
the  side  track  at  Romeroville  not  a  quarter  of  a  mile  distant, 
his  facilities  for  handling  and  disposing  of  bucks  will  be  the 
best. 

ANOTHER  IMPORTANT  THING  is  that  he  intends  to  handle 
and  acclimate  eastern  rams.  To  some  of  our  readers  this  may 
seem  strange,  but  the  most  experienced  of  the  ranchmen  tell 
us  that  an  eastern  buck  is  not  of  much  use  for  service  the  first 
year,  but  the  next  year  he  is  all  right  and  does  well. 

Now  the  idea  is  this.  Say,  in  December,  when  the  ram 
trade  is  practically  over,  he  intends  to  gather  from  the  East 
as  in  Ohio,  Michigan,  and  other  surrounding  states,  the  bucks 
that  have  been  left  over,  especially  the  yearlings  and  two- 
year-olds,  and  some  buck  lambs,  if  the  owners  wish,  ship  them 
west  to  the  ranch,  keep  them  over  winter  on  alfalfa  hay,  corn 
fodder,  etc.,  perhaps  a  little  grain,  shear  them  in  the  spring 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  289 

and  in  the  autumn  turn  them  over  to  the  ranchmen,  thor- 
oughly acclimated,  with  the  rams  ready  to  do  good  service  on 
the  range.  It  seems  to  me  that  this  is 

ONE  OF  THE  BEST  IDEAS  yet  conceived,  and  we  would  like  to 
know  the  opinion  of  our  readers  on  this  matter  from  a  range 
point  of  view,  also  from  the  ram  raiser's  side  of  the  question, 
too.  Let  us  have  this  thing  discussed  thoroughly  through  the 
columns  of  the  "Bulletin." 

There  might  be  more  said  about 

THE  WONDERFUL  RESOURCES  of  New  Mexico  and  especially 
San  Miguel  county.  The  county  is  singularly  blessed  in  the 
matter  of  water,  which  is  an  absolute  necessity  to  a  good  stock 
country.  The  Rocky  mountains,  which  form  the  western 
boundary  of  the  country,  the  Turkey  mountains  on  the  north, 
and  the  Sabinos  and  Huerfano  mountains  on  the  east,  com- 
bine in  giving  the  country  an  altitude  which  insures  a  heavy 
precipitation ;  in  fact,  the  region  is  blessed  with  a  "rainy  sea- 
son," extending  from  June  till  the  latter  part  of  August, 
which  provides  countless  streams  and  hundreds  of  natural 
reservoirs,  dotting  the  plains  with  an  abundance  of  water 
until  the  volume  is  augmented  by  the  snows  of  winter. 

POPULATION.  Owing  to  the  fact  that  the  larger  portion  of 
the  county  is  occupied  by  a  private  land  grant  known  as  the 
Las  Vegas  grant,  the  rate  of  population  to  the  square  mile  is 
rather  low.  But  on  the  land  which  is  subject  to  settlement, 
the  water  courses  are  fully  settled  by  a  population  which,  as 
a  rule,  are  industrious  and  law  abiding.  The  principal  indus- 
try is  stock-raising.  The  cattle  are  estimated  at  25,000  head ; 
sheep  at  half  a  million  (this  means  owned  by  men  residing 
in  the  county  but  not  all  ranged  inside  of  the  county)  ;  and 
horses  1,000  head. 

There  is  a  school  in  every  neighborhood  where  a  few  chil- 
dren can  be  gathered  together,  and  while  the  education  to  be 
obtained  in  these  schools  is  not  of  a  high  order,  the  children 
can  be  fitted  in  them  to  enter  the  better  institutions  of  learn- 
ing afforded  by  the  cities  of  the  territory. 


290  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

There  are  considerable  tracts  of  land  in  this  section  suited 
to  the  raising  of  Angora  goats,  a  highly  profitable  industry — 
and  many  people  are  now  contemplating  the  advisability  of 
entering  the  industry. 

THE  MOST  IMPORTANT  FACTOR  in  the  improvement  of  the 
county  is  the  completion  of  the  Rock  Island  from  Liberal, 
Kansas,  to  El  Paso,  Texas,  which  takes  its  course  through  the 
southwestern  corner  of  the  county.  There  is  also  another  rail- 
road in  process  of  construction  which  will  run  from  Tucum- 
cari  to  Springer  and  give  the  county  about  40  miles  more  of 
track.1  When  we  stop  to  consider  that  San  Miguel  county 
alone  is  larger  than  the  state  of  Massachusetts,  we  begin  to 
realize  the  magnitude  and  extent  of  the  territory  of  New 
Mexico. 

THE  BELL  RANCH  which  is  mostly  within  the  county,  is  con- 
sidered the  best  breeding  ranch  in  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica. It  contains  800,000  acres  of  land  all  enclosed.  The  Ca- 
nadian or  Red  River  waters  about  80  miles  of  the  ranch, 
measuring  the  meanderings  of  the  stream,  and  the  many 
small  tributaries  make  it  a  wonderfully  fertile  and  well  wa- 
tered tract.  They  usually  run  from  20,000  to  40,000  head  of 
cattle,  but  of  late  they  have  gotten  in  large  numbers  of  sheep 
and  there  is  talk  of  cutting  up  some  of  the  best  land  into  farms 
and  selling  it  out  to  small  farmers  to  raise  alfalfa,  corn  and 
beans. 

Turning  from  the  Bell  ranch  and  the  cattle  industry  let 
us  look  at 

THE  SHEEP  INDUSTRY.  Of  the  20  million  pounds  of  wool 
produced  annually  in  the  territory,  this  county  grows  at  least 
one-tenth  of  all  of  it  and  some  place  it  [is]  as  high  as  one- 
eighth.  Its  markets  have  in  the  past  handled  about  ten  million 


1.  El  Paso  and  Northwestern  Railway  (now  part  of  the  Southern  Pacific  Lines)  from 
Tucumcari  to  the  coal  fields  of  Dawson.  Tracks  were  laid  east  and  north  of  Springer 
through  Abbott  and  French.  132  miles  of  track  from  Tucumcari  to  Dawson  (The  Official 
Guide  of  the  Railways  and  Steam  Navigation  Lines  of  the  United  States,  Porto  Rico,  and 
Cuba,  National  Railway  Publication  Company,  April,  1939,  N.  Y.,  p.  844 ) .  The  tracks  from 
French  to  Dawson  have  been  abandoned  (Ibid.,  Mar.  1957,  p.  919). 

[A  history  of  railroad  building  in  New  Mexico  was  published  in  the  NEW  MEXICO  HIS- 
TORICAL REVIEW,  vol.  32,  no.  2,  April,  1957.  F.  D.  R.I 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  291 

yearly,  or  one-half  of  the  wool  of  the  territory,  from  whence 
it  is  shipped  to  Boston  or  Philadelphia. 

In  consequence  of  the  county  being  mountainous  and  hav- 
ing an  abundance  of  water  and  grass,  the  percentage  of  loss 
is  reduced  to  the  minimum,  and  the  mutton  brings  a  good 
market  price  at  all  times. 

In  the  fall  a  large  number  of  feeders  from  Colorado  points 
come  to  Las  Vegas  and  from  here  go  out  and  gather  in  many 
thousand  head  of  lambs  and  wethers  to  be  bred  in  the  far- 
famed  Arkansas  valley  in  Colorado.  As  is  the  case  among  the 
cattle  raisers, 

THE  SHEEP  MEN  are  rapidly  enhancing  the  value  of  their 
flocks  by  improving  the  blood  through  the  introduction  of 
fine  rams  from  the  central  and  eastern  states.  California  has 
also  figured  quite  prominently  in  this  improvement  of  the 
sheep  of  New  Mexico,  and  blood  from  the  famous  Blaco-Glide 
flock  of  Sacramento,  Cal.,  has  figured  prominently  in  many 
flocks. 

THE  COST  OF  RUNNING  SHEEP  in  this  county  is  estimated 
at  35  to  40  cents  per  head  and  the  percentage  of  increase  on 
an  average  of  ten  years  is  75  per  cent.  The  price  of  ewes  at 
present  is  $2.50  to  $3  delivered  on  October  1 ;  yearling  ewes, 
$2  per  head ;  and  ewe  lambs  $1.50  to  $1.75  delivered  in  Octo- 
ber. Comparing  the  sheep  industry  with  the  cattle,  the  former 
is  considered  by  nearly  everybody  to  be  the  most  profitable 
and  you  can  find  men  on  every  side  who  started  in  the  sheep 
business  ten  or  fifteen  years  ago  and  are  at  the  head  of 
ranches  stocked  with  from  $25,000  to  $50,000  worth  of  sheep. 

THE  GOAT  INDUSTRY.  This  business  is  constantly  increas- 
ing. The  small  flocks  owned  by  small  owners  are  almost  in- 
numerable. It  is  only  within  the  past  few  years  that  the  hides 
of  the  common  New  Mexico  kid  began  to  be  especially  valued 
and  considered  an  article  of  commerce  worthy  of  notice  or 
extension.  However,  it  is  now  considered  in  the  best  markets 
of  the  world  that  the  hides  are  unsurpassed  for  making  varie- 
ties of  the  finest  kid  leather.  European  buyers,  as  well  as 
those  along  the  Atlantic  coast  cities,  are  now  constantly  seek- 


292  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

ing  them  and  in  consequence  the  business  of  raising  these  ani- 
mals has  become  profitable  and  each  year  finds  more  raised 
in  the  territory. 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  ADVANTAGES  of  San  Miguel  are  very 
good  as  compared  with  the  rest  of  the  territory.  The  county 
has  93  school  districts  and  the  average  attendance  during  the 
last  year  was  2,960.  In  addition  to  this  there  is  a  very  fine 
school  for  girls  conducted  by  the  Sisters  of  Loretto.  There  are 
also  four  other  separate  sectarian  schools,  which  are  liberally 
patronized  by  the  city  of  Las  Vegas  and  the  surrounding 
country.  Summing  up  the  advantages  of  the  county,  as  a 
whole,  I  think  that  the  reader  will  agree  with  me  that  they 
are  exceptionally  good  and  not  so  far  out  in  the  wilderness 
as  the  easterner  usually  thinks. 

The  "Young  Observer"  in  New  Mexico  * 

Wool  Selling  in  the  Territory — Matters  of  Interest 
Relating  to  Sheep. 

SPRING  HILL,  UNION  CO.,  N.  M.,  July  28, 1902.  Since  my  last 
letter  to  the  "Bulletin"  I  have  spent  most  of  my  time  in  Trini- 
dad and  northeastern  New  Mexico. 

About  July  1  there  gathered  in  the  town  of  Clayton  about 
six  or  seven  wool  buyers.  Most  of  them  were  from  Boston.  Mr. 
Harry  Kelly,1  of  East  Las  Vegas,  was  there,  representing  the 
Gross,  Kelly  Co. 

According  to  their  custom,  Mr.  Otto  and  Mr.  Schleter  put 
their  wool  up  at  public  auction  supposedly  to  go  to  the  high- 
est bidder.  After  the  bids  were  all  handed  in,  they  were 
opened  and  all  were  rejected  by  Messrs.  Otto  and  Schleter.2 
It  was  understood  by  the  "Bulletin"  representative  that  Mr. 
Kelly,  of  East  Las  Vegas,  put  in  the  highest  bid  and  felt 
rather  sore  at  not  getting  the  wool. 

*  (From  Our  Traveling  Staff  Correspondent)  The  American  Shepherd's  Bulletin, 
voL  7,  no.  8,  August,  1902. 

1.  See  biographical  sketches :  E.  A.  Davis,  Editor,  The  Historical  Encyclopedia  of  New 
Mexico,  New  Mexico  Historical  Association,  Albuquerque,  1945,  p.  894,  and  Representative 
New  Mexicans,  C.  S.  Peterson,  Denver,  Colo.,  1912,  p.  161. 

2.  See  reference.  Mar.  1902,  part  1,  p.  5,  manuscript. 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  293 

But  as  Messrs.  Otto  and  Schleter  had  reserved  a  bid  for 
themselves,  of  course  they  had  the  right  to  reject  them,  one 
and  all. 

Nevertheless  some  of  the  buyers 

LEFT  IN  RATHER  AN  ILL  MOOD,  and  there  is  some  doubt  as 
to  their  coming  to  future  wool  sales  of  this  kind.  A  few  days 
later  the  bulk  of  the  wool  of  that  class  was  sold  at  private 
sale,  the  price  ranging  around  13c.  Those  who  sold  at  that 
time  and  a  little  later  were  Robt.  Dean,  of  Garrett,  Okla. ; 
T.  E.  Mitchell,3  Garrett,  Okla. ;  J.  L.  De  Haven,4  Christian 
Otto,  Chas.  Schleter,  Thos.  Gray,  John  F.  Wolford,  Alex.  Mc- 
Kenzie,  Clayton,  N.  M. 

Most  all  of  these  clips,  aggregating  over  a  half  a  million 
pounds,  were  taken  by  the  representatives  of  Brown  &  Adams 
of  Boston. 

Taken  as  a  whole,  these  clips  are  among  the  most  im- 
proved in  northern  New  Mexico.  At  this  writing  there  are 
only  two  clips  of  any  size  left  in  this  part  of  the  territory. 
They  will  amount  to  eight  cars,  and  will  probably  be 
consigned. 

At  the  present  time  northeastern  New  Mexico  still  has 

THE  BEST  GRASS  of  any  place  in  the  territory  that  I  can 
learn  of.  The  central  and  southern  parts  are  improving  under 
the  recent  rains  which  have  fallen  within  the  last  two  or  three 
weeks. 

The  New  Mexico  sanitary  board  are  taking  vigorous 
measures  to  stamp  out  the  scab  and  have  increased  the  force 
of  inspectors  and  are  paying  them  $100  a  month.  It  is  ex- 
pected that  by  using  this  extra  precaution  they  will  stamp 
out  the  scab  effectually. 

The  sheep  men  of  this  locality  are  looking  with  much 
favor  on  the  operations  of 

THE  ASSOCIATED  WOOL  GROWERS'  COMPANY.  Some  have  al- 
ready sent  quite  large  consignments  in  to  them  and  a  large 


3.  See  reference,  Mar.  1902,  part  1,  p.  9,  manuscript. 

4.  Picture  of  J.  L.  DeHaven  and  his  ranch  is  to  be  found  in  the  American  Shepherd's 
Bulletin,  vol.  7,  no.  9,  Sept.  1902,  p.  2776,  microfilm,  U.  N.  M.  Library. 


294  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

number  of  others  are  seriously  looking  into  the  matter. 

The  more  the  matter  is  looked  into  the  greater  it  grows 
in  favor  with  all  of  the  thinking  sheep  men  of  this  and  other 
localities  in  New  Mexico  and  southern  Colorado. 

The  Forbes  Wool  Co.,  of  Trinidad,  Colo.,5  are  having  a 
very  prosperous  season,  and  many  Colorado  and  New  Mexi- 
can clips  will  find  their  way  through  their  finely  equipped 
scouring  mill.  There  are  quite  a  few  feeders  of  Kansas  and 
Colorado  sending  in  inquiries  for  feeders. 

Thus  far,  in  spite  of  the  wether  market,  all  inquiries  have 
been  for  wethers  for  feeding.  The  lambs  that  were  saved  in 
northern  New  Mexico  are  doing  finely.  Those  who  have  lambs 
for  sale  are  talking  (sic)  of  holding  them  for  $1.59  a  head. 
All  of  the  ewe  lambs  will  be  saved  this  year  on  account  of 
the  heavy  losses  of  this  last  spring  during  the  drought.  As  a 
whole  the  sheep  business  of  New  Mexico  is  in  a  far  better 
shape  than  it  was  a  month  ago. 

The  "Young  Observer"  In  New  Mexico  * 

A  Visit  to  the  Northern  Part  of  Union  County. 

FOLSOM,  N.  M.,  August  29,  1902.  During  my  stay  in  Clay- 
ton this  last  winter  I  met  Mr.  J.  L.  de  Haven,  of  the  Alamocita 
ranch,  some  15  miles  north  of  Clayton,  N.  M. 

From  that  time  on  it  was  my  desire  to  visit  his  ranch,  but 
for  one  reason  or  another  I  always  had  to  refuse  his  cordial 
invitation. 

At  last  one  hot  day  about  the  middle  of  August  I  found 
myself  nearing  the  Alamocita  ranch.  The  ranch  house  is  hid- 
den from  the  road  by  a  heavy  growth  of  cottonwood  trees.  As 
you  leave  the  main  road,  you  follow  the  windings  of  the  Ala- 
mocita. The  day  was  hot  and  dusty  and  the  shade  of  the  cot- 
tonwoods  looked  cool  and  inviting. 

We  first  came  to 

THE  MESS  OR  CAMP  HOUSE,  the  home  of  the  buck  herder, 


5.  See  fn.  1,  Mar.  1902,  part  1. 

*  (From    Our    Traveling    Staff   Correspondent)    The   American   Shepherd's   Bulletin, 
voL  7,  no.  9,  September,  1902. 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  295 

and  one  more  turn  brought  us  in  full  view  of  the  ranch  house 
and  corrals. 

The  ranch  house  is  a  substantial  five  room,  one  story, 
stone  building,  with  flat  dirt  roof  common  in  this  country. 

This  ranch  home  has  been  the  property  of  its  present 
owner  for  only  two  years,  but  the  fine  flock  of  sheep  which 
graze  there  has  been  bred  and  reared  there  for  25  years. 

The  flock  was  started  by  Mr.  White,1  a  pioneer  in  New 
Mexico.  Later  on  the  ranch  and  flocks  were  purchased  by 
Nichols  &  Davis,2  of  Trinidad,  who  ran  the  property  quite 
successfully  for  a  few  years,  and  finally  sold  out  to  the  present 
owner,  J.  D.  de  Haven.  Mr.  de  Haven  had  been  engaged  in 
the  sheep  business  in  Idaho  for  15  years  previous  to  his  com- 
ing to  New  Mexico.  It  was  mainly  on  account  of  his  health 
that  he  made  the  change  to  New  Mexico. 

THE  ALAMOCITA  RANCH,  as  it  stands  to-day,  comprises 
4,000  acres  of  patented  land,  besides  the  free  government 
range  surrounding  it.  The  notice  of  this  ranch  would  not  be 
complete  without  mentioning  the  fine  flock  of  rams  which 
came  from  the  noted  herd  owned  by  the  Baldwin  Sheep  & 
Land  Company,  of  Hay  Creek,  Oregon. 

They  have  been  pronounced  by  those  who  have  seen  them 
as  the  finest  flock  of  rams  in  New  Mexico. 

All  of  this  while  I  have  neglected  to  speak  of  "the  man 
behind  the  guns,"  or  rather  the  woman. 

Owing  to  the  fact  that  Mr.  de  Haven  has  not  had  the  best 
of  health,  Mrs.  de  Haven  has  been  with  him  for  the  last  20 
years,  whether  up  in  the  mountains  of  Idaho,  or  at  the  winter- 
feeding  station ;  whether  going  on  an  overland  trip,  buying 
large  bands  of  sheep,  or  at  home  on  their  New  Mexican  ranch. 
Mrs.  de  Haven  has  always  been  with  him,  sharing  the  duties, 
responsibilities  and  pleasures  of  this  out-of-door  life. 

Thus  far  Father  Time  has  dealt  gently  with  Mistress  de 


1.  Henry  White,  a  native  of  Massachusetts,  entered  the  sheep  business  in   1879  on 
the  Alamocitas,   twenty  miles  northwest  of  Clayton    (Berry  Newton  Alvis,   "History  of 
Union  County,"  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW,  22:  251). 

2.  O.  L.  Davis  and  C.  H.  Nichols.  They  took  possession  October  1st  (American  Shep- 
herd's Bulletin,  vol.  7,  no.  10,  Oct.  1902,  U.  N.  M.  Library). 


296  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Haven  for  she  has  neither  a  wrinkle  nor  a  silver  lock  to  de- 
note time's  impress.  She  is 

A  TRUE  RANCH  WOMAN,  hospitable,  gracious  and  never 
happier  than  when  entertaining  some  of  her  many  friends. 

Unlike  most  ranch  men,  Mr.  de  Haven  believes  in  having 
fresh  vegetables,  and  accordingly  has  a  fine  garden  just  south 
of  the  house. 

In  this  garden  there  abound  cucumbers,  cantaloupes,  wa- 
termelons, string  beans,  peas,  sweet  corn  and  in  fact  every- 
thing which  goes  to  make  up  a  first-class  garden. 

At  this  time  of  the  year  his  sheep  are  away  on  the  summer 
range,  south  of  Cerra  Grande.  The  country  which  makes  up 
his  winter  range  is 

A  WELL-WATERED  MESA  cut  up  at  irregular  intervals  by 
canyons,  which  afford  shelter  in  winter. 

North  of  him  is  located  the  Col. (?)  Arizona  Sheep  Com- 
pany; south,  the  Otto  &  Schleter  range;3  north  and  north- 
west, the  Ed  Wight  range,4  and  Cur-Runpaw  Sheep  Com- 
pany. The  nearest  of  these  is  15  or  20  miles  away. 

At  last  my  pleasant  visit  to  the  Alamocita  ranch  was 
ended  and  I  was  again  on  my  way  back  to  the  Spring  Hill 
ranch  and  from  thence  to  Trinidad.  Taking  New  Mexico  as 
a  whole,  and  Arizona,  there  is  no  more  favored  spot  than 
northern  Union  county,  New  Mexico. 

When  I  got  back  to  Folsom,  I  found  every  water  hole  full 
to  the  brim  and  the  grass  growing  at  a  great  rate.  The  ranch 
men  around  Folsom  are  thanking  their  lucky  stars  that  they 
happen  to  live  in  such  a  favored  spot  as  northern  Union 
county. 

After  leaving  the  Alamocita  ranch  behind  we  traveled 
east  overland  following  the  Old  Santa  Fe  trail  to  what  is 
known  as  the  Santa  Fe  crossing.  As  we  traveled  on  toward 
the  Texas  line  the  ranges  presented  a  better  condition  and 
did  not  seem  to  be  so  badly  overstocked  as  in  some  places. 


3.  See  Mar.  1902,  part  1,  p.  5,  manuscript. 

4.  See  Mar.  1902,  part  2,  f  n.  7. 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  297 

About  five  in  the  evening  we  pulled  up  at  the 

RANCH  HOME  OP  W.  B.  PLUNKETT.  Mr.  Plunkett  had  re- 
cently located  here  some  four  or  five  miles  from  the  Texas 
and  Oklahoma  lines.  He  is  located  on  a  fine  strip  of  well- 
grassed  country. 

The  grass  is  about  equally  divided  between  cattle  and 
sheep  feed,  the  coarse  for  the  cattle  and  the  fine,  short  buffalo 
or  gramma  grass  for  the  sheep.  He  is  running  at  the  present 
time  about  [number  omitted]  cattle  and  will  also  put  on  this 
fall  about  1,500  sheep.  His  wife  is  the  daughter  of  Thomas 
P.  James,5  of  Folsom,  New  Mexico. 

Mr.  Plunkett  was  for  many  years  a  trusted  employe  of 
the  F.  D.  W.  outfit  and  seeing  a  chance  to  make  a  start  for 
himself  did  so.  He  is  just  now  erecting  a  nice  little  cottage 
and  will  soon  be  in  shape  to  enjoy  life.  His  energy  combined 
with  a  good  stock  of  experience  will  be  sure  to  bring  him  the 
success  his  efforts  deserve. 

The  next  morning  after  a  hearty  breakfast  we  again 
started  in  a  northeasterly  direction  toward  Mineral, 
Oklahoma. 

This  day  being  the  Sabbath,  we  only  took 

A  SABBATH-DAY'S  JOURNEY  of  12  miles,  which  brought  us 
to  the  beautiful  ranch  home  of  G.  M.  Givens. 

On  the  way  we  passed  the  ranch  of  Honey  Johnes,  a  noted 
old  character,  who  used  to  buy  honey  up  on  the  Arkansas 
river,  and  peddle  it  out  down  on  the  Cimarron  to  the  numer- 
ous ranchers  along  it. 

The  grass  through  here  was  very  good,  but  as  we  got 
nearer  the  Oklahoma  line,  it  was  shorter,  and  the  cattle  and 
sheep  were  not  looking  so  well. 

We  stopped  for  a  short  call,  on 

W.  E.  CAMPBELL,  of  Mineral,  Oklahoma.  He  came  here 
many  years  ago  for  his  health  and  incidentally  for  his  pocket- 
book. 

He  has  spent  the  time  in  the  pleasant  and  profitable  busi- 
ness of  sheep  raising  and  just  lately  has  decided  to  retire. 

5.  See  Mar.  1902,  part  2,  fn.  6. 


298  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

He  sold  his  ranch  the  other  day  for  $1,000,  which  is  a  big 
price  in  this  country  for  160  acres.  He  now  wants  to  sell  his 
sheep  and  retire  completely  from  business  on  account  of  old 
age  and  being  a  widower  and  alone. 

The  Givens  ranch  was  formerly  owned  by  Bill  Metcalf, 
a  noted  character  north  of  Clayton. 

Mr.  Metcalf  had  spent  a  great  amount  of  time  and  labor 
in  making  this  one  of  the  best  improved  ranches  north  of 
Clayton.  This  ranch  is  located  on  a  branch  of  the  Carizzo 
[Carrizo]  river. 

Mr.  Metcalf  had  a  system  of  five  dams,  which  were  located 
so  as  to  afford 

IRRIGATION  FOR  40  OR  50  ACRES,  which  was  mostly  in 
alfalfa. 

He,  however,  left  about  five  acres  for  a  garden  and  such 
a  garden  as  it  is  this  year  under  the  care  of  Mr.  Givens. 

In  the  garden  he  has  growing  corn,  sorghum,  kaffir 
[kafir]  corn,  castor  beans,  peanuts,  potatoes,  both  Irish  and 
sweet,  cucumbers,  and  last,  but  not  least,  watermelons  and 
cantaloupes. 

When  we  arrived  there  he  was  in  fine  state  of  righteous 
indignation  over  the  dilapidated  state  of  his  melon  patch. 
It  seems  that  a  day  or  so  before,  the  two  old  mother  pigs  on 
looking  for  pastures  new,  had  discovered  the  melon  patch. 
Now  it  happened  that  these  old  pigs  had  a  weakness  for  the 
melons  which  could  not  be  repressed  and  they  accordingly 
went  through  the  patch  and  carefully  selected  those  of  the 
largest  size  and  did  the  best  they  could.  There  are  a  few  left 
to  represent  as  well  as  possible  the  crushed  hopes  of  the 
owner,  for  the  melons  raised  on  this  ranch  are  highly  prized 
in  Clayton  and  a  load  of  melons  represents  some  $25  or  $30. 

Mr.  Givens  also  has  quite  a  start  on  a  flock  of  sheep,  but 
his  main  stock  consists  of  cattle.  There  is 

A  FINE  SHEEP  RANGE  around  his  ranch,  and  he  will  prob- 
ably increase  his  flock  in  the  near  future. 

I  must  not  pass  by  without  mentioning  his  two  sons.  They 
are  nearly  the  same  age,  just  old  enough  to  be  around  every- 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  299 

where  and  into  everything,  not  of  a  bad  disposition,  but  na- 
turally hustlers  and  bright  and  wide-awake,  as  all  boys 
should  be. 

The  oldest  one,  who  is  about  six,  is  already  a  good  horse- 
back rider,  and  often  takes  a  10  or  15-mile  ride  with  the  men. 

After  dinner  one  of  the  neighbors,  Mr.  Loveless,  his  fam- 
ily and  some  visiting  friends  from  Missouri,  drove  up  and 
spent  the  afternoon.  By  some  mistake  or  other  the  pigs  had 
left  three  nice  large,  ripe  melons  and  the  way  they  disap- 
peared before  Mr.  Givens'  then  increased  family  was  a 
caution. 

Mr.  Loveless  lives  about  12  miles  southwest  of  the  Givens 
ranch.  He  also  has  a  finely  improved  ranch. 

He  employes  (sic)  two  windmills  for  irrigation,  and  has 
a  fine  orchard  which  is  old  enough  to  bear,  and  a  good  garden. 
He  runs  about  1,600  sheep  and  is  thinking  of  increasing  his 
flock  to  3,000  or  more. 

His  sheep  shear  from  five  to  six  pounds  of  wool  and  are 

A  VERY  FAIR  FLOCK  of  improved  sheep.  Being  so  far  from 
Clayton  and  school  privileges,  he  always  hires  a  tutor  for  his 
children  and  thinks  that  they  get  along  nearly  as  well  as  when 
sent  to  the  public  school. 

I  cannot  refrain  from  quoting  a  remark  made  by  an  un- 
married lady,  who  came  along  with  Mr.  Loveless.  Just  as 
they  were  eating  the  watermelon,  she  looked  around  at  the 
assembled  crowd  and  said,  looking  at  the  little  boys,  "Here 
are  the  little  boys,  but  where  are  the  big  ones,  they  are  the 
ones  I  am  after." 

Now  as  the  hired  man  and  myself  were  not  in  the  crowd 
at  that  time  I  am  still  in  a  quandary  as  to  whether  she  was 
after  us  or  some  one  else.  It  is  quite  a  joke  here  about  the 
ladies  coming  out  here  to  secure  husbands,  but  of  course  she 
only  meant  her  remark  as  a  joke. 

After  passing  a  pleasant  and  restful  Sunday  here,  Mon- 
day morning  again  found  us  on  our  way  up  the  Carrizzo, 
[Carrizo]  toward  the  ranch  of 

DONALD  &  JOHN  MCINTOSH.  We  first  stopped  at  Kenton  on 


300  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

the  Cimaron  (sic)  to  get  directions  as  to  best  route  to  Carizzo 
(sic)  Springs  and  Mclntosh's  ranch,  which  is  located  a  little 
north  of  Carrizzo  (sic)  Springs. 

We  found  at  Kenton,  an  old  cow  man  who  had  been  in  the 
country  since  the  60's.  He  took  particular  pains  to  tell  us  the 
route  and  even  made  a  map  of  the  roads  up  as  far  as  the 
abandoned  mining  town  of  Carizzo.  (sic) . 

Here  he  said  we  would  find  the  postmaster,  the  only  sur- 
vivor in  the  town,  who  would  direct  us  farther  on  our  journey. 

We  got  to  the  store  and  post  office  all  right,  but  failed 
to  find  the  postmaster,  as  he  had  presumably  gone  out  to  make 
a  social  call  to  some  of  the  vacant  mining  shacks.  Still  follow- 
ing the  cow  man's  directions,  we  went  on  and  by  dint  of  great 
exertions  on  the  part  of  both  horses  and  man,  we  climbed  the 
steep  side  of  the  Carrizo  (sic)  canyon.  On  reaching  the  top, 
we  followed  the  road  which  wound  in  and  around  through  the 
breaks,  continually  getting  dimmer  and  dimmer  till  at  last 
it  played  out  entirely  and  we  were  left  there  on  the  trackless 
mesa, 

WITHOUT  ROAD,  GUIDEBOARD  OR  GUIDE.  Looking  north  we 
could  see  the  black  mesa  on  the  other  side  of  which  was  the 
ranch  of  the  Mclntosh  Brothers.  We  started  north  over  the 
mesa,  thinking  to  reach  the  ranch  that  way,  but  we  soon 
found  ourselves  confronted  by  the  box  canyon  of  the  West 
Carizzo  [Carrizo]. 

We  then  made  a  circle  around  to  the  west  and  north  and 
again  found  the  same  deep  canyon.  We  kept  on  circling  to  get 
around  the  head  of  the  canyon  till  dark  overtook  us.  When 
we  were  about  to  give  up  hope,  and  pass  the  night  on  the  open 
prairie  without  tent  or  bedding,  we  heard  in  the  distance  the 

WELCOME  BLEATING  OF  SHEEP  and  soon  reached  a  sheep 
camp. 

Here  the  obliging  herders  cooked  supper  for  us  and  shared 
with  us  also  their  bedding.  The  bedding  of  a  herder  usually 
consists  of  a  tarpaulin,  a  couple  of  blankets  and  a  number  of 
sheep  skins. 

After  quite  a  good  deal  of  questioning,  we  found  out  that 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  301 

it  was  still  15  miles  around  the  head  of  the  Carizzo  (sic)  and 
eight  miles  back  down  the  big  hill  to  the  abandoned  town. 

We  decided  to  take  the  course,  so  following  our  tracks 
back,  we  reached  the  post  office  at  11  o'clock,  and  found  the 
one  man,  who  gave  us  the  required  direction  to  our  destina- 
tion. Two  o'clock  found  us  tired,  dusty,  and  cross  at  the  Mc- 
Intosh  ranch.  Here  the  clever  wife  of  the  foreman,  Mr.  Mc- 
Farland,  got  us  our  dinner  and  the  rest  of  the  afternoon  and 
evening  was  spent  in  much  needed  rest.  The  horses  especially 
needed  rest  as  they  presented  a  forlorn  condition,  compared 
with  their  sleek,  fat  appearance  at  the  start. 

The  next  morning,  following  Mr.  McFarland,  we  went 
out  to 

THE  BUCK  CAMP  which  is  located  about  14  miles  west  of 
the  home  ranch.  Mr.  Mclntosh  has  in  this  herd  about  500 
rams,  half  of  which  are  one-eighth  Cotswold  grade  with 
Rambouillet. 

They  are  fine,  large  rams  and  show  good  form  and  fleece. 
After  a  hearty  meal  on  tortillas,  mutton  and  coffee,  we  started 
on  the  homeward  route  known  as  the 

OLD  TRINIDAD  ROAD.  Evening  again  overtook  us  and  we 
stopped  at  one  of  Fred  Hee's  sheep  camps  for  the  night.  Mr. 
Hee  is  running  about  22,000  head  of  sheep  and  is  thinking 
of  putting  on  1,000  head  of  cattle  on  his  range  north  of  Mesa 
Myre.  The  range  north  of  Mesa  Myre  is  in  good  shape,  having 
had  two  rains  that  did  not  strike  farther  east.  Mr.  Hee  will 
have  a  fine,  large  bunch  of  lambs  for  sale  in  the  near  future — 
at  least  10,000  or  more. 

We  were  tired  and  dusty  with  a  week's  growth  of  beard, 
and  the  horses  looked  as  though  they  had  just  gotten  over 
the  horse  distemper.  Taking  the  range  condition  as  a  whole, 
it  would  be  safe  to  say  that  for  such  a  dry  year  as  this,  the 
range  is  a  little  overstocked. 

New  Mexico  * 
The  interior  department  has  granted  citizens  of  south- 


*  The  American  Shepherd's  Bulletin,  voL  7,  no.  10,  October,  1902. 


302  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

eastern  Rio  Arriba  county  the  privilege  of  grazing  5,000 
sheep  and  goats  for  60  days  upon  the  Pecos  reserve.  The 
drouth  of  the  present  season  has  proved  a  severe  hardship  to 
the  small  stock  raisers  in  that  section,  consequently  they  peti- 
tioned Governor  Otero  to  present  their  case  to  the  Interior 
department  which  he  did  with  favorable  results. 

The  Sweetwater  Wool  Growers'  Association  has  offered  a 
reward  of  $1,000  for  information  that  will  lead  to  the  arrest 
and  conviction  of  the  leader  or  leaders  of  the  raiding  party  of 
the  New  Fork  country. 

The  county  officials  are  still  on  the  trail  of  the  sheep  men 
who  pasture  thousands  of  sheep  in  Eagle  county  every  year, 
without  paying  anything  for  the  privilege.  They  have  levied 
upon  3,500  sheep  over  on  the  Frying  Pan,  belonging  to  one 
Smythe,  not  only  for  this  year's  tax,  but  for  last  year.  Sheriff 
Farnum  also  collected  taxes  from  a  sheep  man  at  Tennessee 
Pass,  last  week.  The  officers  are  determined  to  keep  after 
these  foreign  sheep  owners  and  see  that  they  pay  for  grazing 
their  animals  in  the  county. 

The  Burtt  Sheep  &  Cattle  Company  has  been  incorporated 
at  Helena.  Its  purpose  will  be  the  buying,  selling  and  raising 
of  sheep  and  cattle.  The  incorporators  are  L.  D.  Burtt,  Louis 
Gans  and  R.  Lee  Word.  The  capital  stock  is  $75,000,  divided 
into  750  shares,  of  which  three  shares  have  been  subscribed. 

The  shipments  of  wool  from  Glasgow  this  year  were  about 
600,000  pounds,  all  of  which  was  sold  at  prices  from  1314  to 
16*4  cents,  except  one  clip  of  about  15,000  pounds  belonging 
to  J.  A.  Russell,  which  was  shipped  on  consignment  to  a  Bos- 
ton firm,  12  cents  being  paid  down. 

The  "Young  Observer"  In  New  Mexico  * 

Down  the  Pecos  River — Sights  and  Scenes  Among  the 
Sheep  Men. 

PORT  SUMNER,  Oct.  20,  1902.  When  the  month  of  October 
was  yet  young  I  started  down  the  Pecos  river  to  call  upon 

*  (From    Our   Traveling    Staff   Correspondent)    The   American   Shepherd's   Bulletin, 
voL  7,  no.  11,  November,  1902. 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  303 

the  many  prosperous  ranch  men  who  have  made  the  valley 
famous  by  their  successful  sheep  ranching  operations  carried 
on  so  successfully  in  this  favored  locality. 

The  elevation  is  from  3,500  to  6,000  feet  above  the  sea 
level.  The  climate,  especially  at  this  time  of  year,  is  perfect. 
When  I  left  Trinidad  there  was  four  inches  of  snow  on  the 
ground.  While  down  here  I  found  green  grass  and  leaves  just 
turning  yellow. 

After  reaching  Santa  Rosa,  where  the  Chicago  &  Rock 
Island  railroad  system  crosses  the  upper  Pecos  river,  I  found 
myself  in  the  far-famed  Pecos  valley. 

From  the  earliest  Spanish  history  to  the  present  day,  this 
valley  has  been  noted  for  its  fertility  and  the  abundance  of 
grass  and  natural  forage  which  it  produces.  The  land,  away 
from  the  towns  and  public  highways,  for  the  most  part,  is 
well  sodded  to  the  grasses  peculiar  to  this  region.  Just  below 
the  town  of  Santa  Rosa  is  the  home  of 

CELSO  BACA.  For  many  years  Don  Celso  Baca1  has  stood  in 
the  front  ranks  of  politicians  and  many  a  time  his  influence 
has  turned  the  tide  of  a  political  campaign. 

As  a  ranch  man  and  sheep  raiser  he  also  holds  a  place  pe- 
culiar to  himself.  His  ranch,  situated  as  it  is  on  the  banks 
of  the  Pecos  river,  and  also  cut  in  two  by  a  beautiful  little 
spring  creek,  is  a  ranch  that  is  highly  favored  in  location.  The 
land  that  is  now  laid  out  as  the  town  of  Santa  Rosa  was  at 
one  time  part  of  his  ranch.  Below  the  house  are  extensive 
vegas  where  he  annually  cuts  many  tons  of  hay.  A  little 
farther  down  are  a  succession  of  lakes  known  as  the  bottom- 
less lakes.  The  natives  around  here  are  very  superstitutious 
regarding  these  lakes,  and  on  no  account  can  they  be  per- 
suaded to  go  bathing  in  them.  One  daredevil  of  an  American 
went  swimming  in  one  of  them  one  Sunday  with  a  couple  of 


1.  Don  Celso  Baca  y  Baca  lived  twenty  miles  north  of  Puerto  de  Luna  on  the  east  side 
of  the  Pecos  River  at  the  time  the  El  Paso  and  Rock  Island  Railway  came  from  the  south- 
west and  the  Chicago,  Rock  Island  and  El  Paso  Railway  was  being  built  to  the  northeast. 
His  wife,  Dona  Rosa  Viviana  Baca  y  Baca,  lay  buried  in  the  Chapel  of  Santa  Rosa  nearby. 
The  new  town  that  sprung  up  was  named  Santa  Rosa  for  Dona  Rosa  (Frank  D.  Reeve, 
History  of  New  Mexico,  Vol.  II,  Lewis  Publishing  Company,  New  York,  p.  268). 


304  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

companions  and,  contrary  to  the  expectations  of  the  natives, 
came  out  alive. 

There  are  numerous  springs  on  this  ranch,  but  unfortu- 
nately the  water  from  some  of  them  is  so  impregnated  with 
mineral  that  it 

CANNOT  BE  USED  FOR  IRRIGATION  except  for  the  natural  salt 
grasses  growing  in  the  vegas.  Horses  and  burros  that  eat  the 
grass  after  a  frost  become  sick  and  in  many  instances  die 
from  the  effects.  The  hay,  however,  is  good  and  brings  $10 
to  $12  a  ton  in  Santa  Rosa. 

The  next  day  I  left  Santa  Rosa  and  traveled  south  and 
east  till  I  came  to  the  home  ranch  of 

MR.  CHARLES  SUMNER,  on  the  [San]  Juan  de  Dios. 

It  was  past  supper  time,  but  soon  the  welcome  call  of  sup- 
per was  heard  and  the  victuals  vanished  very  rapidly,  for  the 
ride  had  been  a  long  one.  It  is  said  by  all  who  have  seen  the 
flocks  of  Mr.  Sumner  that  they  are  the  best  wooled  sheep  in 
this  part  of  the  territory.  He  has  been  breeding  for  many 
years  in  this  line.  His  sheep  at  one  time  sheared  on  an  aver- 
age over  eight  pounds.  His  wethers  frequently  shear  over  ten 
pounds.  It  has  been  his  custom  in  years  past  to  keep  his 
wethers  over  for  two  years  at  least,  then  sell  them  to  feeders. 
Two  years  ago  he  purchased  some  fine,  large  Hampshire 
bucks  and  made  a  mutton  cross  in  his  sheep. 

THIS  YEAR'S  LAMBS  are  the  finest  lot  of  lambs  I  have  seen 
in  the  territory  and  will  weigh  on  an  average  60  pounds, 
which  is  10  or  15  pounds  more  than  the  average  of  what 
other  lambs  will  weigh.  The  cross  he  made  in  his  sheep  for 
some  purposes  was  a  good  one,  but  for  the  wool  he  surely 
made  a  mistake,  for  he  certainly  had  a  fine  clip  before  he 
made  the  cross.  As  a  lamb  producer  and  for  the  purpose  of 
getting  a  good  feeding  lamb  the  cross  was  a  good  one, 
however. 

Mr.  Sumner  came  originally  from  England,  where  his 
family  still  live.  His  brother  is  engaged  in  the  breeding  of 
Lincolns  and  this  year  his  ram  won  first  honors  at  the  Royal 
show.  His  home  and  grounds  are  finely  fixed  up.  Fruit  trees 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  305 

have  been  planted  and  irrigated.  Now  every  year  he  has  an 
abundance  of  fruit  for  home  use.  The  ranch  and  grounds  show 
a  great  amount  of  patient  planning  and  hard  work,  but  it 
shows  what  can  be  done  in  this  country  with  water,  brains 
and  money.  Of  patented  land  Mr.  Sumner  owns  over  2,000 
acres,  besides  the  government  range  which  his  ranches 
control. 

The  next  morning  I  moved  down  the  [San]  Juan  de  Dios 
and  over  across  to  the  Alamogordo,  which  runs  into  the  Pecos 
farther  down.  On  my  way  I  stopped  at  the  ranch  home  of  the 

SON  OF  JUDGE  LONG,2  OF  LAS  VEGAS.  Mr.  Long3  has  here  a 
fine  ranch  and  runs  some  three  or  four  thousand  sheep.  He  is 
a  firm  believer  in  good  stock  and  is  steadily  improving  the 
stock  of  his  sheep. 

After  a  short  chat  I  moved  on  down  to  the 

RANCH  HOME  OF  HERMAN  GERHART,  [GERHARDT]  4  who  is 

now  running  about  6,000  sheep.  Mr.  Gerhart  [Gerhardt]  is 
an  example  of  what  a  young  man  can  do  with  nothing  but  a 
good  stock  of  energy  coupled  with  strict  honesty. 

Mr.  Gerhart  (sic)  is  a  hustler,  and,  although  starting 
with  practically  nothing,  a  few  years  ago,  he  is  now  running 
quite  a  large  bunch  of  sheep,  and,  if  the  good  price  of  wool 
continues,  he  will  soon  be  out  of  debt. 

After  spending  the  Sabbath  at  the  Gerhart  (sic)  home  we 
started  for  the  dipping  plant  some  16  miles  away.  On  the  way 
we  stopped  at  the  home  of  Mr.  Herman  Gerhart's  (sic) 
father.5  Mr.  Gerhardt's  (sic)  father,  though  getting  along  in 
years,  is  still  a  good,  intelligent  talker  and  likes  the  taste  of 
some  good  brand  of  plug  tobacco.  In  company  with  Mr.  Her- 
man I  rode  across  the  prairie  and  again  stopped  for  a  short 


2.  Elisha  Van  Buren  Long,  Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  Territory  of 
New  Mexico  from  November,  1885  until  1891    (Arie  Poldervaart,  Black-Robed  Justice  in 
New  Mexico,  1846-1912,  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW,  23:  40  passim).  See  biographical 
sketch  Illustrated  History  of  New  Mexico,  Lewis  Publishing  Company,  1895,  Chicago,  pp. 
255-256. 

3.  Evidently  Alfred  H.  Long. 

4.  Elder  son  of  Frederick   (Li Hie  Gerhardt  Anderson,  "A  New  Mexico  Pioneer  of  the 
1880s,"  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW,  29 :  253) . 

6.  Frederick  Gerhardt  came  to  New  Mexico  in  April,  1882  (Ibid.,  39:  245). 


306  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

call  at  the  Long  ranch.  We  left  just  before  dark,  and  some 
time  after  dark  we  reached  the  camp  where  he  will  dip  his 
sheep. 

The  ranch  men  around  here 

ALL  USE  LIME  AND  SULPHUR  DIP,  according  to  the  govern- 
ment formula. 

There  is  quite  a  little  scab  in  and  around  here  on  account 
of  the  dryness  of  the  season  and  the  prevalence  of  herds 
crossing  the  range  at  this  point  to  gain  the  stake  [d]  plains, 
where  grass  and  water  are  abundant  this  summer.  These 
stake  [d]  plains  constitute  the  finest  summer  range  to  be 
found,  and  every  year,  after  lambing,  many,  or  almost  all, 
of  the  sheep  men  along  the  Pecos  river  start  out  for  the 
stake  [d]  plains,  where  they  range  their  sheep  around  some 
of  the  numerous  lakes  on  these  plains.  From  a  recent  letter 
from  the  inspector,  B.  F.  McLaughlin,  I  quote  the  following : 

"I  have  just  been  out  on  the  stake  [d]  plains.  I  found 
here  better  grass,  better  water  and  better  men  than  I  had 
expected  to  find.  There  are  at  present  (Oct.  1)  about  76,000 
sheep  ranging  out  here,  most  of  them  from  Guadalupe  county. 
I  found  quite  a  little  scab,  but  not  as  much  as  I  had  expected." 

At  this  writing  nearly  all  of  the  sheep  have  been  dipped 
twice  and  well  so  that  there  will  be  little  or  no  scab  this  win- 
ter in  Guadalupe  county,  New  Mexico. 

Leaving  my  friend  Herman  to  get  his  dipping  plant  ready 
for  operation,  I  started  north  up  the  Alamogordo,  to  the  home 
ranch  of 

THE  ALAMOGORDO  SHEEP  co.6  When  I  arrived  there  I  found 
that  Mr.  Churchill,7  the  manager,  was  in  Las  Vegas  on  busi- 


6.  The  Alamogordo  Sheep  Company  was  incorporated  some  time  in  1899.  Its  incorpora- 
tors  and  directors  were  Arthur  M.  Blackwell,  Joseph  M.  Cunningham,  each  of  Las  Vegas, 
and  Lucius  F.  Churchill  of  Puerto  de  Luna.  The  Shepherd's  Bulletin  of  the  National  Wool 
Growers'  Association  of  the  United  States,  voL  4,  no.   10,  p.  680,  microfilm,  U.   N.  M. 
Library.) 

7.  Lucius  F.  Churchill  became  ranch  manager  for  Charles  Ilfeld  in   November  1903 
after  he  had  retired  to  New  York  State.  He  received  a  one-fifth  interest  in  the  Pintada 
Trading  Company,  a  corporation  formed  to  take  care  of  Ilfeld's  sheep  holdings.  Churchill 
resigned  in  three  years  pleading  ill-health   (Wm.  J.  Parish,  The  Charles  Ilfeld  Company: 
A  Study  of  the  Rise  and  Decline  of  Mercantile  Capitalism  in  New  Mexico,  Harvard  Univer- 
sity Press,  1961,  pp.  189-190). 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  307 

ness.  So  I  learned  all  that  I  could  from  the  man  in  charge,  and 
after  a  good  meal,  I  started  on  the  return  journey. 

The  Alamogordo  Sheep  Co.  runs,  as  nearly  as  I  could  find 
out,  about  12,00  or  13,000  sheep.  They  have  a  fine  range  and, 
from  all  reports,  are  doing  well.  Their  home  ranch  is  finely 
fitted  up  with  a  good,  large  house,  barn  and  corrals. 

After  returning  to  the  dipping  plant,  where  my  friend 
Herman  was  getting  ready  to  dip,  I  was  ready  to  enjoy  an- 
other night's  sound  rest  at  his  camp. 

The  next  day  I  rode  over  to  where 

THE  HON.  CAPTAIN  CLANCEY8  [CLANCY]  was  dipping  his 

20,000  sheep.  The  captain  is  one  of  the  stand-bys  and  land- 
marks in  the  sheep  business  of  the  upper  Pecos.  For  24  years, 
winter  and  summer,  he  has  been  continually  at  it.  His  aim  has 
been  to  produce  a  sheep  with  a  good  carcass  and  as  much  wool 
on  the  scoured  basis  as  possible.  When  it  comes  to  the  sheep 
business,  the  captain  is  an  enthusiast  in  the  fullest  sense  of 
the  word.  He  has  personally  visited  and  inspected  many  of  the 
leading  stud  flocks  from  Vermont  to  California,  and  when 
it  comes  to  judging  a  sheep,  the  captain  is  right  there  and  in 
his  element. 

For  many  years  the  captain  followed  the  sea  and  its  ro- 
mance. Starting  from  his  Vermont  home  he  rounded  Cape 
Horn  and  sailed  up  the  Pacific.  Those  were  the  days  of  sailing 
vessels  and  long  voyages,  and  to  sit  and  hear  the  captain  spin 
sea  tales  by  the  hour  was  to  me  a  rare  pleasure.  At  last,  after 
many  years  of  sea  life,  he  settled  down  in  San  Francisco  as 
a  mining  stock  broker.  Seeing  the  uncertainty  of  this  busi- 
ness and  becoming  convinced  that  the  sheep  business  was  a 
profitable  and  safe  investment,  he  made  an  investment  in 
Arizona,  and  afterwards  moved  the  base  of  his  operations  to 
New  Mexico  on  the  lower  Alamogordo.  He  calls 

His  RANCH  "Alamogordo."  The  house  is  built  somewhat 
in  the  style  of  a  fortress  with  big  watehtowers  at  each  corner. 
Inside,  on  every  hand,  one  sees  the  evidences  of  a  refined  taste 


8.  Captain  John  G.  Clancy.  See  biographical  sketch.  Representative  New  Mexicans, 
C.  S.  Peterson,  Denver,  Colo.,  1912,  p.  51. 


308  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

from  the  well-filled  bookcases  to  the  walls  covered  with  paint- 
ings, from  the  pleasant  fireplaces  to  the  piano  in  the  corner. 
The  paintings  are  for  the  most  part  the  work  of  his  son  Juan. 

The  captain  rarely  sits  down  to  a  meal,  except  there  is 
some  dish  peculiar  to  the  sea  on  the  table.  He  still  clings  to 
the  romance  of  the  ocean  and  says  that  when  he  makes  his  for- 
tune in  the  sheep  business,  he  would  like  to  build  him  a  snug 
little  schooner  and  sail  around  wherever  pleasure  dictated. 

The  most  thorough  job  of  dipping  I  have  seen  done  this 
year  was  done  by  Capt.  Clancey,  [Clancy]  and  if  his  sheep 
have  scab  before  spring  it  will  not  be  the  fault  of  the  dipping. 
The  captain  is  the  most  indefatigable  worker  I  have  yet  met 
and  there  is  hardly  a  day  that  you  will  not  see  him,  the  mules 
and  buckboard  on  the  road,  either  to  Puerto  de  Luna  or  some 
camp. 

Before  finishing  I  must  not  fail  to  mention  the 

FINE  HERD  OF  BUCKS  which  he  annually  raises.  They  are 
fine,  large  fellows,  of  a  good  staple  of  wool  and  good  mutton 
type,  just  what  a  range  sheep  should  be.  Then,  too,  I  must 
mention  the  herd  of  Shetland  ponies,  purebred  ones,  too,  that 
the  captain  keeps  for  his  own  and  his  children's  amusement 
and  incidentally  for  the  benefit  of  his  pocketbook.  He  will  de- 
liver a  well-broken  Shetland  pony  any  time  of  the  year  to 
those  wanting  these  docile  and  pretty  pets  for  themselves  or 
children.  He  now  has  on  hand  some  14  head  of  well-broken 
ponies  for  sale. 

It  was  with  a  feeling  of  sincere  regret  that  I  bade  the 
genial  and  wholehearted  captain  goodby  and  traveled  down 
the  Alamogordo  and  the  Pecos  to  Fort  Sumner. 

Just  before  reaching  the  present  town  of  Fort  Sumner, 
we  passed  by  the  site  of  the  old  Fort  Sumner,  fort  and  reser- 
vation, where  the  government  spent  nearly  a  million  dollars 
in  irrigation  dams  and  ditches,  making  a  vast  farm  for  the 
Indians.  It 

EVENTUALLY  PROVED  A  FAILURE,  and  all  that  remains  to- 
day is  a  long  avenue,  with  majestic  cottonwoods  on  both  sides 
of  it,  and  a  few  fruit  trees,  which  feebly  mark  the  site  of 


SHEEP   HUSBANDRY  309 

what  was  once  a  flourishing  40-acre  orchard.  It  was  not  the 
fault  of  the  soil,  climate  or  water,  but  simply  the  fact  that 
the  Indians  would  not  be  civilized  and  live  in  this  flat  country. 
They  longed  for  their  native  mountains  and  were  continually 
running  away,  till  the  government  gave  it  up  and  let  the  land 
go  back  to  its  native  grasses.9  It  is  waiting  now  for  some  en- 
terprising capitalists  to  put  in  another  dam  and  ditches  and 
resume  operations  again.  There  is  no  reason  why  12,000  or 
14,000  acres  could  not  be  irrigated  from  the  Pecos  and  have 
vast  alfalfa  fields  where  now  only  wild  grasses  grow. 


(To  be  continued) 


9.  See  Frank  D.  Reeve,  op  cit.  Vol.  II,  pp.  110-122.  Also  Charles  Amsden,  "The  Navajo 
Exile  at  Bosque  Redondo,"  NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW,  8 :  31-50. 


THE  TRIANGLE  AND  THE  TETRAGRAMMATON1 

A  Note  on  the  Cathedral  at  Santa  Fe 

by  FLOYD  S.  FIERMAN* 

ONE  OF  THE  MOST  charming  stories  that  has  currency 
throughout  the  Southwest  concerns  the  Cathedral  at 
Santa  Fe  dedicated  to  St.  Francis  of  Assisi.  Above  the  en- 
trance of  the  Cathedral2  is  a  Triangle  and  inscribed  within 
its  borders  is  the  Tetragrammaton,  the  word  for  God  in- 
scribed in  Hebrew  letters.  The  construction  of  this  Cathedral 
was  initiated  during  the  episcopate  of  Archbishop  John  B. 
Lamy.  Its  cornerstone  was  laid  on  July  14,  1869  and,  like 
many  houses  of  worship,  its  construction  extended  over  a 
peroid  of  years.  Twitchell  recounts  that  in  1912  it  was  still 
incomplete.3 

In  recent  years  it  has  appeared  incongruous  to  many  peo- 
ple that  the  Catholic  Church,  whose  prayer  language  is  Latin, 
should  have  a  Hebrew  inscription  over  its  entrance,  even 
though  it  was  enclosed  in  a  Triangle.  It  was  not  questioned 
or  considered  unusual  at  the  time  that  it  was  placed  in  the 
archway,  if  the  lack  of  reference  to  the  symbol  in  the  local 
newspapers  is  a  guide.  They  are  silent.  When  the  curiosity 
about  the  whole  matter  began  to  become  history  can  only  be 
conjectured.  Even  Twitchell,  who  had  an  eye  for  the  unique 
and  who  sought  historical  detail,  overlooked  it.  Eventually, 
however,  it  became  an  oddity  and  stories  began  to  circulate. 
"The  Archbishop  had  a  warm  association  with  the  people  of 
Jewish  faith  who  resided  in  New  Mexico,"  is  a  theme  running 
through  the  interpretations.  "On  various  occasions  when  the 
Archbishop  needed  financial  assistance,  he  sought  the  help 
of  his  Jewish  friends.  In  tribute  to  these  people  and  their 


*  Temple  Mount  Sinai,  900  North  Oregon  St.,  El  Paso,  Tex. 

Reprinted  with  permission  of  the  Editor  of  the  Panwood,  Vol.  VI,  No.  2,  Spring,  1961. 

310 


\ 


Archway  of  the  Cathedral  at  Santa  Fe,  dedicated  to  St.  Francis  of  Assisi. 


TETRAGRAMMATON  311 

help,  the  Archbishop  ordered  that  the  Tetragrammaton  in  a 
Triangle  be  inserted  above  the  Cathedral.  It  was  the  symbol 
of  harmony  between  Catholic  and  Jew." 

Is  there  any  credence  to  this  opinion?  Did  Archbishop 
Lamy  place  the  Tetragrammaton  in  the  Triangle  in  tribute 
to  his  Jewish  friends  in  Santa  Fe?  Or  is  this  another  of  the 
legends  that  grows  with  such  ease  in  the  parched  earth  of 
New  Mexico  tradition  once  it  is  irrigated  with  the  moisture 
of  the  lips  and  the  tongue? 

A  letter  directed  to  Archbishop  Edwin  V.  Byrne  of  the 
Archdiocese  of  Santa  Fe  brought  a  reply  from  the  Chancery 
Office,  written  under  the  signature  of  Father  M.  J.  Rodriguez, 
Chancellor.4  The  purpose  of  the  original  letter  was  to  deter- 
mine whether  the  archives  of  the  Diocese  were  open  to  stu- 
dents of  history  for  investigation.  The  answer  from  the 
Chancellor  was  in  the  affirmative,  but  he  suggested  that  to 
expedite  matters  a  catalogue  of  the  Archives  be  consulted. 
This  catalogue,  compiled  by  Fray  Angelico  Chavez,  is  en- 
titled "Archives  of  the  Archdiocese  of  Santa  Fe,  1678-1900." 5 

An  investigation  of  the  Chavez  catalogue  reveals  that 
Archbishop  Lamy  had  considerable  correspondence  with  the 
Most  Reverend  J.  B.  Purcell  of  the  Cincinnati  diocese.6  This 
correspondence  establishes  that  Lamy  was  in  a  diocese  that 
more  often  than  not  was  in  financial  straits.  There  is,  how- 
ever, no  reference  in  this  catalogue  to  any  communication 
with  any  known  people  of  the  Jewish  faith,  indicating  a  loan 
or  gift.  The  names  of  two  Jewish  families  are  recorded  but 
these  notes  have  nothing  to  do  with  the  matter  under  con- 
sideration. 

The  two  Jewish  families  that  would  have  been  inclined  to 
assist  the  Archbishop  in  his  program  to  build  a  representa- 
tive Cathedral  structure  in  Santa  Fe  were  the  Staab  Broth- 
ers,7 Abraham  and  Zadoc,  and  the  Spiegelberg  Brothers.8  W. 
A.  Keleher,  in  his  The  Fabulous  Frontier,  not  only  attributes 
the  Lamy  gesture  to  the  Staab  family,  but  he  graphically  re- 
cords it : 


312  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

.  .  .  Then  the  churchman  [Archbishop  Lamy]  hurried  to  the 
office  of  Abraham  Staab,  merchant  prince  of  Santa  Fe,  to  ask 
for  an  extension  of  time  on  promissory  notes  given  in  exchange 
for  funds  borrowed  for  the  Cathedral  project.  Friends  of  long 
standing,  the  ranking  Roman  Catholic  prelate  of  the  South- 
west, and  the  leading  member  of  the  Jewish  faith  in  New  Mex- 
ico, exchanged  the  formalities  of  the  day.  Mr.  Staab  had 
already  made  substantial  gifts  to  the  Cathedral  construction 
fund.  When  money  had  become  scarce  in  the  hard  times  then 
prevailing,  the  merchant  had  become  banker  and  loaned  large 
sums  to  the  Archbishop  to  prevent  stoppage  of  the  work.  "How 
is  the  work  on  the  Cathedral  progressing?,"  inquired  Staab. 
"Times  are  hard,"  answered  the  Archbishop,  "but  the  Cathedral 
will  be  finished.  All  I  ask  is  an  extension  of  time  on  my  notes." 
Staab  went  to  a  large  iron  safe,  took  out  all  the  notes  that 
the  Archbishop  had  signed  and  said  to  him:  "Archbishop,  let 
me  have  a  say  in  the  building  of  that  new  Cathedral  and  I  will 
tear  up  all  these  notes."  Cautiously  the  man  of  God  measured 
the  eyes  of  the  man  of  Commerce  and  Business  and  inquired: 
"To  what  extent,  how,  Mr.  Staab?"  Staab  replied:  "Let  me  put 
one  word  above  the  entrance  of  the  Cathedral,  chiselled  in 
stone."  "And  what  is  that  word?,"  parried  the  Archbishop. 
"You  must  trust  me,  Archbishop,'  replied  Staab.  Archbishop 
Lamy  agreed  to  Abraham  Staab's  proposal.  Staab  tore  up  the 
notes  in  the  presence  of  the  Archbishop,  tossed  the  fragments 
of  paper  into  a  fire  in  the  stove  in  the  office.  When  the  Cathedral 
was  finished,  there  for  all  the  world  to  see,  was  the  part  that 
Staab  had  taken  in  its  building,  The  Hebraic  initials  J  V  H 
[Y  H  W  H]  symbolic  of  the  word  "God"  of  the  Christian  faith, 
"Jehovah"  of  the  faith  of  Israel.9 

Mr.  Keleher's  account  according  to  Rabbi  Davir  Shor  of 
Albuquerque  requires  modification.  Dr.  Edward  Staab,  the 
son  of  Abraham  Staab,  has  discussed  the  subject  under  ques- 
tion with  Rabbi  Shor.  Dr.  Staab  has  informed  Rabbi  Shor 
that  his  father  did  loan  Archbishop  Lamy  funds  toward  the 
erection  of  the  Cathedral.  His  father,  he  recounts,  also  de- 
stroyed the  notes  that  were  given  by  Lamy  as  security.  But 
the  Doctor  avers  that  under  no  circumstances  did  Abraham 
Staab  agree  to  tear  up  the  notes  if  the  Archbishop  would 
place  the  Tetragrammaton  above  the  Cathedral.  He  did  not 
bargain  with  the  highest  religious  officer  of  the  diocese. 


TETRAGRAMMATON  313 

Abraham  Staab  did  not  place  any  obstacles  before  the  Arch- 
bishop. After  Lamy  stated  his  plight,  Dr.  Staab  claims  that 
Abraham  Staab  asked  the  Archbishop  to  accept  the  loan  as 
a  donation.10  Thus,  only  a  portion  of  the  Keleher  account, 
according  to  Abraham  Staab's  son,  is  verifiable.  Further- 
more, the  untarnished  escutcheon  of  the  Staab  family  in  all 
their  business  transactions  would  in  itself  substantiate  that 
the  Staabs  never  disadvantaged  anyone,  and,  above  all,  not  a 
clergyman. 

Consequently,  the  Staab  family  must  be  eliminated  as  the 
Jewish  family  that  Archbishop  Lamy  may  have  desired  to 
placate.  Let  us  consider  the  other  possibility,  the  Spiegelberg 
Brothers.  In  this  case,  there  is  a  contemporary  newspaper 
article  that  directly  involves  the  Spiegelbergs  in  the  matter 
of  the  Cathedral. 

On  the  Tuesday  before  the  Sunday  that  the  Cathedral  was 
to  be  dedicated,  a  news  item  in  The  New  Mexican  of  Santa  Fe, 
described  the  plans  for  the  dedication.  A  list  of  those  people 
who  contributed  twenty-five  dollars  and  upward  was  enu- 
merated.11 Conspicuous  among  the  donors  was  the  name 
Spiegelberg.  This  donation  was  undoubtedly  a  family  gift. 
The  Spiegelberg  contribution  was  five  hundred  dollars,  a  size- 
able amount  of  money  in  1869.  That  the  Archbishop  and  the 
Spiegelbergs  were  good  friends  cannot  be  denied.  An  over- 
ture of  kindness  toward  the  Spiegelbergs  on  the  part  of  the 
Archbishop  is  brought  to  our  attention  by  Flora  Spiegelberg, 
the  wife  of  Willi  Spiegelberg : 

In  1852,  Lamy  in  company  with  two  French  priests,  was 
returning  from  Kansas  to  Santa  Fe  by  way  of  the  Santa  Fe 
trail.  Halfway  across  the  trail  the  Bishop  and  his  caravan  saw 
ahead  of  them  a  caravan  of  twenty-five  covered  wagons,  which 
he  was  to  learn  were  transporting  merchandise  to  the  Spiegel- 
bergs of  Santa  Fe.  Bishop  Lamy  knew  the  brothers  well  and 
halted  to  extend  a  friendly  greeting  to  Levi,  the  second  oldest 
of  the  brothers,  who  was  in  charge  of  the  wagon  train.  He 
noticed  that  Levi  was  being  carried  into  a  cabin  on  the  prairie. 
He  was  a  victim  of  dysentery.  Aware  that  an  epidemic  of 
cholera  was  prevalent,  Levi's  companions  had  become  panic 


314  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

stricken  and  refused  to  continue  the  journey  with  him.  They 
had  persuaded  him  to  stay  with  a  trapper  in  his  cabin  until  he 
was  able  to  resume  his  journey.  But  the  Bishop  would  not  have 
it  so.  "My  two  companions  and  I  will  make  room  for  you  in 
our  covered  wagon."  Levi  accepted  the  offer  gratefully.  He  re- 
gained his  health  in  a  week.  The  remainder  of  the  trip  to  Santa 
Fe,  which  took  two  months,  found  the  kindly  educated  priests 
and  the  young  merchant  in  pleasant  conversation.12 

Previous  to  the  erection  of  the  Cathedral,  the  Spiegel- 
bergs  and  the  hierarchy  had  maintained  an  open-door  policy 
with  one  another.  They  endeavored  to  help  one  another  when- 
ever the  occasion  presented  itself.  But,  in  addition  to  the 
query  of  whether  an  Archbishop  had  the  freedom  to  employ 
symbols  according  to  his  whim,  there  is  the  question  of 
whether  a  donation  to  a  Cathedral  building  by  a  Jewish  donor 
would  influence  an  Archbishop  to  honor  the  donor  by  incor- 
porating the  Hebrew  letters  for  God  on  the  archway.  It  would 
hardly  be  conceivable,  no  matter  how  generous  the  motives  of 
the  prelate,  that  he  should  act  in  this  manner. 

Careful  inquiry  leads  us  to  the  opinion  that  there  is  no 
mystery  to  the  matter.  Fray  Angelico  Chavez  removes  any 
doubts : 

The  Hebrew  characters  above  the  Cathedral  entrance 
struck  the  historian  as  odd,  and  so  he  guessed  that  Lamy  had  it 
done  because  of  his  most  cordial  relations  with  the  Jewish  pio- 
neers of  Santa  Fe.  .  .  . 

However,  it  is  to  be  noted  that  the  Tetragrammaton  is  en- 
closed in  a  triangle.  In  Europe,  this  was  a  common  Christian 
symbol,  denoting  the  One  god  of  Moses  and  Abraham  revealed 
in  their  New  Covenant,  as  Three  Divine  Persons  in  one  God 
.  .  .  hence  the  Graeco-Latin  term  "Trinity."  The  symbol  was 
carved  in  the  Gothic  and  Romanesque  churches  of  northern  Eu- 
rope, painted  on  sacred  furnishings,  embroidered  in  liturgical 
vestments.  (I  found  one  Chasuble13  or  Mass  vestment,  im- 
ported from  France  by  Lamy  or  his  successor,  with  this  same 
emblem  embroidered  with  gold  thread  on  the  back  of  the  most 
prominent  part.) 

It  follows  that  Lamy  would  not  have  been  pleasing  his 
Jewish  friends  by  including  the  triangle !  Or  perhaps  it  was  not 


THE  LORD*" 


*THE  ALMIGHTY' 


fsiioiP  JOHN  B.  LAMY 


Two  Yoos 


ABKAHAM  STAAB 


Yoo  WITHIN  TRIAMGLE 


Hebrew  symbols  shown  on  this  page  are  used  by  the  Catholic  Church. 

—  F.  R.  WEBBER.,  Church  Symbolism,  1927. 


TETRAGRAMMATON  315 

Lamy's  own  idea,  but  that  of  his  French  architect.14  It  also 
could  be,  once  the  emblem  was  carved,  that  these  Jewish 
friends,  totally  ignorant  of  the  triangle's  meaning,  were  actu- 
ally pleased  and  did  consider  it  a  friendly  gesture  by  Lamy! 
Which  is  all  to  the  good  in  this  world  of  strife  and  misunder- 
standing among  peoples.15 

To  establish  the  fact  that  the  symbol  above  the  Cathedral 
was  not  unique,  it  was  only  necessary  now  to  find  the 
Chasuble  in  the  Cathedral  and  identify  it.  Through  the  co- 
operation of  Father  Rodriguez  of  the  Chancery  office  and 
Fray  Chavez,  the  Chasuble  was  located  and  photographed. 
Two  of  the  three  illustrations  included  with  this  note  are  a 
photograph  of  the  symbol  above  the  Cathedral,  as  it  now 
appears,  and  a  photograph  of  the  Chasuble.16 

In  addition  to  the  evidence  found  in  the  St.  Francis  of 
Assisi  Cathedral,  research  has  disclosed  other  examples  af- 
firming that  the  Roman  Church  has  used  symbols  with  He- 
brew inscriptions  in  places  other  than  Santa  Fe.  F.  R. 
Weaver,17  in  his  study  on  church  symbolism  attests  that  be- 
sides the  Tetragrammaton,  other  Hebrew  inscriptions  were 
utilized  as  well.  He  illustrates  four  other  Hebrew  characteri- 
zations that  were  employed  by  the  Roman  Church. 

This  documentation  directs  us  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
Tetragrammaton  in  the  Triangle  in  the  Cathedral  has  an 
old  history.  It  antedates  the  Santa  Fe  Cathedral.  It  is  coinci- 
dental that  the  gregarious  Archbishop,  John  B.  Lamy,  had 
many  Jewish  friends  in  the  diocese  of  Santa  Fe.  That  he 
placed  the  symbol  in  the  archway  as  representative  of  his 
friendship,  we  can  assuredly  conclude  is  merely  a  legend. 
It  is  of  credit  to  the  Franciscan  priest,  Fray  Angelico  Chavez, 
that  for  some  time  he  has  known  that  this  was  a  legend,  but 
because  it  augured  friendship  and  not  antipathy,  he  chose 
to  leave  it  rest. 

REFERENCES 

1.  The  equilateral  Triangle  is  the  symbol  of  the  Trinity,  suggesting  three  equal  parts 
joined  into  one.  George  Ferguson,  Signs  and  Symbols  in  Christian  Art,  Oxford  University 
Press,  New  York.  C.  1954  by  the  Samuel  H.  Kress  Foundation,  p.  276. 


316  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

The  Tetragrammaton  (YHWH)  was  written  but  not  pronounced  according  to  its 
consonants  in  Jewish  tradition.  "The  substitution  in  pronunciation  of  adonoi  ('Lord')  for 
the  tetragrammaton,  the  ahem  ho-mephoroah  of  the  Mish,  yoma,  VI,  2)  of  which  indications 
are  to  be  found  in  the  later  Biblical  books  and  which  is  clearly  recorded  in  the  Mishnah 
became  the  general  usage  of  the  Synagogue  when  reading  from  the  scroll  of  the  Penta- 
teuch. The  tetragrammaton  had  been  retained,  while  the  Temple  stood,  in  the  regular 
priestly  benediction  (Nu.  VI,  22ff).  .  .  .  The  true  pronunciation  of  the  tetragrammaton 
was  not  freely  transmitted,  but  was  esoteric,  and  communicated  by  the  teachers  only  to 
qualified  disciples.  .  .  .  The  Mishnah  so  severely  prohibits  the  utterance  of  the  tetragram- 
maton that  the  pronouncer  of  it  was  threatened  with  exclusion  from  a  portion  of  the  world 
to  come.  Other  paraphrastic  substitutes  for  the  name  of  God  became  common,  e.g.,  Maqom, 
lit.  'place'  ...  or  "Our  father  in  Heaven'  .  .  .  and  frequently  in  Rabbinic  texts  'the 
merciful,'  'The  Holy  one,  blessed  be  He'  .  .  ."James  Hastings  (Editor),  Encyclopedia  of 
Religion  and  Ethics,  Pbl.  Charles  Scribner's  Sons,  C.  1928,  VoL  IX,  177a. 

2.  The  Cathedral  is  described  by  Twitchell  as  follows :  "Its  cornerstone  was  laid  July 
14,  1869  (The  New  Mexican,  Tuesday,  October  12,  1869,  gives  the  date  of  the  cornerstone 
.  .  .  the  cornerstone  of  the  new  Cathedral  .  .  .  will  be  laid  on  Sunday,  10th  of  October, 
1869. )  The  main  building  with  two  imposing  towers  has  been  erected  at  a  cost  of  approxi- 
mately one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  dollars.  It  is  still  incomplete.  The  part  of  the  build- 
ing completed  to  the  arms  of  the  cross  is  one  hundred  and  twenty  feet  long,  and  sixty  feet 
broad,  while  the  height  of  the  middle  nave  is  fifty-five  feet.  The  ceiling  is  arched  in  Roman 
style.  The  walls  are  of  native  stone.  The  ceilings  have  this  peculiarity ;  they  are  made  of 
red  volcanic  tufa,  very  light ;  this  substance  was  obtained  from  the  summit  of  Cerro  Mogino, 
about  twelve  miles  from  Santa  Fe.  The  towers  are  of  cut  stone,  now  eighty-five  feet  in 
height,  and  the  spires  which  will  adorn  them  eventually,  will  reach  an  elevation  of  one 
hundred  and  sixty  feet.  Ralph  Emerson  Twitchell,  The  Leading  Facts  of  New  Mexican 
History,  VoL  II,  p.  344,  Torch  Press,  C.  1912. 

8.  Archbishop  John  B.  Lamy  "was  born  at  Lempdes,  France,  October  11,  1814,  of  a 
family  fruitful  in  vocations.  Educated  at  Clermont  and  the  Seminary  of  Monteferrand,  he 
was  ordained  in  December,  1838  .  .  .  while  assistant  priest  at  Champre,  in  1839  he  volun- 
teered to  join  Bishop  Purcell  for  the  Ohio  mission.  Stationed  at  Wooster  and  subsequently 
at  Covington  .  .  .  (he)  shrank  from  no  toil  ...  on  the  24th  of  November,  1850,  he  set 
out  for  his  vicariate  by  way  of  New  Orleans  and  Texas  ...  he  met  with  an  accident  and 
was  laid  up  for  months  at  San  Antonio,  so  that  he  did  not  reach  Santa  Fe  till  the  summer 
of  1851."  Lamy  died  February  14,  1888.  His  remains  lie  under  the  main  altar  of  the 
Cathedral.  Twitchell,  op.  cit..  Vol.  II,  p.  329,  note  256. 

4.  Correspondence  with  Father  M.  J.  Rodriguez,  Chancery  Office,  Archdiocese  of  Santa 
Fe,  November  15,  1960,  Protocol  No.  303/60.  Father  Rodriguez  writes :  "If  you  find  that  our 
archives  contain  any  material  which  might  prove  helpful  to  you,  you  are  more  than  welcome 
to  come  here.  If  you  find  we  might  be  able  to  be  of  help,  please  see  me  personally." 

5.  Angelico  Chavez,  Archives  of  the  Archdiocese  of  Santa  Fe,  1678-1900,  Ibds.  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  Academy  of  American  Franciscan  History,  C.  1957. 

6.  Ibid.,  pp.  114,  117, 119-122,  and  other  references.  Index,  p.  276. 

7.  Abraham  Staab  was  born  in  Westphalia,  Germany,  February  27,  1839.  In  1854,  when 
fifteen  years  of  age,  he  embarked  for  the  United  States  in  a  sailing  vessel,  the  voyage  con- 
suming five  weeks.  After  his  arrival,  he  proceeded  to  Norfolk,  Virginia,  where  he  found 
employment  as  an  errand  boy  in  a  small  grocery  store,  with  a  salary  of  one  dollar  per  week, 
his  board  and  lodging  included.  Having  been  engaged  in  this  employment  about  two  months, 
a  prominent  merchant  of  Norfolk,  to  whom  he  had  delivered  parcels  daily,  took  a  fancy 
to  the  young  apprentice,  gave  him  employment  at  three  dollars  per  week  and  during  the 
evening  hours  gave  him  instruction  in  bookkeeping.  Having  heard  of  the  great  opportuni- 
ties for  business  in  the  far  west,  after  a  residence  of  two  years  in  Norfolk,  he  removed  to 
New  Mexico,  traveling  by  train  and  steamboat  as  far  as  Westport  Landing  (Kansas  City, 
Missouri)  and  thence  by  wagon  train,  drawn  by  ox-teams,  to  New  Mexico's  capital,  the 
journey  requiring  more  than  six  weeks  for  its  completion.  Shortly  after  his  arrival  he 


TETRAGRAMMATON  317 

entered  the  employ  of  Spiegelberg  Brothers,  prominently  engaged  in  the  Santa  Fe  and 
Chihuahua  trade,  with  which  firm  he  continued  for  one  year,  and  in  1858  entered  into  the 
business  of  general  merchandising  together  with  his  brother,  Zadoc  Staab,  the  firm  being 
known  as  Zadoc  Staab  and  Brother.  At  first  the  business  was  principally  along  retail  lines 
but  gradually  attained  strength  and  proportion  until  in  the  sixties,  it  became  the  largest 
wholesale  trading  and  merchandising  establishment  in  the  entire  Southwest,  covering  a 
territory  which  included  Utah,  Colorado,  Arizona  and  as  far  south  as  Chihuahua,  Mexico. 
In  the  days  preceding  and  during  the  Civil  War,  and  for  a  long  period  thereafter,  capital 
and  courage  were  controlling  factors  in  the  commercial  enterprises  of  the  great  Southwest. 
Caravans,  drawn  by  six,  eight  and  oft-times  as  many  as  ten  yoke  of  oxen,  were  required  in 
transporting  across  the  Great  Plains  the  immense  stocks  of  merchandise  required  in  the 
Southwestern  trade.  Military  escorts  furnished  by  the  government  at  various  times  in  the 
'sixties  accompanied  these  wagon-trains,  supplemented  as  they  were  by  their  own  well- 
armed  employees  who  were  constantly  on  the  gui  vive  for  the  marauding  nomads  of  the 
prairies.  With  many  of  these  caravans,  carrying  the  goods  of  Z.  Staab  and  Brother,  Abra- 
ham Staab  rode  on  horseback  across  the  plains  of  Kansas,  Colorado  and  New  Mexico,  on  the 
alert,  night  and  day,  to  repel  the  attacks  of  murdering  savages,  who,  in  many  cases,  with 
trains  insufficiently  protected,  were  successful  in  their  attacks  upon  the  caravans,  requiring 
the  abandonment  of  wagons  and  contents  to  the  merciless  barbarians.  The  firm  filled  many 
immense  contracts  for  supplies  to  the  government  in  its  support  of  the  many  soldiers  and 
army  posts  in  the  Southwest.  These  contracts  covered  all  sorts  of  native  products,  hay, 
grain,  chile,  beans,  flour  and  buffalo  meat,  giving  employment  to  many  of  the  native  citizens 
of  New  Mexico,  who  gained  their  livelihood  as  sub-contractors  for  this  firm.  Large  quanti- 
ties of  buffalo  robes,  beautifully  tanned  and  decorated,  were  articles  of  trade  with  the  In- 
dians of  the  plains  as  well  as  with  large  numbers  of  native  ciboleros  who  hunted  the  buffalo 
on  the  llanos  of  northeastern  New  Mexico  along  the  Cimarron  and  Arkansas  rivers.  The 
transportation  equipment  necessary  in  the  filling  of  these  government  contracts,  in  these 
days  of  railway  trains  and  motor  trucks,  should  be  recorded  in  the  history  of  those  who 
were  pioneers  in  the  progress  of  civilization  in  the  Southwest.  Many  yoke  of  oxen,  great 
droves  of  burros,  mules  and  horses  were  the  transportation  used  in  supplying  the  military 
posts  from  the  Arkansas  to  the  Rio  Grande.  The  story  of  Santa  Fe  and  the  great  Southwest 
is  found  in  the  biographies  of  the  Santa  Fe  merchants,  participating  as  they  did  in  the 
daily  life  and  activities  of  all  the  communities  and  settlements  of  a  tremendous  geographical 
area.  In  the  distribution  of  supplies,  Santa  Fe  as  the  initial  point,  with  the  freighters  bound 
for  Chihuahua  and  the  settlements  of  the  Rio  Abajo,  was  the  scene  of  colorful  events,  filled 
with  romance,  unparalleled  in  the  story  of  the  great  Southwest.  The  deliveries  at  army  posts 
and  Indian  agencies  of  great  herds  of  cattle,  with  their  vaqueros  and  other  employees,  and 
military  officers  and  men,  the  civilian  scouts,  picturesque  in  their  garb  of  buckskin  and 
beaver,  in  their  detailed  recital  are  epics  for  pen  and  brush.  In  all  of  this  Abraham  Staab 
played  an  important  part.  Southwestern  society  in  its  beginnings  was  limited  but  at  the 
posts  and  agencies  and  in  all  the  larger  communities  racial  differences  and  prejudices  were 
unknown  and  discountenanced.  The  friendships,  confidences  and  intimacies  of  that  period 
were  beautifully  close  and  almost  without  appreciation  by  those  of  the  present  day.  The 
social  life  of  New  Mexico's  capital,  the  brilliant  functions  of  frequent  occurrences  given  by 
the  ladies  and  officers  of  old  Fort  Marcy,  participated  in  by  the  civilians  of  the  ancient  city ; 
and  those  given  in  return  by  its  pricipal  citizens  are  wondrous  memories  with  those  who 
were  privileged  to  participate.  In  these  social  sidelights  of  Santa  Fe  history,  the  Staab  man- 
sion on  Palace  Avenue  played  a  prominent  part.  Unostentatious  but  magnificent  in  their 
simplicity  were  the  contributions  of  Abraham  and  Mrs.  Staab,  with  their  older  daughters, 
to  the  social  gaieties  which  shone  with  frequent  brilliancy  in  the  ancient  city.  Attended  by 
dignitaries,  military  and  civilian,  governors,  justices,  visiting  notables  and  officers  of  high 
rank,  these  entertainments  made  life  at  Fort  Marcy  and  old  Santa  Fe  preferable  to  that  in 
many  of  the  great  regimental  posts  of  the  far  west. 

In  all  his  business  relations  with  the  patrons  and  friends  of  the  firm,  the  native  New 
Mexican  in  particular,  Mr.  Staab  occupied  a  position  of  intimate  confidence,  which  was 


318 


NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 


never  disturbed  or  broken.  In  truth,  owing  to  the  lack  of  banking  facilities,  his  firm  was  the 
depository  of  large  sums  of  money  belonging  to  the  leading  native  representatives  through- 
out New  Mexico,  in  the  handling  of  which  Abraham  Staab  served  as  advisor  and  trustee 
gratuitously,  always  appreciated  and  never  forgotten. 

After  the  coming  of  the  railways,  owing  to  the  rapid  increase  in  population  in  several 
of  the  rival  cities  of  the  Territory,  with  every  session  of  the  legislature  efforts  were  made 
looking  to  the  removal  of  the  capital  from  Santa  Fe.  These  failed  in  every  instance  owing 
largely  to  the  influence  of  Abraham  Staab  and  other  prominent  citizens  of  Santa  Fe  and 
the  northern  part  of  the  Territory.  Mr.  Staab  held  a  number  of  public  offices ;  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  board  of  county  commissioners  of  Santa  Fe  county,  a  member  and  secretary  of 
the  first  Capitol  Building  Commission  and  the  first  president  of  the  Santa  Fe  chamber  of 
commerce. 

On  "December  25,  1865,  he  was  united  in  marriage  with  Miss  Julie  Schuster,  of  which 
eight  children  were  born,  one  of  whom  died  in  infancy,  the  others  being  Mrs.  Louis  Ilfeld 
of  Albuquerque ;  Mrs.  Louis  Baer  of  Boston ;  Mrs.  Max  Nordhaus  of  Albuquerque ;  Julius 
and  Paul,  deceased ;  Arthur  and  Edward.  Mrs.  Staab  died  on  May  15,  1896,  and  Mr.  Staab 
passed  to  his  reward  in  1913.  Ralph  E.  Twitchell,  Old  Santa  Fe,  Pbl.  Santa  Fe  New  Mexican 
Publishing  Corporation,  C.  1925,  p.  479-80. 

8.  Solomon  Jacob  Spiegelberg,  the  oldest  of  the  Spiegelbergs,  was  the  first  to  leave 
Germany.  He  crossed  the  Santa  Fe  trail  in  an  ox-train  and  joining  the  command  of  Colonel 
William  A.  Doniphan,  accompanied  him  to  Chihuahua,  Mexico.  He  returned  to  Santa  Fe 
with  the  regiment  where  he  was  appointed  Sutler.  In  1846,  he  established  a  wholesale  and 
retail  general  merchandise  business.  By  1868,   Solomon's  four  brothers,  Willi,  Emanuel, 
Levi,  and  Lehman  had  arrived  from  Germany.  Flora  Spiegelberg,  Reminiscences  of  a  Jewish 
Bride  on  the  Santa  Fe  Trail 

Levi  Spiegelberg  came  in  1848 ;  Emanuel  in  1853 ;  Lehman  in  1857 ;  and  Willi  in  1861. 
Daily  New  Mexican,  Santa  Fe,  October  30,  1881,  VoL  X,  No.  206,  p.  130. 

Joseph  and  Solomon  enlisted  in  the  Union  forces.  Joseph  attained  the  rank  of  Captain 
and  Solomon  that  of  Colonel.  Santa  Fe  New  Mexican,  August  12,  1864. 

9.  William  A.  Keleher,  The  Fabulous  Frontier,  The  Rydal  Press,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico, 
1945,  pp.  132-33.  Correspondence  with  W.  A.  Keleher,  Albuquerque,  New  Mexico,  Septem- 
ber 15,  1950. 

10.  Conversation  with  Rabbi  David  Shor,  Temple  Albert,  Albuquerque,  New  Mexico. 

11.  The  New  Mexican,  Tuesday,  October  12,  1869.  The  donors  listed  are  as  follows: 


Name-Residence  Ami. 

Sr.  Obispo  Lamy,  Santa  Fe  $3,000 

Anna  Ma.  Ortiz,  Santa  Fe  2,500 

Sr.  Vicario  Egullion,  Santa  Fe  1,000 

C.  P.  Clever,  Santa  Fe  1,000 

Mache  Magdalena,  Santa  Fe  500 

Mannela  [sic]  Armijo  Santa  Fe  500 

Spiegelberg,  Santa  Fe  500 

Ambrosio  Armijo,  Albuquerque  500 

Jose  L.  Perea,  Bernalillo  500 
Manuel  Anto.  Otero,  Peralto  [sic]        500 

Jose  D.  Sena,  Santa  Fe  200 

Caspar  Ortiz,  Santa  Fe  200 

Thomas  Cauglon,  Santa  Fe  100 

Charles  Blummer,  Santa  Fe  100 

H.  R.  Tompkins,  Santa  Fe  100 

Felipe  Delgado,  Santa  Fe  100 

Pedro  Perea,  Bernalillo  100 

Jesus  Perea,  Bernalillo  100 

Eliza  Herbert,  Glorietta  100 

Judge  Watts,  Santa  Fe  100 


Name-Residence  Amt. 

Felipe  Chavez,  Belen  200 

Jose  Ma.  Aragon,  Tome  100 

F.  W.  Helen,  Santa  Fe  50 

Jose  Oct.  Lujan,  Santa  Fe  60 

Anastacio  Sandobal,  Santa  Fe  50 

Juan  C.  Chaves,  Belen  50 

Antonio  Lerma,  La  Alameda  50 

Pedro  N.  Valencia,  Jemes  60 

Thomas  Rivera,  Santa  Fe  50 

Pablo  Delgado,  Santa  Fe  50 

Vicente  Garcia,   Santa  Fe  80 

Dolores  Perea,  Los  Ponos  [sic]  40 

F.  B.  Delgado,  Santa  Fe  30 

Francisco  Perea,  Bernalillo  25 

Jose  Anto.  Montoya,  Bernalillo  25 

Baltazar  Perea,  Bernalillo  25 

J.  M.  Baca  y  Salazar,  Pecos  25 

Santiago  Baca,  Pecos  25 

Manuel  Varela,  Pecos  26 

Pablo  Martin,  Pecos  26 


TETRAGRAMMATON  319 

The  writer  is  indebted  to  Miss  Ruth  E.  Rambo,  librarian  of  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico, 
Santa  Fe,  for  researching  and  making  this  refernce  available.  Dec.  9,  1960. 

12.  Flora  Spiegelberg,  "Tribute  to  Archbishop  Lamy  of  New  Mexico,"  The  Southwest- 
ern Jewish  Chronicle,  Oklahoma  City,  1933. 

The  friendship  of  the  Jewish  Pioneer  with  the  Catholic  hierarchy,  as  has  been  indicated, 
was  reciprocal.  Another  example  of  this  reciprocity  concerned  the  Bibos.  In  1896,  the  Bibo 
Brothers,  Solomon  and  Simon,  of  Laguna,  New  Mexico,  wrote  a  letter  to  Willi  Spiegelberg, 
who  was  then  residing  in  New  York,  concerning  the  antagonistic  attitude  taken  toward 
them  by  a  priest  who  is  referred  to  as  Juillard.  The  Spiegelbergs  had  been  instrumental  in 
bringing  the  Bibos  to  New  Mexico  and  because  of  this  and  the  close  relationship  that  the 
Spiegelbergs  had  always  maintained  with  the  Catholic  hierarchy,  Willi  Spiegelberg's  influ- 
ence was  sought.  It  is  interesting  to  note,  however,  that  the  Bibos — Simon  and  Solomon — 
had  already  married  out  of  their  faith  and  hardly  had  any  association  with  Judaism  in  the 
territory.  Simon  Bibo  was  married  to  Ramona  Candelaria  of  San  Mateo,  New  Mexico.  They 
had  eighteen  children,  "9  living  to  childhood  or  maturity."  Solomon  Bibo  married  a  member 
of  the  Acoma  tribe  of  Indians  whose  first  name  was  Juana.  He  became  governor  of  the 
Acoma  Indians  on  two  occasions,  one  being  the  year  1892.  Correspondence  with  Arthur 
Bibo,  July  25,  1953. 

THE  BIBO  MERCANTILE  CO. 
Dealers  in  Groceries,  California  Products,  Provisions  and  General  Merchandise, 

Wool,  Hides,  and  Pueblo  Indian  Specialties. 

Special  Rate  for  Carload  Lots  Wholesale  and  Retail 

Mr.  Willi  Spiegelberg  LAGUNA,  NEW  MEXICO,  July  31,  1896 

New  York 
Dear  Sir: 

At  a  meeting  held  at  Cebolleta  a  few  days  ago,  the  encl.  Protest  was  drawn  up.  It 
certainly  don't  amount  to  nothing  before  the  count  ( ?) ,  but  it  was  drawn  up  by  the  Catholic 
priest  Juillard.  (It  shows  in  that  same)  item!  UN  RICO  ISRAELITO  [a  rich  Jew}  that 
he  wants  to  inspire  the  people  with  hatred  not  alone  against  you  but  against  the  Jewish 
race.  I  have  sent  this  paper  to  Don  Anudo  (?),  who  will  present  the  case  to  the  Archbishop 
[Archbishop  Lamy  died  in  February  14,  1888.  He  was  succeeded  by  the  coadjutor  J.  B. 
Salpointe]  and  as  you  have  always  helped  the  Catholic  Church  at  Santa  Fe  you  should  write 
to  the  Archbishop  a  few  lines  in  regards  to  this  protest.  The  parties  who  signed  the  protest 
are  only  tools  of  the  padre.  I  hope  that  you  are  doing  well  and  that  your  daughters  have 
grown  up  to  be  nice  ladies  and  that  they  will  make  life  a  comfort  to  you  and  your  estimable 
wife.  We  have  all  been  well.  I  have  five  boys  and  four  girls.  .  .  .  I  wish  to  know  your  opin- 
ion of  New  York  State  and  also  about  the  general  outcome  of  the  election.  I  am  somewhat 
interested  as  we  have  100,000  pounds  of  wool  on  hand. 

SIMON  BIBO. 

Another  reference  to  the  Archbishop's  friendship  with  the  Spiegelbergs  is  noted  by 
Flora  Spiegelberg:  "Upon  the  eve  of  each  holiday  (Jewish  holiday),  he  would  send  fruit, 
wine,  or  flowers  to  Mrs.  L.  Spiegelberg  and  to  Mrs.  B.  Seligman  (Mother  of  Governor 
Arthur  Seligman)  and  to  Mrs.  Willi  (Flora)  Spiegelberg."  Flora  Spiegelberg,  "Tribute  to 
Archbishop  Lamy  of  New  Mexico,"  The  Southwestern  Jewish  Chronicle,  Oklahoma  City, 
1933. 

13.  "The  Chasuble  is  the  last  liturgical  garment  with  which  the  celebrant  is  vested.  It  is 
the  outer  garment  covering  the  other  vestments  and  the  Latin  origin  of  its  name,  CASULA 
(little  house),  aptly  describes  it.  The  Chasuble  may  be  White,  Red,  Rose,  Green,  Violet, 
Black,  Gold  or  Silver,  depending  on  the  season  of  the  church's  year  or  feast  that  is  being 
observed.  It  usually  has  a  cross  embroidered  on  the  back,  which  is  an  allusion  to  the  Passion 
of  Christ.  Symbolically,  this  vestment  alludes  to  the  purple  dress  that  Pilate  ordered  to  be 
placed  on  Christ  as  "King  of  the  Jews."  It  also  recalls  Christ's  seamless  garment,  for  which 
the  soldiers  on  Calvary  cast  lots.  Because  the  Chasuble  covers  the  other  vestments,  its 
symbolic  meaning  is  Christian  charity  and  protection ;  charity  being  the  virtue  that  should 
supercede  all  others."  Ferguson,  op.  cit.,  p.  282. 


320  NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

14.  "The  construction  of  the  Cathedral  was  begun  by  an  American  architect ;  he  was 
not  qualified  for  the  work  and  the  contract  was  rescinded  and  given  to  two  French  archi- 
tects, Antoine  Mouly  and  his  son,  Projectus  .  .  .  the  cornerstone  contained  the  names  of 
the  President  of  the  United  States,  General  U.  S.  Grant,  the  Governor  of  New  Mexico,  and 
other  territorial  officials  who  were  present.  Coins  of  gold,  silver  and  copper,  documents  and 
newspapers  were  also  used.  Three  days  afterwards,  some  miscreant  stole  the  cornerstone 
with  its  contents  and  nothing  was  ever  heard  of  it  afterwards.  .  .  .  The  building  as  now 
(1911)    used  was  completed  by  two  contractors,   Messrs.  Monnier  and  Machebeuf.  .  .  ." 
Twitchell,  op.  eft.,  p.  344,  note  272. 

In  an  effort  to  secure  further  information  concerning  the  French  architects,  as  sug- 
gested by  Father  Chavez,  the  writer  received  the  following  reply  from  Librarian  Rambo  in 
Santa  Fe.  "I  found  no  references  in  the  newspaper  index  to  the  two  French  architects, 
Antoine  Mouly  and  his  son,  Projectus."  Correspondence,  December  9,  1960. 

15.  Correspondence  with  Father  Angelico  Chavez,  November  22,  1960.  The  Santa  Fe 
Cathedral  Text  and  Format  by  Fr.  Angelico  Chavez,  Imprimatur:  The  Most  Rev.  E.  V. 
Byrne,  Archbishop  of  Santa  Fe,  C.  1947.  Part  II,  Section  1. 

16.  Marcel  Pick  of  Santa  Fe  was  gracious  enough  to  arrange  for  the  photographs. 

17.  F.  R.  Webber,  Church  Symbolism,  an  explanation  of  the  more  important  symbols 
of  the  Old  and  New  Testament,  The  Primitive,  The  Medieval,  and  the  Modern  Church. 
PbL  Cleveland,  J.  H.  Jansen,  C.   1927,  Second  Edition  revised,   1938.   I  am  indebted  to 
Gilbert  B.  Carter  of  El  Paso  for  this  reference. 

Addendum 

On  May  8,  1961  Fr.  Angelico  Chavez  in  response  to  this 
article  on  the  Santa  Fe  Cathedral  writes :  "Some  weeks  ago 
I  found  another  example  of  the  subject  at  the  church  of 
Pefia  Blanca,  New  Mexico.  There  are  six  brass  candlesticks 
there,  sort  of  Renaissance  style.  The  base  of  each  has  three 
faces,  one  having  a  bas  relief  bust  of  Christ,  the  other  of 
the  Madonna,  and  the  third  the  Triangle  and  Holy  Name  in 
Hebrew!" 

Dr.  Myra  Ellen  Jenkins,  Senior  Archivist,  office  of  State 
Records  Center,  State  of  New  Mexico,  May  11, 1961  advises : 
".  .  .  the  Cathedral  is  still  not  complete,  as  Twitchell  noted 
in  1912.  One  of  the  towers  was  never  finished  in  detail.  I 
read  with  interest  the  letter  from  Simon  Bibo  to  Willi  Spieg- 
elberg  of  July  31, 1896  in  the  back  of  your  article.  I  notice  you 
have  a  question  mark  beside  Don  Anudo.  I  think  it  quite  likely 
that  it  should  be  'Don  Amado'  [Chavez],*  important  terri- 
torial office  holder  who  lived  part  of  his  early  life  near  San 
Mateo  and  Cebolleta.  In  1896,  Amado  Chavez  was  in  Santa 
Fe ;  later  he  became  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction." 

On  May  15,  1961,  Dr.  John  Porter  Bloom  National  Park 
Service,  St.  Louis,  Missouri,  informed  the  writer  on  the  back 


1 

*m 


*& 

••-K^^S** ' " 


*. 


•gfc'. 

'^*& 


. 

'•&3Z* 
i  -    ^^^3p 


-s^  €  i 

"-.*'3»»"-     aS**"- 
^SEk   *"~ 


.*C 

**  :a?*  -sj^s 

r^^^^^^S 


'*  '"  j&® 

_>"%"*' 
*»»*—*  *-3S 
^fj^W^'J^^ 
-sow^*^  .i-r. .  ""C 

'-*r~*  *  ^ 

•  m 


,«", 


-*2; 


jBr'  ..s»~— <=•«  "••"S-e^Lii 

•«*'^^^»^'".   '  «»W        jw,    <«£?       **•£& 

9&i  WK  "J^^gf-  '"^s8*' 

*  «s«C."^i" ^.J-f-  ^zZSZ '- 

~'-'~^3r*-'    £?.  S?££*"r:''*~v**-'*e*Z-. 

•L  •*_lis»S.    S.  -^^*d:^. 


tSii^r^ 
"^fe"^-*-1 

^f%aKr'*°t*^" 


-  -  *Vr 
•C*, 


.^TOBT    m 
^P" 

,S»J%£, 
*  f-^ 


7-;' <3b -%i-^  s£ m-^^-.'^f 
^^^&^  .~^^%:^^^'* 
^  ^  /  ^£jj$^Z**?Z-- 

-  ~       -      *      yT"-      "  •"*•       *^J^«^r-  S^"'** 

'">;1-:^^^'^1V-' 

' 

—i       _         •**p     .    ^        *•  Jflt-  .  — n*rWM-*    jfW-   -*   ,.__  .  «»*^p*»*tlj3(i^ 

^^< 

i^ 

•?*^-3£tiSjjJj&& 


''jff 


~  £&.  "•&..»«  -;i*'-i~*    ff*.--^-^*  ' 

^'-^-z*?^^  -  ^  B^SSB?? 
^f^/^s^m^  5r:v  ••-•{^•ri* 

'  •*>• ::**^.  ^  ^TJ^  2 s^Jpt: -f  -. Jr*; ag. . 
^^^^'.-•'X^^C 


; 


Chasuble  which  is  housed  in  the  Cathedral  at  Santa  Fe. 


TETRAGRAMMATON  321 

of  a  picture  postal  card :  ".  .  .  I  went  out  this  afternoon  to 
get  this  card  to  send  you.  [The  color  photograph  on  the  front 
of  the  postal  card  is  a  reproduction  of  the  old  Cathedral,  the 
Church  of  Saint  Louis  IX,  King  of  France,  St.  Louis,  Mis- 
souri. It  is  the  oldest  Cathedral  Church  west  of  the  Missis- 
sippi River.  This  present  church  began  in  1831  and  dedicated 
in  1834,  stands  today  as  the  most  venerable  religious  monu- 
ment in  St.  Louis.  .  .  .  Over  the  entrance  of  the  old  Cathe- 
dral chiseled  into  the  stone,  the  tetragrammaton  is  enclosed 
in  a  triangle] .  I  can  add  nothing  to  what  you  will  no  doubt 
derive  and  infer  from  the  picture.  .  .  .  The  French  deriva- 
tion is  obvious.  It  all  tends  to  substantiate  your  article." 

W.  A.  Keleher  of  Albuquerque,  New  Mexico,  May  17, 
1961,  graciously  dissents:  "...  I  am  still  standing  my 
ground.  I  know  Dr.  Edward  Staab  and  have  known  him  for 
many  years.  He  was  born  in  1875  and  could  have  no  personal 
knowledge  of  the  incident.  Personally,  I  can  see  nothing  out 
of  the  way  if  Abraham  Staab  bargained  with  the  Arch- 
bishop. I  remember  Mr.  Staab  very  well.  Time  and  again  I 
saw  him,  and  talked  to  him,  never  of  course  about  the  item 
in  question.  He  was  a  very  precise,  diligent,  business-like 
man.  He  may  have  wanted  to  make  a  gift  of  the  notes  to  the 
Bishop,  and  on  the  spur  of  the  moment  adopted  the  means 
I  described.  In  any  event,  no  harm  done.  I  am  glad  that  the 
item  in  my  book  produced  interest.  It  seemed  to  me  that  it 
demonstrated  the  splendid  feeling  that  existed  between  a  top 
ranking  man  of  the  Jewish  faith  and  the  top  man  on  the 
Christian  side  so  long  ago." 


INDEX 


Abreu,  Lt.  Francisco,  at  Fort  Bascom,  245 

A  Classified  Bibliography  .  .  .  Periodical  Lit- 
erature .  .  .  Trans-Mississippi  West  (1811- 
1957),  by  Winther,  rev'd.,  73 

Agua  Nueva,  hacienda  (Chihuahua),  27 

AlamoRordo  Sheep  Co.,  306 

Albuquerque,  City  Commission  (1912),  51; 
description  (1900's),205 

Amador,  Martinez,  180 

An  Affair  of  Honor  .  .  .,  by  Quirk,  rev'd.,  234 

Andrews,  William  H.,  180 

Anza,  Lt.  Col.  Juan  Bautista  de,  military  pol- 
icy, 92ff 

Apaches :  Coyoteros,  30f ;  Gilas,  campaign  v. 
(1780's),  96;  Lipan,  28;  Mescaleros,  26; 
Mimbreiio  peace  treaty  (1838),  36;  Mo- 
gollon,  21;  Natages,  25,  99;  raid  (1877), 
145 ;  scalp  hunters,  23f ;  scalp  price,  34 ; 
treaty.  Chihuahua  (1831),  30;  Warm 
Springs,  25  ;  warrior,  29 

"Apache  Plunder  Trails  Southward,  1831- 
1840,"  by  Smith,  20-42 

Arce,  Lt.  Jose  Maria  de,  campaign  1818  re 
Americans,  105 

Archuleta,  Con,  sheepman,  264 

Arellano,  Alexandra,  210 

Arizona,  early  missionaries,  13f ;  Christian 
Indians,  17  ;  Jesuits,  17 ;  vicariate,  see  John 
Baptist  Salpointe 

Arizona  Sheep  Co.,  280 

Arizona  Territory  Post  Offices  and  Postmas- 
ters, by  Theobald,  rev'd.,  74 

Arms,  89 

Armstrong,  Silas,  119 

Assessment,  sheep,  284 

Association  of  the  Brotherhood  ...  of  the 
People  of  New  Mexico,  165f 

Atherton,  Lewis,  The  Cattle  Kings,  rev'd.,  232 

Axtell,  Gov.  Samuel  B.,  174 

Baca,  Celso,  rancher,  303 

Baca,  Elfego,  198 

Baca,  Julian,  251 

Bahia:  Ensenada  and  Its  Bay,  by  Brenton, 

rev'd.,  159 
Bancroft,  H.  H.,  History  of  Arizona  and  New 

Mexico,  reprint,  322 
Bandelier,  Adolphe,  219 
Barcelo,  Dona  Gertrudes,  36 
Barney,  postoffice,  264 
Bartel  Bros,  and  Co.  (1877),  112 
Bean  growing,  method,  286ff 
Bearrup,  J.  H.,  204 
Beenham,  postoffice,  264 
Bell,  Montgomery,  207  note 
Bell  ranch,  290 
Benedictine  Fathers,  152 
Bernal,  Father  Peter  (Arizona),  18 
Bernalillo  Mercantile  Co.,  58 
Bibo  Emil,  58 
Bibo  Mercantile  Co.,  319 
Bibo,  Simon,  59 ;  letter  to  Willie  Spiegelberg, 

319 

Birmingham,  Father  P.  (Arizona),  18 
Bloom,  John  Porter,  quoted,  320 
Blue  Ballot,  197f 

Boncard,  Father  Francis  (Arizona),  18 
Bond,  Frank,  see  Frank  Grubbs 
Bonilla,  Lt.  Col.  Antonio,  91 
Bourgade,  Rev.  Peter,  147 


Bow  and  arrow,  construction,  322 

Brenton,  Thaddeus  R.  T.,  Bahia:  Ensenada 
and  Its  Bay,  rev'd.,  159 

"Buckeyes — A  Food  of  the  California  In- 
dians," 16  mm  film,  322 

Bueyeros,  postoffice,  270 

Bursum,  Holm  O.,  186 

Burtt  Sheep  and  Cattle  Co.,  302 

Bushnell,  Charles,  sheepman,  265 

Business,  Territorial,  112 

California  Gulch  (Leadville,  Colo.),  119 
Calvo,  CoL  Jose  Joaquin  (1831),  30 
Campbell,  W.  E.,  sheepman,  297 
Candelaria,  B.  A.,  46 
Captive    Mountain     Waters  ....    by    Neal, 

rev'd.,  157 
Catholic  missionaries,  Arizona  (1860's),  133; 

secret  society,  165f 
Catron,  Thomas  B.,  163 
Cattle,  Chihuahua,  25ff 
Chadwick,  Charles,  204 
Chapelle,  Rev.  Placido  Louis,  222  and  note 
Chasuble,  description,  319 
Chaves,  J.  Francisco,  165 
Chavez,  Fray  Angelico,  314  ;  quoted,  320 
Chavez,  George,  sheepman,  264 
Chihuahua  towns,  22ff 
Childers,  Martin,  raider,  248 
Childress,  H.  M.,  243f ;  description,  247 
Chisum,  John,  247 
Christian  Indians,  Arizona,  17 
Christian  Brothers,  219  ;  Mora  School,  12 
Churchill,  Lucius  F.,  306 
Clancy,  Capt.  John  G.,  sheepman,  307 
Clancy,  Juan,  artist,  308 
Clapham,  postoffice,  271 
Clayton,  N.  M.,  description,  262 
Clendenen,  Clarence  C.,  The  United  States  and 

Pancho  Villa:  a  Study  in  Unconventional 

Diplomacy,  rev'd.,  238 
Colorado  history,  120f 
Comanche,    armament,    244 ;    Cuerno   Verde, 

chief,  93  ;  raids,  28,  245 ;  trade,  32  ;  treaty. 

Chihuahua,  31 
Comancherps,  243ff 
Compa,  Chief  Juan  Jose,  massacre,  33 
Concha,  Gov.  Fernando  de  la,  report,  99 
Confederate  Victories  in  the  Southwest:  Pre- 
lude to  Defeat,  reprint,  rev'd.,  72 
Connell,  Walter  M.,  51 
Constitution  (1889),  221 
Corn  growing,  method,  285 
Croix,  Teodoro  de,  90 
Cubero  Trading  Co.,  59 
Cuerno  Verde,  Comanche  chief,  93 
Curcier,  Don  Estevan,  33 
Cur-Runpaw  Sheep  Co.,  296 

Davis,  O.  L.,  sheepman,  295 

De  Haven,  J.  L.,  sheepman,  293f 

De  Haven,  postoffice,  266 

Devine,  Matthew,  211  note 

Dibble,    Charles    and    Anderson,    Florentine 

Codex  .  .  .,  rev'd.,  155 
Dickson,  Lewis  A.,  rancher,  246 
Disease,  small  pox,  244 
Doherty,  J.  and  Co.,  270 
Donors,  St.  Francis  Cathedral,  318 
Dow,  E.  A.,  220 


323 


324 


NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 


Drexel,  Mother  Catherine,  152,  244 
Duncan,  Jim,  freighter,  250 

Education,  173f;  1850's,  4;  Indian    (1880's), 

149 
Edwards,   E.   T.,   ed.,   The   Whipple   Report, 

rev'd.,  73 

Eguillon,  Rev.  Peter,  5 
Elias,  Don  Juan,  Tucson,  19 
Elkins,  Stephen  B.,  163 
El  Morro:  Inscription  Rock,  New  Mexico,  by 

Slater,  rev'd.,  237 

Encinillas,  hacienda  (Chihuahua),  26 
Encomenderos,  83 
Escalanta  y  Arvizu,  Gov.,  34 
Espanola  Milling  and  Elevator  Co.,  43 

Fall,  A.  B.,  199 

Farm  technique,  285 

Fergusson  Act,  176 

Fergusson,  Harvey  B.,  165 

Fierman,  Floyd  S.,  "Reminiscences  of  Eman- 
uel  Rosenwald,"  110-131 ;  "The  Triangle  and 
the  Tetragrammaton,"  310-321 

Florentine  Codex  .  .  .,  by  Dibble  and  Ander- 
son, rev'd.,  155 

Flores,  Jose  Maria,  El  Paso,  111 

Floyd,  Troy  S.,  rev.,  Quirk,  An  Affair  of  Hon- 
or ....  234 

Folsom,  description,  274 

Folsom  Mercantile  Co.,  275 

Forbes  Wool  Co.,  Trinidad,  294 

Forest  reserves,  grazing,  280  note 

Forts  Bascom,  113;  Bowie,  18f ;  Scott,  121; 
Smith  (Arkansas),  121  note;  Sumner,  113; 
Wise  (Colorado),  118 

Franciscans,  1840's,  1 

Freeman,  J.  M.,  166 

Frost,  Max,  166 

Furlong,  J.  N.,  photographer,  110 

Gallegos,  Daniel,  210 

Gallegos  plaza,  268 

Gallegos,  Porflrio,  partidario,  49 

Galvez,  Bernardo  de,  Indian  policy,  95 

Garcia,  Elias  G.,  205  note 

Garcia,  Esperidion,  210 

Garcia,  Placido,  210 

Garcia,  Toribo,  251 

Geography,  North  Mexico,  22ff 

Gerhardt,  Herman,  305 

Gila  City,  Arizona,  135 

Gildersleeve.  Charles  C.,  165 

Gilg,  Charles,  merchant,  265 

Givens,  G.  M.,  rancher,  297 

Glueck,  Alvin  C.,  Jr.,  rev.,  Parish,  The  Charles 

Ilfeld  Company,  74 
Goldsmith,  Leopold,  128 
Gomez,  Mescalero  chief,  27 
Gonzales,  Col.  Simon  Elias  (1830's),  31 
Gramophone,  Edison,  268 
Gray,  Tom,  sheepman,  272f 
Gressley,  Gene  M.,  rev.,  Atherton,  The  Cattle 

Kings,  232 

Gross,  Blackwell  and  Co.,  207 
Grubbs,  Frank,  "Frank  Bond  .  .  .,"  43-71 
Guide  to  Materials  on  Latin  America  .  .  ., 

by  Harrison,  rev'd.,  230 
Guyer,  G.  W.,  merchant,  276 

Hagerman,  Herbert  J.,  187 
Hamm,  Fred  W.,  204 
Hand,  J.  D.,  196 
Hanna,  Richard,  196 


Hardy,  Louis  T.,  45 

Harrison,    John    P.,    Guide    to   Materials   on 

Latin  America  in  the  National  Archives, 

rev'd.,  230 

Hayden,  Mother  Magdalen,  S.  L.,  12 
Hee,  Fred,  sheepman,  301 
Hertzslein,  Morris,  merchant,  262 
Hittson,  Jess,  255 
Hittson,  John,  cattle  raider,  243 
Hittson,  William,  243,  255 
Hopewell,  Willard  S.,  181 
Horn   and   Wallace,    publishers.   Confederate 

Victories  in  the  Southwest  .  .  .,  rev'd.,  72 
Houghton,  F.  B.,  59 
Hubbell.  F.  A.,  53 
Huning,  Fred  D.,  51 

Ilfeld,  Chas.  and  Son  Co.,  208 

Ilfeld,  Louis,  205  note 

Ilfeld,  Noa,  205  note 

Income  tax  ( 1867 ) ,  247 

Indian  armament,  244;  education  (1880's). 
149 ;  massacre,  33 ;  plundering,  mid-eigh- 
teenth century,  85 ;  slavery,  29f ;  Spanish 
policy,  81  fit 

Irigoyen,  Jose  Maria  de,  36 

James,  John,  sheepman,  276 
James,  Thomas  P.,  rancher,  276  and  note 
Jeffers,  Joe  (?),126 
Jenkins,  Myra  Ellen,  quoted,  320 
Jesuits,  215f ;  in  Arizona,  16 
Jesus  Maria  (Ocampo),  Mexico,  22 
Jews,  see  Emanuel  Rosenwald,  110 
Johnes,  Honey,  297 
Johnson,  James,  Indian  massacre,  33 
Jones,  Oakah  L.,  Jr.,  "Pueblo  Indian  Auxili- 
aries in  New  Mexico  1763-1821,"  81-109 
Joseph,  Antonio,  165 
Jose,  Papago  Indian  chief,  17 
Jouvenceau,  Father  Anthony,  144 
Jouvenceau,  Father  Francis,  7 
Juanitas  Ranch,  Floersheim  and  Abbott,  210 

Keleher,  W.  A.,  quoted,  811,  321 

Kelly,  Harry,  merchant,  292 

Kenner,  Charles  L.,  "The  Great  New  Mexico 

Cattle  Raid— 1872,"  243-259 
Ketcham,  H.  T.,  Indian  agent,  244 
Kibbey,  Gov.  J.  H.  (Arizona),  184 
Kirker,  Santiago,  22 

Labadi,  Lorenzo,  Indian  agent,  245 

La  Cinta  canyon,  267 

La  Luna,  newspaper  (Chihuahua) ,  39 

Lamy,  John  Baptist,  1-19  passim,  310 

Land  frauds,  188  ;  law  (1898),  176 

Larrazolo,  Octaviano  A.,  143,  187 

Larson,  Robert  W.,  "Statehood  for  New  Mex- 
ico, 1888-1912,"  161-200 

La  Salle  Institute,  Las  Vegas,  219 

Las  Cruces,  Sisters  of  Loretto,  138 

Lassaigne,  Father  Peter  (Arizona),  18 

Las  Vegas,  college,  216 ;  description,  208 ;  La 
Salle  Institute,  219 

Lawrence,  Albert,  merchant,  262 

Leahy,  Capt.  David  H.,  D.  A.,  190 

Lieuwen,  Edwin,  rev.,  Harrison,  Guide  to  Ma- 
terials on  Latin  America  .  .  .,  230 

Llewellyn,  Major  W.  W.  H.,  186 

Loma  Parda,  raid,  25 If 

Long,  Alfred  H.,  sheepman,  47,  305 

Loretto,  Sisters  of,  4 ;  Las  Cruces,  138 ;  Mora 
school,  12 


INDEX 


325 


Lucero,  Martin,  sheepman,  269 
Lucero,  Oliverio,  sheepman,  267 
Lucero,  Romulo,  sheepman,  265 
Ludeman  Wool  Co.,  208  note 
Ludington,  Lt  CoL  M.  I.  (1869),  113 
Lujan,  Mateo,  sheepman,  269  note 
Luna,  Solomon,  186 

McClure,  Brevet  Major  Charles  (1869),  113 

McDonald,  William  C.,  198 

McDougall,  William,  58 

McGrath,  J.  D.,  210 

Mclntosh,  Donald,  sheepman,  300 

Mclntosh,  John,  sheepman,  300 

McKenzie,  Alex.,  293 

McKnight,  Robert,  33 

McLaughlin  [B.  F.],  sheepman,  278,  306 

Machebeuf,  Father  Joseph  P.,  1-19  passim 

Mackenzie,  [Col.]  R.  S.,  248 

Maestas,  Francisco,  rancher,  271 

Majors,  Waddell  and  Co.,  117 

Mansker,  Robert  T.,  deputy  sheriff,  264 

Mares,  Vicente,  210 

Martinez,  Abel,  sheepman,  262f 

Martinez,  Amedor,  210 

Martinez,  E.,  210 

Martinez,  Leandro,  47 

Martinez,  Nepomoceno,  rancher,  268 

Mendinueta,  Gov.  Fermin  de,  military  policy, 

86 

Merchant,  Territorial,  see  Emanuel  Rosenwald 
Mercy,  Sisters  of,  education,  139 
Metcalf ,  Bill,  rancher,  298 
Mexican    banditry    (1840's),    39;    captives, 

(1840's),40 
Military  equipment,  89  ;  policy,  86f  ;  resources 

( 1752 ) ,  84  ;  strength  ( 1780's ) ,  97f 
Mill,  wool  scouring,  203 
Mills,  Gov.  William  J.,  195 
Mining,  Chihuahua,  22ff 
Missionary,  Arizona  (Catholic),  1860's,  133 
Mitchell,  T.  E.,  rancher,  268 
Montezuma,  proposed  state,  169 
Moore,  merchant,  9 

Moore,  W.  H.  and  Co.,  Fort  Union,  125 
Mora  (parish),  1863,  11 ;  land  grant,  164 

Narbona,  Jr.,  Capt.  don  Antonio,  Sonora 
(1840's),38 

Nash,  Gerald  D.,  rev.,  Clendenen,  The  United 
States  and  Pancho  Villa,  238 

Navaho  war  (1818),  105f 

Neal,  Dorothy  Jensen,  Captive  Mountain  Wa- 
ters .  .  .,  rev'd.,  157 

New  Mexico  Civil  War  Bibliography,  by  Rit- 
tenhouse,  rev'd.,  72 

New  Mexico  Fuel  and  Iron  Company,  189 

New  Mexico  Historical  Society  (1869) ,  10 

New  Mexico,  slavery,  29f ;  Territorial  Assem- 
bly members,  1858,  77 

Nichols,  C.  H..  sheepman,  295 

North,  Dr.  S.  T.,  cattleman,  273 

Norton  Tanning  Co.,  55 

O,  Gov.  Jose  Maria  Irigoyen  de  la,  36 

Onderdonck,  Charles  S.,  206  note 

opatas  Indians,  rebellion,  31 

Ortiz,  Don  Juan  Felipe,  Father  Vicario,  2 

Ortiz  land  grant,  164 

Otero,  Guadalupe,  220 

Otero,  Mariano  S.,  165 

Otero,  Gov.  Miguel,  177,  249 

Otero,  Miguel,  Jr..  250 

Otto,  Chris,  sheepman,  264 


Oury,  W.  S.,  132 

Overbay,  V.  A.,  postmaster,  271 

Paddock,   John,   rev..   Dibble  and  Anderson, 

Florentine  Codex  .  .  .,  155 
Palen,  R.  J.,  50 
Papago  Indians,  education,  142  ;  mission,  132  ; 

revolt  (1840),  39 
Parish,  William  J.,  ed.,  "Sheep  Husbandry  in 

New  Mexico,  1902-1903,"  201-213,  260-309; 

The  Charles  llfeld  Company,  rev'd.,  74 
Partido,  49 
Pasamonte,  265 
Patterson,  James,  rancher,  247 
Penitentes,  153,  215 

Pennsylvania  Development  Company,  188 
Perea,  Pedro,  165,  172 
Photography,  110 
Pinard,  Pedro  Leon,  rancher,  269 
Pine  nut,  Indian  use,  322 
Plunkett,  W.  B.,  rancher,  297 
Plunkett,  Mrs.  W.  B.  (James),  297 
Pony  Express,  118 
Porras,  Don  Estanislao,  Chihuahua   (1830's), 

27 

Postmaster,  251 
Prejudice  v.  Texans,  258 
Presidio,  Santa  Fe  ( 1766 ) ,  85 
Prices  (1860's),  123  ;  (1870's),128 
Prince,  Le  Baron  Bradford,  164 
Pritchard,  CoL  George,  172 
Provincias  Internas  del  Norte,  90 
"Pueblo  Indian   Auxiliaries   in   New  Mexico 

1763-1821,"  by  Jones,  81-109 

Quirk,  Robert  E.,  An  Affair  of  Honor :  Wood- 
row  Wilson  and  the  Occupation  of  Vera- 
cruz, rev'd.,  234 

Race  prejudice,  258 

Railroad,  181,  269  ;  Tucson,  146 

Ranch  headquarters,  description,  206 

Raynolds,  J.  M.,  51 

Redondo,  Joseph  M.,  Gila  City.  135 

Reeve,  Frank  D.,  revs.,  Edward,  ed.,  The 
Whipple  Report,  73 ;  Horn  and  Wallace, 
Confederate  Victories  in  the  Southwest 
....  72 ;  Neal,  Captive  Mountain  Waters 
.  .  .,  157;  Rittenhouse,  Civil  War  Bibliog- 
raphy, 72;  Slater,  El  Morro  .  .  .,  237; 
Theobald,  Arizona  Territory  Post  Offices 
and  Postmasters,  74 ;  Winther,  A  Classified 
Bibliography  .  .  .,  73 

Reghieri,  Father  Donate,  Arizona  (1860's),  17 

Revista  Catolica  press,  218  and  note 

Reynolds,  Wallace,  secretary,  188 

Ritaca  Land  Grant,  165 

Rittenhouse,  Jack  D.,  New  Mexico  Civil  War 
Bibliography,  rev'd.,  72 

Rodey,  Bernard  S.,  172 

Romero,  Cleopes,  210 

Romero,  Herbert  D.,  210 

Romero,  Nicanor,  sheepman,  266 

Romero  [rico],  249 

Ronquillo,  Lt.  CoL  Jos6  Ignacio,  Apache 
treaty  (1838),  36 

Rosa  Mercantile  Co.,  46 

Rosa  (village),  46 

Rosenwald,  Aaron,  113f 

Rosenwald,  Edward,  115 

Rosenwald,  Emanuel,  correspondence,  128f; 
reminiscences,  110-131 ;  see  Errata,  333 

Rosenwald,  Janet,  113 

Rosenwald,  Joseph,  114f 


326 


NEW   MEXICO   HISTORICAL  REVIEW 


Rosenwald,  Julia,  127 

Rosen wald,  Lucian,  113 

Rosenwald,  Robert  E.,  113 

Ross,  Gov.  Edmund  G.,  162 

Rough  Riders'  reunion,  178 

Rural  Police,  Chihuahua  (1830's),  33 

Salpointe,  Archbishop  John  Baptist,  1-19,  132- 
154,  173,  214-229 ;  Soldiers  of  the  Cross,  226 

San  Bernardino  rancho,  21 

Sandoz,  Mari,  a  critique,  243 

San  Miguel  County,  description,  287£ 

Santa  Fe  Archdiocese,  1875,  145 

Santa  Fe  Central  RR.,  181 

Santa  Fe  Ring,  162f 

Santa  Fe  trail,  8 

Santa  Rita  mine  (1830's),  24,  33 

Sargent,  Edward,  46 

Scalp  buying  (1835),  32;  hunters,  Apache, 
23f;  hunters,  Taos  (1839),  36 

Schleter,  Charles,  sheepman,  264 

School  controversy  (1889),  220 

Schools,  173f 

Schuster,  Julie  (Mrs.  Abraham  Staab),  318 

Seaman,  Edward,  Loma  Parda  postmaster, 
251 

Sena,  Jose,  194 

Seris  Indians,  rebellion,  31 

Sheep  assessment,  284 

"Sheep  Husbandry  .  .  .,"  by  Parish,  201-213, 
260-309 

Sheep  price,  261 

Shetland  ponies,  308 

Shoemaker,  Ed.,  122 

Silver  and  politics,  176 

Sisters  of  Loretto,  Las  Cruces,  138 

Sisters  of  Mercy,  education,  139 

Sisters  of  St.  Joseph,  Tucson,  138 

Sisters  of  the  Blessed  Sacraments,  152 

Slater,  John  M.,  El  Morro :  Inscription  Rock, 
New  Mexico,  rev'd.,  237 

Slavery,  Indian,  29f 

Small  pox,  244 

Smith,  Ralph  A.,  "Apache  Plunder  Trails 
Southward,  1831-1840,"  20-42 

Soldiers  of  the  Cross,  by  Salpointe,  225 

Sonora,  towns,  22ff  ;  description  (1840's),  38 

Spanish  Indian  policy,  81f 

Spanish  Peaks,  260 

Spiegelberg  brothers,  313 

Spiegelberg,  Flora,  quoted,  313 

Spiess,  Charles  A.,  194 

Staab,  Abraham,  311 

Staab,  Mrs.  Abraham  (Julie  Schuster),  318 

Staab,  Zadoc,  311 

Stafford,  William  A.,  46 

Stage  line,  284 

Staked  Plains,  sheep  range,  306 

Statehood  ( 1875 ) ,  163 

"Statehood  for  New  Mexico,  1888-1912,"  by 
Larson,  161-200 

St.  Catherine's  Indian  School,  Santa  Fe,  150 

St.  Francis  Cathedral,  Santa  Fe,  310;  con- 
struction donors,  318  ;  architect,  320 

St.  Joseph,  Sisters  of,  Tucson,  138 

Stockton,  Thomas,  256 

Strauss,  Philip,  117 

Sumner,  Charles,  sheepman,  304 

Sweetwater  Wool  Growers'  Association,  302 

Tapia,  Captain  (death),  19 
Tarahumaras,  23 
Taxation,  Territorial,  185 


Temperance  movement,  220 

Territorial  Assembly,  members  1858,  77 

Texans,  prejudice,  258 

The  American  Shepherd's  Bulletin,  201 

The  Cattle  Kings,  by  Atherton,  rev'd.,  232 

The  Charles  Ilfeld  Company,  by  Parish,  rev'd., 

74 
"The  Great  New  Mexico  Cattle  Raid— 1872," 

by  Kenner,  243-259 
Theobald,  John  and  Lillian,  Arizona  Territory 

Post  Offices  and  Postmasters,  rev'd.,  74 
"The  Triangle  and  the  Tetragrammaton,"  by 

Fierman,  810-321 
The  United  States  and  Pancho  Villa  ....  by 

Clendenen,  rev'd.,  238 
Thornton,  William  C.,  165 
Tierra  Amarilla  land  grant,  164 
Tixier,  M.  G.,  postmaster,  270 
Torrance,  W.  H.,  181 
Towns,  North  Mexico,  22f 
Traister,  Walter,  postmaster,  266 
Transportation,  112 
Treaty,  Apache  (1838),  36 
Tres  Castillos  [Victorio's  death],  34 
Trigo,  Father  Manuel  de  San  Juan  Nepomu- 

ceno,  re  pueblos,  84 
Trimble,  Judge  L.  S.,  172 
Trinidad,  Colo.,  description,  261 
Tucson,  Catholic  Church,  132  ;  education,  184f ; 

railroad  1880,  146 
Tucumcari,  description,  281 

Ugarte  y  Loyola,  Jacobo,  commandante  gen- 
eral, 95 

Ulibarri,  Sabine  R.,  rev.,  Brenton,  Bahia  .  .  ., 
159 

Urgana,  Lt  Col.  Francisco  Javier,  Chihua- 
hua, 41 

Valverde,  Paz,  198 

Veale,  William,  256 

Victorio,  Apache  chief,  25 

Vigil,  Agustin,  270 

Vigil,  Leandro,  rancher,  270 

Vorenberg  Mercantile  Co.,  209 

Vorenberg,  Simon,  209 

Wade,  Charles,  51 

Weil,  Max,  merchant,  262 

Well,  Parker,  rancher,  267 

Whipple,  A.  W.,  The  Whipple  Report,  ed.  by 
E.  T.  Edwards,  rev'd.,  73 

White,  Henry,  sheepman,  295 

Whitehead,  Mrs.  Samuel  (Jetty),  113 

Wight,  E.  D.,  sheepman,  277 

Wight,  Frederick  D.,  sheepman,  278 

Wilkinson,  James,  203 

Winther,  Oscar  Osburn,  A  Classified  Bibliog- 
raphy of  the  Periodical  Literature  of  the 
Trans-Mississippi  West  (1811-1957),  rev'd., 
78 

Wolford,  John  F.,  sheepman,  293 

Wool  scouring,  203  ;  Trinidad,  260 

Yaqui  Indians,  rebellion,  81 
Yom  Kippur,  115  note 

Zerwekh,  Sister  Edward  Mary,  C.S.J.,  "John 
Baptist  Salpointe,  1825-1894,"  1-19,  132-154, 
214-229 

Zubiria,  Don  Jose  Antonio  Laureano  de. 
Bishop  of  Durango,  1 

Zubirle,  Gov.  Miguel,  Durango,  38 


The  Historical  Society  of  New  Mexico 
Organized  December  26, 1859 

PAST  PRESIDENTS 
1859  —  COL.  JOHN  B.  GRAYSON,  U.  S.  A. 
1861  —  MAJ.  JAMES  L.  DONALDSON,  U.  S.  A. 
1863  —  HON.  KIRBY  BENEDICT 

adjourned  sine  die,  Sept.  &S,  186S 


re-established  Dec.  S7,  1880 

1881  —  HON.  WILLIAM  G.  RITCH 
1883  —  HON.  L.  BRADFORD  PRINCE 
1923  —  HON.  FRANK  W.  CLANCY 

1925  —  COL.  RALPH  E.  TWITCHELL 

1926  —  PAUL  A.  F.  WALTER 
1959  —  CALVIN  HORN 

OFFICERS  FOR  1961-1962 
President,  VICTOR  WESTPHALL,  Albuquerque 
V ice-President,  BETTY  ARMSTRONG,  Mesilla 
Treasurer,  THOMAS  B.  CATRON  III,  Santa  Fe 
Recording  Secretary,  LORRAINE  LAVENDER,  Santa  Fe 
Corresponding  Secretary,  GEORGE  FITZPATRICK,  Santa  Fe 

FELLOWS 

PERCY  M.  BALDWIN  J.  LLOYD  MECHAM 

RALPH  P.  BIEBER.  THEODOSIUS  MEYER,  O.F.M. 

HERBERT  0.  BRAYER  FRANK  D.  REEVE 

FRAY  ANGELICO  CHAVEZ  FRANCE  V.  SCHOLES 

REV.  STANLEY  CROCCHIOLA  ALFRED  V.  THOMAS 

CHARLES  E.  DIBBLE  THEODORE  TREUTHLEIN 

AURELIO  M.  ESPINOSA  PAUL  A.  F.  WALTER 

GEORGE  P.  HAMMOND 


PUBLICATIONS  FOR  SALE 

OLD  SANTA  Ffi.  The  predecessor  of  the  Review.  Published  quarterly 
1913-1916.  The  file  contains  a  number  of  articles  of  interest  and  im- 
portance; significant  material  for  the  historical  section  of  any 
library  of  Americana.  Nine  issues  are  still  available,  although  two 
of  these  soon  will  be  exhausted.  The  nine:  Vol.  I,  Nos.  1,  2,  3,  4; 
Vol.  II,  Nos.  4,  5,  6;  Vol.  Ill,  Nos.  11, 12.  The  available  file  $9.00 

NEW  MEXICO  HISTORICAL  REVIEW.  Published  quarterly,  1926  to  date. 
Files  very  nearly  complete  are  available,  at  $4.00  per  volume,  or 
$1.00  per  issue.  There  are  a  few  exceptions :  several  issues  in  short 
supply  are  priced  at  $2.00  and  $3.00,  and  are  sold  only  in  sets.  Out 
of  print  are  the  following:  Vol.  I  Nos.  1,  4;  Vol.  XXIII  Nos.  1,  2,  3. 
Write  for  a  complete  listing. 
Society  will  pay  $3  each  for  out  of  print  numbers  in  good  condition. 

COMPREHENSIVE  INDEX  for  Vols.  I — XV  $2.00 

COMPREHENSIVE  INDEX  for  Vols.  XVI — XXX  $2.60 

PUBLICATIONS  IN  HISTORY 

Vol.        I — Fray  Marcos  de  Niza's  Relation,  Span,  and  Eng., 

ed.  by  Percy  M.  Baldwin,  69  pp.  (1926)  $1.00 

Vol.     Ill— New  Mexico  and  the  Great  War,  ed.  by  L.  B.  Bloom, 

166  pp.,  index  (1927)  $1-50 

Vol.       V — Barreiro's  Ojeada  sobre  Nuevo  Mexico    (1832), 

ed.  by  L.  B.  Bloom,  60  pp.,  ill.  (1928)  $5.00 

Vol.  XIV — Albert  Franklin  Banta:  Arizona  Pioneer,  ed.  by 

Frank  D.  Reeve,  143  pp.,  ill.,  index  (1953)  $2.25 

Vol.    XV — Bishop  Tamarqn's  Visitation  of  New  Mexico,  1760, 

ed.  by  Eleanor  B.  Adams,  112  pp.,  ill.,  index  (1954)        $2.50 

Address  orders  to 

Historical  Society  of  New  Mexico 
P.  O.  Box  1727 
Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico